DOCENT RESUME ED 070 573 SE 014 120
TITLE Engineering Administration. INSTITUTION Bureau of Naval Personnel, Washington, D. C.; Naval Personnel Program Support Activity, Washington, D. C. REPORT NO NAVPERS-10858-D PUB DATE 69 NOTE 240p.; Revised 1969
EDRS PRICE MF -$0.65 HC-S9.87 DESCRIPTORS *Administrator Responiibility; *Engineering; Instructional Materials; Job Training; Management Education; Military Organizations; *Military Personnel; Military Training; *Post Secondary Education; *Reading Materials; Supplementary Textbooks ABSTRACT This book is intended to acquaint naval engineering officers with their duties in the engineering department. Standard shipboard organizations are analyzed in connection with personnel assignments, division operations, and watch systems. Detailed descriptions are included for the administration of directives, ship's bills, damage control, training exercises, shipboard maintenance, record and report systems, supply forms, engineering readiness and preparedness, gasoline and fuel oil stowage, and shipwork and repair activities during availabilities. Information concerning the procurement, laying up, and trial of ships is also included. Moreover, illustrations are provided for explanation use. (CC) U S DEPARTMENT OFHEALTH. EDUCATION 6 WELFARE OFFICE OF EDUCATION THIS DOCUMENT HASBEEN REPRO DUCE() EXACTLY ASRECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIG INATING IT POINTS OFVIEW OR OPIN IONS STATED DO NOTNECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICEOF EDU CATION POSITION OR POLICY
A
4
11 : PREFACE
The purpose of this book is to acquaint the prospective head of the engineering department and other officers of the department with the widely varied administrative duties of the engineer officer. This book and the sources of additional information mentioned in the text furnish much of the information neeensary for the proper administration of the engines...4g department. This book is not intended as an official refer- ence; if it is at variance with. any official directive or doctrine publica- tion, such directive or publication must apply. Current official directives and technical manuals should always be consulted for current information concerning the organization, responsibilities, and functions of the engi- neering department. This book is based on this assumption that the reader, as a line officer, a limited duty (engineiring ) officer, or as an engineering duty officer, is familiar with the various aspects of marine engiheering and appropriate technical material, and has acquired a general knowledge of the Naval Ships Technical Manual, as well as of Bureau of Naval Personnel texts relating to naval machinery and shipboard electrical systems. Engineering Administration is used as the reference text for an officer correspondence course. Engineering Administration, NarPers 10858-D, was prepared by the Training Publications Division, Naval Personnel Program Support Ac- tivity, Washington, D. C., for the Bureau c7.f Naval Personnel. Technical assistance was provided by the Naval Ship Systems Command, the Com- mander, Service Force, U. S. Atlantic Fleet, the Naval Destroyer School, Newport, Rhode Island, and the Naval Amphibious School, Little Creek, Virginia.
First Edition 1955 Revised 1957 Revised 1964 Revised 1969
Stock Ordering No. 0500-239-1100
i 1
GUARDIAN OF OURTtiOUNTRY The United States Navy is responsible for maintaining control of the sea and is a ready force on watch at home and overseas; capable of strong action to preserve the peace or of instant offensive action to win in war. It is upon the maintenance of this control that our country's glorious future depends; the United States Navy exists to make it so.
WE SERVE WITH HONOR Tradition, valor, and victory are the Navy's heritage from the past. To these may be added dedication, discipline, and vigilance as the watchwords of the present and the future.
At home or on distant stations we serve with pride, confident in the respect of our country, our shipmates, and our families. Our responsibilities sober us; our adversities strengthen us. Service to God and Country is our speeial privilege. We serve with honor.
THE FUTURE OF THE NAVY The Navy will always employ new weapons, new techniques, and greater power to protect and defend the United States on the sea, under the sea, and in the air. Now and in the future, control of the sea gives the United States her greatest advantage for the maintenance of peace and for victory in war. Mohility, surprise, dispersal, and offensive power are the keynotes of the new Navy.The roots of the Navy lie in a strong belief in the future, in continued dedication to our tasks, and in reflection on our heritage from the past. Never have our opportunities and our responsibilities been greater.
ii CONTENTS
CHAPTER Page
1. The Engineer Officer 1 2. The Engineering Department 12 3. Damage Control.. 31 4. Training 53 5. Ship Maintenance 76 6. Records and Reports 96 7. Engineering Material 131 8. Engineering Standards 160
1 9.Fueling Ship 176 10. Ship Availabilitims 186 11. Shipbuilding, Inactivation, and Activation 211 12.. Ship Trials 224
INDEX ) 232
iii CHAPTER 1
THE ENGINEER OFFICER
One of the most interesting, challenging, of command, is based on a division of activities and rewarding jobs in a naval ship is that of and on the assignment of responsibilities and the head of the engineering departmentthe authority to individuals within the organization. engineer officer. It is not possible for every To ensure optimum efficiency within the organi- unrestricted line officer desiring a naval career zation, all essential functions must be recognized to serve a tour of duty as engineer officer, but and delineated as specific responsibilities of each one should serve at-least one tour of duty appropriate organizational units, and there must in the engineering department of a ship. This be a clear definition of individual duties, respon- is especially true today when the complexities sibilities, and authority. of modern techniques of naval warfare demand The responsibility for organization of the that the commanding officer possess complete officers and crew of a ship is assigned to the knowledge of his ship's. operating capabilities. commanding officer by U.S. Navy Regulations. Normally, the assignment as head of the en- The executive officer is responsible, under the gineering department in a naval ship requires commanding officer, for organization of the prior shipboard engineering plant experience, command as a whole, while the heads of depart- preferably as an officer. In an emergency, ments are assigned the duty of organizing their however, when the need for engineer officers departments for readiness in battle and assign- exceeds the availability of those with prior ing individuals to stations and duties within their experience, a young officer with an engineer- respective departments. ing background may be assigned duty as en- The requirements for battle form the basis gineer officer of a small ship. for the organization of combat ships and, as This chapter isdevoted primarily to a appropriate, for the organization of noncom- discussion of standard shipboard organization batant ships. Functional groups such as those and the duties, responsibilities, and authority shown in figure 1-1 are headed by key officers of the engineer officer. Throughout this chapter and comprise the battle organization of such and in subsequent chapters of this publication ships. The officers man specified stations and some of the duties of the engineer officer are control the activities of personnel under their related as they apply to his assistants when direction. Functional group control contributes assigned. It must be understood, however, that flexibility to the battle organization thereby in- the delegation of certain ofii duties to assis- creasing its effectiveness when executing the tants in no way relieves the engineer officer of plan for battle or variations thereof necessitated his responsibility in regard to such duties and by the tactical situation. when no assistants are assigned, the engineer The commanding officer as head of the battle officer must perform those duties himself. organization exercises command control and is responsible,during action, for engaging the STANDARD SHIP ORGANIZATION enemy to the best of his ability. The command- ing officer is assisted in his tasks by the navi- Organization is the orderly arrangement of gator, operations officer, weapons officer (or materials and personnel by functions. Sound first lieutenant), engineer officer, damage con- shipboard organization is a requisite for good trol assistant, air officer (aircraft carriers), shipboard administration. A shipboard organi- and the combat cargo officer (amphibious opera- zation, designed to carry out the objectives tions), all of whom have cognizance over the
1 S ENGINEERING AD11411i13TRATION
COMMAND CONTROL
SHIP CONTROL
AIR BASE CONTROL OPERATIONS WEAPONS CONTROL DAMAGE CONTROL ENGINEERING DEBARKATION (WHERE REQUIRED) CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL (AMPHIBIOUS OPERATIONS, ONLY)
I. FLIGHT DECK 1. INFORMATION 1. MAIN BATTERY I. DAMAGE CONTROL 1. MACHINERY CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CENTRAL CONTROL 2. FLIGHT DECK 2. COMMUNICATIONS 2. ANTIAIRCRAFT 2..REPAIR STATIONS 2. BOILER CONTRO I. BOAT CONTROL CONTROL TTERY 3. HANGAR DECK 3. DECONTAMINATION 3. ELECTRICAL 2. DEBARKATION CONTROL 3..ELECTRONIC STATIONS CONTROL CONTROL 'WARFARE CONTROL 3. ASW BATTERY 4. BATTLE DRESSING 4. MAIN ENGINE 3.. HELO CONTROL 4. AIR OPERATIONS CONTROL STATIONS CONTROL CONTROL 4. TORPEDO 5. BATTLE MESSING 5. AIRCRAFT CONTROL CONTROL STATIONS
Figure 1-1.Shipboard battle organization. 114.1 major-control functions of the ship in battle. department are the five basic departments found The functions (fig. 1-1) include ship control, in all ships. An officer may be assigned to head operations control, weapons control, engineering more than one department in ships which do not control, damage control, air base control,. and have a sufficient number of officers to head each debarkation control. When embarked, the air department individually. group commander is responsible to the com- Departments are organized into divisions manding officer in matters affecting the air which,insofar as practicable, are assigned group's readiness. battle stations permitting their employment as Additional information concerning shipboard units under their own officers and petty officers. battle organization is available in Battle Control Shipboard Procedures, NWP-50(A), lists the NWIP 50-1(B). Information concerning the standard letter and numeral designations of &mage control battle organization is contained divisions of all types of ships. When it is neces- in chapter 3 of this publication. sary to establish a division not listed or when In many departments, the division of personel functions of two or more divisions are combined in the shipboard administrative organization in a single division, the type commander assigns (fig. 1-2) closely approximates that in the ship- a suitable letter or numeral designation which board battle organization. However, to meet the conforms as nearly as possible to the designa- requirements of sound organization principles, tions listed. Examples of the division designa- the administrative organization structure must tions are shown in figure 1-2. allow for the carrying out of certain functions which have no place in battle. In the day-to-day HEAD OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT routine, the needs of training and maintenance are emphasized, and certain support measures The engineer officer is the head of the en- are necessary for administrative reasons. gineering department in naval ships. As a head U.S. Navy Regulations prescribes the ad- of department, the engineer officer represents ministrative organization for all types of ships. the commanding officer in all matters pertaining The navigation department, onerations depart- to his department. All personnel in the engineer- ment, weapons department ck department in ing department are subordinate to the engineer some ships), engineering department, and supply officer and all orders issued by him must be
2 S. V I.INIONON AE COMNANCATION SOUNDER Tat MOCK °RAMONU.ANSAINICO.O OP ISINIOSISSNIPS ADAPAATION PLASMA. 1111ORP0T fill MIMATION 1.0.4.L AN AM OP OCIOAIONIINT TAU CONNANOASI OUT IN.. CONNANDINO OFFICER S. OMAN NO NIBINCAL OPINE.SRUP.O.NTATIVIIOEPAAOISSIT,UNCTIONSAN ASCNTIVII AVIATION IS ASSONSD INLL WOKEN PITACNIONT ION 1115 Mo.NISOICAL MINIANATRAVONL PO.INCORORATADDEPART TOOPPICAL IINSANAGO. ORUCTLT ONTO CONTROL.TAU TO IMINCALTHE TOO WAAL COMMAND DEPARTMENTS OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT AIN DEPARTMENT W EAPONS - tROINIERINO DEPARTMENT CAWSNATIOATNIN'NAVISATKNICIEPARTNITNT AND IIONOTAIANC AND PILOTIN Ol NVISATINS ASINPINVIO VISUALPAIMPAAATION AOKI CCCCCC OP OPERATIONAL owe SSACA°AMNON 0.01IONLIA NM OP OPERATION PLANS AIRAI AND NAmoson SaltineuLANDON UNSLING AND °OO'S....ANONNINANANI NAINTIONANCE SIOSICA ANO ANDRANO. OP AINASION pck pOoSMIMPAIRDDOURATION AMASK AlIDNTIOAV NOAND NAINTS....eaNAPO OP ....INANY OP IONA.00 Cal AND MACNINSII GLOATS/MIAOPERATIONALCOMA,oPapolosuLn.T.I.LIOANCE INPoamATION COINITIONISONNIS COMM. OP 415501.111INNARAT VON PH ANDLRO0Da....Lo Ace GPo MAINTAIN r NAAZINEN IATIovoPAMAINOITION ACIMTISS 0100 Poo. FOR temovuon SURVICNI OP AVIATION INANDLIININ.ATANANCIIrpmD ...PARA OCK AND liwousslao STONAGEor NAPO OPAaamowANNUNITOONNULLAN AMO SIPLOSIVIA vomaID.-Thi/ONTIANANCO AM louNTSN..Ca OPNOMA MMMMM PITINos NISUANCIIRAINO MOO CONTROL VISUAL COMIuNICA- OP RIO-INSTNIISNTSTONS PUOLIICATION 11ULLOUNCII NAINUNANe.N A...TANANA.MaiOPEN.ASIOLDSAlAND ROMA ouNCOOPT Napa.. OPAIIRSONSIIIL OP MOM armssiso INNOO.001 MOM SQUAD'S... OPERATION...PLIASP INOTIONS ANSI AND STOW.° NAINTUNANCSor YR COPARTIoNT OP PONTASIONsocase OP SLACTSONICS SOWN- N INV 01OAROAM OP NONSO ALECTO...CSSOUNNAnsT N OT emAmmool pamlesomma 0U1010HMAMA. ANDLING oNIMANCIIINISILES OPANO.ONEDI(AVIATION 010011NCS DCT*CflT SUPPORT OPICM.Se,OIL I DEPARTMENTS VSP/ IIR OW SUPPLY DIPARTISERTSneRm. SUPPL ORALOSSITALDISTAL emiloCAU DEPARTINNT TOSAVANAT INSTRueolo. TalIATNANT acicALOP VAS act ANDAONNO.C. asrairrrurri OCOIDIOIN.passAvoovNUMMI OEPARTMENT OP ...Am P AEPNAT.onOCPANTISINTSAPONS orIMPAIR NUPAIR CNOA101TIONTRANSPORTATIONDEPARTMENT AND OlOANIAATION lovimeassanOTNIIST DEPARTMENTS No APANOTINI AVIATIONPIAMISOINASICIIQA01TIONOPERATIONOISINFINONS STORMS OP OS Nool. SOPPIPOLScala OP OVUM'MORS@ l NOS WOW Moro OPPASTII MASTNAALTA. AM SNITATION NOTIOATIONO AND onSIONU NANO...NCOROollo ANDGOACNINENT OP 11.11I10E IAAMCNAIR AMNON TO 001.0 RIPONosAINTIINANCEo peoloICII lOOMIIINT OrSIONANINU 0.0.1/uoll ORDNANca AM SERVICE To LIMNOSOnNINO. INTO rassmo agent AND LOADINGCOMSATAUTNORITISSolnUCTIONop ssawoos ease OP OAPSOF SSUNSARS Poel111 WITHOUT insSS-Sft-SS-I -o1 DIV O 0111 Figure 1-2. Shipboard administrative organization. 27.1 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
obeyed accordingly by them. In the performance observance of all prescribed and necessary of his duties as head of the engineering depart- security measures and safety precautions. This ment, he must conform to the policies and com- requires proper posting of all safety precau- ply with the orders of the commanding officer. tions and frequent instruction of personnel con- In addition to general duties which are appli- cerned in observance of security measures and cable to all heads of departments in naval ships, safety precautions. the engineer officer has certain duties peculiar 4. Conducting frequent inspections ofper- to the head of the engineering department. The sonnel, material, and spaces assigned to the duties, responsibilities, and authority of the engineering department and correction of defects engineer officer and his assistants are pres- and deficiencies. The engineer officer or his cribed in U.S. Navy Regulations. representative should inspect the department each day and report remits of the inspection to GENERAL DUTIES the cAecutive officer. 5. Control of the expenditure of funds al- The engineer officer is allowed to confer lotted and operation of the engineering depart- directly with the commanding officer in any ment within the limit of such funds. matters relating to the engineering department 6. Economy in theuse of public funds. whenever he believes such action to benecessary 7. Maintenance of records and submission of for the good of his department or the navalser- reports required of the engineering department. vice. He must keep the executive officer informed 8. Maintenance, preservation, and security of such matters, however, and will normally of spaces assigned to the engineering depart- report to and confer with the executive officer ment. for the administration of the engineeringde- 9. Anticipation of personnel and material partment. needs of the engineering department and the The engineer officer "must keep thecom- timely submission of requests to fulfill require- manding officer informed of the operational ments. readiness and actual operation of the mainpro- 10. Cooperation with other heads of depart- pulsion and electrical plants and of the damage ments in order to contribute to the coordination control organizations and systems. Permission of effort of the entire command. of the commanding officer must be obtainedbe- 11. Performance of such other dutiesas may fore any machinery or equipment in theen- be assigned. gineering department can be disabled if such action will adversely affect the safetyor opera- tion of the ship. When such disablement of SPECIFIC DUTIES machinery will adversely affect the ship's The engineer officer is responsible, under ability to accomplish her mission, permission the commanding officer, for the operation, care, of the type or fleet commander (as appropriate) and maintenance of the ship's main propulsion is also required. During operating periodsof plant, electric power plant, auxiliary machinery, the ship, the disablement of majoritems of piping systems, and interior communications machinery in order to perform routinemain- systems; for the control of damage; and for re- tenance should be kept to a minimumcommen- pairs to the ship's hull. When requested by the surate with good engineering practices. head of department concerned, the engineer officer is responsible for the repairs to material Other general duties of the engineer officer and equipment which are beyond the capacity include: of the repair personnel or equipment in other 1. Organization of the department, training departments but within the capacity of the en- and assignment of pr.sormel, maintenance of gineering department. material, and exeres.de of a readiness doctrine The engineer officer assigned to a ship prior so as to ensure ..,ptimtnn readiness for battle. to its commissioning will have the task of ini- 2. Preparation and maintenance of bills and tially organizing his department, andeven though orders necessary to ensure proper organization the engineer officer in an older ship usually in- and efficient operation of the engineering de- herits an efficient and well-run department, he partment. may find a certain amount of reorganization is 3. Indoctrination and supervision ofpersons necessary to improve operation of the depart- within the department and others under his ment. In either eventuality, the engineer officer control in such a manner as to ensure strict is specifically charged with administrativelyor- 4 Chapter aTHE ENGINEER OFFICER
IENGINEER OFFICER
SPECIAL ASSISTANTS IADMINISTRATIVE I ASSISTANT 1. ENGINEERING TRAINING OFFICER 2. FIRE MARSHAL 3. GAS.FREE ENGINEER LOGROOM 1. NBC DEFENSE OFFICER YEOMAN
IMAIN PROPULSION ELECTRICAL IDAMAGE CONTROL ASSISTANT OFFICER ASSISTANT
1 I B DIV. IM IE DIVISION I R DIV. OFFICER OFFICER OFFICER OFFICER
MATERIAL1 LiMATERIAL I MATERIAL MATERIAL MATERIAL. ASSISTANT ASSISTANT LiASSISTANT ASSISTANT ASSISTANT
I Lwar A DIV. B DIV. M DIV. EM IC DC SF LEADING LEADING LEADING LEADINGLEADING LEADING LEADING P.O. P.O. .P.O. P.O.P.O. P.O. P.O. 27.2 Figure 1-3.Typical engineering department. ganizing the engineering department in such a chart (fig. 1-3), which outlines the basic rela- manner that theindoctrination, assignment, tionships between the various components of training, supervision, and performance of per- the organization, is a simple presentation of sonnel within the department will ensure effec- the line and staff relationships of executive tive, efficient, and reliable operation of the ship's officer and supervisory leading petty officer engineering plant and damage control facilities. billets in the organization. A functional organi- Before maximum efficiency of operation is zation chartpresents the functions of the possible, all hands in the engineering depart- various segments of the organization in addi- ment must have a clear understanding of the tion to indicating the interrelationships of those functional relationships within the department's functions. Within the various boxes of a func- organization. Duties, responsibilities, authority, tional organization chart are included state- and organizational relationships muetbe clearly ments applicable to the organizational segments understood or costly confusion and conflict will represented by the box. develop.Organization chails and functional The chief advantage of an organization chart guides furnish the best means of making the is that it provides all personnel in an organiza- details of an organization known. tion, with a concise picture of the relationships Organization charts show the arrangement of of individuals within the organization. In a large the various departments and divisions and the organization, charts should be prepared for each command and staff relationships of personnel in level, becoming more detailed as they illustrate the organization. An engineering department or- smaller segments of the organization. In smaller ganization chart (similar to the one shown infig. commands, charts of only the department organi- 1-3) illustrating the relationshipbetweenthe en- zation may suffice to illustrate the details of gineer officer, his assistants, division officers, all executive and supervisory positions. material officers, and leading petty officer bil- Functional guides are primarily job descrip- lets should be maintained in the engineering de- tions which present a clear delineation of dele- partment office (log room) for the engineering gated authority. These guides set forth instruc- department. tions for each billet concerning the basic There are two commonly used types of or- objective of the billet; the duties, responsi- ganization charts. A structural organization bilities, and authority applicable to the billet; and 3 5 9 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION the organizational relationships definingthe commanding officer level and of the watchor- accountability of the incumbent to his supervi- ganization through all echelons. sor and of the subordinates to the incumbent. 2. Organizational bill of the ship. The format of a sample functionalguide is 3. Ship's regulations. shown in figure 1-4. When determined necessary by the typecom- Ship organization and regulations manuals mander, the ship's organization and regulations provide organization charts and futctiongguide s manual issupplemented by department and to ship's personnel in an easily referencedform. division organization manuals containing organi- The Ship's Organization and RegulationsManual zation charts and functional guides through all includes, as a minimum requirement, thefol- supervisory levels.Where appropriate, func- lowing: tional wades are also provided for watch standers. 1. Description, both written and graphic,of The engineer officer and engineering division the ship's administrative organizationfrom the officers are responsible for issuing andmain-
1326. Basic Functions
The engineer officer is responsible, underthe commanding officer, for the operation, care, and maintenance of the ship'smain propulsion plant, auxiliary machinery, and piping systems; for thecontrol of damage; for the uneration and maintenance of electricpower generators and distri- . butiou systems; for repairs to the ship's hull; andfor repairs to material and equipment of other departments whichare beyond the capacity of those departments but within the capacity ofthe engineering department.
1327. Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority
The engineer officer shall:
1. Maintain the hull, machinery and electricalsystems in battle readiness.
2. Supervise firefighting.
3. Maintain interior communication equipment inthe ship.
1328. Organizational Relationships
1. The engineer officer reports to:
a.The commanding officer for the operational readinessand actual operation of the main propulsion and electricalplants and of the damage control organisation and systems.
b. The executive officer for administration of the engineering department.
2. The following report to him:
a. Damage control assistant
b.Main propulsion assistant
c. Electrical officer
d. Administrative assistant (engineering)
e. Special assistants assistants for nuclear, biological, and chemical defense; fire man:WI)
f. Department training officer 411111 114.2 Figure 1-4.Format for a functionalguide.
6
"mieselmi Chapter 1-THE ENGINEER OFFICER taming their respective department or machinery, the auxiliaries related thereto, a. organization manuals. The commanding effi.,r such other auxiliaries as may be assignedt_ must approve the engineering department or- Under the engineer officer, the main prowl-al! ganization manual when issued, and the engineer sion assistant is specifically responsible fog officer must approve any division organization the reliability and effective operation of tit: MM. manuals issued for divisions under hir, cogni- ship's main engines, boilers and assigned ax.x. zance.Detailedinstructions concerning the iliaries. 7.n the discharge of these duties, preparation of department and division organi- must make, or Cause reliable subordinateslbaele=mat:=3.. zation manuals are contained in Shipboard Pro- make, frequent inspections of all the machine cedures, NWP-50(A). and equipment for which he is responsible., MmsNr=ia. Other specific duties of the engineer officer addition, the main propulsion assistant mitasms=ss. are discussed in detail under' the duties of his ensure the reliability of suah machinery aorseemsdIE assistants in this chapter and in subsequent equipment by makinr: certain that necessaL:------..w- chapters. inspections,tests,repairs, and adjustmer are effected subject to receipt of require Z ASSISTANTS TO THE ENGINEER OFFICER and in accordance with applica.11 The engineer officer is assigned assistan,st Naval Ship Systems Command and manufea. for damage control, main propulsion, electrical, turer's technical manuals. He must persona.X.M__ -1111/- and other specific duties as may be required for supervise the operation of the main propuls. the proper performance of the functions of the plant when the chip is getting underway, conal. engineering department. The duties prescribed to anchor, and at other times when unusual car for the engineer officer do not xclievki his as- must be exercised. Except in cases of eme_ sistants of their resporTabilities. The engineer gency, he must ensure that permission of 1=113 officer will ensure that his assistants perform commanding officer is obtained before fltar-a their assigned duties and he is required to per- are lighted or secured under a boiler, andtlasameer__. form those specific duties himself, when as- main engines are not turned except upon silo signed. from, or permission of, the officer of the de..-Mheeir...... _ Other engineering duties of the main prormatMIMINM Damage Control Assistant lion assistant include: The damage control assistant (DCA) is re- 1. The care, stowage, and expenditure .ffit sponsible, under the engineer officer, for the Iraeis (except for aircraft and missiles); 11:1Gsrose establishment and maintenance of an effective maintnitance and security of fueling systezme=1Ner...-... damage control organization: for supervision (excerli for aircraft and missiles); and the mae..A.m=L---- of repairs to the P.1 m..ohinery, and te.iance of fuel records including submissiora piping systems except as specifically assigned a daily fuel report to the commanding off...loo =um- to another division or department; for the opera- via the engineer officer. tion and maintenance of assigned auxiliary ma- 2. Proper preparation, care, submisslimiams=sem.. chinery; and for the preparation, maintenance and disposition of the engineering log and ew=s=asaem.--- and submission of logs, records, and reports gineeec bell book. In this regard, he is requis required in connection with his assigned func- to inspect them at least daily and take such tions. The specific duties of the damage control as may be necessary, within the limits of112.1=imeges. assistant are discussed in considerable detail authority, to ensure their proper mainter in chapter 3 of this publication. and timely submission. Normally, the auxiliaries (A) and repair 3. The oeparation, care, and dispositio=n (R) division officers are responsible under the such operation,operation,maintenance, and other 4M-1Ma damage control assistant. The damage control gineering records' as may be prescribed by IIANI=massi assistant performs /the duties of the R and A Naval Ship Systems Command or other compel division officers in, ships where the number of authority. officers assigned precludes the assignment of The main propulsion assistant must know lt:=1:111 these billets to other officers. operation characteristics of the equipment ati_.=seescit. machinery concerned in order to be able - Main Propulsion Assistant properly observe tests and interpret their sults; to properly inspect spaces, machines The main propulsion assistant is responsible and equipment; and to obtain useful (and ocril under the engineer officer for the operation, vital) information from the perusal of lag_ care and maintenance of the ship's propulsion 7 // ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
records, and reports. Naturally, there isno answer questions and receive orders concerning substitute for experience but since available the space and machinery. time often precludes the opportunity for the In ships where the number cf officers avail- necessary experience, the main propulsion as- able does not permit the assignment of other sistant must avail himself of every opportunity officers as the main engines (M) and boiler (B) of improving his knowledge of machinery and division officers, the main propulsion assistant equipment through self-study and attendance may also be assigned them billets. The M and (when practicable) at fleet operated schools. B division officers are responsible under the The main propulsion assistantcan gain con- main propulsion assistant, when usigned. siderableself-confidence and knowledge by qualifying himself (and requiring that each of Electrical Officer his watch officers qualify) in the procedures for warming up and securing each majoritem The electrical officer is responsible, under of machinery in the main engineering plant. The the engineer officer, for the operation, care and training may be conducted by a previously qual- maintenance of the ship's electric power genera- ified officer or the most competentengineering tors and distribution systems, interior com- petty officers. This training should improve the munications equipment and systems, degaussing efficiency and morale of both the watch officer equipment and systems, gyro compass equipment and the personnel of his watch. and associated systems, dead reckoning analyzer Information concerning the equipment and and associated equipment, and small boat elec- machinery in his own ship is availableto the trical systems. He is also responsible for the main propulsion assistant in publications such maintenance of all other electrical and electronic as blueprintsand manufacturers' technical equipment, machinery, and systems not speci- manuals which are readily available in thelog fically assigned to another division or depart- room. Two of the most important reference ment; and the preparation, maintenance, and books in the engineering departmentare the submission of logs, records, and reportsre- Naval Ships Technical Manual and the Shi quired in connection with his assigned duties. Information Book. Information concerning the The electrical officer is usually assigned location, condition, size, and description of the collateral duty as motion picture officer. In machinery and equipment in the engineering this capacity, he is responsible for the procure- department is easily obtainable by actually ment, itowage, scheduling, and showing of enter- sighting the equipment and machinery during tainment motion picture programs; for the operation, when idle, and while maintenance training and assignment of motion picture pro- procedures are being performed. -Manufac- jectionists; for the operation, care, and main- turer's name plates attached to equipmentshow tenance of motion picture projectors and as- data concerning safe operating limits,capa- sociated equipment; and for the preparation, cities, and other useful information. maintenance, and submission of the required logs, records, and reports concerning motion To the more knowledgeable officer,com- picture programs and equipment. parison of past and present performancerec- When an electrical officer is not assigned, ords, reports, and logs will presenta clear his duties are usually performed by the damage picture of the condition of the engineering plant control assistant. The electrical (E) division and will often disclose areas ofsuspect or the officer is responsible under the electrical of- actual need of repairs. Evaluation ofinforma- ficer. tion gained from this source must necessarily be based upon the completeness of the records, Engineering Administrative Assistant reports, and logs, and the integrity of theperson or persons who prepared them. The engineering department administrative A valuable source of knowledge which should :distant functions as an aide to the engineer never be overlooked is the information available cer in the details of administration. When from more experienced officers,supervisors, assigned, the engineering administrativeas- and equipment operators. The supervisorof a sistant is responsible for:. space should always accompany the main pro- 1. Operation of the log room, maintenance pulsion assistant on his inspection tour. Inthis of the equipment assigned, and the maintenance manner, the supervisor is readily available to and preservation of the space assigned.
8 Chapter 1--THE ENGINEER OFFICER
2. Assignment, training, supervision, and NBC Defense Officer evaluation of the log room yeomen and other The nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) enlisted personnel assigned to the log room. defense officer should be a graduate of a com- 3. Maintenance of the engineering depart- prehensive NBC defense course or a chemical- ment records and a tickler file on all required biological defense course. Generally, the job reports. of NBC defense officer is assigned as collateral 4. Preparation of the engineering depart- duty to the damage control assistant. In this ment watch bills. capacity he acts as technical advisor to the The engineering administrative assistant commanding officer and the engineer officer screens all incoming engineering department in matters concerning NBC defense. He assists correspondence, initiates required action (when division officers in the NBC warfare training of appropriate), and checks the accuracy of all personnel in the ship and is responsible for correspondence leaving the department. He the indoctrination and training of the damage assists the engineer officer in the implementa- control battle organization in this type of war- tion of directives from higher authority that fare. The specific duties of the damage control pertain to the administration of the engineer- assistant prior to and following an NBC attack ing department. He also assists in the prepara- are discussed in detail in chapter 3 of this 013- tion of all engineering department directives lication. and (following release by the engineer officer) exercises control over their issuance in such a Gas-Free Engineer manner as to assure effective dissemination. Supervision of the log room must not be The Naval Ship Systems Command requires neglected. The operation of this office affects that each naval ship which may have occasion to each of the engineering divisions and reflects order men into closed or poorly ventilated spaces the effectiveness of the engineering department. or to perform hot work in the vicinity of explo- Blueprints, technical manuals, and other publi- sive or flammable materials, designate one com- cations must be properly stowed and indexed so petent person gas-free engineer. The term "hot they can be easily located. A method Ault be work" as used in this publication includes all established for accounting for publications which work involving the use of open flame or spark have been removed from the log room and their producing equipment or any work involving heat- removal should be kept to a minimum. Periodic ing metal to or above 450°F. The gas free en- inventories must be held so that missing items gineer, usually subordinate to the damage control can be promptly reordered. Changes should be assistant, must analyze conditions in his ship and entered as soon as possible in order to ensure ensure that no danger of suffocation of personnel the publications are maintained up to date. Logs, or hazard to personnel or equipment frcim nox- records, and reports should be properly filed ious or explosive gases exists during any opera- for easy reference. In order to avoid clutter in tions in the ship. He advises the engineer officer the log room, a plan must be established for and commanding officer in matters concerning the prompt disposition of logs, records, and the safety of personnel performing welding and reports in accordance with current applicable allied work in hazardous locations. He assists instructions. the engineer officer in the preparation of in- In some ships the duties of the engineering structions regarding entry into closed or poorly administrative assistant may be assigned to the ventilated spaces and the procedures to be fol- main propulsion assistant. lowed to ensure the safety of personnel and equipment involved in welding and allied opera- tions. Engineering Training Officer The gas-free engineer must organize and administer a training program to inform all The engineering department training officer hands of the hazards involved in entering closed is an assistant to the engineer officer for the or poorly ventilated spaces and in welding and administration and coordination of the training allied operations. He is responsible for the program of the engineering department. The posting of warnings of such hazards in spaces duties, responsibilities, and authority of the where they exist and he is authorized to order engineering training officerare discussed in men out of a compartment immediately or to detail in chapter 4 of this publication. suspend work whenever an unsafe condition is
9
`s' t.3 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
found to exist. He must immediately notify the in the preparation and administration of the commanding officer, engineer officer,or other training of personnel in the ship's damagecon- responsible authority, of any such cessationof trol battle organization. He must also keep the work and the reasons therefore. damage control assistant informed of his actions The gas-free engineer will be governedIn as fire marshal. the performance of his duties byapplicable instructions contained in NavShips Technical PROSPECTIVE ENGINEER OFFICER Manual; the commanding officer's instructions; and other directives issued by higherauthority. Usually when an officer reports to a ship in In many ships the damage control assistantis commission to relieve the engineer officer, the assigned collateral duty as gas-freeengineer. relief is effected jointly by the two officers When the gas-tree engineer is an officerother concerned. At other times, an officer may be than the damage control assistant, he shallkeep assigned to a ship prior to its commissioning the damage control assistant informedof matters for duty on board as engineer officer when concerning his duties. commissioned. In the former case, the job of It should be noted that the designationof the the officer prior to relieving the engineer officer gas-free engineer by the ship's commanding is relatively simple and much assistance canbe officer is a matter of logics. Thecommanding obtained from the incumbent himself. officer knows the requirements of thiscollateral The circumstances are quite different when duty and normally designatesa person who best an officer is ordered to duty as the prospective possesses these qualifications. engineer officer of a ship to be commissioned. The Damage Control Schools in Philadelphia In this case, he perZorms the duties of engineer and Treasure Island cover theuse of explosive officer subject to the orders of the officer to and noxious vapor detectors use ofproper ven- whom he has reported for duty (shipyardcom- tilation, use of air line masks and oxygen breath- mander, supervisor of shipbuilding, orreserve ingapparatus,safetyprecautions and fire fleet group commander). If his ship is being hazards in closed unventilated spacesDepend- constructed, he will have the task of initially ing upon what course the studentis taking in organizing the engineering department as well these schools, he is exposed to varyingamounts as establishing and maintaining working rela- of the NavShips requirements (whichare periodi- tions with shipyard personnel; attending to the cally prescribed by NavShips through theBureau numerousdetailsconcerninginspection of of Naval Personnel for activities afloat) for the machinery, tests, trials, and equipage; preparing gas-free engineer. The schools do notactually casualty control and repair pc ..ty manuals,oper- train the gas-free engineer. atinginstructions,andsafety precautions; The aforementioned logics are that aboard selecting personnel for certain jobs; training each ship several men, suchas the engineer assigned personnel; and performing themany officer, the DCA, and the senior DamageCon- other details peculiar to a new ship prior to trohnaL,have been trained in the requirements, commissioning. The job willbe less complicated recommended by NavShips, to various degrees. U the ship has been in commission previously, At present, the commanding officer designates as in the case of a major conversion or a reac- the person who will most logicallyposses this tivated ship. background and who is trustworthy enoughto In any event, the job of the prospective learn what he doesn't know, and whopossesses engineer officer will be a much easier task if he sufficient initiative and leadership abilityto has had previous experience in the engineering carry out the duties regarding the safety of the department of a naval ship. If he has not already ship and men working in closedspaces that may done so, one of the first things he should do is contain death-dealing vaporsor a lack of oxygen. prepare a check list of all required publications, logs, records, and reports. Such a list is helpful Fire Marshal when organizing the engineering departmentas well as when deterinining that the publications, The fire marshal is responsible underthe logs, records, and reports of the engineering engineer officer for the maintenance,avail- department of a ship in commission arecom- ability, and reliability of the firefightingequip- plete, correct, and up to date prior to effecting ment in the ship; and for the elimination offire relief of the engineer officer. Naval Ships hazards. He assists the damage controlassistant Technical Manual, ShipboardProcedures, 10
/4 Chapter 1THE ENGINEER OFFICER
NWP-50(A); Battle Control (U), NWIP-50-1(B); 12. Inspect engineering department shop op- U.S. Navy Regulations; Navy Department in- erations. structions and notices;Naval Ship Systems The relieving officer should review the per- Commanddirectives;and the type commander's sonnel records of engineering department per- directives are publications which will be of aid sonnel as to the number assigned, their quali- in the preparation of such a check list. fications, and assignments. He should inspect all personnel of the department at quarters at least DUTIES UPON DETACHMENT one time prior to effecting relief. He must include a statement in his relieving -letter as to When the engineer officer of a ship is ordered whether sufficient qualified engineering depart- detached from such duty, he and his relief must ment personnel are on board and list any jointly inspect the material, and records of the shortages. engineering department. Upon completion of the Prior to effecting relief of the engineer inspection, the two officers submit a joint report officer, the relieving officer should acertain to the commanding officer. The report lists any that all required logs, records, publications, defects or deficiencies, describes the status of and reports are being maintained and are cor- transfer of the equipage charged to the depart- rect, complete, and up to date. Any discre- ment or subdivision (not required in organiza- pancies found must be noted in his relieving tions where equipage is held in the Plant letter. Account) and states the facts in dispute when In order to ascertain the amount and condi- there is any disagreement between the officers tion of the equipage and supplies in the custody as to the condition revealed by the inspection. of the engineer officer, the relieving officer In the event of disagreement, the commanding must inspect outstanding requisitions of the officer ascertains the actual conditions, fixes engineering department and inspect the inven- responsibility for them, and takes such other tory, stowage, and preservation of engineering action as may be necessary. storerooms and toolrooms. After conducting During the joint inspection of the engineering an inventory of accountable equipment in custody department, the relieving officer should: of the engineer officer, the relieving officer 1. Inspect operation of the engineering plant signs the necessary custody cards. The officer at anchor and underway (if possible). being relieved must prepare surveys on all 2. Investigate any recent engineering cas- missing accountable equipage. ualties. Circumstances may prevent the engineer 3. Inspect all spaces for cleanliness, pre- officer and his relief from making a joint inspec- servation, and posting of safety precautions and tion and report. When this occurs, the relieving operating instructions. officer or incoming head of the engineering 4. Check the job orders accomplished during department, must make the inspection as soon the last regular overhaul. as possible and submit his report to the com- 5. Check the status of authorized alterations manding officer within twenty days after taking and outstanding shipyard, and tender or repair charge of the engineering department. ship work requests. Upon effectingrelief, the incumbent en- 8. Observe the actions of watch personnel gineer officer reports the fact and the conditions during casualty drills. existing in the engineering department to the 7. Check feed water and fuel consumption. commanding officer by letter, via the relieving 8. Inspect and observe operation of the officer who endorses it after ascertaining there damage control battle organization (if practi- are no omissions or exceptions in the basic cable). letter. The relieving officer should not hesitate 9. Inventory damage control lockers. to ensure that the condition of the department 10. Check the routine for handling corre- as stated in the relieving letter reflects the spondence and note any outstanding correspond- actual conditions that exist. Hesitancy at this ence requiring action. time may lead to future embarrassment when 11. Check the status of required engineering the commanding officer requires an explana- exercises to determine outstanding require- tion for the occurrence of an engineering ments. casualty.
11 CHAPTER 2
THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
It is the Job of every officer in the engineer- that individuals not be assigned to directun- ing department to ensure theoperational readi- related groups unless it is unavoidable. ness of the department and thereby, the opera- Span of control is the requirement thatthe tional readiness of the ship. Moraleand training type of work to be done and the degree of of personnel, and maintenance ofmaterial are com- three factors essential for optimum plexity and responsibility involved determine readiness. (1) the number of personnel supervisedby one Proper administration of thedepartment pro- motes and sustains these person, (2) the area involved in the supervision, factors. Effective (3) the time available, and (4) theway in which administration demands planning,organizing, the supervisor is to use the time. commanding, and controlling. Of all theelements Delegation of authority is the requirement of administration, organization (themachinery that authority commensurate with assignedre- of administration) is the mostimportant. The sponsibility be delegated to the lowest level of effectiveness of the organization of theengineer- competence within the department. Delegation ing department is dependentupon adherence to the following principles: unity of authority does not mean that theofficer re- of command, linquishes his responsibility for theactions of homogeneity of assignment,span of control, and the person to whom such authority is delegated. delegation of authority. Ultimate accountability for the performanceof Unity of command is the requirementthat their individual organizational segmentsre- a person report directly to and receive orders mains with the officers at all levelseven though from one superior. One person must havecon- they may have charged subordinateswith the trol over one segment of the organization;and immediate responsibility and delegated authority he alone must issue all ordersto and receive for managing certain functions. all reports from that segment.AU personnel in The type commander (or higher authority) the engineering department mustknow whom they establishes the requirements for organization direct and to whom they report.To accomplish in the form of organization charts andfunc- unity of command within thedepartment, the tional guides that encourage the use of thebest chain of command has to be definite,clear-cut, techniques known for the operation of theen- and understood and obeyed byall. Confusion gineering department and the administrationof and conflict are certain to resultwhen the chain assigned personnel. The process of organization of command is ignore, eitherfrom the top has two aspectsthe mechanical,which deals down or from the bottomup. The engineer of- with organization structure; and the-dynamic ficer must make every effort toindoctrinate which deals with the integration of thehuman his division officersso that they are made factors into the organization structure.While aware of the importance of maintaining the chain the mechanics of the organization ofthe engi- of command. neering departmenkare primarily the responsi- bility of higher atd&rity, effective administra- Homogeneity of assignment is therequire- tion (dynamics) of the organization is the ment that each division in thedepartment be responsibility of the engineer officer. assigned closely related tasks, thateach unit In addition to the aforementioned elements under a division be assigned specificfunctions to perform, that individuals be of administration and organization, thepersonnel assigned to and the various organizations which theengineer divisions in accordance with theirabilities, and officer will be required to administerare dis-
12 Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT cussed in detail in this chapter. The chapter under the engineer officer, for the operation, also includes information concerning certain care, and maintenance of assigned machinery, aids (directives apc1 ship's bills) that, when equipment, and systems. They must keep the properly used, can facilitate the engineer of- engineer officer informed of the operational ficer's tasks involving command and control. readiness of assigned machinery, equipment, and systems. ENGINEERING PERSONNEL Other duties, responsibilities, and authority of each division officer of the engineering de- The missions and tasks of the ship as es- partment include: tablished by the Chief of Naval Operations 1.Directing the operation of his division provide the basis for the equipment installed through leading petty officers in accordance in the ship. The number of personnel assigned with the division organization. is ultimately fixed by the manning requirements 2. Assigning division personnel to watches, of the equipment in the ship as determined by battle stations, and general duties; and insti- the Chief of Naval Operations. tuting a system of rotating personnel between The Chief of Naval Operations has assumed stations and duties in order to develop their from the Chief of Naval Personnel (since July skills and proficiency. 1965) the responsibility for promulgating man- 3. Scheduling and conducting training for power authorizations. The ship's COMPLE- personnel in thedivision. Division training MENT (for fleet units or shore activities) com- should provide for the indoctrination of newly prises the perzonnel required for operating and assigned personnel, assisting personnel to pre- fighting the still, under wartime conditions and pare foradvancementin rating(including the ship's ALLOWANCE (for fleet units or shore correspondence courses and practical factors activities) comprises the personnel required for in both military and professional subjects), peacetime operations. The number of personnel individual instruction in shipboard duties, team actually assigned to the ship is determined by training as necessary to fulfill operating re- maiming levels (usually expressed as a per- quirements of the division, instruction in the centage of complement in wartime or allowance* principles of effective leadership, and indivi- in peacetime) based on the number of personnel dual training through courses of the United available to the Chief of Naval Operations. States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI). In ac- Additional information concerning manpower complishing this function, the division officer authorizations and procedures for requesting receives guidance from the educational services changes can be obtained by referring to OPNAV officer. INSTRUCTION 1000.16,dated 21 July 1985. 4. Evaluating the performance of enlisted personnel of the division. The division officer DIVISION OFFICERS initiates recommended grades for the senior petty officers in the division and *reviews the The engineering department of a naval ship senior petty officers' evaluations of the men is organized into divisions and each division under their supervision. is headed by a division officer as appointed by 5. Maintaining a division notebook containing the commanding officer. Each division officer personnel data cards, training program data, is responsible for the organization, adminis- a space and equipment responsibility log, watch tration and operation of his division(s). The and battle stations requiring manning by division basic administrative organization of a ship- personnel, and other useful data for ready ref- board division is shown in figure 2-1. The erence and for orientation of the division of- number of sections in each unit will depend ficer's relief. Standard record forms (NavPers upon the number of watch sections in the in- 2840 and the Division Officer's Personnel Re- dividual ship. cord Form), which may be filed in a three-ring The 4ivision officer is responsible for en- binder, are available through the general supply suring that his assistants (technical and material system. assistant, division training officer, and junior 6. Ensuring proper preparation, maintenance division officer) properly perform their assigned and submission of all forms, records, logs, duties. He is required to perform those duties, reports, and correspondence required of the himself, when no assistants are assigned. The division. engineering division officers are responsible, 7. Establishing and maintaining a division
13 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
DIVISION OFFICER
JUNIOR DIVISIONI OFFICER
DIVISION TRAINING TECHNICAL AND OFFICER MATERIAL ASSISTANT
DIVISION LEADING PETTY OFFICER
5E01071 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 LEADER LEADER LEADER
114.3 Figure 2-I.Basic shipboard divisionorganization. organization manual and other directivesneces- 13. Cooperating with division sary for the administration of the division. officers of 8. Ensuring that 211 prescribed other divisions in the department,and recom- security mending improvements in departmentalpolicies measures and safety precautions are strictly and procedures to the engineerofficer. observed by division personnel. On a typical ship, the division 9. Recommending personnel for advance- officer in the ment in rating and for transfers. engineering department reports toeither the main propulsion assistant, thedamage control 10. Recommending changes in divisionper- assistant, the electrical officer,or to the en- sonnel allowances. gineer officer in the performance 11. Forwarding requests for leave,liberty, of his assigned and special privileges, with duties. (NOTE: The duties of themain propul- recommendations. sion assistant and the damage controlassistant 12. Conducting periodic inspections,exer- are covered in chapter 1.) The junior cises, and musters to evaluate performanceand division discipline of the division. When disciplinary officer, the technical and materialassistant (when so assigned in thedepartmental plan of action is necessary, the division officerini- organization), and the leading tiates the necessary action in accordancewith petty officer re- the Uniform Code of Military port to the division officer in theperformance Justice and other of their assigned duties and fordaily operations regulatory directives. (NOTE: The division of- in the division. ficer and/or the department head attendsCap- The job of division officer (ortunior tain's disciplinary mast wheneverone of their division men appears before the CO for such action. This officer in some large naval ships) isusually the first job assigned a young officer *ponreport- is to be available to represent theman and ing aboard ship. The tasks confronting respond to any questions the COmay have con- the new cerning the man's professional ability.) division officer may appear monumentalto him Only at first, but he should realize thathe has been the commanding officer may imposedisciplinary punishments for minor offenses without given a position in an organizationwhich is the in- designed to function efficiently forlong periods tervention of a court martial. This authorityof of time without all its members a commanding officer cannot be delegated. and one which can easily absorb a few untrained membersfrom
14
IY Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT time to time. People on all sides are available 5. Evaluate individual performances of divi- with assistance to help if he expresses a desire sion personnel (assisted by leading petty officers to learn. The officer he relieves can be of of the division) and recommend periodic grades invaluable assistance and will usually utilize to the division officer. all available time to instruct him in his duties; 6. Provide counsel and guidance to personnel outline the current program, pointing out what of the division. has and has not been done; discuss the inherent 7. Ensure the proper preparation, mainte- difficulties of the job; and advise him concern- nance, and submission of logs, records, and ing the abilities and personalities of his men. reports required of the division. The senior officers always stand ready to give 8. Act as division officer in the absence of him a hand. The engineer officer, while tolerant the division officer. of his inexperience, will insistthat he do his 9. Perform such other duties as may be duty and master his job as quickly as possible. assigned by the division officer or other com- The job of division, officer affords the young petent authority. naval officer his best opportunity to develop and While the junior division officer can profit demonstrate his leadership and administrative considerably from careful observation of the abilities. methods of those officers more skilled than he, Relatively ley division officers are afforded eventually some decisions of his own must be the luxury of a junior nivision officer, a division attempted. If the junior division officer is inca- training officer, and a technical and material pable of making decisions, he will be valueless assistant.In some ships where the number of as a leader. When approached with a problem, available officers is limited (especially in the he is expected to supply a definite solution. engineering department) one officer may be in When he lacks the authority to decide, he must chane of several divisions. The promising young refer the matter to the officer who is in a posi- naval officer views such a challenge merely as tion to act on it and relay the decision. If he an opportunity to broaden his experience and does not know the answer, he need not fear that welcomes the assignment of division officer in he will appear stupid. It is not expected that he the engineering department. will learn all the details of his job overnight, but he will be expected to take immediate action JUNIOR DIVISION OFFICER toward finding the answer. Never try bluffing for it is certain to make the one who attempts Principally, the junior division officer, when it look ridiculous. The inexperienced officer assigned, assists the division officer in coordi- must never allow the dread of making a mistake nating and administering the division and by to deter him from the attempt to solve a problem. experience, develops a thorough understanding of He will make occasional mistakes, to be sure, the functions, directives, and equipment of the but an honest mistake seldominvokesscorn or division in preparation for assuming the duties censure, particularly if all the factors involved of the division officer. wereduly considered. Contingent on the division organization and No officer can be an effective disciplinarian the capacity shown by the junior division officer, if those whom he commands cannot observe the division officer may direct him to: discipline in him. The young man who aspires to the career of a naval officer can do no less 1. Supervise the preparation and mainte- than live so that his daily conduct, in all respects, nance of the watch, quarter, and station bills, will be above reproach. and such other bills as may be necessary for the operation of the division. DIVISION TRAINING OFFICER 2. Assist in the formulation and implementa- tion of policies and procedures for the operation The division training officer, when assigned, of the division. aids and advises the division officer in the 3. Supervise the division intheperformance administration of training within the division and of the daily routine and conduct frequent inspec- coordinates the division training program with tions to assure that division functions are being the departmental and overall training program of properly executed. the ship. The duties of the division training 4. Aid in the administration of discipline officer are discussed in considerable detail in within the division. chapter 4 of this publication.
15 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
TECHNICAL AND MATERIAL ASSISTANT General ratings apply to personnel of the U. S. Navy and Naval Reserve, provide the primary The technical and material assistant, when means of identifying billet requirements and assigned, is usually a warrant officer or a limit- personnel qualifications, and have distinctive ed duty officer. Primarily, his job is to supervise rating badges. There are two types of general the maintenance and repair of the material, ratings, those with no subspecialties or service equipment, and systems for which the division ratings, and those with service ratings. is responsible. Service ratings are subdivisions of certain The technical and material assistant is general ratings, which, by delineating specific responsible under the division officer for: areas of qualifications, provide for specializa- 1. The proper performance of preventive and tion in training and utilization of personnel in corrective maintenance procedures on all equip- complex work areas. Service ratings apply to ment material, and systems assigned to the personnel of the U. S. Navy and Naval Reserve, division. and the rating badge is the same as that of the 2. The review for technical accuracy of all associated general rating. Shipfitter (SF) is a completed Maintenance Data Control System general rating which contains the service ratings (MDCS) documents reporting the completion of of shipfitter (metalsmith) and shipfitter (pipe- maintenance. fitter) at the petty officer 3 and 2 levels within 3. The proper preparation, maintenance, and its scope. While the service rating was initially timely submission of material, equipment, and developed to satisfy the requirement for increas- system records, reports, and logs required of ed specialization at the lower petty officer levels, the division. it is sometimes needed at higher levels and may 4. The preparation and timely submission be established at any paygrade as dictated by of requests for repair parts and other materials the needs of the service. However, the concept necessary for the efficient operation of the of broad knowledge at the higher levels in the equipment, material, and systems assigned the ratings is retained and specialization at the division. higher paygrades is the exception rather than 5. The repairs to equipment and material of the rule. other divisions which are beyond the capacity of Emergency ratings comprise occupational those divisions but within the capacity of his fields for which there are no peacetime require- division. ments in the Navy, but for which there is a 8. The performance of such other duties as definite need during wartime. Each emergency may be assigned. rating has its own distinctive rating badge. Stevedore (ESB) is an example of an emergency ENLISTED PERSONNEL rating. A thorough understanding of the enlisted rating General rates are the general apprentice- structure is essential to effective administration ships below the level of petty officer, such as of the engineering department. The rating struc- fireman recruit, fireman apprentice, and fire- ture is a single integrated structure applicable man. The term rate is also used to identify to personnel of both the U. S. Navy and the personnel occupationally by paygrade. Naval Reserve, and is intended to serve peace- The enlisted complement and allowance of the time and wartime needs and eliminate the engineering department generally consists of requirement for elaborate expansion and conver- enlisted personnel of the seaman and fireman sion upon mobilization. The stricture consists rates, and the yeoman, engineering, and hull of general ratings, service ratings, emergency ratings. Enlisted men in the engin ,ering depart- ratings, and general rates. Ratings are estab- ment are assigned to divisions by the engineer lished or disestablished by the Chief of Naval officer in accordance with the ship's Personnel Personnel upon approval of the Secretary of the Assignment Bill. The division officer assigns Navy as dictated by the needs of the service. enlisted men of the division to battle stations Generalratingsare broad occupational and condition watches in accordance with the fields, encompassing essentially similar duties ship's Battle Bill, to sections and special duties and fmctions, which require related patterns of in accordance with the ship's Personnel Assign- aptitudes and walifications, and which provide ment Bill, and to regular duties and watches in paths of advancement for career development. accordance with various ship's bills.
16 Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Division officers are required to temporarily sonnel, Restrictions on the removal of striker assign certain enlisted personnel of the en- identifications are necessary to prevent diver- gineering department to special duties in other sion of qualified strikers to other duties because departments in the ship in accordance with the of local shortages or excesses in certain ratings ship's Personnel Assignment Bill. The tem- and to ensure that qualified personnel are utilized porary assignment may include duty in the ship's in duties for which they have received special master-at-arms force (usually for a period of training. 6 months) and duty in the supply department as A fireman recruit (FR) normally advances mess deck master-at-arms (usually for a period to FA upon successful completion of his recruit of 6 months) or as messmen (a period of 3 training. After 6 months as an FA, an individual months). Normally, no man is assigned to two is eligible for advancement to FN. Examinations consecutive three-month tours of duty as mess- for advancement to FN are administered locally, man and no man may involuntarily be assigned and may be prepared locally. However, it is to a second three-month tour as messman with- recommended that they be taken from standard out the approval of the executive officer. examination questions prepared and distributed Transfers of enlisted men between depart- to all commands by the Naval Examining Center. ments are subject to the approval of the executive The qualifications for advancement to FN and officer. All transfers of enlisted men between all ratings are listed in the Manual of Qualifica- divisions of tht engineering department are tions for Advancement in Rating, NavPers subject to approval of the engineer officer. 18088-B, including the latest changes. In all instances, transfers of enlisted men must Firemen stand messenger, cold iron, and be reported to the personnel officer for purposes fire watches. They are required to clean assigned of record. spaces and equipment; make minor repairs to electrical and engineering equipment and ma- Firemen terial, and the ships' hull (depending upon the rating for which they train); record readings of Personnel of the fireman rate train for one gages; participate in general drills; and perform of the engineering and hull general or service general detail duties. Normally, each division ratings. A fireman apprentice (FA) or fireman in the engineering department is assigned suf- (FN) may be identified as strikers for ratings ficient fireman for training to provide replace- for which they have successfully completed ments for anticipated losses of petty officers. naval school training, or for which they have demonarated significant qualifications in the Petty Officers servicewide examinations for advancement but whose scores and/or multiples were not suffi- The complement and allowance of petty of- ciently high to warrant advancement and if no ficers for the engineering department consists excess of petty officers exists in the particular of personnel of the yeoman rating and the hull ratings. Control of the assignment of striker and engineering rating group. The ratings of the is normally exercised by the Chief of Naval engineering and hull group are those of boiler- Personnel by regulating school quotas and by maker (BR), boilerman(BT), damage controlman administering the designation of in-service (DC), electrician's mate (EM), engineman (EN), trained personnel through the Naval Examining interior communications electrician (IC), ma- Center. The striker identification is added to chinery repairman (MR), machinist's mate (MM), the abbreviation of the individual's rate. For and shipfitter (SF). Yeoman strikers (YNSN) are example, a fireman striker for the rating of sometimes assigned to the engineering depart- electrician's mate (EM) is identified by the ment in lieu of yeomen. rate symbol EMFN. The striker identification may be removed BOIMERMAHER.is a general rating with by an individual's commanding officer for rea- no service ratings; however, the rating is pre- sons of incompetency provided such action is sently limited to petty officers above the level substantiated by an entry (in the individual's of second class. Boilerman in the BT2 rate, if service record) of an unsatisfactory evahmtion otherwise qualified, may compete for advance- in professional performance. Otherwise, re- ment to BRI:Boilermen in the rate of BT1 and quests for removal of the striker identification above may submit requests to the Chief of Naval must be submitted to the Chief of Naval Per- Personnel for change to the BR rating. Personnel
17 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
of the boilermaker rating test, maintain, and liaries such as cranes and winches; perform repair marine boilers, heat exchangers, and preventive and corrective maintenance of as- associated equipment; inspect boilers and fire- signed machinery, material, and systems; pre- room casualties, and effect corrective mea- pare and maintain required logs, records, and sures; perform all types of welding and allied reports. processes pertaining to boiler repairs; and maintain records and reports. INTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS ELECTRI- CIAN.is a general rating with no service BOILERMAN.is a general rating with no ratings. Fireman (FN), if qualified, may com- service ratings. Firemen (FN), if qualified, pete for advancement to IC3. Interior communi- may compete for advancement to BT3. Per- cations electricians operate gyro compass sys- sonnel of the boilerman rating operate marine tems, interior communication systems, and boilers and fireroom machinery; transfer, test, motion picture equipment; perform preventive and inventory fuels and water; performpre- and corrective maintenance of gyro compass ventive and corrective maintenance of boilers, systems,interior communications systems, pumps, and associated equipment, and prepare sound powered telephone systems, automatic and maintain records, reports, and logs. telephone systems, and sound motion picture systems and related equipment; and prepare DAMAGE CONTROLMAN.is a general rat- and maintain required logs, records, and re- ing with no service ratings. Fireman (FN), if ports. qualified, may compete for advancement to DC3. Personnel of the damage controlman rating MACHINERY REPAIRMAN.is a general operate damage control, carpenter shop, fire- rating with no service ratings. Fireman (FN), fighting, and NBC warfare defense equipment; if qualified, may compete for advancement to instruct other personnel in the techniques and MR3. Personnel of the machinery repairman skills involved in practical damage control, rating effect repairs to shipboard machinery firefighting, and NBC warfare defense, including using machine shop equipment such as lathes, the use of personnel decontamination stations milling machines, boring mills, grinders, power and protective shelters; maintain damagecon- hacksaws, drill presses, and other machine trol equipment in repair lockers; repair small tools; perform preventive and corrective main- boat hulls and composition and wooden deck tenance of shop machinery; and prepare and coverings; perform the skills of carpentry; and maintain shop files,records, and reports. prepare and maintain damage control logs, records, and reports. MACIMCIST'S MATE.is a general rating with no service ratings. Fireman (FN), if quali- ELECTRICIAN'S MATE. is a general rating fied, may compete for advancement to 81M3. with no service ratings. Fireman (FN), if quell- Machinist's Mates operate steam-propulsion fied, may compete for advancement to EM3. machinery and associated auxiliaries, turbo- Electrician's mates operate electrical light and generator plants, distilling plants, refrigeration power generating, distribution, and control and air conditioning systems, and other mud- equipment; perform preventive) and corrective nary machinery such as steering engines, anchor maintenance of electrical generators, switch- windlasses, and cranes and winches; perform boards, motors, lighting fixtures, and other preventive and corrective maintenance of as- electrical equipment including small boat elec- signed machinery material, and systems; pre- trical systems; prepare and maintain electri- pare and maintain required logs, records, and cal logs, records, and reports. reports. ENGINEMAN.is a general rating with no SHIPFITTER.is a general rating with the service ratings, Fireman (FN), if qualified,may two service ratings of shiplitter M (metalsmith) compete for advancement to EN3. Personnel of and shipfitter P (pipefffter)? the third and the engineman rating operate internal combus- second class petty officer levies. Fireman (TN), tion engines and diesel propulsion plants, diesel if otherwise qualified, may compete for advance- generators, effstilling plants, refrigeraft.)0 and ment to 11F/13 or SFP3. Personnel of the ship- air conditioning systems, small boat propulsion fitter (11) rating operate furnaces, forges, and equipment, hydraulic systems, and other alai- shop equipment associated with metalwork;
18
AA Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT layout, fabricate, install, and repair metal struc- The number of divisions, which are assigned tures; lay out, bend, shear, rivet, weld, braze, to the engineering department through the as- tin, and solder sheet metal; operate and maintain signment of personnel to billets within the ship, assigned damage control equipment; prepare is based upon the ship's complement and allow- and maintain required logs, records, and re- ance and is intended to provide an effective ports. Personnel of theshipfitter IP) rating organization. perform high-pressure and low-pressure pipe Personnel in the engineering department are fitting; layout, assemble, install, maintain, and assigned locker and berthing facilities in accord- repair plumbing and other sanitary equipment ance with the ship's Berthing and Locker Bill. and fixtures;install lagging and other pipe Divisions are assigned responsibilities for the coverings; operate and maintain assigned dam- maintenance, preservation, and cleanliness of age control equipment; prepare and maintain the exterior and interior of the ship's hull, hull required logs, records, and reports. Petty of- fittings, machinery, and equipment in accordance ficers of the rates of SFM2 and SFP2, if quali- with the ship's Cleaning and Maintenance Bill. fied, are eligible to compete for SF1. Personnel The Berthing and Locker Bill and the Cleaning of the shipfitter (first class and chief petty and Maintenance Bill are administrative bills officers) rating plan, supervise, and perform of theship's organization and regulations other tasks necessary for the fabrication, in- manual. stallation, and repair of metal structures and the installation and maintenance of plumbing Auxiliaries Division and high-pressure and low-pressure piping systems; organize, supervise, and instruct as- The awdliaries division officer heads the signed personnel in preventive and corrective auxiliaries division. Personnel of the engineman, maintenance procedures; prepare and maintain machinist's mate, and machinery repairman required records and reports. ratings are assigned to the division. The auxiliaries division is assigned re- YEOMAN.is a general rating with no ser- sponsibility for the cleanliness and maintenance vice ratings. Seamen (SN), if qualified, may of such spaces as the air conditioning machinery compete for advancement to TM Yeomen per- room, air compressor room, anchor windlass form clerical and secretarial duties such as room, emergency generator room, evaporator typing and filing; operate duplicating equipment; room, fire pump room, fan rooms, internal prepare and route correspondence and reports combustion engine shop,refrigerating ma- and maintain records and publications. Yeomen chinery room, steering gear room, machine assigned to the engineering department assist shop, auxiliary machinery room, aircraft eleva- in the administration of the log room and are tor machinery room, and boat winch machinery responsible for its cleanliness and maintenance. room. The auxiliaries division is generally assigned the responsibility for the preventive and corrective maintenance of winches and ENGINEERING DIVISIONS cranes, emergency generators, air conditioning The auxiliaries (A), boilers (B), electrical and refrigeration equipment and systems, laun- (E), main engines (M), and repair (Ft) divisions dry and dry cleaning machinery, galley machin- arc the divisions of the engineering department. ery, steering engines, anchor windlasses, air All of the divisions are not in the engineering compressors and compressed air systems, department of all ships. The engineering depart- emergency fire pumps, boat engines and boat ment, for example, of a ship with no main boilers propulsion machinery, internal combustion en- has no boiler division. Figure 2-1 illustrates gines not specifically assigned to another de- the basic administrative organization of a divi- partment, distilling plant machinery and equip- sion. The organization Mustrated may be modi- ment,auxiliary boilers,hydraulic systems, fied to meet the needs of a particular division. elevator machinery, ventilating equipment, and The Watch, Quarter, and Station Bill is the heating system. division officer's summary of assignments of personnel to duties and stations specified within Boilers Division each of the ship's bills. Its primary purpose is The boilers division officer heads the boilers to inform division personnel of those assign- division. Personnel of the boilerman andboiler- ments. maker ratings are assigned to the division.
19 ai ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
The boilers division is assigned responsi - and shaft alleys. The main engines division bility for the cleanliness and maintenance is generally assigned the preventive and cor- such spaces as the firerooms, forced draft rective mir.tenance of the main engines and blower room, fuel oil storage tanks, fireroom propulsion equipment including shafting, engine- uptake spaces, and test laboratory. The boilers room auxiliaries, ship's service generator drive division is generally assigned the preventive units, and engineroom piping systems. and corrective maintenance of the boilers, fire- room auxiliaries, forced draft blowers, fuel and Repair Division water testing apparatus, the equipment for fuel- ing at sea, and fuel oil piping and pipe fittings. The repair division officer heads the repair division. Personnel of the damage controlman Electrical Division and shipfitter ratings are assigned to the divi- sion. The electrical division officer heads the elec- The repair division is assigned responsi- trical division. Personnel of the electrician's bility for the cleanliness and maintenance of mate and interior communications electrician such spaces as the carpenter shop, structural ratings are assigned to the division. shop, pipeshop, gas masks and protective The electrical division is assigned responsi- clothing lockers, repair party lockers, and the bility for the cleanliness and maintenance of central control station (damage control central). such spaces as the electrical shop, gyro room, The repair division is generally assigned the I.C. room, I.C. shop, storage battery room, preventive and corrective maintenance of dam- battery locker, underwater log compartment, age control equipment, and firefighting equip- winch controller rooms, wiring trunks, and ment, hull fittings, and piping systems, not switchboard root 's. The electrical division is otherwise assigned. The repair division provides generally assigned the preventive and corrective welding and allied services to other divisions maintenance of all electrical motors, genera- as required. tors, and controllers not specifically assigned to another department, degaussing systems, WATCH ORGANIZATION electrical distribution systems including cabling and switching and protective equipment, gyro All personnel (enlisted and officer) in the compasses and related equipment such as the ship's watch organizations, as in any effective dead reckoning analyzer and dead reckoning organization, must understand their functions, tracer, battery charging equipment, underwater responsibilities, authority, and organizational log system,small boat electrical systems, relationships. Doubt and misunderstanding at- automatic and sound powered telephone systems, tributableto misinterpretation or a lack of sound motion picture equipment, lighting sys- knowledge of the ship's watch organization can tems, interior communication systems including lead to confusion and conflict resulting in col- ship control and indicating systems, portable lision, grounding, or total loss of the ship while announcing systems, magnesyn compass system, underway; and equipment and machinery de- and portable electric tools. rangement, fire, serious personnel injuries, or even loss of life in the ship while moored or at Main Engines Division anchor. There must be complete cooperation between all parts of the organization as well as The main engines division officer heads the between the members of the separate parts. main engines division. Personnel of the Machin- Security of the ship under all probable condi- ist's mate (steam) and engineman (diesel) ratings tions is the primary objective of the ship's watch are assigned to the division in accordance with organizations and optimum efficiency in ad- the type of main propulsion tnachinerziastalled. ministration is a secondary objective. Require- Yeomen of the engineering department are as- ments for specified degrees of readiness and for signed to the main engines division. condition watches are established by the type The main engines division is assigned re- commander. sponsibility for the cleanliness and maintenance Normally, the security of the ship is adjusted of such spaces as the enginerooms, engineering to the demands of the current situation by the department office, engineroom uptake spaces, employment of one of six general 'degrees of fresh and feed water tanks, engineer storeroom, readiness which are based upon the probability
20 Chapter 2-THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT of attack and/or battle as related to the combat are the same for condition watch III (wa ability of the forces required to meet the threat. cruising) and condition watch IV (peace Condition watches are the ship's watch organi- cruising) in most ships, therefore, only coi 'NUL zations which satisfactorily meet the various tion watch IV and condition watch V (peaceir-ge general degrees of readiness. in-port) are discussed in detail in this putslip_ The first general degree of readiness re- tion. quires complete readiness of the ship for im- To ensure a smooth transition from csolf mediate action. Condition watch I is the watch the three watch conditions (III, IV, and NITIPIP organization which provides for manning of the another, each watch is divided into three se necessary watch stations (battle stations) for with each section being trained to fulfill the first degree of readiness. theduties for wartime cruising, peace The second general degree of readiness cruising, and peacetime conditions in port.. NisiiisissIP"-- allows temporary relaxation from the first de- a properly trained crew the ship may, gree of readiness to enable personnel to rest matter of routine, enter port or put to sea wr-A-n JiMillosa-- and to permit designated personnel to draw and out special adjustments in watches and vriglina=alamnat distribute meals at battle stations. Condition requiring abnormally long watches for watch IE is the watch organization which provides personnel. for the manning of watch stations for the second The three sections become watches 1 degree of readiness. and 3 during condition watch III. Such waltio=MMMliansmai A special general degree of readiness that normally rotate duties underway in succe is applicable to certain ships provides for main- four hour periods. Where practicable, perso, taining armament ready for immediate action should be assigned the same watch stations for prolonged periods of time such as extended condition watch III that they will man for co periods of shore bombardment. Condition watch tion watch I. II is the watch organization which provides for In port or at anchor where condition wanammenm=m1,-an=lia the manning of watch stations for the special V is permitted, the watches and duties degree of readiness. assumed by each section in succession reca. =111. The third general degree of readiness re- period of 24 hours and each section, mu? quires a part of the armament ready for im- practicable, may be divided into three -re mediate action and the remainder on short units. notice. The fourth general degree of readiness The three section watch is easily mo requires a part of the armament ready for to conform with special or local conditi immediate action and the remainder at prolonged For example, if 50 percent of the ship's notice. Condition watch III is the watch organi- is required to remain on board at all timer-- c =:1E1 zation which provides for the manning of watch a certain port, one of the sections can be ii=gimm:=003/1-21kit stations for either the third or fourth general and personnel of that section can be cows amat3ir degrees of readiness. assigned, by rates and numbers, to the reasaramrr__=Tiana--- The fifth general degree of readiness is ing two sections. When modifications are generally referred to as peacetime cruising and saiy division officers should maintain as rent Ala requires no manning of armament. Condition of the original three sections as posssolimailline_ watch IV is the watch organization which pro- vides for the manning of watch stations for the UNDERWAY WATCHES fifth degree of readiness. The sixth general iegree of readiness applies The watch organization for condition w-aminanmeds==2:a to the ship in port under peacetime conditions IV must provide adequate qualified peranamle-I and requires no manning of armanent. Condition for the safe and efficient normal underway coga.. watch V is the watch organization which provides tion of the ship in peacetime, while pernailt11111 for the manning of watch stations for the sixth the best economy of personnel in assig degree of readiness. to watches. In condition watch IV: The administration of condition watches III, 1. No weapon batteries are manned. IV, and V requires the particular attention of 2. The engineering plant is ready for -1:nornmanne?::- the engineer officer and his division officers. and speeds as ordered. The watch stations of the other condition watches 3. Material condition Yoke is set and are prescribed, by billets, in the ship's Battle be modifiedmodified for access during daylight lacy. Bill. The engineering department requiremruts 4. Complete surface and horizon lo
21 .4, ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION coverage is provided. Air lookouts are stationed readiness in effect in the ship and is responsible when flight operations are in progress in the for the operation of the various hull systems. In vicinity. the performance of his duties he must: 5. CIC is sufficiently manned for routine purposes. Interior communications are manned as necessary. Exterior communications are 1. Maintain a rough log which includes hourly manned as required to cover the communica- entries of the firemain pressure andthe number tion plan in effect. of fire pumps in operation, and such other entries 6. Aircraft are in the condition of readiness as getting underway, anchoring and mooring, required by the flight schedule. general quarters, emergency drills, and setting The condition watch IV watch organization ofmaterialconditions (with a list of dis- of a typical ship is shown in figure 2-2. The crepancies reported and the corrective action executive officer may relieve the officer of the taken). deck in times of danger or emergency as pre- 2. Supervise the maintenance of the damage scribed in U.S. Navy Regulations. The navigator controllog which contains violations of the may relieve the officer of the deck when author- materialconditionof readiness prescribed. ized or directed by the commanding officer. The Log entries must include the name and rate of lookouts and CIC watches report simultaneously the person requesting the authority to violate to the CIC watch officer and the officer of the a prescribed condition, the time of violation, deck. The steering aft watch is under opera- type of fittings involved, the estimated duration tional control of the officer of the deck but of the violation, and the actual time the material under the technical control ofthe engineering condition of readiness is restored. officer of the watch. 3. Determine the status of fuel and ballast Watch officers are in charge of the watch tanks that were emptied or filled during the to which they are assigned. The watch officer watch and enter the information, including the supervises and controls the performance of number of the tanks concerned, in the rough log. those on watch under him and is stationed where 4. Render hourly reports to the officer of he can best perform his assigned duties. the deck concerning the watertight integrity of the ship. Officer of the Deck (Underway) 5. Ensure that damage. control patrols sound The officer of the deck (00D) underway (and all voids and cofferdams once each watch (once in port) is the watch officer designated by the each day, in port) and t eport results. commanding officer to be in charge of the ship. 6. Ensure that the ship's draft is recorded The officer of the deck isprimarilyresponsible, (taken,if in port, otherwise it is computed) under the commanding officer, for the safe daily during the 04-08watch, prior to entering operation of the ship. The duties, responsibility, or leaving port, and before and after replenish- and authority of the officer of the deck are ment (fueling, provisioning,, or rearming). prescribed in U.S. Navy Regulations; and are 7. Notify the officer of the deck, damage discussed in considerable detail in Naval Orien- control assistant, and weapons (deck) depart- tation, NavPers 16138 (revised). ment officer when the fire alarm board indi- The officer of the deck reports directly to cates that temperature ',of any magazine is the commanding officer for the Safe navigation above 105 F. and general operation of the ship; to the ehecu- 8. Maintain custody of the master key for tive officer (and command duty officer, if ap- repair party lockers and ensure that it is issued pointed by the commanding officer) for carrying only to authorized personnel. out the ship's routine; and to the navigator for 9. Ensure that material condition Yoke is sightings of navigation landmarks, and for_ set prior to sunset. Normally, at the end of course/speed changes. T-he. OOD may request the working day (approXimately 1700) the damage advice and assistance in the 'discharge of his control watch officer requests the officer of the duties from any person assigned to the ship for deck to have all divisions check the setting of duty. material condition Yoke and make reports to Damage Control Watch Officer damage control central. The damage control watch officer initiates the necessary followup The damage control watch officer supervises action to ensure compliance by divisions failing the maintenance of the material condition of to make reports.
22 24 21
Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
COMMANDING EXECUTIVE NAVIGATOR OFFICER OFFICER
COMMAND DUTY OFFICER
OFFICER OF THE DECK L J JUNIOR OFFICER ODD UNDER OF THE WATCH INSTRUCTION L ENGINEERING DAMAGE CONTROL COMMUNICATIONS CIC WATCH OFFICER OF WATCH OFFICER WATCH OFFICER OFFICER THE WATCH
DAMAGE CONTROL ENGINEERING RADIO, MESSAGE LOOKOUT AND WATCHES WATCHES CENTER AND CIC WATCHES SIGNAL WATCHES Cev
BOATSWAIN'S QUARTERMASTER SARGEANT OF MATE OF THE OF THE WATCH THE GUARD WATCH
STEERSMAN AND LIFEBOAT, BRIDGE, MARINE STEERING AFT WATCHES AND SPECIAL WATCH WATCHES
114.4 Figure 2-2.Condition Watch IV watch organization of a typical naval ship.
23 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
The damage control watch officer reports officer determines if an officer of the engineer- directly to the officer of the deck on matters ing department is qualified to perform the duties affecting watertight integrity, stability, trim, of the engineering officer of the watch. When or other conditions which adversely affect the he considers the officer qualified in all respects, safety of the ship. He reports to the damage the engineer officer assigns him to the watch. control assistant fortechnical control and The engineer officer or, in his absence, the matters affecting the administration of his watch. main propulsion assistant is authorized to direct the engineering officer of the watch concerning Damage Control Watch the duties of the watch or to assume the duties of the watch when such action is considered The damage control condition IV watch or- necessary. ganization is shown in figure 2-3. Enlisted In the performance of his duties the engineer- personnel of the repair division normally man ing officer of the watch must: the damage control patrol watches. The damage control patrols report to the damage control 1. Cause frequent inspections to be made watch officer. When condition watch 11 stations of the machinery (boilers, engines, generators, are manned, the petty officers in charge of the evaporators, and auxiliaries) of the engineering various repair lockers report to the damage department for the 'purpose of ensuring that control watch officer. Chief and first class petty machinery is being operated in accordance with officers of the repair division in some ships current instructions; that required logs are augment the watch personnel assigned the duties properly maintained; that machinery and con- of the damage control watch officer. trols are properly manned; that all applicable inspections and tests are being performed; and that all applicable safety precautions are being Engineering Officer of the Watch observed. 2.Frequently monitor interior communica- The engineering officer of the watch is the tions circuits in use to ensure that required officer on watch in charge of the main propul- circuits are properly manned; that circuit dis- sion plant and of the associated auxiliaries. He cipline is being maintained; and that correct is primarily responsible for the safe and ef- message procedures and terminology are being ficient performance of the engineering depart- employed. ment watches (except damage control) associated 3. Ensure that all orders received from the with the equipment in his charge. The engineer officer of the deck concerning the speed and direction of rotation of the main propulsion shafting are promptly and properly executed, OFFICER OF and that the engineer's bell book is properly THE DECK maintained. 4. Immediately execute all eme rgency orders concerning the speed and direction of rotation of the main propulsion shafting. 5. Keep the officer of the deck and the engineer officer informed of the condition of the DAMAGE main propulsion plant and of the maximum CONTROL speed and power available with the boiler and WATCH OFFICER machinery combinations that are in use. 6. Ensure that all directives and procedures promulgated by higher authority, and which con- cern the operation of the machinery of the engi- FORWARD AFTER neering department, are observed. DAMAGE CONTROL DAMAGE CONTROL 7. Know the power requirements for all PATROL PATROL possible operations and determine that the boiler and machinery combinations in use effectively 114.5 meet current operational requirements. Advise Figure 2-3A typical Condition WatchlV the engineer officer and the officer of the deck damage control watch organization. when modification of the machinery combinations
24 Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT in use is considered appropriate. Inform the Instructions for the watch must be posted at officer of the deck of any necessary changes in each watch station. the operation of boilers, main engines, genera- Personnel of the electrical division nor- tors, and other major auxiliaries. mally man an underway watch at each operating 8. Supervise the training of the personnel main distribution switchboard and in the interior of thewatch during the watch.Operational communication room, gyro compass room, and trainingshouldbe accomplished primarily electric shop. Personnel of the auxiliaries di- through investigation, demonstration, and drill vision normally man underway watches associ- while actually performing duties of the watch. ated with the distilling plant, refrigeration and The engineering officer of the watch should air conditioning systems, air compressors, and insist that each person in charge of an engi- hydraulics systems in elevator pump rooms neering watch station carefully instruct the per- and the steering gear room (steering aft). The sonnel under his charge in his specific duties auxiliaries division also assigns a man as and in the duties of all pirsons on the same engineer of the lifeboat watch. Personnel of the watch station. main engines division normally man underway 9. Perform such other duties as the engi- watches in the enginerooms and shaft alleys. neer officer may direct. The engineering officer The main engines division also assigns a man of the watch reports to the officer of the deck to operate the electrical generators. Personnel for changes in speed and direction of rotation of the boilers division man the boiler watches of the main propulsion shafting and for require- (supervisor,c.heckman,andfireman). The ments of standby power and other engineering boilers division also assigns a man to perform services anticipated or ordered. The engineer- the duties of oil king. Division officers assign ing officer of the watch reports to the engineer personnel to underway watches in accordance officer for technical control and matters affect- with the engineering department organization ing the administration of the watch. and regulations manual. The watches of the officer, assigned a watch as the engineering officer of the watch under instruction, should be rotated in order to give IN-PORT WATCHES him an opportunity to serve with all of the qualified officers rather than only one of them. The basic normal peacetime in-port watch Standing watch with the various officers affords organization is discussed in this publication. the officer under instruction the opportunity to Additional watches providing for the manning develop a more thorough understanding of the of weapons systems and security stations, and functions and characteristics of the machinery, for the prevention of sabotage must be estab- equipment, andsystems of the engineering lished in an emergency or in wartime. The plant, for each engineering officer of the watch watch organization for condition watch V, shown will either be a division officer or one of the in figure 2-5, provides adequate qualified per- engineer officer's assistants and will have a sonnel for the safe and efficient normal peace- special knowledge of, or interest in a different time operation of the ship in port. part of the plant. On smaller ships with a limited number of engineering officers, senior petty Command Duty Officer officers may be assigned as officer of the watch. The engineer officer, if qualified, may be Engineering Watches assigned the duties of command duty officer in port. The command duty officer inport, eligible The engineering condition watch IV watch for command at sea, is designated by the com- organization for .a typical ship is illustrated in manding officer as deputy to the executive of- figure 2-4. The structure of the watch organi- ficer for carrying out the routine of the ship zation is determined by the type, arrangement, in port and for supervising and directing the and location of the machinery in the engineering officer of the deck in matters concerning the plant and generally differs according to the type safety and general duties of the ship. The of ship. The engineering watch organization as duties of the executive officer are performed well as the instructions for each watch station by the command duty officer in port when the must be included in the engineering depart- executive officer is temporarily absent from mentorganization and regulations manual. the ship.
25 1 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
OFFICER OF THE DECK
ENGINEERING OFFICER OF THE WATCH
FIE0OWUNDER INSTRUCTION
AUXILIARIES ELECTRICAL CONTROL CONTROL
FIREROOMS ENGINEROOMS DISTILLING MAIN PLANT SWITCHBOARDS STATIONS: STATIONS: SUPERVISOR SUPERVISOR CHECKMEN UPPER LEVEL FIREMEN LOWER LEVEL REFRIGERATION THROTTLEMAN AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL AIR COMPRESSOR SHOP
OIL ICING GENERATORS ELEVATOR I. C. ROOM PUMP ROOM GYRO COMPASS
114.6 Figure 2-4A typical Condition Watch IV engineering watch organization. Engineering Department Duty Officer In the temporary absence of the engineer officer, the duties of the engineer officer may In ships not underway, the commanding of- be performed by the engineering department ficer may authorize the standing of a day's duty duty officer. If the engineer officer is onboard, in lieu of the continuous watch of the engineer- the duty officer reports the condition of the de- ing officer of the watch. When authorized, the partment to him prior to the eight o'clock re- duties of the engineering officer of the watch ports. In the absence of the engineer officer, are assigned in port to the engineering depart- the duty officer makes the eight o'clock reports ment duty officer, however, when not at the sta- for the department to the executive officer (or tion of the engineering officer of the watch, the command duty officer). duty officer must always be ready to appear The engineering duty officer, in addition to the moment he is summoned or notified that his such other duties as may be properly assigned presence is required. The engineering depart- hitt, is responsible for: ment duty officer, assigned by the engineer, officer, must be a qualified engineering officer' 1. The alertness and proper performance of of the watch. all men of the engineering watches.
28 , qhaptst2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
COMMANDING the performance of watch personnel, the duty OFFICER officer must make frequent inspections of the engineering spaces. EXECUTIVE 5. The proper maintenance of all machinery OFF ICER operating logs and for writing and signing the engineering log for the period he is on duty. The engineering departmentduty officer COMMAND DUTY makes reports in the same manner as the engi- OFFICER neering officer of the watch, except that when acting in place of the engineer officer, he is responsible for making the reports required of OFFICER OF that officer. Engineering watch supervisors and THE DECK the duty petty officers of the engineering divi- sions report to the duty officer in the perform- ance of their duties. JUNIOR OFFICER OF OOD UNDER A chief petty officer who is a qualified THE WATCH INSTRUCTION engineroom watch supervisor underway may be assigned a watch as the engineering department duty chief petty officer to assist the engineering COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT department duty officer. The duty chief petty WATCH OFFICER officer is normally assigned duty for the same DUTY OFFICERS period as the duty officer and reports to that officer in the performance of his duties. COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT WATCHES WATCHES Engineering Watches The engineer officer is responsible for the BOATSWAIN'S MATE QUARTERMASTER condition watch V (in-port) watch organization OF THE WATCH OF THE WATCH. of the engineering department. The type and amount of machinery and equipment of the engi- neering department in use in port is mainly 1. QUARTERDECK GANGWAY governed by the services the department is re- WATCHES WATCH 2. SIDE BOYS quired to furnish. 3. BROW AND DOCK Regardless of what services are furnished SENTRIES BOAT '- by the department certain personnel are required 4. ANCHOR WATCH COXSWAINS to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the AND FOG LOOK- department when key personnel are temporarily OUTS 5. SECURITY absent. A responsible petty officer in the duty DUTY section of each engineering division must be WATCHES MASTER-AT-ARMS 6. BRIG SENTRIES, designated to act in the absence of. the division GUARD, AND officer and leading petty officers of the division ORDERLIES SARGEANT OF THE when the ship is in port. The division duty GUARD (MARINE DETACH.) petty officer, in addition to other duties which may be properly assigned him, is required to: 114.7 Figure 2-5.Condition Watch V watch 1. Ensure that division watch personnel organization of a typical naval ship. promptly and properly man assigned watch sta- tions. 2. The safe and economical operation of all 2. Inspect all spaces under the cognizance engineering machinery and systems in use. of the division. When inspecting watch stations, 3. The elimination of fire and flooding haz- the petty officer; should check on the alertness ards and the prevention of sabotage. of the personnel on watch and ensure that proper 4. The security of all engineering spaces. operating procedures are being followed and In order to determine the actual conditions that that all applicable orders and instructions are exist in the engineering spaces and to evaluate obeyed. He must make certain that all spaces
27 a/ ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION are clean, free of fire and flooding hazards, and idle machinery spaces or the engineroom and/or contain no unauthorized persons. fireroom watches periodically inspect additional 3. Muster division personnel and make re- spaces. A cold iron watch should be stationed ports as required. inotherwise unoccupied idle firerooms and The division duty petty officers report to the enginerooms underway as well as in port. A engineering department duty officer in the per- responsible petty officer must be assigned to formance of their duties and for guidance and/or supervise the cold iron watch. assistance incase of trouble or doubt. Generally, The engineer officer should require posting the division duty petty officer reports the con- of the daily watch list at least24hours in ad- dition of his division to the engineering depart- vance. The watch list must be approved and ment duty officer prior to2000each evening. signed by the engineer officer or his repre- Certain engineering department personnel sentative before it is posted. After the engineer are required to furnish services or operate officer signs the watch list, no changes are equipment regardless of other services required allowed without his (or his representative's) of the department. The engineering watches approval. always assigned in port include the duty oil and water king (B division), the duty electrician's DIRECTIVES mate (E divisionhandles electrical trouble calls); the duty shipfitter (R divisionhandles Directives are instructions or notices used sanitary system trouble calls); duty auxiliary- by command at any echelon,to prescribe man (A divisionhandles heating, air condition- policies, organizations, procedures, or methods ing, and ventilating trouble calls), motion picture which serve as guides for controlling the deci- operators (E division), boat engineers (qualified sions and actions of subordinates. The Navy personnel of any engineering division). Directives Systems, SecNav InstructionP5215.1 The engineering department is usually re- (revised) establishes the directive system for quired to furnish steam, electric power and the Navy and sets, forth a simple and uniform lighting, and fresh water or feed water when plan for issuing, filing, and maintaining direc- the ship is in port. Only auxiliary machinery tives under the system. Directives are assigned is needed to supply the required services and identifying numbers according to their subjects the necessary watch is referred to as the auxili- as listed in the Navy-Marine Corps Standard ary watch. The auxiliary watch may consist of Subject Classification System, SecNav Instruc- a security watch (regularly inspects idle ma- tionP5210.11(revised). chinery spaces and sounds voids), the fireroom The following definitions of policies, pro- watch (operates the boiler and associated ma- cedures, orders, instructions, and regulations chinery), the engineroom watch (operates the are necessary for an adequate understanding of necessary auxiliary machinery in the engine- the purpose of directives. rooms),the generator watch (operates the 1. A military POLICY prescribes the course necessary ship service generators), the elec- of action to be followed in a given situation. trical watch (operates the necessary main Policies are best effected through written means electrical distribution switchboards), the evapo- for they are used to gauge the action required rator watch (operates the distilling plant as in recurring situations. Policies established at necessary). the top echelon are broad and general whereas When the ship is receiving fresh water, those established at lower echelons must be steam, and electrical power from the pier or a specific and conform to the policies established ship alongside, the auxiliary watch is replaced by higher command. withthe cold iron watch in the machinery 2. A military PROCEDURE is a series of spaces. The cold iron watch generally consists coordinated steps for the performance of func- of stationing a security watch in each engine- tions. room and fireroom and assigning him the duty 3. A military ORDER is a formal oral or of preventing sabotage and damage from other written command, issued by a superior officer causes by prohibiting entry to unauthorizedper- to a subordinate, which establishes a rule or sonnel and by detecting and eliminating fire regulatibn or delegates authority for the per- hazards, flooding hazards, and other potentially formanee of a function. dangerous conditions. At the same time, cold 4. the term INSTRUCTION denotes the im- iron watches are stationed in other important parting of information concerning the methods
28 Sa Chapter 2THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT for the accomplishment of a mission and speci- that the policies and procedures used in the fying the manner and conditions of performance administration and operation of the ship are in the execution of projects and programs. continually in keeping with the plans and policies 5. A military REGULATION is a rule which of the 'Navy Department and of fleet and type sets forth standards governing or restraining commanders by permitting integration of the the conduct of individuals. ship'sdirectiveswiththosefromhigher Navy INSTRUCTIONS are directives that have authority. a long term reference value and continue in Directives can be a very useful tool of the effect until canceled by the originator. Instruc- engineer officer when properly employed. He tions may contain information of a continuing should prepare directives so that the policies nature or information that requires continuing and orders transmitted are clear, concise, and action.Instructions are also used to direct readily understood. He mast use the format and action that cannot be completed in the near arrangement for directives prescribed in The future or action that must be taken at a future Navy Directives System, SecNav Instruction date. P5215.1 (revised).The engineer officer and Navy NOTICES are directives that are ap- other officers of the engineering department are plicable for a brief period of time (usually 6 required to maintain directives binders in ac- months or less) and provide for automatic can- cordance with the commanding officer's instruc- cellation on a prescribed date or under a certain tions. The binders should contain all directives condition. Notices may require action that can (properly indexed and arranged) pertaining to the be completed upon receipt or contain announce- officers' jobs. ments and items of current interest. Directives may be of the letter type or publication type. A publication differs from the SHIP'S BILLS letter type in that it is normally equipped with covers and contains a title page, a letter of Chapter 3 of the ship's organization and promulgation, a record of changes page, a table regulations manual contains the ship's bills of contents, and an alphabetical index of con- that guide the assignment of personnel to duties tents. The ship's organization and regulations or stations for the purpose of accomplishing manual is a publication type directive. Certain certain functions. Each ship's bill is classified shipboard directives, however, are excluded as an administrative, operational, or emergency from the directives system. The directives ex- bill. The watch, quarter, and station bill is an cluded are the captain's night order book, the amplification of the ship's bills and is not in- ship's plan of the day, the engineer officer's cluded in the ship's organization and regulations night order book, the officer of the deck's manual. standing order book, and the officer of the deck's Administrative bills are ship's bills that memoranda. facilitatethe assignment of personnel indi- The commanding officer promulgates the vidually or by groups to stations or duties per- ship's directives system by the issuance of two taining to routine overall administration of the instructions. One instruction prescribes the di- ship. Administrative bills include the Personnel rectives to be issued in the system, the respon- Assignment Bill, the Berthing and Locker Bill, sibilities of originators of the directives, the and the Cleaning and Maintenance Bill. directives control points and their functions, Operational bills are ship's bills that facili- instructions for departmental and divisional use tate the assignment of personnel individually or of the system, and standards for reproducing by groups to stations or duties pertaining to the ship's directives. The other instruction routine operations or evolutions of the ship. promulgates the distribution lists for, the ship's Operational bills include the Special Sea Detail directives. Bill, Replenishment at Sea Bill, Rescue and The ship's directives system provides for Assistance Bill, Landing Party Bill, and Visit the wide dissemination of the policies of the and Search, Boarding, and Prize Crew Bill. commanding officer, the executive officer, and Emergency bills are ship's bills that provide the heads of departments, and supplies sub- for the assignment of personnel individually or ordinate officers with a medium for the issuance by groups to stations or duties to cope with of amplifying and supplementary instructions emergencies.Emergency bills includethe placing the policies in effect. The system ensures General Emergency Bill, Man Overboard Bill,
29 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION and the Biological and Chemical Warfare De- perform related functions. The General Emer- fense Bill. gency Bill provides optimum organization for Type commanders furnish ships of the type counteracting major emergencies and for aban- the information necessary to permit detailed doning ship when necessitated by the nature of assignment of personnel. The responsibility for the emergency. The Biological and Chemical and maintenance of each ship's bill is assigned Warfare Defense Bill provides an organization to a key officer, usually a head of department. and prescribes the procedures to minimize the Each bill must supply sufficient guidance to the effects of a biological or chemical attack. division officers to permit assignment of per- Samples of all ships' bills are available in Ship- sonnel by name to duties. Each bill must have board Procedures, NWP 50(A). a preface containing a statement of the purpose Each division officer is responsible for pub- of the bill, an assignment of responsibility for lishing and maintaining a summary of his as- maintenance of the bill, and information supply- signments of personnel to stations and duties in ing background or guidance: a procedure con- accordance with the Battle Bill and each of the taining all information and policies necessary ship's bills. (The summary of personnel assign- to interpret the tabulated material and all special ments is the division's Watch, Quarter, and responsibilities of individuals with regard to Station Bill.) The Watch, Quarter, and Station planning, organizing, directing, or controlling Bill is arranged in standard tabular form with the function or evolution to which the bill relates; columns provided forentering each man's and a tabulation showing assignments of indi- name and rate, data from the Battle Bill, and viduals by billet or rate to stations or duties. duties assigned under each of the ship's bille. The engineer officer is responsible for the A reusable panel, equipped with removable card maintenance of the Rescue and Assistance Bill, strips that eliminate the need for reconstruction General Emergency Bill, and Biological and of the bill as changes occur, is available through Chemical Warfare Defense Bill. The Rescue the Navy supply system. The Watch, Quarter, and Assistance Bill provides a special organiza- and Station Bill should be prominently posted in tion equipped and qualified to render assistance a space which is frequented by all personnel of to persons or activities outside the ship or to the division.
30 CHAPTER 3 DAMAGE CONTROL
The maintenance of optimum material and restore the offensive and defensive potential of personnel readiness prior to damage and the the ship. The repair or recovery phase is the employment of effective damage control mea-. responsibility of the damage Control battle or- sures alter damage occurs are vital to the ganization shown in figure 3-1. survival of a naval ship and comprise the basic Both the preventive and repair or recovery objectives ofthe shipboard damage control phases of damage control are vital to the safety organization. The term "damage control or- of the ship. It should always be remembered ganization" as used in this book includes all that the action taken to control damage is the elements of a ship's organization concerned cumulative result of the organization, training, with damage control. Damage control is not and material readiness during the preventive concerned with battle damage alone but with phase. damage resulting from any major emergency, such as fire, collision, grounding, or explosion, RESPONSIBILITIES OF. THE HEAD regardless of when occurring. OF DEPARTMENT This chapter presents information concern- ing the various aspects of damage control, the The engineer officer is directly concerned damage control organization and Its objectives, with both phases of damage control. As the and the damage control responsibilities of the damage control officer, he has certain respon- engineer officer, or department head, and the sibilities related to the action phase of damage damage control organization and its objectives, control and as a head of department, he shares tion concerning damage control is available in the responsibilities of the other heads of de- PrinciplesofNavalEngineering, NavPers partments in the ship relating to the preventive 10788-A; NavShips Technical Manual, Chapters phase of damage control. 9770 (77), 9880 (88), 9900 (90), and 9930 (93); Each head of department is responsible for and Battle Control (U), NWIP-50-1(B). the material condition of readiness within his departmentas prescribed by compartment DAMAGE CONTROL ORGANIZATION checkoff lists provided by the damage control assistant. A compartment checkoff list for a Principally there are two phases of damage typical compartment in .a ship is shown in figure control; the preventive phase and the repair or 3-2. Material conditions of readiness are shown recovery phase. The objectives of the damage in figute 3-3.Division officers should fre- control organization are to cope with the pre- quently check spaces assigned to them to ensure ventive and repair or recovery phase.The that maximum watertight integrity is being preventive phase is concerned with personnel maintained.Each person in the department and maintenance of material in a state of opti- should be made aware of his responsibilities mum readiness, and requires the efforts of the concerning the setting of all material conditions personnel in all departments. The preventive of readiness within the department. In addition, phase of damage control is the responsibility of they must know what procedure to follow if it all hands. becomes necessary to alter a material condition The repair or recovery phase of damage of readiness in order to perform normal or control occurs after damage has been sustained emergency tasks.' For detailed information and requires that steps be taken to promptly concerning the alteration of material conditions
31 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
I COMMAND
'ENGINEERING WEAPONS CONTROL ELECTRONICS PRIMARY CONTROL CONTROL C ASU ALT Y FLIGHT CONTROL CONTROL L _Li_LI, REPAIR I REPAIR 1: !REPAIR 5I 'REPAIRGI (REPAIR BI AVIATION CRASH FUEL AND REPAIR SALVAGE TEAM TEAM
BATTLE MAIN BATTLE DRESSING BATTLE DRESSING BATTLE DRESSING DRESSING
CHAIN OF COMMAND LIAISON / REPORTING
114.1 Figure 3-1.Damage control battle organization. of readiness, refer toBattle Control (U), that personnel of the department be trained to NWIP-50-1(B). recognize damage control systems, fittings, and The head of department is also responsible equipment and know the procedures and pre- for: cautions they must observe in order to properly discharge their responsibilities concerning the 1.Watertight integrity discipline within his maintenance of such systems, fittings, and department. Personnel must be thoroughly in- equipment. doctrinated in the importance of maintaining 4. Assignment of specific damage control watertight integrity. duties to individuals within each division, in- 2. Inspection of departmental spaces inac- cluding designation of a damage control petty cordance with the hull report. The importance officer. Each division is required to assign a of periodic inspections must not be under- responsible petty officer as damage control estimated. The department head should insist petty officer to act for the division in such that his division officers personally inspect matters as weighing portable fire extinguishers, their spaces. Inspections by division officers making reports, inventorying damage control and their subordinates often disclose defects in equipment within division spaces, and perform- watertight integrity which might otherwisego ing such other duties concerning damage control unnoticed until the ship is damaged. Prompt responsibilities of the division as may be as- acknowledgement of, and action upon, reports signed him by the damage control assistant or of watertight integrity defects aid the develop- other competent authority. Personnel, as neces- ment of an increased determination on the part sary, should be assigned to assist the division of all hands to keep the ship as battle ready as damage control petty officer in the performance possible. of his duties. 3. Ensuring that damage control systems, 5.Protection of material and equipment fittings, and equipment are maintained in their against heavy weather. The head of department proper locations and in good operating condi- ensures that personnel within his department tion in accordance with planned maintenance carry out the provisions of the ship's heavy system (PMS) requirements. This necessitates weather bill including properly securing damage
32 -:: , - ,,-. . ..
Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
NAV$NIN 184 COMPARTMENT CHECKOFF UST
CO/MN NO. l-125-O-L HAMS Passage
ITEM wnwa NUAIIII LOCATION AND PURPOSE
ACCESS
1 F.T. Door 1-126-2 To 1 -125-2 -L Z R
2 W.T. Hatch 01-138-1 To Weather Deck Y . 2
3 Escape 01-27-1 To 01-125-OM Y 2 Scuttle
FIREMAIN SYS.
4 Valve 1-128-1 Foam Proportioner X 2
5 Valve 1-140-1 Fireplug 01-139-1 Cutout W 2
6 Deck Socket 2-139-1 Fir nemai Cutout Aft Blkd 141 W 2
VERT. SYS.
7 EMergency° 1-125-1 For Ventilation Exhaust R Start Push- Blower 1-122-2 button
MISC. URCLASS.
8 Riser 1-141-1 Casualty Power Ouilet Terminal
W. 0.r-Nø
3.146 Figure 3-2.Compartment checkoff list.
33 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION control equipment against possible damage, and rendering reports to the head of department properly setting the required material condition concerning the division's compliance with the of readiness within departmental spaces. Di- requirements of the heavy weather bill. The head vision officers should inspect their spacesbefore of department should inspect a representative
Condition of Readiness Action to Be Taken Remarks
XRAY Close all fittings X fittings are normally closed except . bearing the when actually in use.Condition clasgification X XRAY may be set when in well pro- and.W. Y, Z, tected harbors. and W fittings are open. YOKE Close all fittings X fittings must remain closed during bearing the this condition.Condition YOKE is clakagication Y set underway and in port during war- and W. Ensure time.Set underway and after working that all X fittings hours in port during peacetime. are closed.Z and
W fittings are . open. ZEBRA Close all fittings bear-Condition ZEBRA is set prior to enter- ing the classifiqk ing and leaving port in wartime. Set, tion of ZlIand 0). without further orders, upon manning Ensure that all X genbral quarters stations. and Y fittings are closed. W fittings remain open. DARKEN SHIP (A Modified Condition) Close all fittings Normal wartime nighttime steaming bearing the classi- condition. fication of D. Ensure that all X and Y fittings are closed. Other Z and all W fittings are open. ZEBRA (Modified) Fittings bearing the May be set during prolonged periods of classification of readiness for battle. Authority for red circle Z may deviation from condition ZEBRA must be opened to permit be obtained from the commanding distribution of food, officer through the damage control use of sanitary assistant. facilities, provide ventilation, or other :, necessary functions.
114.23 Figure 3-3.Material conditions of readiness.
34 Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL number of departmental spaces to ascertain defined in the ship's organization and ram-g..... amr, compliance. tions manual but frequently an overla.ppil of 6. Ensuring that an immediate report be responsibility may occur between one or massE=NeLore made to the Damage Control Assistant of any departments. When this happens, the corn deficiency in damage control markings, devices, ing officer should be informed so that he fittings, equipment, or material. If repairs are resolve any doubts and ensure that depaz. L not effected promptly (after it has been ascer- heads and their subordinates have a coram meat tained that the damage was properly reported), understanding of the damage control sysalto.- - 71:31C211.23 the department head should insist upon follow-up fittings, and equipment under their cognie_ action to determine the cause of delay. The very closest cooperation and understag 7. Training personnel in damage control between the several departments of the sc matters as directed by the executive officer. necessary to obtain effective maintenance - Attendance at damage control lectures, classes, As department head, the engineer °Mc.. and demonstrations should not be governed solely responsible under the commanding office 11E4:3x- by whether personnel are members of repair the control of damage. This responsibility- =m=issimezfr the parties. Knowlege of practical damage control engineer officer includes the efficient furac--111fra must be required of all hands regardless of ing of the ship's damage control organiz.--- arra-e 4=1,336 rating or assignment. and the maintenance of conditions of olcs-. 8. Assigning personnel to repair parties as watertight integrity, and damage control eal==111--- mazukap required by the battle bill. Advise division of- ment. In small ships where no assistant Ilh_som==o the ficers to assign capable men to repair parties engineer officer is assigned, the duties 41:::11=1E tlde for ships may be damaged despite the employ- damage control assistant are performed ltur- 19:313ke ment of the most modern and effective methods engineer officer. He is also responsiblime for and defensive weapons available. organizing Repair 5 in accordance wit ilmsmmir_ the 9. Preparations to strip ship or clear for ship's Battle Bill. He supervises the tram. =Ng action in accordance with ship's instructions. of Repair 5 personnel and is responsibaLie Many items of equipage on board ship in peace- their state of readiness. He assigns appx-ciczo for time represent luxuries which must be removed ratings to other repair par-t3« s lax in time of war because they may adversely accordance with the Battle Bill. affect the military capabilities of the ship, are personnel or material hazards, or are unneces- sary appendages which cannot be used. Depart- THE DAMAGE CONTROL ASSISTANT ment responsibility in regard to such items is set forth in the ship's organization and regula- Thespamage Control Assistant (DCA.> .14=31.1E' tions manual. Articles of this nature are referred ship, when assigned, is responsible uncle to as strip ship material. Department respon- engineer officer for establishing and mairaf-- sibilities which concern the reduction or elimi- an effective damage control organization:xi_ azad nation of fire hazards, the reduction or elimina- forsup4visingrepairs to the hull, exc ...--a:=sollt. as tion of missile hazards, and the elimination of specifically assigned to another departntarrsalt 4c ox- any potential interference with the control of division. The DCA is charged with the firing or supply of ammunition to the batteries, coordination of damage control matters aLicesedl. the are also set forth in the ship's organization and control of list, trim, and stability of the regulations manual. In an emergency, he exercises over-all c4:=3.=mcsimanxitzsc-co1 10. Emphasizing self-sufficiency in all battle of the damage control problem, relyingif stations by on-the-job trainingin handling maximum extent practicable upon the tecazionlesaL casualties to personnel and equipment. It should advice and assistance of various departrossotas_ be easier for the engineer officer to realize the The dotted line in figure 3-1 denotes the 1.3*---mTt....vaPcsini importance of his responsibility in this regard between the DCA and various departments the than for the other department heads since most damage control battle organization'. of the engineering department battle stations are located in isolated spaces. Prevention Phase Responsibilities Designation of responsibility for damage - control systems, fittings, and material is a The responsibilities of the DCA relsalt=:----sr-ine to prime requisite of optimum material readiness. the preventive phase of damage control aw as Departmental and divisional responsibilities are follows:
35 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
1. Prepare directives (for the commanding When general quarters stations are manned, officer's signature) in connection with all damage the DCA prescribes the method and the route control functions requiring the coordination of for transporting injured or contaminatedper- departments. sonnel to battle dressing or decontamination 2. Submit to the planning board for training stations.(Note: Battle damage stations are a schedule of all hands damage control training provided in close proximity, where appropriate.) requirements, including battle problem require- He must select the safest and easiest method ments. and the shortest safe route which willcause 3. Prepare a damage control training syl- the least disruption of the material condition of labus and provide damage control instructors readiness of the ship. for the training of all hands. In the event of a nuclear weapons explosion, 4. Ensure standard damage control equip- a biological attack, or a chemical attack, the ment (such as tools, portable lights, and portable DCA must determine from external radiological pumps) is furnished to repair lockers andother surveys the areas of contamination, establish prescribed locations throughout the ship and the time that personnel can safely remain in conduct periodic inspections of such equipment these areas (safe stay time) and the time when in accordance with the PMS. areas will be safe for personnel to re-enter 5. Assign damage control ratings tovarious (entry time). He must provide for the reading repair parties in accordance with the Battle of the dosage-measuring devices and furnish Bill. the medical and personnel officers with such 6. Make certain, by inspection incompany information as they may require for their with the cognizant division officer, thatwater- records. tight integrity is maintained throughout the ship Utilizing monitoring, detection, and sampling and that all divisions are maintaininga high procedures, the DCA must keep the commanding degree of damage control readiness. During officer informed of the location of contaminated this inspection, the DCA should also: areas, explosive hazards, or compartments con- a. Ensure that compartment checkoff taining insufficient oxygen to support life. When lists are posted in accordance with practicable, the general announcing system may the damage control book. be used to notify all hands of the location of b. Ensure that all damage control mark- such areas, hazards and compartments. ings, routes, stations, and labelsare It should be apparent from the foregoing that properly posted throughout the ship. the job of the DCA is a highly important one. 7. Ensure that an effective organizationis He should be an officer who is versed in the always present for the execution of each of the basic principles of stability and buoyancy, the ship's emergency bills. effects of damage, the methods of handling 8. Inform the engineer officer ofany con- flooding, the requirements of practical damage ditions or practices which lower the damage control, and the procedures for radiological control readiness of the ship. }ecovery of a ship after a nuclear weapons 9. Organize repair parties 1, 2, 3, 4,and "I explosion. Most important of all, he must know in accordance with the ship's Battle Bill. his ship and the possible effects that damage 10. Direct the training of repairparties 1, may haVe upon it so that he will, in an emergency, 2, 3, 4, and 7, and personnel of damagecontrol be capable of properly estimating the situation central. and tendering the right decision as to thecor- rective measures that must be taken for survival Repair or Recovery Phase Responsibilities of the ship. Over-all ship survival measures which the The Damage Control Assistant is responsible DCA will be required to decide upon, may be for maintaining a damage control centralwith intended to improve over-all stability, correct facilities and personnel for evaluatingreports for off-center weight, restore reserve buoyancy, and making decisions to counteract the effects correct or improve trim, or relieve the stress of damage to the ship's hull and appurtenances, on a damaged hull girder. The measure which coordinating repair parties, and keeping the will accomplish one or several of these objec- commanding officer informed of major develop- tives takes time and involves weight removals, ments. A typical damage control centralstation additions, and shifts, and the restoration of aboard a large naval ship is shown in figure3-4. boundaries. Anoperationundertakento
36 Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
r *ItY r-r
N. . aim 1/4-'7r
100.172 Figure 3-4.Typical damage control central in a largt. ship. accomplish one objective may adversely affect speed. During battle, the local damage control one or all of the other objectives. The choice measures undertaken by the repair parties may that the DCA makes will depend upon his knowl- determine whether the ship remains in action, ege of the ship's stability and subdivision char- sinks, or retires to a haven. acteristics, the nature and extent of the damage, The first requirement of an efficient repair and the effect that measures to accomplish one party is that each person within the party must objective will have on the others. be highly trained in the technical aspects of the Information concerning the nature and extent special field in which he will operate to control of the damage will generally come from repair damage. Advantage should be taken of every parties and the accuracy of such information opportunity to train repair parties. In addition will depend upon how well the DCA has trained to training the party as a group, consideration the repair parties in investigating damage and should be given to instructing individuals in the supplying the type of information that is needed. skills they will be required to utilize in an Other knowledge that the DCA will require in emergency. When developing the battle problem, order to choose the proper corrective measure the DCA should impose damage which will as will have been acquired before damage occurs. realistically as possible involve the greatest After damage, there will be no time for calcu- number of repair parties on each hit. lations even if he were in the proper frame of Each repair party must be organized so that mind for making them. it is a self4ufficient unit in ready communica- tion with the others and capable of positive THE REPAIR PARTY action in control of the types of damage most likely to be encountered. A control station must While the DCA initiates action for over-all be established where the repair party officer ship survival measures, the repair party takes can receive, evaluate, and act on reports from immediate local measures for the control of repair party personnel and receive orders from damage. Propekly trained repair parties carry damage control central concerning matters af- out such work automatically, correctly, and with fecting buoyancy; list; trim; stability; watertight 37 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
integrity; and nuclear, biological, andchemical (NBC) defense methods. be made the joint responsibility of twoor more repair parties or that certain repair partiesbe Repair parties assigned work peculiarto a subdivided. When it is necessary to subdivide single department must be underthe direct a repair party,the units thus formed are supervision of officers of that department.The designated by the'llifinber of the main repair weapons officer is responsible for the organiza- party followed by a letter as shown infigure tion and supervision of training ofRepair 6 3-5. The repair units are dispersed with the personnel. He also assigns appropriateweapon/ necessary equipment to areas away from the deck ratings to other repair partiesin accord- main party. Each repair unit must maintain ance with the Battle Bill. The air officeris communication with its repair party. responsible for the organization andsupervision Repair parties are comprised of personnel of training of the aviation fuelrepair team and of various departments assigned in accordance of the crash and salvage team.He also assigns appropriate air department ratings with the ship's Battle Bill. Repair 1, themain to other re- deck repair party, usually consists ofan officer pair parties in accordance withthe Battle Bill. The medical officer organizes and a chief petty officer from theweapons de- and supervises partment (deck department on ships not having personnel of the battle dressingstations. He also assigns appropriate a weapons department), and petty officers and ratings to repair non-rated personnel from weapons and other parties in accordance with the BattleBill, fur- departments; while Repair 5, the propulsion nishes medical supplies tofirst aid blues and repair party, usually consists of an officer, and battle dressing stations, and conductsshipwide a chief petty officer, and petty officers, and training in self-aid, first aid, andthe medical aspects of NBC warfare defense. Other non-rated men from the engineering department. officers The size of the repair party and theextent are responsible for the supervision andassign- of the area assigned to it will differ ment of personnel of the repairparties in ac- with the cordance with the Battle Bill. size and type of ship. An aircraft carrierwill The repair party must be have a damage control battle organizationsimi- organized and lar to the one shown in figure 3-1. Onships assigned sufficient personnelto provide for the with no aircraft or air groups embarked, relief of men engaged inarduous tasks, for there battle messing, and for transition will be no need for primary flight controland from one its associated repair parties. In certainlarge condition of readiness to another. ships the functions of the Each repair party must be capableof effect- amidships repair ing repairs to sound powered party, Repair 4, and the propulsion repairparty, telephone circuits; Repair 5, may be shared 1. the twoparties. rendering first aid and transportingthe injured; controlling and extinguishingall types of fires. detecting, identifying, and measuringdose and dose rate intensities; anddecontaminating the effects of an NBC attack. Eachrepair party REPAIR ONE must be organized to evaluateand report cor- rectly the extent of damage inits area. This may involve maintaining (1)a graphic display board showing damage, and actiontaken to cor- rect disrupted or damagedsystems, (2) deck CONTROL plans showing locations of NBCcontamination, UNIT locationofbattledressings and personnel cleansing stations, and safe routesto them, and (3) a casualty board for visualdisplay of struc- tural damage. Repair 1, 2, 3, and4areassigned .1.1 the duty of maintaining theship's structural integrity and maneuverability.Repair 1, 2, 3, REPAIR I-A REPAIR I-B 4, and 5 are assignedmaintenance of stability and buoyancy. The extent of an area to be covered by a 114.8 specific repair party and the watertightdivision Figure 3-5.Organization of Repair 1 of the ship may require thatprescribed functions with two subdivisions. .4' 38 s.1
Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
When this combination of parties is employed, must ascertain that all copies are accounted Repair 4 is designated as forward propulsion for and transfer custody to his relief.Addi- repair and Repair 5 as after propulsion repair. tional Damage Control Books with diagrams In small aircraft carriers, Repair 7 and 8 lithographed in color may be requisitioned from are combined with Repair 1. Repair 2 and 3 may the Naval Supply Depot, Philadelphia, Pennsyl- be combined with Repair 1 on small ships where vania. Additional Damage Control Books with the number of personnel available is below six black and white diagrams should be requested men per repair party. from the planning yard of the ship. Copies of The ship's Battle Bill should be consulted the Damage Control Book should be available in for the assignment of repair party personnel, damage control central, main engine control, the number and location of repair parties in a and at each of the repair party control stations. particular ship, and additional information con- Information contained in the Damage Control cerning specific functions of repair parties. Book is in the form of text, tables, and diagrams concerning the ship's damage control facilities and characteristics of the ship's compartmen- THE DAMAGE CONTROL LIBRARY tation, piping, and wiring systems. The engineer officer must make certain that the ship's copies Officers of the engineering department and of the Damage Control Book reflect the most repair party officers must possess detailsd recent installations. One copy should be as- knowledge of the ship's construction, charac- signed the title of "Master Copy" and kept teristics, compartmentation, stability, and of current at all times so that it can be used to theappurtenances and equipment placed on revise the other copies. board the ship to prevent or control damage. Alterations accomplished by ship's force or The engineer officer should require that his activities other than a naval shipyard are entered officers avail themselves of every opportunity in the master copy of the Damage Control Book toacquire a thorough knowlege of the ship by the ship's force. Deletions on the diagrams through the information contained in the publi- are indicated by crossing out the deletedmatter cations which comprise the ship's damage con- with red ink. No erasures should be made and trol library. it is not necessary to make any notes on the Many of these publications are normally diagrams to indicate that the matter is to be maintained in the log room or damage control deleted. Additions to the diagrams are made in central. Others, such as NWIP-50-1 (B), Battle accordance with the established color coding Control M, and FXB-3B, Ship Exercises systems. Care must be taken to ensure that the Battle Problems, are classified publications and location of the addition is correctly indicated. are normally maintained by the ship's custodian Emphasize the addition by circling the affected of registered publications. area with red ink. Changes in notes on the dia- grams or`the names of compartments are made THE DAMAGE CONTROL BOOK by a note in the margin of the diagram. Revi- sions to the text are made with red ink. The Damage Control Book is the most im- At the commencement of each overhaul at a portant source of information concerning the naval shipyard,the engineer officer should ship's damage control facilities and character- deliver the master copy, hand-corrected or istics. Damage Control Books are issued by the relithographed for the preceding overhaul, and Naval Ship Systems Command to all combatant, one other copy of the Damage Control Book to miscellaneous, and auxiliary ships over 220 the shipyard with a request to have the volumes feet in length (including floating drydocks) and revised. Revisions should include all alterations to certain smaller fleet-operated ships. For made by the shipyard and ship's force during other ships, Damage Control Books may be the overhaul as well as any previous revisions provided by the type commander or developed made by the ship's force. When the shipyard by the ship itself. The Naval Ship Systems returns the volumes, the engineer officer should Command maintains a record of all the books ascertain that they have been revised and ac- distributed and the books may not be trans- curately represent the ship at the time of its ferred without the authority of NavShips. The departure from the shipyard. Any discrepancies engineer officer is normally the custodian of the noted should be brought to the attention of the Damage Control Books and, upon detachment, he commanding officer of the ship.
39
%O. ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
OTHER PUBLICATIONS control bills. These bills are necessary to the There are many other publications which damage control organization for they outline contain information necessary to the preventive the procedures and instructions for operating and action phases of damage control. Thermal the various systems in conformity with the ma- Ships Technical Manual is issued for the infor- terial readiness condition in effect. The DCA mation and guidance of naval personnelre- of a newly commissioned ship should complete sponsible for or engaged in the operation, all damage control bills as soon as possible. maintenance, or repair of equipment under The DCA of a ship which has been in commis- cognizance of the Naval Ship Systems Command. sion for a number of years should periodically Other publications supplied by Nav Ships include examine his damage control bills to determine General ecifications for Shi s of the U. S. if they are current, accurate, and adequate. In the Booklet of Inc Experiment Data, order to be effective, the bills must be promptly Booklet of General Plans, Schedule of Water- revised to reflect changes made in the systems tight Integrity Tests and Inspections, Booklet by the accomplishment of authorized alterations. Plans of Machinery, and a List of Authorized Instructions for the preparation of a ship's Alterations. bills are contained in NWP-50(A), and the Publications in the damage control library instructions should be carefully followed when for which the ship and the type commanderare preparing the damage controlbills. The Damage responsible are the Ship's Organization and Control Book is a source of considerable infor- Regulations Manual and the Engineering Casualty mation for the preparation of the bills, especially Control Book. The ship is responsible for the concerning the various systems and the classifi- Engineer Officer's Orders and Instructions, cations for important closures. Damage Control Bills Engineering Department If a type repair party manual is available Organization Book, ship's Repair Party Manual, for his ship, the DCA will have a relatively and the Master Set of Compartment Checkoff simple job preparing the damage control bills. Lists. The type commander supplies the Se- In this case, the job will consist primarily of quence Table for Burning Fuel Oil (which is the adapting the billsin the type repair party flooding effect diagram modified by special di- manual to fit his ship. rectives). The damage control bills include the damage In the damage control library on recently control communications bill, casualty power bill, constructed ships, the Ship Information Book watertight door and hatch bill, air conditioning replaces the General Iniormation Book, Piping bill, ventilation bill, compressed air bill, voice System Instruction Book, and Record of Elec- tube bill, and the counterflooding bill (for ships trical Installations and Electrically Operated where applicable). When completed, the damage Auxiliaries. However, these publicationsare control bills form a part of the contents of the still in the damage control libraries ofolder ship's repair party manual. ships. The Ship Information Book is prepared The ship's repair party manual must also by the building shipyard and issued by the Naval include the following material: Ship Systems Command. The publications whiCh complete the damage 1. A listing of the important features of each control library are the Coordinated Shipboard repair party area including the location ofma- Allowance Lilt; First Aid Bulletins; various chinery, storage spaces, repair lockers, and Fleet and Type Directives on Damage Control; magazines. Sound-Powered TelephoneTalker's Manual 2. The protective measures involvingma- (NavPers 14005-A); Principles of Radiation and terial and personnel with respect to imminent Contamination Control (NavShips 250-341-3); air attack, surface attack, underwater attack, Radiological Health Protection Manual, NavMed collision, and NBC attack. P-5055 (1964); copies of the hull plans; and the 3. The methods of investigating damage and manufacturer's technical manuals for damage the precautions to be observed. control equipment. 4. The means of reporting damage. 5. A complete description of damage control DAMAGE CONTROL BILLS central listing location, equipment installed, communications, personnel billets (including The DCA is responsible for the preparation, duties and responsibilities), and publications completeness, and currency of the damage available (plans, diagrams, plates, and manuals). 40 1!)
Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
6. The chain of command diagram. and thoroughness of its builders and inspectors. 7. The location of secondary damage control By design, each naval ship is intended to be central. divided into watertight compartments to an extent 8. A complete description of repair parties compatible with its mission. This watertightness including personnel billets(duties and re- will be established if the builders are skillful sponsibilities), publications, and repair units and rigidly adhere to the general specifications (where applicable). for ships when constructing the hull and install- 9. Complete descriptions of the methods of ing bulkheads, decks, access closures, ventila- fighting fire,controlling flooding, repairing tion ducts,electric cables, piping, rotating damage in action (shoring, pipe patching, and shafts, and associated fittings. When the engi- welding), controlling NBC contamination (moni- neer officer assigned to a ship under construc- toring, reporting, and decontamination of ma- tion, a newly constructed ship, or a reactivated terial), handling personnel casualties (first aid ship is aware of any deletions or defects in the and decontamination), and utilizing primary and construction of the ship which adversely affect alternate methods of providing emergency ser- its watertightness, he must report such a fact vice to vital systems (casualty power, emergency to his commanding officer or the supervisor of communications, and jumpers to restore fire- shipbuilding, whichever may be appropriate. main or magazine sprinkling service). Negligence, storm damage, collision, strand- The ship's repair party manual must be ing, and enemy action are potential destroyers properly indexed so that the information con- of the original watertight integrity of a ship. It tained therein can be easily located. A copy of is the responsibility of the engineer officer to the ship's repair party manual should be avail- guard the watertight integrity of his ship against able at each repair party control station (repair impairment through negligence and to ensure party locker), damage control central, main when it is damaged, from whatever cause, that engine control, bridge, and quarterdeck. proper repairs are made as quickly as possible. Although damage control bills usually take a Impairment of the watertightness of a com- general form as outlined in NWIP 50-1(B), no partment resulting from negligence generally rigidly fixed one is prescribed. Therefore, the appears as corrosion; holes in, or improper fit following outline is presented as a suggested of joints of structural members resulting from form to be followed in drawing up an effective lack of preventive maintenance, careless re- damage control bill: pairs, or careless alterations; and as defective A. Statement of purpose, or object of bill. piping, cabling, ventilation duct, and associated B. Description of system, or systems, in- fittings. In order to prevent such occurrences, cluding their important parts. the engineer officer must not allow any un- C. Method and procedure of operation to be authorized alterations or repairs to the bounda- followed for damage control purposes. ries of watertight compartments and he should D. List, .classification, and cognizance of insist upon strict compliance with the schedule fittings. of watertight integrity tests and inspections E. Simplified diagram, or diagrams, illus- issued by the Naval Ship Systems Command. trating the most important points covered under INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A, B, C, and D. In following such an outline, and by using Strict adherence to a schedule of periodic available information, it is believed that each inspections and tests affords the best insurance bill can be clear to the ship's personnel. It is of the watertight integrity of the ship. The Naval considered necessary that every officer, as well Ship Systems Command issues a schedule of as every man, in the ship should be familiar watertight integrity tests and inspections for with all such bills; and that all members of the all ships in commission. This schedule lists repair parties should have a thorough knowledge each compartment subject to the test or inspec- concerning them. Copies of all bills should be tion, specifies which type of test or inspection widely distributed among officers, key petty of- applies, and states the frequency with which the ficers, and at repair stations. test or inspection should be made. The schedule includes the leakage inspection, the visual in- WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY spection, and air tests. The original watertight integrity of a naval The leakage inspection involves the observa- ship is determined by its design and the skill tion of oil and water leaks from tanks into
41 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION adjoining dry compartments.The Nayships eighteen months. The test pressure and the al- schedule requires that the bulkheads and decks lowable pressure drop over a specified period separating oil and water tanks be inspected for are given in. the schedule. Test pressure must leaks at least once every six months. Exercise never exceed the pressure specified but must particular care to note evidence of leakage which equal that specified except when conditions will occurs only when a tank is filled to capacity. not permit such pressures, in which case a re- Visible leakage is usually caused by loose rivet port thereof must be made to NavShips. heads and poorly calked plate laps, plate stif- Air tests are conducted in accordance with feners, and bounding angles. Where possible, the procedure outlined in NavShips Technical such leaks should be repaired by ship's force. Manual. Air tests shall be conducted by the Repairs beyond the capacity of ship's force ship's force except in the case of submarines should be requested at the next shipyard, tender, and other ships specifically designated by Nav- or repair ship availability. Ships. Whenever a ship's force, repair ship, The Nav Ships schedule requires that periodic tender, or naval shipyard has performed cor- visual inspections be made of some compart- rective maintenance which might affect the ments normally incapable of test by air pressure watertight integrity of a compartment listed in because of the presence of permanent openings the schedule of air tests, the compartment must to the atmosphere. Compartments listed for be air tested and the repairs effected, together this type of inspection are the firerooms, with the results of the air test, must be re- enginerooms, motor rooms, chain lockers, up- corded. Repair activities must furnish the ship take enclosures, and similar spaces in some with a report of any tests made. Air tests by ships. These areas are extremely important repair activities are acceptable in lieu of the parts of the ship's watertight subdivision and periodic tests required by NavShips. must be given the most careful and scrupulous In the case of a newly commissioned ship, scrutiny. The inspection is made by closing and the aforementioned periodic tests and inspec- darkening the compartment on one side of the tions commence at the beginning of the quarter boundary to be inspected, stationing an observer following the quarter in which the ship reports therein, and brilliantly lighting the other side. for service. Ships which are not provided with Conscientious examination of the darkened side the NavShips schedule of tests and inspections of the boundary should reveal the presence of should request them from the Naval Ship Sys- any visible defects. Different inspectors should tems Command. make successive periodic examinations in order Additional insurance of the watertight in- toavoid repeatedly overlooking defects. A tegrity of the ship is provided by periodic inspec- checkoff list of fittings such as doors, hatches, tions of all compartments with the exception of manholes, deck drain valves, voice tube covers, certain tanks and voids. This inspection is most ventilation-duct covers, and like fittings must effective when made by the division officers. bemaintained and all such fittings in the The inspecting officer submits a report (hull boundary being inspected must be carefully report) of the material condition of the com- examined and the results of the inspection noted partments inspected, as to cleanliness, state of in the checkoff list. It must be emphasized that preservation, and condition of damage control the visual inspection rather than air test does fittings and equipment, to the commanding of- not connote a relative lack of importance. ficer. The frequency with which the inspection Presently, the air test is the most practicable is conducted is determined by the type com- method at completely determining the degree of mander. watertightness of compartments not containing A form similar to the one shown in figure oil or water. Except when modified by Nav Ships, 3-6, should be used for the inspecting. fficer's compartments listed in the schedule for air report to the commanding officer. The reverse testing must be tested at least once every side of the report should contain the entries eighteen months. No air tests should be made shown in figure 3-7. Division officers should on compartments not listed in the schedule ex- submit the hull reports to the commanding officer cept as directed or approved by NavShips. via their department head, the DCA and the Compartments to be tested are normally divided engineer officer. The DCA should prepare a into six groups and a different group is tested form similar to the one shown in figure 3-8 and each quarter. In this manner, each compartment submit it with the hull reports to the engineer is subjected to an air test within the period of officer. The engineer officer should examine 42 Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
lbe gam and compartments on the ship will be ergregtted by &visions. Both aides of the sheet will be used If there I. Insudielent room for ell eompartments under the cognisance of any division on one page of the fofm.In the ease of eompertmente in the :Grainger spaces the report will beeped by the Engineer Meer; for all other compartments and spaces by the Whet Lieutenant, or by the Executive Meer on ships not having a First Lieutenant. HULL REPORT w.. Win/ Amain' 7 .19 U. S. 19 .. 77. aanpaanandu qt do skip for oki a t I an respond& Laos lain fospechl, except as naiad. and Liar a:edifies as to dainiensa. slab qf praatdien. and aalsr.light Infer*/ Is a donna: NormIn the column "Condition"mark will be entered as follows: 3.5 to 4.0, stagnant; 3.0 to 3.5, very good; 2.5 to 11.0, good; below 2.5, poor.An explanation of the raison for any mark below 2.5 must be given In the "Remarks" column, and any repairs needed must be entered in this column. ODIAPAIIIIIIIT CONDITION =MAUI se to cots Ind Mks taken to larrIF "I" alma&Tom& W not skedwelo) NA Nam ow vailsaWWI*°OS ?,..1244ChB Mask Stowe.._._.!fa_D.D.H.34..3.a.A.& 3-12.4-Alanguablcatterit- Tea D.D.H..J9_34.4AL ---,-- MOSEL -10544OzowLa..lortaing.... Yu D.D.H.....3.8.4.3..4...0. D.D.H. 1.1.0-14gratrIAJLRAII.D... Yes_ 3.03.0. T. t7121rjA.8epaiz.1,1_, Yes_D D11 3.44.6.MIT. - 127 -1-Qgarsontar...Shop mess_D.D.H.4.234AWL_Da.4...gankat...in..W..T... Door 2-203-2....
...
...... _...... _ ......
GINNIAL Rumen's.
All water-tight doors, batches, manholes, and air ports have been inspected by the officer whose initials appear opposite the oompart meat number in which located and are in @Anteater, condition, except as noted above.
(ig), U a.i,r.,,, Dirkias Offlar. OINNIIAL DOfafllf AND SMITS TAXEt TO CORDICT DIRCIENCONI
Gaideatth11.24...:DOCW2:411,1:2-ranamed_sind...Compt - 0-003-1Mg
103.124.1 Figure 3-8.Typical Hull Report Form (face). the reports, sign the accompanying form, and Using the type commander's Standard Repair forward the reports and form to the commanding Party Manual and ship's COSAL to determine officer via the executive officer. the allowance of damage control equipment, the
43 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
USS SWEEP (AM-7500) Week ending 19_
1.All safety devices for which I am responsible have been tested during this week byactual operation where possible, results having been reported on the division checkoff list filedin de- partmental records, and were found in satisfactory condition except as noted:
2.General remarks and steps taken to correct deficiencies (if not within divisioncapacity in- dicate hull repair request);
DIVISION OFFICER , USN
.Examined for cleanliness and preservation of hull and test of safetydevices:
HEAD OF DEPARTMENT , USN
4.Examined for hull repairs and watertight integrity.(For repairs, indicate as ship's force, repair ship or tender, or shipyard. ) Remarks:
DAMAGE CONTROL ASSISTANT , USN
.Examined:
, USN, COMMANDING
103.124.2 Figure 3-7.Typical Hull Report Form (back).
44 ut Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
I USS SWEEP (AM-7500) Week ending
1.All division hull reports for this week have been checked by me and are submitted.
Remarks:
DAMAGE CONTROL ASSISTANT , USN
2.Examined. Weekly tests of safety devices have been entered in the engineering log. Remarks:
ENGINEER OFFICER , USN
3.Examined: Remarks:
EXECUTIVE OFFICER , USN
4. Examined and returned to engineer officer for file. Remarks:
, USN, COMMANDING
103.124.3 Figure 3-8.Typical Hull Report Transmittal Form. 45 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
DCA/division officers should inventory the dam- requires individual action and consists of taking age control equipment once each month, in adequate shelter. accordance with the ship's PMS schedule. Re- Radiologicalcountermeasuresconsistent port of the inventory may be made on a form with the tactical situation are necessary when similar to the one shown in figure 3-9 and sub- falloutcannot be avoided. Operation of the mitted with the hull report. washdown system will provide some protection Inspection alone is not sufficient to ensure during the emergency phase since the washdown readiness to control damage. Remedial action, water carries over the side most of the radio- where required, must be initiated by the divi- active fallout landing on the ship's exposed sur- sion officer concerned. He must submit work faces.The most important measure in the requests for the correction of all the deficiencies emergency phase is taking adequate shelter. noted during the inspection which are beyond Spaces within the armored area of major combat the capacity of his division. Furthermore, he ships afford the best shielding against radiation. must make certain that measures are undertaken Spaces not within the armored area provide immediately to correct those deficiencies that protection sufficient for moderate exterior radi- are within the capacity of his personnel. ation levels. The next measure is to prevent the contamination of interior spaces of the ship RADIOLOGICAL DEFENSE by sealing the ship to the maximum extent practicable. This measure requires that all The sole objective of radiological defense is fittings and vents or blowers bearing the classi- to maintain the health and fighting effectiveness fication of circle W (circle William) be closed of the ship's personnel. This objective is best or stopped. achieved by the employment of radiological Another useful countermeasure during this countermeasures designed to reduce shipboard phase is the rotation of personnel between ex- radiation hazards to acceptable levels. Radiation posed and protected locations in order to extend hazards of shipboard contamination can last for the period of tactical effectiveness before maxi- a considerable period of time; therefore, casual- mum permissible exposures are reached (as- ties may not only occur among unprotected per- suming such spaces are not fully exposed to sonnel during and immediately after fallout but fallout). Whenever replacements are not avail- among persons attempting to pirform subsequent able, the radiation dose to topside personnel can essential operations. For this reason, radio- be minimized by providing shelter stations near logical defense measures are divided into two battle stations for occupancy while such per- phases: the emergency phase and the recovery sonnel are not actively engaged. phase. The DCA's responsibility concerning radio- logicaldefense begins with instituting those RECOVERY PHASE preparatory measures that will reduce the effort necessary to carry out radiological counter- The recovery phase consists of the opera- measures and increase their efficiency and tional recovery stage and the final recovery effectiveness. These measures include incorpo- stage. The operational recovery stage occurs rating radiological defense actions in the ship's after the emergency phase has passed (some- general emergency bill, training personnel, and time after fallout on the ship ceases). In most planning and providing the necessary equipment cases, the objective of this stage will be the and supplies for repair parties and decontamina- recovery of the ship's operations on a tempo- tion stations. rary basis. The final recovery stage occurs when there is no longer an urgent tactical need EMERGENCY PHASE for the ship and the objective of this stage is to restore the ship to its normal operating con- The emergency phase starts with the warning Normally the tasks required to accom- of a nuclear attack or with the start of such 1;liah the final recovery stage will be performed attack. The rimary objective of this phase is by a shore based repair facility or shipyard. survival ofe ship and the ship's personnel. Decontamination is the principal radiological During the emergency phase, survival of the countermeasure employed during the recovery ship requir s collective action and is a com- phase. Use of the ship's washdown system during mand decon while survival of personnel mainly the emergency phase will result in the removal 46 1. Repair Lockers: MONTHLY DAMAGE CONTROL REPORT, USS SWEEP (AM-7500) Month of 2. CO2 Fire Extinguishers: InventozWiigainstBottle No. posted allowance and all equipment is present with the following exceptions: Location Date Min Per Wt. Act. Weight Condition Inspector 3. Damage Control Markings: ,Compt.No. Checkoff Compt No.List Markings MarkingsFrame No. Door/MchMarkings DC Class Markings Mks Pipe Med/Decon Valve Markings Mks TrafArms Remks Insp 4. Fire Ping Stations: otinpt.No. PligFro. Strainer S. C. GateWye Hose Appl. Spanner FoamNoz Remarks Inspector 6.5. Examined: Remarks:Compt.Foamite No. Cans: Cans Req. Cans Actual Condition Remarks Inspector DIVISION OFFICER , USN Figure 3-9. Typical Damage Contrni Monthly Inventory Report. 103.125 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION of some radioactive contamination from topside decay and weathering. The DCA will receive surfaces but many areas will require manual information necessary for the estimates from decontamination before they can be safely oc- monitoring teams (location and intensity of ra- cupied for any considerable period of time. diation) and command control (allowable radia- Personnel who have become contaminated as a tion dose for recovery personnel). result of manning exposed stations, carrying A quick estimate of a safe stay time of less out decontamination procedures, or from what- than one hour's duration may be figured by di- ever cause will also require decontamination. viding the allowable dose by the last intensity Before essential tactical functions can be measurement if taken less than one hour prior resumed following the emergency phase and to entry. Thus, when the allowable dose is 25r before manual decontamination of some areas and the intensity of the reading (taken within can commence, some exposed locations will one hour of entry) is 125 r/h, safe stay time = have to be manned. In order to determine the feasibility of continued occupancy or immediate 25 reoccupancy of such areas, a gross monitoring 125=0.2 hr(12 min.) survey is made of topside action stations and any occupied below decks action stations (fire- A rapid estimation of potential dose for a room stations near boiler air systems) which short stay time (less than one hour) can be may have been severely contaminated.Data made by considering the potential dose as the concerning the location and the radiation inten- product of the allowable dose and the stay time sity, in roentgens per hour. (r/hr), of contami- (using the decimal equivalent of the fraction of nated areas resulting from the gross survey and the hour). Thus, when it 4s estimated that it subsequent detailed surveys is relayed to damage will take 15 minutes tr. -tmplish a certain control central where the DCA plots the con- task in. an area where amity of radiation taminated areas, determines the entry time and is 100 r/hr, the po' _le= 100 x0.25= 25r. safe stay time, and reports this information to Later, when ..uracy is desired and the commanding officer. The equipment available more deliberation is p...... ticable, certain graph- at damage control central in some ships permits ical aids may be used in order to obtain more simultaneous transmission of this information precise estimates. In addition to the nomographs to all hands. On other ships the information shown here, other aids are available in chapter must be relayed via the bridge. The former 9900 (90) of NavShips Technical Manual. method is beat for it greatly reduces the pos- The nomograph shown in figure 3-10 can be sibility of error. used to estimate radiation intensities for a given As information form monitoring teams isre- future time. First, determine the standard in- ceived in damage control central, the contam- tensity. Given a measured intensity of 20 r/hr inated areas are plotted on a chart of the ship. taken 3 hours after the nuclear explosion, the The time the intensity was recorded as well as standard intensity can be found by placing a, the reading is noted. In addition, for weather- straightedge on the nomograph (fig. 3-10) sc.thax deck areas, the numbers of the 'frames forming it bisects the given values on scales A an': the limits of the contaminated area are plotted. and extends to intersect scale C. Thus (at tit%: The DCA will be required to estimate several point of intersection on scale C), the standard radiological factors after receipt of data from intensity is indicated as 100 r /hr. Next, in order command control and the monitoring teams. to determine what the intensity of the radiation These factors include radiation intensities at will be 12 hours after the explosion (9 hours future times, penetration doses to personnel after the measurement was taken), place the performing various operations, entry times, and straightedge on the nomograph (fig. 3-10) so safe stay times. The accuracy of the estimates that it bisects scale C at 100 r/hr and scale B depends upon the action to be taken and the time at 12 hours and extends to intersect scale A. available to make the estimates. Thus the point of intersection on scale A), Early in the operational recovery stage, the the future intensity is indicated as 5 r/hr. DCA will be required to make rapid estimates Entry times for periods of continuous oc- of safe stay time and potential dose. For periods. cupancy immediately after the nuclear explosion of less than one hour, the DCA mayassume that. through two days afterwards can be determined intensity will be constant even though gamma ra- using the nomograph in figure 3-11. Given a diation will decrease with time due to radioactive stay time of 5 hours, un allowable dose of 25r, 48 Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL
STANDARD INTENSITY MEASURED TIME AFTER (r/hrATIhr INTENSITY EXPLOSION (r/hr) after explosion, A C
1000 10 800 '5 600 500 20 400 30 300 40 200 50 elt ISO 80 100 100 80 150 60 2hr 50 ROO 3hr 40 MINIM 300 30 ehr -.9hr 1-12hr 400 20 500 Id24hr 600 15 800 2d 10 1000 3d 8 4d1 1500 5d 5 ed 7d Iwk 2000 4 ed 10d 3000 3 12d I4d fiwk 400 0 Ied 2 1ed 5000 3wk 6000 1.5 4wk 800 0 7wk I0000
Figure 3-10.Nomograph for determining radiation intensity for ships at sea. 49
S'a ENGINELRING ADMINISTRATION and a standard intensity of 100 Or, first, de- Thus, entry time is indicated on scale A as 10 termine the dose index by dividing the allowable hours. This means that a waiting period of 10 dose by the standard intensity (dose index= hours, is necessary before the area can be oc- roT)25 a 0.25). Next, place a straightedge on the cupied continuously for a period of five hours without exceeding the allowable radiation dose. nomograph in figure 9-11 so that it bisects all A more accurate estimation of the potential three scales (A, B, and C). With one end fixed dose that can be expected from a given schedule on scale C at the value of 0.25, rotate the other of operations is possible when the dose index is end over scales A and B until the value on scale known. Given the entry time and exit time the dose B exceeds the value on scale A by just 5 hours. index can be determined using the nomograph
DOSE INDEX C ENTRY EXIT TIME TIME (Hourafter (Hour after 3.0 Explosion) Explosion) A B 50 - 40 - 30 - 2.5 20 Min I5 - 2.0 109- ...- 8- 7-6 5- 50 40 30 4 MID 20 15 .6.1.0 3 10 2 6 - 0.5
NIS
- o 12.8 Figure 3-11.-Nomograph for estimating potential dose (continuous occupancy). Chapter 3DAMAGE CONTROL in figure 3-11. For an entry time of 10 hours Efficient engineering casualty control is the and an exit time of 15 hours the dose index is result of sound equipment design, careful in- found by placing a straightedge so that it bisects spection, thorough plant maintenance, and effec- scale A at 10 hours, scale B at 15 hours, and tive personnel organization and training. The intersects scale C. The dose index will be indi- engineer officer is directly concerned with all cated by the value on scale C at the point of but the first of these factors, andhe is indirectly intersection (0.25).The potential dose is the concerned with sound equipment design because product of the dose index and the standard in- it is partly the result of the equipment failure tensity.Thus, with a dose index of 0.25 and reports submitted by the ship. standard intensity of 100 r /hr, the potential The engineer officer must insist that his sub- dose = 0.25 x 100 = 25 r. ordinates conduct frequent and careful inspec- Estimates of safe stay times for continuous tions of all systems and machinery in order to occupancy periods through two days after the discover any evidence of impending malfunction- explosion can be determined using information ing or failure. Unusual noises, excessive vi- from the nomograph in figure 3-11. When the brations, abnormalpressures, abnormal entry time and the dose index are known, the temperatures, and abnormal operating speeds exit time is determined from the nomograph. are all indications that immediate corrective The safe stay time can then be found by sub- action is imperative in order to prevent com- tracting the entry time from the exit time. Given plete failure. a dose index of 0.5 and an entry time of 4 hours, The ability to detect and identify signs of the exit time of 8 hours is indicated on scale B incipienttroublein equipment is developed when the straightedge bisects scales A and C through familiarization with plant operation. at the given values. Thus, safe stay time= However, familiarity must not be allowed to 8 - 4 = 4 hours. substitute for investigation to establish fully the The countermeasures employed during and cause of an abnormal or unusual condition. following a biological and chemical attack are Theengineerofficer must ensure that very similar to the countermeasures used for thorough plant maintenance procedures are the explosion of a nuclear weapon. During the carried out. Conscientiously conducted tests and emergency phase, the principal countermeasure inspections which ascertain the true condition is protection of personnel using protective of equipment are invaluable aids to proper pre- masks, clothing, and shielded areas. Following ventive and corrective maintenance of a plant. theattack, decontamination of contaminated Such tests and inspections should be published areas, material, and personnel will be required. in the engineering department Organization and Personnel decontamination will be under the Administration Manual. This manual should also control and supervision of medical department provide for the effective organization and train- personnel. ing of engineering personnel. The first phase of handling any engineering ENGINEERING CASUALTY CONTROL casualty is concerned with minimization of the casualty. During this phase, measures must be Engineering casualty control includes both taken to control the casualty to prevent further machinery add electrical casualty control and damage to the unit concerned and to prevent has as its mission the maintenance of engineer- spread of the casualty through secondary effects. ing services in a state of maximum reliability The second phase consists of restoring (insofar under all conditions of operation. Under this as practicable) the services which were inter- mission, the primary objective is the mainte- rupted as a result of the casualty. When no nance of engineering services so that the ship machinery damage or failure has occurred as a is able to function effectively as a fighting unit result of the casualty, this phase usually com- without impairment to its mobility and offensive pletes the operation. A third phase consists of or defensive power. The secondary objective is making the repairs necessary to restore the the minimization of personnel casualties and installation to its original condition. secondary damage to vital machinery. Engineer- ing casualty control involves the prevention, ENGINEERING CASUALTY CONTROL minimization, and correction of operational and MANUAL battle casualties to the ship's machinery, elec- The engineering casualty control manual is trical, and piping installations. a handbook of information and procedures for use
51 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION by the engineering officer of the watch (EOOW) in an emergency, fire, operation for extended and engineering personnel in preventing and periods without ventilation,laying a smoke controlling casualties to the main propulsion screen, operation in heavily mined waters, and plant.Its purpose is to establish normal and handling steering casualties. alternate methods of operating all the vital sys- The most important section of the manual is tems and to specify corrective action in connec- the onecontaining standard procedures for tion with operational or battle casualties to these handling engineering casualties. Every fore- systems. seeable casualty should be listed with complete, Each type commander prepares and issues clear, and concise corrective action outlined in a complete engineering casualty control manual. each case.Operational casualties should be It is the responsibility of the engineer officer separated from battle casualties and both further of each ship to alter the manual to fit the ship's subdivided into main propulsion, auxiliary, and engineering installations. The engineer officer electricalsections. Manuals for ships with is normally the custodian of the manual and is separate firerooms should have the main propul- responsible for preparation of sufficient copies sion casualties further subdivided into fireroom to have one available at the log room, main and engineroom casualties. engine control station, electrical control station, Several publications are available on the major engineering operating stations, Repair 5 ship which will afford considerable assistance (or Repair 4 and 5), bridge and secondary conn, to the engineer officer when altering the type and damage control central. Upon detachment, commander'sengineeringcasualtycontrol the engineer officer should ascertain that all manual and preparing the extra copies. These copies are accounted for and transfer custody publications are NavShips Technical Manual, to his relief. The engineer officer is responsible manufacturer's technical manuals, volumes 1, 2, for making certain that each copy of the manual 3, and 5 of the Ship Information Book, booklet reflects the most recent alterations to the engi- of machinery plans, instruction manuals for neering plant. sound powered telephones, NWIP -50- 1(B), Battle The engineering casualty control manual con- Control(U), and FXP-3B (Ship Exercises tains brief (but complete) descriptions of the Battle Problems). On ships which do not have main propulsion machinery, main and auxiliary the Ship Information Book, the General Infor- steam systems,main and auxiliary exhaust mation Book and the Record of Electrical In- systems, main and auxiliary condensate and stallations and Electrically Oyerated Auxiliaries feed systems, main air ejectors, steam and iiilisupply the necessary information. fresh water drain systems, electric plant and power distribution system, compressed air sys- ENGINEERING CASUALTY tems, casualty power system, main and second- CONTROL PLOT ary drainage systems, firemain system, fuel oil and diesel oil transfer and service systems, An engineering casualty control plot should lube oil systems, fresh water distribution sys- be maintained at main engine control and at tem, atmosphericrelief piping system, and secondary engine control stations (on ships so ventilation system. Line diagrams showing the equipped), and at Repair 5. The plot must show location of the components of these systems are all major machinery installed inthe engineering also included to aid in understanding the vari- spaces, the main shafting and line bearings, all ous systems and facilitate locating valves and main engines and boilers, the arrangement of fittings. major piping systems such as the main and A section of the manual is devoted to watch auxiliary steam systems, the mainand auxiliary routine and machinery and system combinations condensate and fuel oil piping, the fire pumps for all operating conditions such as replenish- and the firemain loop, the main drainage system, ment, maneuvering while entering or leaving and the electrical plant. The plot must accurately port, flight quarters, general quarters, general reflect the operating conditionof the engineering emergency, steady steaming, man overboard, plant and show the machinery and systems in use. rescue and assistance at sea, full power run, When properly maintained it affords a ready lighting-off and securing the plant, lighting-off reference for the engineering officer of the watch.
52
670 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING
The principal objective of Navy training is intratype competitive period corresponds to the to maintain a naval force in an optimum state fiscal year regardlesstof the training cycle. of readiness for the defense of the United States. Fleet operating schedules are issued on both a Navy training consists of fleet training, ship- quarterly and an annual basis, and govern many board training, and naval school training. General factors which must be taken into consideration policies for fleet training are stated in Ship in the planning of maintenance and training. Exercises, FXP-3-B, and (except for shakedown and refreshertraining) are discussed only TYPE TRAINING EXERCISES bilefly in this chapter. Shipboard training and naval school training, however, are discussed Type commanders prescribe the training in considerable detail, especially as theypertain exercises to be conducted by ships of the type to the ship's engineering department. All three during the intratype competitive period. The phases of Navy training are closely allied and contribute to the development of highly trained and fully qualified individuals who man the ships of our modern Navy. CHIEF, NAVAL OPERATIONS FLEET TRAINING 0010 FLINT OPERATIONS Fleet training of ships is the responsibility AND READINESS of the Deputy Chief of Naval Operations for Fleet I Operations and Readiness, and is controlled and FLEANDERET supervised by the Commander in Chief, Atlantic COMM Fleet, and the Commander in Chief, Pacific Fleet. The Fleet Commanders in Chief exercise their trainingresponsibilitiesthrough their type commanders. This delegation of authority provides for battle readiness at every level of administrative command while assuring unity of COMAIANDER COMMANDER purpose and uniformity of standards. Fleet type CRUISERMESTROTER ANDNIIIIOUS POI= organization is illustrated in figure 4-1. The FORCE fleet training command (Commander, Training Command) of each fleet assists the other type COMMANDER SUBMARINE COMMANDER commanders by supplying services for pro- PONCE MINE FORCE grams and conducting training programs (shake- down and refresher training) as directed by the fleet commanders. COMMANDER OBILANDER SERVICE FORCE TRAINING The training cycle for each ship corresponds COSMO to the period between regularly scheduled ship- yard overhauls. The most important feature of the training cycle is that it furnishesa basis 64.20 for schedulinginspections and trials.The Figure 4-1.A fleet type organization.
53
kr7 1 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION tactical commander of ships in a task force exercises, and the handling of actual casualties requires that ships of the force perform, either which occur. separately or in company with other ships, the exercises required by the type commanders. SHAKEDOWN AND REFRESHER Each type commander is responsible, under TRAINING the fleet commander, for the administration and control of the training program of each ship After a ship has been commissioned and has assigned to his administrative command. In the completed fitting out, she undergoes shakedown discharge of his training responsibilities, the training. A recently activated ship or a ship type commander .(1) designates the required leaving a shipyard after a regular overhaul exercises and establishes minimum exercise undergoes refresher training. The ship is put requirements,(2) reallocates ammunition al- through an intensive combat readiness training lotted to him by the fleet commander, (3) selects period by a designated Fleet Training Group exercises to meet specific training require- (FTG), under the direction of the Commander, ments, (4) divides ships into competitive groups, Training Command, U. S. Atlantic or Pacific (5) provides for observation of certain exer- Fleet, as applicable. cises by qualified observers, (5) appraises the During the refresher or shakedown training performance of each ship, and (7) evaluates and period operational control of the ship is with maintains records of the overall performance of Commander, Training Command, and exercised each ship. When awarding a final grade for per- by the Commander, Fleet Training Group. formance, the type commander has broad author- ity and may weigh separate exercises and other Fleet Training Group performances, at his own discretion, to allow The primary function of a Fleet Training realistic evaluation of the ship's organization, Group is to help ships train themselves. In discipline, and opportunities for training. The implementation of this, training groups have type commander may delegate his authority for been delegated authority to control the assign- fleet training (except for policy guidance) to ment of operating areas, to coordinate and regu- subordinate commanders of units operating out- late the conduct of training exercises, and to side his supervision and observation. supply training services in their assigned op- Maximum benefit is derived from any train- erating areas. ing exercise when the performance of the exer- A Fleet Training Group is generally divided cise is properly observed and analyzed. If the into two sectionsan administrative section and exercise is to be graded, formal observation is an afloat training section. The administrative mandatory. When the importance of the exercise section performs the work of scheduling the justifies such assignment, observers will be activities of ships undergoing training; it cor- from outside the observed ship. The analysis of relates such activities as target towing services, the exercise, in the form of a critique, is held camera services, and dual ship exercises. as soon as practicable after the completion of The afloat training section is organized into the exercise to determine errors committed, departments in the general pattern of shipboard deficiencies in material or procedures, and rec- organization. The engineering branch, however, ommendations for improvement. is divided into two departments: engineering and Exercise appraisal is based on the readiness damage control. of the ship to deal effectively with the situation simulated by the exercise. The effect of factors Arrival Inspection over which the ship has no control, however, is taken into consideration. The observing com- Ships reporting for refresher training re- mand submits a recommended grade along with ceive an arrival or training readiness evaluation the report of the exercises observed; however, inspection, and an operational readiness inspec- the award of a final grade is the responsibility tion (ORI) on the completion of training. Im- of the type commander (or a designated sub- mediately following the final battle problem ordinate) and is aimed at establishing uniformity which, depending on type requirements, may be within the type. In the evaluation of readiness, counted as an ORI, or part of an ORI, a critique consideration is given to the performance of is held to point out and discuss weaknesses basic exercises, the performance of prescribed noted by FTG personnel. In addition to conducting
54 Chapter 4TRAINING
the engineering and damage control phasesof the conduct of training in the Fleet Training these inspections the FTG engineering and dam- Group to which the ship has been assigned. The age control departments, respectively, conduct engineer officer should study the instructions a first-day's ride (and additional rides as prac- carefully and check his department's organiza- ticable)to conduct and observe drills, and tion and administrative procedures against the instruct personnel of the ship in theproper checklists.Obviously, if the engineer officer techniques of damage control. The number of corrects most administrative discrepancies in rides to be conducted are planned in advance his department before the ship reports to the and will depend upon the needs of the ship and Fleet Training Group, he will be able to devote the availability of FTG engineering and damage more time to the administration of training and control instructors. thereby enable his department to obtain greater The purpose of the arrival inspection is to benefit from the refresher or shakedown training determine the organizational and material readi- period. ness of the ship to commence refresher train- ing. The arrival inspection checkoff listsare based upon standards prescribed by Battle Con- FTG Instruction trol U, NWIP 50-1(B), NavShips Technical and directives of the Fleet Commander Engineering department and damage control and type commanders. department officers and enlisted shipboard in- Immediately following the arrival inspection, structors (shipriders) are assigned to each ship a critique is held and a complete written report as the workload of the Fleet Training Group and of the discrepancies noted is left with theexecu- ship's operations permit. tive officer of the ship. A formal report is FTG shipboard instructors act as observers, submitted to the Commander, Training Com- instructors, advisors, and inspectors. In these mand, with a copy to the type commander. Those capacities, they may offer constructive criticism deficiencies which affectrefresher training or recommend improvements. At times they may should be corrected as soon as possible. As assist with impromptu instruction, lectures, and soon as discrepancies are corrected, FTG in- demonstrations. Upon completion of each ship- spectors correct the discrepancy list.It is ride, the senior engineering and the senior expected that all deficiencies will be corrected damage control shipboard instructors submit to prior to ORI. the commanding officer of the ship, via the The arrival inspection of the engineering executive officer, written reports of the day's department is made by one .or more officers of training. Copies of the reports are also sub- each of the FTG engineering and damage control mitted to the FTG engineer officer and FTG departments, assisted by a group of FTGen- damage control officer. listed men. To facilitate conducting thinspec- During battle problems, FTG personnel are tion of the ship's engineering department, the observers both by title and function. They im- engineer officer should: pose damage by setting up, as realistically as 1. Furnish at least two ship's personnel who possible, various exercises and then observing are familiar with logs, records, and publications action taken by ship's personnel to combat the to assist the inspecting officer. ithposed damage.They do not operate any 2. Have togs,records, and publications equipment, but will endeavor to stop an evolu- grouped in sequence, as indicated in instructions, tion that may result in damage to equipment or to facilitate location and inspection. injury to personnel. 3. Have one man who is familiar with the FTG shipboard instructors have observed spaces, and the location of safety precautions many ships in training; they know which methods and operating instructions, standing by each work and have picked up many pointers both in engineering space. training techniques and administrative proce- 4. Have keys readily available for entering dures. When conditions following the day's exer- locked spaces. cises permit, the instructors conduct a critique The fleet training comntandusuallyforwards with the ship's personnel involved in the training. to each ship scheduled to undergo refresheror During the critique, the instructors call atten- shakedown training arrival inspectionor train- tion to errors observed during drills, make ing readiness evaluation checklists andappro- recommendations for improvement, and answer priate information and instructions concerning questions concerning the training. 55
sy ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Operational Readiness Inspection 1. Control of flooding. 2. NBC warfare defense. The purpose of the operational readiness 3. Firefighting. inspection is to evaluate the ability of the ship 4. Steering casualty, including rigging of to perform her assigned mission. In addition casualty power and emergency communications. to the final battle problem, ORI includes evalu- 5. Battle repairs to hull and piping. ation of the ability of the ship's Condition III 6. Personnel casualties. Watch Organization to conduct a full power run, fight fires, rescue a man overboard, and render SHIPBOARD TRAINING PROGRAM assistance to another ship. These drills andthe full power run are usually conducted prior to the The shipboard training program must con- day of the final battle problem. sider the organizational framework and oper- The final battle problem serves to familiar- ating schedules of the ship.The application ize the personnel of the ship with a full scale phase ofthe training program involves the battle problem and the manner in which it is actual teaching of personnel and the evaluation conducted. Insofar as practicable, the battle of individual progress as well as the ability to problem approximates wartime operations ex- function as a team. Analysis of the results of pected of the type ship involved. shipboard training entails (1) observation of During the battle problem, FTG engineering team (group) and individual performance, (2) personnel observe and comment on the follow- comparison of performance with standard cri- ing: teria, and (3) recognition of methods for im- 1. Battlepreparations,includingbattle provements. The effective shipboard training dress, stowage of gear, missile hazards, safety program has as its objective the development hazards, fire hazards, readiness of all equip- of optimum individual and team efficiency. ment, split plant operation, and setting of con- The basis of all training is the development dition Zebra in engineering spaces. of skills in the individual. The individual is 2. Handling of hits including complete knowl- trained to fill successfully his billet aboard edge of plant by personnel, ability to recognize ship and to prepare for advancement in rating material casualties and remedy them with a and for acceptance of more responsibilities. minimum loss of time and power, replacement Team training, or training of a ship as a whole, of key personnel, handling personnel casualties, can only be accomplished with a successful firefighting techniques, investigation of spaces individual training program as a base. for damage, rigging of casualty power cables, use of emergency steering methods and equip- ORGANIZATION FOR TRAINING ment, time to cross-connect and split the engi- neering plant, observation of safety precautions, The commanding officer heads the shipboard use of prescribed procedures, control of flood- organization for training, as shown in figure ing and the performance of personnel at main 4-2. The organization is responsible for plan- control. ning, coordinating, and conducting drills, 3. Gastightenvelopein the engineering classes, and instruction designed to increase spaces including the time required to set and the specialized and general professional knowl- its effectiveness during a nuclear attack. edge of the personnel of the command. The 4. Communications, including phraseology, organization is governed in its actions by the rapidity and accuracy of transmission, pro- policies and plans of higher authorityprin- cedure doctrine, clearing the circuit of casual- cipally those of the type commander. ties, rigging emergency communications, and Close attention must be given to the training circuit discipline. potentialities of the individual ship, and to the 5. Nuclear defense measures, including de- elimination of all but essential paperwork in tection of radioactivity, testing of personnel the program. Training methods will vary from suspected of exposure, relief provisions for ship to ship, depending on the size, design, and exposed personnel, and methods used to limit personnel allowance; and each ship's training contamination of interior of ship. time must be carefully balanced with the time The FTG 'damage control personnel observe allotted for maintenance. The proper time ap- and comment on the following elements of the portionment must be made by officers who know final battle problem: existingshipboard training and maintenance Chapter 4TRAINING
COMMANDING OFFICER 2. Establishes the training program for the ship and periodically evaluates the training program by reviewing the schedules within the EXECUTIVE OFFICER program. 3. Establishes a training syllabus for the I I training of junior officers and one for enlisted PLANNING BOARD TRAINING OFFICER men. FOR TRAINING The planning board meets periodically to evaluate progress, coordinate action, and pro- EDUCATIONAL SERVICES pose changes to improve the training program OFFICER and future requirements. The personal knowl- edge of members, the reports of the educational services officer, and the use of various control HEAD OF DEPARTMENT devices, all serve to indicate areas needing improvement. Often the source of difficulties and maladjustments in the training program can DEPARTMENT be pinpointed with accuracy and the responsi- TRAINING OFFICER bility fairly placed where it belongson indi- vidual officers, petty officers, untoward circum- stances, or conflicting requirements of higher DIVISION OFFICER authority. Regardless of the care exercised in the de- velopment of the original training program, the DIVISION TRAINING OFFICER need for changes will occur often. The following (DIVISION JUNIOR OFFICER) items should be examined periodically for their possible effect on the training program: 1. Changes in the nature or schedule of the INSTRUCTORS ship's operations. (OFFICERS) 2. Installation of new or improved equip- (PETTY OFFICERS) ment. 3. Changes in the qualifications for advance- ment in rating. 114.28 4. Changes in personnel assignments. Figure 4-2.Shipboard organization for 5. Changes in regulations or procedures training. under which the ship is operating. 6. Completion of any phase of the training conditions. Once a balance is established, pro- program. grams for training and for maintenance should 7. Increases or decreases in facilities or be carefully planned, executed, and controlled. availability of fleet and bureau controlled train- The executive officer exercises overall super- ing establishments. vision of the training program under the direc- tion of the commanding officer. Educational Services Officer Planning Board For Training The educational services officer assists the The ship's planning board for training is executive officer in the administration of the generally composed of the executive officeras training, information, and education programs of chairman, the heads of departments, the train- the ship. In large ships it may be possible to ing officer, and the educational services officer. assign the duties of the educational services The board performs the following general func- officer to an officer as primary duty. In smaller tions: ships, the duties may be assigned an officer as I. Advises and assists the commanding of- collateral duty or the executive officer may ficer in the formulation of training policies. electto perform the duties himself.The 57
Coi ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
educational services officer performs the fol- 2. Assists the engineer officer in the de- lowing duties: velopment of a planned and coordinated training 1. Supervises the administration and opera- program to provide qualified reliefs for key tion of the training office and of the ship's personnel. training aids. 3. Implements approved training plans and 2. Serves as a member of the ship's planning policies within the engineering department. board for training. 4. Coordinates and assists in the adminis- 3. Maintains contact with fleet and bureau tration of division training programs within the controlled training activities and advises the engineering department.(This duty includes planning board for training and other ship's supervision of the preparation of training ma- personnel of the use of such facilities for training: terials and the review of curriculum, courses, 4. Secures quotas, as recommended by heads and lesson plans; assistance in the selectionand of departments, for personnel attending fleet training of instructors; periodic evaluation of or functional schools. instruction given at drills, during watch, on 5. Assists examining boards by providing station, and in the classroom; and procurement, material and personnel as requested. through the educational services officer, of 8. Schedules orientation and indoctrination training aids and devices.) courses for officer and enlisted personnel. 5. Prepares, maintains, and submits train- 7.Directs the educational services program ing records and reports for the engineering including the interviewing and counseling of department. personnel; processing of applications for officer, 8. Initiates requisitions for training sup- enlisted, and correspondence courses; adminis- plies and materials for the engineering de- tration of special and end-of-course tests; and partment. assisting personnel in obtaining high school, 7. Assists the engineer officer in planning college, business, and military education credits. and coordinating the training of junior officers 8. Processes applications and makes neces- of the engineering department. sary interviews and tests for limited duty of- The engineering training officer reports to ficer,Naval Academy Preparatory School, the engineer officer for the performance of his Officer Candidate School, and Naval Reserve assigned duties.Division training officers of Officer's Training Corps. the engineering department consult with the 9. Prepares, maintains, and submits re- engineering training officer for advice and as- quired training records and reports. sistance in their training programs. The educational services officer reports to the executive officer in the performance of his assigned duties. He collaborates with and ad- Division Training Officer vises department training officers and division training officers concerning the overall training The duties of the division training officer program and the implementation of special are generally assigned as collateral duty for training programs. the junior division officer or are performed by the division officer himself. As the assistant E9gineering Training Officer to the division officer for the administration 46 and coordination of the division training pro- The engineering training officer is the train- gram, the division training officer performs ing officer of the engineering department as the following duties: appointed by the engineer officer. Generally, 1.Plans, develops, and ensures the prepa- the duties of the engineering training officer ration of division training schedules, and obtains are assigned as collateral duty to one of the the training space and materials necessary to assistants to the engineer officer. As the as- support the schedules. sistant to the engineer officer for the adminis- 2. Selects and trains instructors for the tration and coordination of the engineering division. trainingprogram,theengineering training 3. Supervises the preparation of training officer performs the following duties: material and reviews curriculums, courses, 1. Assists the engineer officer in the de- and lesson plans for the division. velopment of a department training program in 4. Obtains, maintains custody of, and issues support of the training objectives of the ship. required training aids and devices.
58 Chapter 4TRAINING
5. Evaluates all instruction within the di- training courses are provided at instructor vision. training schools at San Diego, and Norfolk. The 6. Prepares, maintains, and submits train- courses provide excellent instructor training- ing records and reports required of the division. and should be utilized whenever practicable. 7. Initiates requisitions for training supplies There are usually one or two graduates of the and materials for the division. course in each ship and they can be used to 8. Encourages division personnel to use train others in the techniques of instruction. available naval schools. Several copies of the Manual For Navy Instruc- 9. Encourages division personnel to further tors, NavPers 16103 (revised) should be avail- the advancement of their careers through use of able for use by the instructors in the ship. Navy and USAFI correspondence courses. The job of instructing is twofold. An instruc- The division training officer reports to the tor not only must pass on knowledge, but he division officer for the performance of his must develop certain attitudes in the men he assigned duties. He consults with the engineer- teaches. The most effective method of teaching ing training officer and the educational services these attitudes is by example. The instructor officer,as appropriate, in training matters must possess and constantly display thqse at- affecting the division. The instructors of the titudes if he is to be a good instructor. division report to the division training officer. Pride in the Navy is one of the major de- Instructors sirable attitudes the instructor must foster. To be proud of the Navy, a man must first be Every officer and petty officer in the engi- proud of his part in the Navy, and proud of those neering department must take an active part in parts of it with which he comes in contact. The the training program, and each is expected to instructor, because he is in immediate contact be a competent instructor. There is no better with the man, is a symbol of the Navy. Every- method for junior officers or petty officers to thing that the instructor says and does should attaindefinite positions as leaders than by be calculated to foster pride in the Navy. demonstrating ability as an instructor. Each Respect for authority is another desirable instructor must be capable in his specialty and attitude which the instructor ;mist develop in display a potential teaching ability that can be his men. The instructor, because he represents developed through training and experience. authority, must be someone that his men can The major portion of engineering instruction respect. In the matter of being correct in his will be given by the petty officers of the engi- relationships with his men, the instructor must neering divisions and each should become an be fair, firm, and friendly. experienced instructor in order to do his part Many times in his career a sailor is called in the training program. There is a natural upon to exercise his ingenuity. In order to de- tendency to assign instructor duty to the man velop a willingness to exercise ingenuity, the most qualified in the subject matter to be taught. instructor must (by example or otherwise) show Such a method of selecting instructors maypro- the man what ingenuity is and then give him the vide a high quality of instruction but it tends to technical knowledge with which to work. One place the entire burden of instruction on a few way to do this is to encourage the man to dis- of the senior petty officers and stifle the enthu- cuss makeshift orsubstitute materials or siasm of the others. In order to further train methods which he might use to accomplish tasks engineering personnel in the necessary skills, he will encounter on the job. instructors should be assigned from all rates, Enthusiasm plays an important role in teach- including that of fireman. This method of select- ing. The instructor who approaches his job ing instructors often produces surprisingle with pride and vigor will find that his class will good results. In order to teach a subject, the respond in a like manner. No one can be en- instructor must be thoroughly familiar with it; thusiastic about anything which he feels is not and particularly for the lower rated man, this important and useful. The wise instructor will may entail considerable preliminary study that always show the value of the things he teaches. may increase his own knowledge as well as that An enthusiastic approachbythe instructor, helps of the group he will teach. to develop (1) the desire to achfance profes- Provision should be made to provide formal sionally, (2) pride in doing any job well. and training in instruction techniques. Class "C" (3) pride in doing more than is expected.
59 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
TYPES OF TRAINING experience. Only a brief orientation period de- signed to acquaint the man with his new sur- Training is useful only if it fills a need. The roundings is necessary for the seasoned sailor. major need of the engineering department is For proper indoctrination in the field of officers and enlisted men who can maintain and marine engineering,it is desirable to give operate the department and the eng ineering plant firemen (FA and FN, including designated with maximum efficiency at all times and under strikers) reporting to the engineering depart- all circumstances.. The training necessary to ment, an orientation course consisting of brief achieve this objective can be classified accord- assignments in each engineering divisionbefore ing to subject Matter categories as indoctrina- assigning them to divisions for duty. The course tion,military training, professional training, will enable them to better understand the organi- operational training, leadership training,. and zation of the department and the necessity for academic training. team cooperation and coordination. The follow- ing objectives should be included in the engi- Indoctrination neering indoctrination program for firemen: 1. Auxiliaries division: Each man (officer and enlisted) must be a. To acquaint the fireman with the prin- afforded a period of indoctrination upon being ciples involved in the distillation process of .the assigned to the engineering department inorder ship's distilling plant and with the importance tofamiliarize himself with the regulations, of conserving fresh water. organization, and physical layout of the depart- b. To acquaint the fireman with the op- ment. .The duration and complexity of the in- erating procedure of the distilling plant. doctrination will depend upon the man's rank or c. To familiarize the fireman with the rate, his prior service, and the training pro- duties of the boat engineer and the safety pre- gram of the ship. cautions pertaining to the handling and opera- For junior officers (LTJGs, with less than tion of small boats. two years of commissioned or warrant service, d. To acquaint the fireman with the and all ensigns) the shipboard indoctrination principles involved in hydraulics systems. period may be of considerable length. The e. To acquaint the fireman with the op- training program of some ships requires that erating procedure of the heating and air condi- junior officers of the unrestricted line (code tioning systems. 1100/1105) be assigned to each of the five basic f. To acquaint the fireman with the duties departments in the ship for a brief period for of the machine shop and boat engine repair orientation. This is especially desirable for the shops. career officer because it gives him an excellent 2. Boilers division: opportunity to become familiar with the principal a. To acquaint the fireman with fueling functions of each department. ship procedures, the principles of combustion, The engineer officer is responsible for the and the operating procedures of the ship's training of junior officers assigned to the engi- boilers and the fireroom auxiliaries. neering department. Some type commanders b. To familiarize the fireman with fire- issue training courses designed to prepare junior room safety precautions. officers for specific duties in the engineering c. To acquaint the fireman with feed department (as well as in other departments) pumps, care of boiler feed water and feed water of ships of the type. The tendency to keep a systems. junior officer in the job he knows in order to 3. Electrical division: achieve a smoothly working organization should a. To acquaint the fireman with common be avoided. Limiting the experience level of the indications of trouble in electrical equipment individual makes no allowance for personnel and the action to be taken when trouble occurs. casualty losses and stifles initiative by pro- b. To familiarize the fireman with elec- hibiting advancement to positions of greater trical safety precautions, especially those Or- responsibility and prestige. Mining to the use of portable electrical tools The standardization of shipboard organiza- and equipment. tions practically eliminates the need for an ex- c. To acquaint the fireman withthe elec- tensive indoctrination program for the enlisted trical switchboards and shifting the electrical man reporting for duty with prior shipboard load.
80 Chapter 4TRAINING
d, To acquaint the fireman with the I. C. training. The journal may be maintained in a equipment and sound-powered telephones. standard 3-ring binder and generally contains, e. To acquaint the fireman with the among other things,a record of shipboard maintenance and repair of motors and genera- qualifications,completed assignments of the tors. type commander training courses, completed 4. Main engines division: correspondence courses, and such other train- a. To acquaint the fireman with the op- ing information as the commanding officer s erating procedures of the main engines and direct. engineroom auxiliaries. The naval correspondence course program b. To familiarize the fireman with en- provides self-study training courses to assist gineroom watchstanding procedures and ma- officers of the U. S. Navy and Naval Reserve chinery and engineroom safety precautions. in improving their r...ofessional qualifications c. To acquaint the fireman with the and broadening their g ?r,eral knowledge of naval maintenance and repair of main engines, re- science. The List of TrainintEanurls and duction gears,turbogenerators, pumps, air Correspondence Courses, NavPers 04.317T- ejectors, and piping systems. vised),contains the procedure for cirdering 5. Repair division: courses and the titles, NavPers numrers, and a. To acquaint the fireman with the im- brief descriptions of the officer correspondence portance of the watertight integrity of the ship, courses available. Vie engineer offlcv:: should the care of damage control equipment, the care encourage his office :s to part:m:4.e self- and maintenance of firefighting equipment, and study courses of the naval corrt.sAndence the location of repair lockers in the ship. courre program. b. To acquaint the fireman with the duties A large part cf the division training progr: .7.. and responsibilities of the pipe shop, the ship- rsvf..f be devoted to the professional training of fitter shop, and the carpenter shop. enlistbd yerEonnel of the engineering divisions. Development of professional knowledge knd Military .Training physical skills increaser the affic,-Jacy of the The aim of the military training phase of enlisted man and helps him to qualify for ad- the shipboard training program is to familiarize vancement in rating. TNI professional training the crew with military customs and courtesies, program of the division must be based upon the . naval discipline (U. 1. Navy Regulations and qualifications for advancement in the varisav General Orders),military justice (Uniform ratings assigned. One of the i;:itnary re,..pousi- gode of MilitarJustice), obligations and re- bilities of the division office.: is L.train per - sponsibilities ocitizenship, conduct ashore in sonnel of the division in the duties it, v.4'ch foreign countries (include the Status of Forces they may succeed and to encourage them to Agreements), and related subjects. Certain of improve their education and to advance in rating. these subjects may be included in the indoctri- The division officer can keep informed of the nation program. The fact that the more experi- rate of qualification progress of an individual enced naval man often needs to be reminded of by frequently observing how rapidly the man is certain rights, privileges, courtesies, customs, learning the duties of his station. The Group obligations, and responsibilities, however, must Record of Practical Factors, shown in figure not be overlooked. Educational services officers 4-3, is an excellent aid for recording qualifica- in some ships with heavy operating schedules tion progress. This record and all other records that preclude formal classroom instruction have illustrated in this chapter can be easily pre- published excerpts from the Uniform Code of pared using standard forms available in the Military Justice in the ship's plan of the day Navy supply system and can be filed in standard for the purpose of informing the crew of certain 3-ring binders. Qualifications shown on the individual rights and responsibilities. Morning group records of practical factors should be quarters can be useful as a period of instruction transferred to the man's service record at least as well as for muster and inspection of the once each quarter. crew. Individual qualification in practical factors can beac_complished by training conducted on Professional Training the job.On-the-job instruction is given by U. S. Navy Regulations require that junior supervisory pettyofficers who provide the officers keep a journal of their professional necessarymanuals,publications,operating 61 3 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
SINU AL RECORD (Tres 11) MN it0041 (1040) 222100 mom pm 1 July 19_a Continuous TI11.1 SGroup Record of Practical Factors for Machinist's Mate (MM) M11.1 GAMINS (O. kf Page 1 of 4- 1lN eit (41 eirerrrimrTarr;c7r;rrmizin2iFffiZIFZE121V727231107/217.7/3 UrT1174:ELC I eranoe e o SIAS:PIIMINFE?=/5 -- _qualifiedtie rate !F
PRACT I CAL FACTORS
MILITANT 11111101111 NT WINO NOON I
S. 11111116TINN 1111NINOVN 111 bolds thr moon: , yTo pf thr Sum .1 N um Apoomp amenda proraml it th. rums Is forr!To wormIne. .11 021616 To Ivo.) v., Tamp .1 thr guts* Pf Pomo Tot semmIsi pomml .1 th. Dare 'moo Is A.op I. NON 160 .41 &M-4 eol Is elmoeteo 11.4 IMF161=1(ir, 09 Mai:Petsyou S. NNW 1141BUT4. MN ONICAl INN WINN *66,4A dee 5 trots sure .41 Ml or rim etmiming um Tam 'war Be JIM CIO.. Ito mITI 164 "4: cutou. .11 Om nape ImUmatt. rol Niko molore. 5.5 a .reeord. nol mu*, .posers.. whim rowel Pr cmthis eir4 mdkorstlor ToTts.Il- rirasion. salp.l. 1.1 pasted .41 Smeries Oussuirutlm t.ml Uselatest porsomel dmatedamito UMW. Northo roht, mermtleu. No .11.61 .1 South. PILermItnr42 tom OM 5 NaTrIbe pemoime or M telleonl u polo maim malut Tiora. 110 Mt huh I. 16. NC To I. 1 Mord eldp M .1stille.111.. ralp.) .41 Ovo...tse ma duet RC Wow =Mum Ism nol dmatalsolor moor TTIleiN marmot rol preesdues. OM alp.) P. OMNI OWN% .41 Oometesta 1.. to Ton 4.s ralp.) 1.4 T /WW1. CO2 omIaplehstp. /2-/f/2- /f 1. ism imam md Mew. .. Lim Ulm nol drool. MPRIFERFAFFI P.15.1161Ins drionim lam. ... O. MU. MO 41 nNITOTIP. shren. M nsm11. .Y Towles O.W. (1lo alp.) 1.4tr-/e 2 O TUT mules pima. MorMs$ oaf; ay pro anstUrre. &It NAMFFAFFAW10£0
11411/1.11 .41 ample* Neil deal flop rol unmet& 164 V. WON NOON 242 2-4 .11 blimp a Tusk mud TUP 2114.1. No 2-/7 awl.> 164 1:112-. KVA*A10*OS RIS*se(e 111111111611111136 7 .41 IMMO IM /To bee pads. 6., mem et no1 Immo M11.01.1.1414 IMUIT W Imonatleul Wm C.4. in WZI rol hump .1 16. 6-26.1.6. /0-2 /0-2 I. NONNI WRO IfL0 .11 PrionTimlud Mp Inter IT WHIM, 1.1 T. NUNN .11 hose IMmtimilm M.6& -,41 s To reemIt slwsly ke any. 1.1 .63 blue rol sepal. sppostlua Wpm setter Tol Imam by IMmeteptle. T1604 .41 toi a Path 04.101411 W NUTNT41 etnpn Is 6.462432 Jor Immo T MTN !Noah's. 4JOIA, INTTITIN Tadao oplIortles Om* porMorl .Wt P.Illowiele. UT. polsta. s. TUNN trelmu ..Agemet.
24.3 Figure 4-3.-A sample group record of practical factors. 62 a
Chapter 4-TRAINING
instructions, safety precautions, and manufac- nature of rewards for faithful or -....17nrciled serv- turer's technical manuals, and who keep their ice or simply because the mini x ---_memLmaa service men busy in productive study whenever the op- requirements have been fulfilled-. Mt is poor portunity arises. policy to advance a person (or to -----me-qcorrarnend To conduct training on the job, the instructor a person for a change in rating) 11L--ms=21. a. position should (1) let his men study the necessary in- for which he is not fully qualified. structions concerning the job to be performed Over the years, the Navy has earmssalls=limea-v-ored to and then quiz them to-determine-if- -they have be selective in accepting personae for enlist- understood what they have read, explaining any ment and the vast majority of enlist.. sonne 1 misunderstanding that may have arisen; (2) per- should be competent in the perforrirs. -1 -rilmice of their form the job accurately and carefully himself, duties. The average Navy enlistee=111._ sr:imam is one explaining fully the actions which might not be whom any commanding officer WOW 'wow 'MS ic3 welcome. observed otherwise; (3) repeat the performance To make the enlisted performara evaluation of the job and let the men tell the instructor system successful, it is desirats1.4. to assume what to do, how to do it, and the key points in- that each command has an avers 41=3r4evw. The volved; (4) let each man tell what he is going to proportion of individuals who exce._--x.m..-711. or fall be- do, how he is going to do it, and then do the low the average in performance, lt.AlmNieL-.1111e-sna. -would be step; and finally (5) let each man practice nnder about the same for all comma ras2111 For the the supervision of the instructor. This is anex- overall good of the Navy and in Xtskiterest of cellent method of teaching a complex skill to a the great majority of enlisted per 1, evalu- few men. Proven methods of on-the-job instruc- ations under the enlisted perform -.=- evraluation. tion for various skills and groups of men are system should be related in gener_ -Abaci, the aver- fully explained in the Manual for Navy Instruc- age crew concept. tors, NavPers 16103 (revised). One of the primary purposes 4 lItitate evalua- The naval correspondence course program tion system is to permit the comm ams=malclizfLuzg officer also provides self-study courses for the use of to influence positively the advance. meat oppor- enlisted personnel in meeting requirements for tunitiesof the individuals of his -womr:nrama.recl. To advancementinrating.BuPers Instruction make the performance factor in the multiple P1430.7 (revised) establishes mandatory re- for advancement effective, evalua.itzi_ssi must dif- quirements for advancement in rating which ferentiate between individuals so 11E=71=an...... lt credit is include the satisfactory completion of specified given according to demonstrated -ips....---iforrnance. Navy Training Courses. Training Publications Should all individuals be evaluated11_ -too highly, for Advancement in Rating, NavPers 10052 (re- the ability to assist those individ' who are in vised), contains a bibliography of mandatory fact outstanding will be reduced. Navy training courses and recommended reading Enlisted evaluations are su edl semi- material for the various ratings. The mandatory annually, on the 16th of the mom as follows: Navy Training Course(s) for each rate is indi- cated by an asterisk (*). Each mandatory train- E1-3 March/Serr ing course may be completed by successful E-4 Apr/Oct completion of the correspondence course based E-5 May/Nov on the mandatory training course. The List of E-6 Jun/Dec Training Manuals and Correspondence Courses, E-7 Jun NavPers 10061 (revised), is distributed to all E8/9 Feb ships to inform them of the latest available en- listed (as well as officer) training manuals and The form used is NavPers Form7111EINIw-- Rev 6-65) - courses. A Record of Courses for Advancement These reports are designed to pr.cor-sorZesdlie specific in Rating, similar to the one shown in figure factual information for used in seleir------1111:::Tunsw the best 4-4, will assist the division officer in deter- qualified individuals for commit:m*4 - mining (1) the status of self-study training in The form used for special par-, AIM:1-"211XIS3 (ap- the division and (2) the personnel qualified for plication for warrant officer) --A1111=Mmate 'Enlisted recommendation for advancement in rating. Performance Evaluation Report F. -wm:a. Nava:lex-is Personnel should be recommended for ad- 1339. vancement in rating only if and when they are It is of the utmost importance ---411Misalt enlisted' in all respects fully qualified to hold the higher evaluation .reports be complete13.- Alnar-azi_v_ It is rate. Advancements should not be made in the necessarythatoutstanding pe3E-11,_carse-xacaaz2ce be 'NW 63 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
GENERAL RECORD (Epo I) MAP PORI 1600-10 (10-10) imam cameo:F1011 J1117 1 9 toContinuous .me Record of Courses for Advancement in RatinitElectrical Division COURSE DATE NAME RATE COMPLETED FINAL ENTEREDIN _RATE TITLE START ASSIGNMENTS MARK ERV%REC. WATT, /(.l -FiI II /a-i--I2 -3-it t $e mEin341sa.RE.42: ATT142 Po34a. Mini, 3. 3 -If /ecthEP ALI)Ed,T. -/5 le ciIISP1-21-1- 2.-11-y mu.. *ft M/>J. Po /4, Coa-is/*P. - ALDER// 411 IA.Rig. P S-/5 Poi.e.S-ao ina-3-)1 7 FA tISFIRE/411/ /-a-3 WAVC Rawl, R., PA EteclaW4111#//-2e - 1- 2-34-$.4 3)1451C Am. Torsi,R., FA o-," MRCP. 3.1 sem. MA. Wan"'3.em Po I* C. ,-.2-a welarE,3.,Erna.0-1S" EM pee., 3-3e-/ sofieSte, , FA,4 -/isr-PO sea., a.. 114488.E. 6., Cm 514.
i4.1 Figure 4-4.A sample record of/courses for advancement in rating. reported, and it is equally necessary that eval- Great Lakes, Illinois. The examination for ad- uations be thoroughly objective in reporting an vancement in a rating is based on the military individual's shortcomings. Knowledge of such and professional requirements of the rate and shortcomings can be vital in the selection of rating involved. personnel for duty assignment. A detailed dis- cussion of the enlisted evaluation system is Operational Training contained in the Bureau of Naval Personnel Manual. Operational training in the engineering de- Servicewide examinations for advancement partmentis closely allied with professional in rating are conducted on a semiannual basis training and may be defined as the application for pay grades E-4 through E-7, and annually phase of professional training.Operational for pay grades E-8 through E-9. These exam- training is received primarily through investi- inations are prepared by senior petty officers gationdemonstration, and drill while manning in each rating at the Naval Examining Center, watch ,(or battle) stations. Such training is useful
64 Chapter 4TRAINING when it:(1) developes individual and team effi- The qualification of replacements for per- ciency, (2) familiarizes all personnel with mini- sonnellossesresultingfrom transfers or mum operational requirements in the ship, and casualties is accomplished by carefully in- (3) qualifies replacements for personnel losses. structing personnel in their specific duties and On-the-job training and drills provide the in the duties of all other persons in the division best means of developing individual and team or on a watch station. When a man is fully efficiency. Drills are more effective when they qualified in the duties of his job, he should be are held frequently and when all participants rotated through other jobs to which he may are kept occupied during the whole drill. It is succeed within the division. Rotation of per- very exasperating to be called away from routine sonnel for the purpose of training them is also duties to attend a drill in which nothing apparent required for watch stations. The Group Record is done. Each drill should be planned as care- of Practical Factors in figure 4-3 indicates the fully as any other method of instruction. The progress of men in qualifying for jobs within purpose of all drills is to give practice in pre- the division. An Individual Drill Record such viously learned skills. It is poor training prac- as the one illustrated in figure 4-5, may be tice to give instruction at the same time that maintained at each watch station to indicate the performanceisexpected.The necessary state of training of watch personnel. instruction must precede the drill. The following procedure is recommended for this phase of Leadership Training operational training, and is especially applicable to engineering casualty control training: 1. Analyze the duties of each man in the Leadership training is necessary for every team. officer, petty officer, and potential petty officer 2. Instruct the individual(s) in the manner in the ship in order to enable them to perform described in the preceding section on profes- the principal function of a leaderto get the job sional training on the job. done through people. Formal lectures provide 3. Permit the team (or individual) to per- an excellent method of presenting the principles form a rehearsal or "dry run" of the operation and techniques of administration and supervision slowly and without pressure. essential to effective leadership. The following 4. Drill for greater speed and accuracy. items represent the minimum requirements of Emphasize correct precedures in early drills the efficient supervisor. and increase emphasis on speed as drills pro- 1. He must be familiar with the job he is to gress. supervise and possess a reasonable amount of. 5. Allow the team (or individual) to perform skill in the performance of that job. the actual operation. 2. He must know military policy well enough 6. Evaluate the performance. Hold a critique to administer that policy. to point out the errors observed and make recom- 3. He must know how to handle men in such mendations to improve performance. Dispense a way as to obtain maximum productive effort. praise judiciously and do not fail to correct 4. He must know job methods well enough to errors in performance. ensure the efficient progress of work through Operational training intended to familiarize proper arrangement of the shop or work area, personnel with minimum operational require- proper assignment of men to jobs, and the em- ments in the ship may be conducted. In this ployment of safe work practices. type of training, personnel are trained in duties 5. He must know how to select and use not generally regarded as being within the scope proper methods of instruction. of their rate or rating. Training for an individual 6. He must be able to develop in men the may include qualification in the duties of a desire to further their career opportunities helmsman as well as qualification in the duties through self-study and improvement. of throttleman. Familiarization with the mini- Effective leadership must be developed in mum operating requirements of the ship by all men. Leadership training is always in demand hands is necessary in small ships. Such training because progress is constantly being made in may have to be limited to familiarization with the development of more modern and efficient the minimum operating requirements of the de- job methods and techniques of personnel manage- partment in large ships because of the number ment. A variety of training aids are available of people involved. and some type commanders have established
65 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION schools to assist and augment the shipboard TRAINING RECORDS low leadership training program. The work of preparing training schedules Academic Training and maintaining training records should be de- centralized in order that no one officer or petty Correspondence courses of the U. S. Armed officer is given an unreasonable burden. The Forces Institute (USAFI) are available for fur- scheduling of shipboard training requires the thering the academic training of individuals in careful attention of the training officer, heads the ship. The USAFI Catalog, NavPers 15857 of departments, and division officers in order (revised),contains alist of the self-study to minimize conflict with other ship activities courses available and includes eligibility re- and to ensure that the time allotted for training quirements for the various courses. The ship's is used to the best advantage. educational services officer should be familiar The only justification for a training record with the details concerning the USAFI courses is that it indicates to the officers responsible available and the methods for obtaining high for training (1) how much has been accomplished, . school and college credits for successful com- and (2) how much remains to be accomplished, pletion of the courses. The publication Corre- It should be emphasized that records must be spondence Courses Offered by Colleges and Uni- kept to an absolute minimum consistent with versities Through the U. S. Armed Forces needs. The true measurement of an effective Institute, Nav Pere 15819, lists the correspon- training program is performance, and the basic dence courses available from institutions of objective of any record system is to assist in higher learning participating in the education accomplishing this in the simplest way possible. program of the U . S. Armed Forces Institute. The record of unit training accomplished does
W011IALV R AAL O10 ((101I) N 4 1 0) 1111100 COMM FROM 71. TO CONTAWS
INDIVIDUAL DRILL. RECORD FOR k/6.idEROOmC U I-TiES MA' CA"'". ix A7na g OP Sr I..Va sMorrurmwel Stows sever.( on) LOWMIt&aft fwgrat) V Lovas. 6. (Wm^ ryas wAr dv I--s3 IN /V-, ED6AK, A I OAR. REFNEZI INEL.L.S P.W. 1-44 t-/-; gin /-.2-3 /12-5 I-23 -a.1-a- WATER C. C P
24.3 Figure 4-5.A sample individual drill record for engineroom personnel.
68 Chapter 4TRAINING not present a problem, but records of individual Types I and II should be conserved. Work training are more complex and require more sheets can be manufactured by trimming the time to maintain. margins from the se forms and using the trimmed When possible, the same forms used to sections as templates to draw lines ona mimeo- schedule planned training should be employed to graphed or dittostencil.Large ships which record completed training. The standard system circulate 50 to100 copies of their weekly described below has been developed to provide schedule can follow the same procedure with complete and satisfactory records which can be OpNav Form 3500-21 because this form is de- maintained with a minimum expenditure of time. signed for exact duplication on a standard type- If used, these schedules and records should writer. Mimeographed reproductions should be facilitate orderly administration, careful plan- used for all transient records. ning, and effective control. Other benefits to be The forms may also be of value for many realized from the system are as follows: record keeping operations for which standardized 1. Standardization of training records will forms are not available. For example, a daily simplify reliefs and turnovers of responsibili- publication inventory covering an entire year can ties, since all personnel will be familiar with be kept on one Type III form by using the calen- the system. dar side to record accomplishment of the daily 2. Simplification andstandardization of inventory and the reverse side to list the pub- scheduling and recording will permit more ac- lications to be inventoried. The Type I form is curate comparisons of training. also convenient for recording both the require- 3. The scheduling procedures should result ments for visual air tests of compartments and in improved cooperation and coordination of all the results of such tests. personnel concerned. The source of difficulties Training schedules and records which may and maladjustments in training programs canbe be maintained by individual ships are mentioned pinpointed with accuracy and the responsibility in this section. The specific records tobe main- placed where it belongs. tained will be as prescribed by the type com- 4. The decentralization of responsibilities manders or individual commanding officers. for enlisted practical factor qualification will Detailed instructions for preparing each record permit chief and leading petty officers to par- are given in Shipboard Procedures, NWP 50(A). ticipate fully in the training effort. The training officer normally will prepare 5. The supplementary practical factor quali- and maintain six training schedules:(1) the 4 fication records will strengthen and improve Long-Range Training Schedule, (2) the Quarterly routine administration. Training Plan, (3) the Competitive Exercises, 6. The coordinated planning of operation, Trials, and Inspections, (4) the Weekly Training 4 maintenance, general administration, and train- Schedule, (5) the Office Assignments, Qualifica- 3 ing achieved by means of the quarterly forecasts tions, and Courses, and (6) the Naval Leadership will open new possibilities for constructive Training Schedule. The training requirements achievement. set forth by the type commander are a primary Records of shipboard training may be pre- consideration of the planning board in establish- pared and maintained on four standard forms ing these training schedules. which have been designed to provide a maximum The department head normally will prepare amount of flexibility. The four forms are identi- and maintain the Departmental Quarterly Train- fied as (1) the General Record (Type I), OpNav ing Schedule. The division officer normally will Form 1500-30; (2) the General Record (Type II), prepare and maintain such of the following rec- OpNav Form 1500-31; (3) the General Record ords as are applicable to his division: (1) the (Type III), OpNav Form 1500-32; and (4) the Division Drill Schedule, (2) the Division Instruc- Weekly Training Schedule, OpNav Form 3500-21. tion Periods, (3) the Division Competitive Exer- Types I,II, and III are punched for easy cises, Trials, and Inspections, (4) the Courses filing in standard three-ring binders. Types I for Advancement in Rating,(5) the Off-Ship and II are properly spaced for fill-in by type- School Training Schedule, and (6) the Individual writer. Additional vertical lines must be drawn Record of Off -Ship School Training. in on some of the forms to adapt them to various The chief or other leading petty officer of requirements. Most entries needed to prepare each rating in each division, under the super- the weekly training schedule are printed on the vision of his division officer, should prepare form. and maintain the following records: (1) Group
67
7/ ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Record of Practical Factors, (2) Self-Study impossible to accomplish any large amount of Documents for Qualification, (3) Supplementary organized training. Informal on-the-job train- Record of Equipment Qualifications, (4) Indi- ing, shore-based schools, in-port fire drills, vidual Record of Basic Training, and (5) Indi- self-study courses, and drills by ratings should vidual Drill Record (prepared only when directed be pursued. by the division officer). The available work hours must be allotted in The . discussion which follows covers the accordance with the requirements for mainte- long-range training schedule,thequarterly nance and training. Accordingly, the plans for training plan, the weekly training schedule, and accomplishing major maintenance,repairs, the engineering training records.Additional tests, and calibrations should be shown. Train- information concerning other recordscan be ing plans, from the beginning of the preparation obtained from Shipboard Procedures, NWP 50(A). stage, should be realistically.coordinated with plans for upkeep and maintenance to avoid for- Long-Range Training Schedule mulation of ambitious and unworkable schedules. Winter weather seriously handicaps both The Long-Range Training Schedule isan maintenance and training in certain operating important training record aboard ship. When areas. For ships in such areas, schedules for properly used, it is the basic instrument for the second and third quarters of the fiscal year making and recording the plans for all training, should show a concentration on below-decks and for keeping ship's personnel informed of maintenance, competitive exercises not requir- projected training aims and operating schedules. ing services, on-the-job training and self-study, In general, this schedule should contain enough and instruction periods. Schedules for the first information to guarantee that the overallco- and fourth quarters should emphasize underway ordination and planning of the shipboard training team training, competitive exercises that require effort will be effective. It should provide the services, and topside maintenance. The overall framework for the preparation of the quarterly readiness of the ship will be served best by training plan and for the weekly training schedule avoiding the scheduling of underway training which contains more detailed information. For exercises during periods of winter gales and purposes of clarity and easy comprehension, high seas. the long-range schedule should be kept freeof Upon receipt of the quarterly operating minor details which might obscure its broad schedules from the fleet or type commander, outlines. the training schedule is revised to reflect all Initially, the long-range training schedule is significant changes in the previously planned prepared on Type I form at the beginning ofa employment of the ship. Unit commanders, who ship's regular overhaul period, andcovers the act as scheduling officers, should have their entire training cycle. Each pagecovers one- operations officer meet witlAhe training officers quarter of the fiscal year. Therefore, thecom- of their ships before the start of each quarter plete master schedule consists of approximately to coordinate long-range planning. Copies of the eight pages, or four sheets, of the Type Iform current quarterly training schedule should be and covers a period of approximately twoyears. posted on the crew's bulletin boards forgeneral It should, be noted that entries are thesame information and guidance of all hands. Figure as those which will subsequently appear on the 4-6 illustrates a typical page of a long-range first eight lines of the weekly training schedule. training schedule, prepared on OpNav Form This arrangement should ensure a smoothinte- 1500-30. gration of these two schedules. The mainprep- aration considerations are (1) training during Quarterly Training Plan overhaul, (2) coordinating training and mainte- nance, and (3) weather considerations. U a ship's employment schedules are rea- For most ships, the overhaul period provides sonably firm, the. Quarterly Training Plan can the best opportunity for sending personnelto be initially made out three or four weeks in fleet, type, and service schools. Shipyardover- advance of a given quarter, with greater detail haul periods, also treated as leave periods,are added as the schedule finalizes. The purpose of characterized by heavy work loads of repairs, this plan is to set forth in significant detail the tests, fire watches, and supervision and inspec- objectives of the ship's training for a given tion of shipyard work. Therefore, it is practically quarter as based upon the long-range schedule.
68 Chapter 4TRAINING
GENERAL RECORD (Type 1) First Quarter FT 19- WRAY F01111 1500-30 (10-00) PERIOD COVERED: PROM 3 July T030 Sept 19-
WIG-RANGE TRAINING SCHEDULE MOO. OM IONS 1st week 2nd week 3rd week 4th week 5th week
. MONTHOFJU,Y 19-
17-22 2444 31-5Aug Dates (Mon-Sat) 3-8 10-15 Type ISE ASWEX Upkeep Employment Upkeep Training Adv. exams Inspections, Exams Boliday Calibrate for E6,8,9 Trials, Tests July 4th ,sag.comas Paint Paint Major Topside shiple sides forecastle Maintenance Clean 01 & 3 Major Engineering boilers Maintenance 30 men to 3- Mt 51 ore% aY Off-ship Firefight. Sch. TfariTraining to FTC-2 days Z-21-G,Z-10 Competitive Z-20-C 1-CC. . n Z.1.38-U Acetones cheduled 094100Aces. andThurs. ftr GeneralQuarters and uti no still , & surprisedrills, andbattle moblems. General Drills general,departmen KITH OF AGUST19--
28-2 Sept 7 -12 14-19 21.46 Dates (Mon-Sat) Type Tender oval.. Tenderavail.Training Employment ISE Inspections, Exams Adv. exams Trials. Teets for E-4,5 Major Topside Maintenance Clean Major Engineering Clean 02 & uptakes Maintenance 4 boilers 30 men to Off-ship Mt. 52 Team Training to FTC-2d 3-day Firefight.Sch. Competitive 7.454 Exercises Z-110-E and Thurs. fc General Quarters and GQ will normallybeoheduled 09-1100 Tues. drills. and.battle proleleas. General Drills general.departmen . & surprise pouTHOF SE.,AA,')';19. Dates (Mon-Sat) 1.9 11-16 115,23 ;5-30 snipyard Shipyard Shipyard Employment Upkeep Overhaul Overhaul Overhaul Inspections, Exams Prep. for Trials. Tests Overhaul . Major Topside Prep. for Maintenance Overhaul Major Engineering Prep. for
Maintenance . Overhaul y Repair Repair Off-Ship 30men to 3-Repair Teem Training day FF Sob01-FTC Party 02-FTCParty 03-F7C Competitive Exercises General Quarters and Fire drilldaily 1830 for Out,section, General Drills
24.1 Figure 4-6.Sample long-range training schedule.
69 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION The preparation of the quarterly trainingplan is thatis. carried on the long-range training the responsibility of the trainingofficer who schedule plus detailed plans for the following: submits the schedule after consultation withthe training board and commanding officerat the 1. Operationaldrills and team training. beginning of each quarter. 2. Divisionand interdivision instruction Figure 4-7 is a sample quarterly training periods. plan. The discussion which follows is basedon 3. Officer training periods. the entries shown in the sample. Since the form (fig. 4-8) provides for listing The General Record (Type I) lends itself major maintenance activities, tests, and inspec- perfectly to the quarterly plan.Addition of tions, it can function also as a Plan of the Week. another one-inch column to the left ofthose In major combatant ships, the weekly training already provided will accommodatefive weeks schedule may be limited in scope to individual of scheduling. Three of these formsare needed departments at the discretion of the commanding in each quarterly schedule asone form covers officer, and may be modified as desired. only a one-month period. Items 1 and 2 (fig. 4-'7) are self-descriptive The basic data needed to firm up each week's schedule will already have been recordedin and based on entries found in the Fleet/Type other schedules. It is necessary only to make Commander's Quarterly Employment Schedule. adjustments resulting from changes of plansfor Item 3 indicates any pending personnel,ma- any items shown on the long-range schedule terial, lower decks, inspections, while item 4 (and on which the tentative schedules fordivision shows special concurrent requirements theship drills and instruction periods have been based), may encounter (reserve cruise, opposed sortie, EWEX). Item 5 is self-explanatory. and to assign firm hours of each dayduring which Item 6 in- the drills and instruction periods will becon- dicates either by long title or number theteam ducted. training for a given week. Item 7 showsindi- A suggested seven-step procedure forco- vidual training by course number.Item 8 indi- ordinating the preparation, execution, and review cates planned GQ or other exercisessuch as of the weekly training schedule is outlinedas Condition III watches, abandon ship,and man follows: overboard. Items 9 and 10 show, by department, the basic area of training (medical, nuclear de- 1. About the middle of each week thetraining fense) and specific training analogousto each officer should consult with the executive and department. Training can be indicatedbylecture operations officers to determine the changes or by a shipboard training key, if used.- necessary in the plans shown on the long-range Item 11 indicates any specializedlectures. schedule for the coming week. There the crew might receive, other than those are a in a number of reasons why the predictionsshown "basic training" category. Career counseling on the long-range schedule may not fit actual falls into this category. Item 12, usedfor of- circumstances.The training officer should ficer's training, is self-explanatory.Item 13 make necessary changes in the long-range shows the major emphasis for trainingin any schedule and then enter these data given week. Items 14 and 15 indicate on the first expected eight lines of the weekly training schedule(OpNav and attained training levels (Advanced,Inter- Form 3500-21). Any blankspace in the first mediate, Basic, Not-Ready), with item 15to be eight lines may be used to enter overflowentries filled in at the end of each week,reflecting the from another line (fig. 4-8). success of the week's work. Item 18 displays 2. All division officers should meet withthe any scheduled non-professional training (USAFI) training officer for a short schedulingsession group courses. Any major shipboard evolution to firm up entries on the next week's schedule would be displayed in item 17; thisincludes for division drills and for division andinter- boiler cleaning, washdown, and topside painting. divisioninstruction and officerinstruction periods:- Insofar as practicable, school callfor Weekly Training Schedule all divisions should take place atsome time during the day so that the divisionswill not interfere with one another (for example,one The Weekly Training Scheduleserves as a division operating power tools while anotherhas -guide for the ship's training effortduring each a lecture inside the echoing bulkheads). How- weekly period. It shows thesame information ever, divisions should not be forced into the
'10 ;-: J FhiGTNRERTNC; ATATINTRTRATION
REMY TIMING MGM RPM PIN ISIS1 010 Via $000 110. NO.. gm, 1st eva sr July MN OWL30 Junena. 3. Julyno. 2 JUlyTau. 3 Ju.ly cm), July,say.5July 911P'S UPKEEP UPKNEP WIDOW WIMP UPICUP UPI= 111111.9#111/11 11911010/111. Divers Inspect 191/011111110119 oropellers MALL 09°°- 019004011484/ WM tins *Lot 9.111911 Paint shipissides Tue 11111171/1111CC Idler Num 10181111111 Cleanrand3 boilers 111111170111101 Iltlisday andWednesday OfF111119 V19111100 Mount 51 cmto Dan Nookfor the , 3ttreweek V V arvTiINIa 1 11110C 1S MOM t.., Oil IAA 941 UN. CuannasGil 930 7^111 WIWI 13-15 Tactical 13-15 Leads p "M"11 amino" Disoussion OPERATIONAL DRILLS (CPC, Om. fn..Ate.)AND TEAK TRAINING (WAD ANMTh Staltions) MAW Of ruNCTION NON. TUE. R0. TRU. FRI. SAT. 93041 AM, A64.5 Casesuni-930-11CW-2 On- the -Job cations VIS-4 battle Weapons930-11 station WZP -8 instruction Engin- 930-11 period goring gm-1, 4 930-11. nonage 930-11 No drills. Controloc-6 930'11 Combat Plr...11/4 5 DIVISION ANDINTeitsisisiesINSTRUCTION PERIM OPINATIONS A13.3.4 13 -14 11111111117011 "nof..p..1L "0"-r-S %was A 1344 la LT 13-14 LI se-T-9 5-2 (all erevsless e rs) INGINCIII11911113.14 0111111 . 1019111. R4 Wmi. 13-111 E-W-2 11111 OM WAIN
MIDI CAL III Kam 13-14 14 1111PPLV SK.N11 _ EMPNI1 RCV P00 01191C TRAINING(Division mod 401atist01wholos fooltemethis Poirlals)
A SOIL MS N LIMING PANTY SO 11 OIVICUI11111111111111111 1TILIVISIC MVO 11 OM CIIIMS CLON11111411 MILLS CIMIONIU1191 MO UMW MI MUM 911C11119. C COM1191C1171111111 1 11111111C1111111171011101119191111111 111611.117111111 V WPM 91111011. WINK 0 01111100 91111919.11111111101111111 JMILITIIII 0011110 P PINNISsionos. MacTICAL II MOO SURDINSISIERSIOS No nu moan I, IMICIAL MILITARY NOM PAC/01111 11 MU NN SL111991111111 1 WC Cif 11111111119,11 I 1.11111199111111elmictan 5lureviso VELT11TuDT V OWN SSW or 1111111 AIDAsereme ouumwen ol INCOMP1171111LaNiluTS I 11191111111 PINS aeimunr N MILITANT MIMIC& VACTINIS I 1191911111111P PP 1111191011. nom ISM elvish'orMIAsabbroplatIoaid 91191 OW. 64991114 Were Nsletter Negates dltieles sr seises issilvw. bat ell Nes (-I. -I; de.)Ow I. letter diessloess sate. Mese slut's. of rIolololl4all00114activities Owl/is dor la WetINN FN. N.N. use. it
24.2 Figure 4-8.Sample weekly training schedule. same pattern if this will interfere with other to the training officer, who should make a final planned division activities. check of all entries to ensure that they are 3. The filled in schedule should be returned properly coordinated. He then should submit
72 Chapter 4TRAINING the completed rough schedule to the executive Chief of Naval Personnel is granted a student officer for final approval. quota. 4. The approved schedule should be typed and copies distributed to the OOD (original OFFICER TRAINING copy for master file), the wardroom bulletin board, CPO quarters, bulletin board outside Officer training includes advanced education ship's office, and to such other areas as may of commissioned officers at the Naval War be desired. College and at three other colleges operated 5. The schedule for each day should be in- jointly by the Army and the Navy; postgraduate corporated into the published plan of the day, training at the Naval Postgraduate School, and incorporating any last-minute changes. at associated civilian universities; and special 6. If an event is completed in accordance and technical training (such as damage control, with the weekly training schedule, the quarter- NBC warfare defense, electronics, and naval master of the watch should make no notation on justice) conducted at Naval Schools. the master copy; but if any scheduled inspection, A complete understanding of our nation's competitive exercise, GQ period, or operational policies and thecorrect conception of the drill is not completed, he should make a notation strategy necessary for success in national and on the face of the weekly schedule. The item international enterprises are essential for higher not completed may be circled or otherwise command. It is considered necessary that every marked and an explanatory note added. The career naval officer possess a thorough knowl- OOD is not expected to monitor the completion edge of the principles and methods of naval of division and interdivision instruction periods. strategy and tactics and of joint operations with 7. The marked-up master copy of the weekly other branches of the Armed Forces. He must schedule should be returned to the training have sufficient knowledge to correctly interpret officer at the end of the week and filed in a the strategic and tactical decisions of the na- . three-ring binder for future reference and tion's leaders: analysis. Four command and staff schools provide Names of instructors and places where lec- courses of advanced education for commissioned tures and movies will be held should be shown officers: on the weekly schedule when space permits, or 1. The Naval War College inNewport, Rhode on an attached list which can also be published Island, an activity under the supervision of the in the plan of the day. Chief of Naval Operations. 2. The Armed Forces Staff College in Nor- NAVAL SCHOOL TRAINING PROGRAM folk, Virginia, a joint college under the technical direction and supervision of the Joint Chiefs of Only the Naval School Training Program Staff. which supplements the shipboard training pro- 3. The Industrial College of the Armed gram is discussed in this chapter. Except for Forces in Washington, D.C., a joint college such types of training as may be assigned other under the jurisdiction of the Joint Chiefs of commands, the Bureau of Naval Personnel is Staff, with the Army responsible for budget and responsible for the naval school training pro- maintenance. gram applicable to the personnel of the engineer- 4. The National War College in Washington, ing department. The school training program D.C., a joint college under the technical direc- for which the Bureau of Naval Personnel is tion and supervision of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, responsible provides officer training, enlisted with the Army responsible for budget and mainte- training, functional training, and officer candi- nance. date training.The Formal Schools Catalog, The Navy provides postgraduate training in NavPers 91769 (revise71757esents a compila- miary fields for selected commissioned officers. tion of general information concerning courses Postgraduate education is not necessarily a de- conducted at training activities Which receive viation from a career of unrestricted general primary support from the Chief of Naval Per- line service, nor is it a prerequisite for a sonnel. The catalog also contains information successful career as a line officer. Unrestricted concerningcolleges underjoint command, line officers who have completed a postgraduate foreign staff colleges and schools of other education, however, normally serve one or branches of the armed services in which the several tours of duty in the field of their
73 7 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
postgraduate study, incident to sea-shore rota- airconditioning,refrigeration,compressed tion. Postgraduate education is conducted at the gases,internal combustion engines, interior Naval Postgraduate School in Monterey, Cali- communications,motion picture equipment, fornia, and at participating civilian institutions leadership, methods of instruction, and welding. of higher learning. Special and technical schools for officers provide courses normally attended by junior FUNCTIONAL TRAINING officers and range from 1 week to 12 months in length. The special training course for officers Functional training provides instruction for conducted at the Naval School, Boilermen, Class officers and enlisted personnel (often as a team) B, in Philadelphia, is of particular interest to and consists of training in specialized functions officers of the engineering department. The which do not fit into the normal pattern of other course is comprised of the first 2 1/2 weeks schools for officers or enlisted personnel. Some of the Class B course and serves to acquaint functional training activities are under the ad- officers with the operating principles of naval ministrative control of the Chief of Naval Per- boilers. sonnel and others are administered by Fleet Commanders but receive support from the ENLISTED TRAINING Bureau of Naval Personnel. Naval functional training activities provide a BuPers-controlled schools for enlisted per- variety of courses including courses concerning sonnel are designed to provide training for in- damage control, engineering, deep sea diving, dividuals at successively higher levels. Naval and nuclear power. The following fleet training Schools, Class A, cover the ground work for activitiesprovideshort functionaltraining general ratings and the curriculums include most courses of interest to engineering personnel: of the technical qualifications for advancement (1) Fleet Training Centers (Norfolk, Charleston, to petty officer third class.Naval Schools, Newport, and San Diego); (2) Naval Submarine Class B, provide formal training in technical School (New London); (3) Fleet Submarine Train- qualifications for advancement in rating to first ing Facility (Pearl Harbor); (4) Naval Amphibious class and chief petty officer, while Naval Schools, School (Little Creek); and (5) Destroyer School Class C, provide special training in aparticular (Newport). job qualification or skill. U: S. Naval Schools, Class P, provide special preparatory or basic training. The Naval School, Class P, at Great NAVY ENLISTED SCIENTPIC Lakes, Illinois, provides a course of instruction EDUCATION PROGRAM in basic electricity and in basic electronics. The Chief of Naval Personnel controls the The Navy Enlisted Scientific Education Pro- assignment of personnel for instruction at en- gram (NESEP) was established to provide for listed schools. He may direct the transfer of the education of highly qualified personnel in the personnel (1) by assigning quotas to commands scientific and engineering fields, to cope with afloat, (2) by assigning quotas for newly enlisted the problems and complexities of modern war- personnel upon completion of recruit training, fare. NESEP provides an uninterrupted (includ- and (9) by designating personnel as a result of ing summer sessions) 4-year college education their own requests. leading to a commission in the U. S. Navy. The Naval Schools, Class A, provide training for program is available to certain highly qualified advancement to various ratings including those enlisted personnel. Colleges in 21 states par- of electrician's mate, interior communications ticipate in the program and assignment to a electrician, machinery repairman, machinist's certain college is made on the basis of individual mate, engineman, boilerman, shipfitter, and preference, legal residence, and local conditions yeoman. Naval Schools, Class B, provide train- such as personal problems which might pertain. ing for advancement in various ratings including Students maintain their enlisted status while those of electrician's mate, interior communi- enrolled in the program and will be eligible for cationselectrician,boilerman,machinery advancement in accordance with the normal repairman, and yeoman. Naval Schools, Class procedures applicable to other enlisted person- C, provide special training for many ratings of nel, including servicewide examinations. Upon the engineering department in such subjects as completion of the 4-year course of instruction
1 74
77 Chapter 4TRAINING
(baccalaureate level), graduates will be ordered with the latest revision of BuPers Instruction the 1510-69. to Officer Candidate School, Newport, or in- Naval School, Pre-Flight, Pensacola. Upon suc- Selectees receive preliminary intensive cessful completion of the officer candidate or struction at the U. S. Naval PreparatorySchool, pre-flight course, students, if qualified, are Bainbridge, during the summer precedingtheir commissioned in the U. S. Navy in a category college entrance. Prior to being transferredto commensurate with the needs of the service. a college, each selecteemust have obligated service of 6 years; upon completion ofthe second The quota for NESEP is set annually bythe to extend his Chief of Naval Personnel. Applications forthe year of college, he must agree program are requested annually inaccordance enlistment for 2 additional years.
75 CHAPTER 5
SHIP MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of ships can be divided into two illustrate this point. Before the establishment broad categories: preventive maintenance and of the 3-M System, there was a general pre- corrective maintenance. Preventive maintenance ventive maintenance requirement to "sample consiecs of routine shipboard proctsclures de- and inspect lube oil weekly" on all auxiliary signed to increase the effective life of equipment turbines. Under the 3-M System, this require- or forewarn of impending troubles. Corrective ment is specifically spelled out for each turbine- maintenance includes procedures designed to driven auxiliary (main feed pump, feed booster analvi...,and correctmaterial defects and pump,condensatepump, and forceddraft troubles. The main objective of shipboard pre- blowers) installed on each ship. When the 3-M entive mainte: ante is the prevention of break- System is installed on a ship, therefore, it is no down, deterioration, and malfunction of equip-. longer necessary for ship's force to take general ment. If, however, this objective isnot reached, maintenance requirements and apply them to the alternative objective of repairing or replacing their own equipment; instead, the requirements the failed equipmentcorrective maintenance are made specific for every system, subsystem, must be accomplished. and component that is actually found on that Shipboard maintenance programs in the past particular ship. have varied from one command to another,re- The 3-M System is relatively simple, logical, sulting in various degrees of operational readi- ar:, easy to follow. Like most systems, how- ness. A relatively new, uniform system o' ever, this one is not foolproof and it will not scheduling, recording, reporting, and managing run by itself. The 3-M System imposes certain ship maintenance is now in use. This system, definite responsibilities on everybody aboard the Navy Maintenance and Material Management ship, from the commanding officer on down. (3-M) System, was initially installed in the When working with the 3-M System, one should engineering departments of selected ships; the understand what the 3-M System is designed to system has now been (or soon will be) installed accomplish and understand the details of opera- in all departments of all active chips. tion of the system, adhere to the schedules The basic purpose of the 3-M System is to established by the 3-M System, make neat, increase the operational readiness of the fleet amurate, and complete entries of all required through a planned system of scheduled (preven- data on all required forms, and keep informed tive) maintenance. To accomplish this objective, of changes that occur in the 3-M System. the 3-M System standarizes preventive mainte- The information given in this chapter is as nance requirements, procedures, and reports up 'to date as possible at the time of writing on a fleetwide basis. Once the 3-M system is (1968). However, it 1E important to realize that installed and working, it will probably be noticed the 3-M System is still quite new and subject to that many maintenance requirements are simpli. change. Since the 3-11 System will undoubtedly tied as well as standardized. have far- reaching consequences on all shipboard Although the 3-M System standarizes pre- maintenance, every effort must be made to keep ventive maintenance, it also establishes specific up with new developments in the program. The maintenance requirements forthe systems, basic source of information is the Maintenance subsystems, and equipment on each ship. In and Material nent 3-M)Ma Manual, OPNAV other words, the 3-M System is individually 43P2, of Mar1963 at(4W6:)urse, all later tailored to each ship.. An example may help to changer, supplements, or revisions that may be
76 Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE issued). Other sources of information on the The Planned Maintenance Subsystem is sed 3-M System include OPNAV INSTRUCTIONS upon the proper utilization of PMS Mari mss, and directives issued by the type commander. Maintenance Requirement Cards (MRCS) and The 3-M System includes the Planned Mainte- schedules for the accomplishment of '%3C-J.4 nance Subsystem (PMS) and the Maintenance maintenance actions. Data Collection Subsystem (MDCS). On repair ships and tenders, a Manhour Accounting Sys- PMS MANUAL tem is also included. This chapter presents an overall view of the 3-M System. A master PMS Manual is furnished tcs ship as part of the installation of the 3.= 7 tem. The master manual contains the mirki..mme=semo.ie_xxxx PLANNED MAINTENANCE SUBSYSTEM planned maintenance requirements for maintainable system, subsystem, and corrarimt=3---iriet Since the Planned Maintenance Subsystem installed in that particular ship. The rim anrr s +Lex- deals with scheduled preventive maintenance manual contains a section for each departat: rather than with corrective maintenance, it is the departmental sections are kept in tixe- cite important to understand the use of these terms. partmental offices and are used by depart .ms==sr:meat PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE is the sum of heads in planning and scheduling departicaos.... those actions performed on operational equip- maintenance. ment that contribute to uninterrupted operation The engineering department PMS Mazza mow 31_ is of the equipment within design characteristics. sectioned by maintenance groups. In the mr. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE is the sum of a maintenance group is defined as a gramt_...x=smiL:=1. of those actions required to restore equipment to people who work together for the accompliska. -mones:=311:=AL. eat an operational condition within predetermined, of maintenance requirements onassigned es=3Ismomriet.m...11.iga tolerances or limitations. ment, under the supervision of a maintegrale The Planned Maintenance Subsystem estab- group supervisor (a petty officer). The inix.r=ronoCII=3.4ex- lishes certain minimum maintenance require- of maintenance groups varies according it...s====. -trixe ments for each system, subsystem, or compo- size and type of ship. Applicable portions is- -1Lire nent. In establishing these minimum maintenance engineering department PMS Manual are requirements,all applicable documents (the the working space for each engineering Naval Ships Technical Manual, manufacturers' ment maintenance group. technical manuals, and drawings) are critically The engineering department PMS ZWZ examined and evaluated. If maintenance require- contains introductory information, lists of -.1=111=111E.41c ments are found to be unrealistic or unclear, tive pages, and a number of Maintenance ME they ari: modified or completely revised before Pages. There is one Maintenance Index. 412--aige being incorporated into the PMS. (MIP) for each system, subsystem, or corraipsw. :neat It is possible that the preventive maintenance involved. prescribed in the PMS may be in conflict with Figure 5-1 shows a Maintenance Inde.c. that prescribed in other official documents. If (MIP) taken from a typical PMS Manual. such a conflict exists, remember that the PMS MIP identifies the system, subsystem, or iat "'"" 4111=11111:11CIL takes precedence over any and all other docu- ponent involved and gives a short descripte.. of ments,including the Naval Ships Technical each maintenance requirement. The ccoMt.- Alemaenemz: xxx Manual, the manufacturers' technical manuals, marked "M.R. No." gives the number ic=a-- time and applicable drawings. maintenance requirement. This number- Q a It should be noted, however, that the PMS combination of a letter, which indicates fre does NOT cove! certain operating checks and quency of the maintenance requirement, liminsr__ismescilL a inspections that are required as a normal part number, which indicates the sequence of the regular watchatanding routine. For ex- maintenance requirements. The frequeacy. tester ample, such items as hourly pressure and codes are: temperature checks or routine oil level checks DDaily will not be listed as maintenance requirements WWeekly under the PMS. Even though these routine MMonthly operating Checks are not listed as PMS require- QQuarterly ments, they must still be performed in accord- SSemiannually ance with all applicable instructions. AAnnually
77 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
System, Sebeystent, it Component iletereme Pub lindens end/et Maintenance Manilicent 'lumber HP Air Compressor
. --
awasCod I lessessampoMmmml Me N.. Ssksud GMM% N.. MOIL J
AP A 18449 D1. Measure crankcase oil level. D-1 iN 0.1 None
AP A cml84493 II 1. Operate compressor by power. 11-1 0.5 D-1 2. Blow down all air flasks, separators, and filters. 9. Sample and inspect lube oil.
Al Final84493.14 1. Lift relief valves by hand. M-1 0.1 None
AP A CHI8437Q1. Clean suction filter. Q-I 0.5 None 2. Test inlet and outlet valves by operation. 3. Test temperature switch by operation. 4.-Test automatic start and stop switch by operation.
A CHI945519Q 1. Drain and clean crankcase. Q-2 2.0 None 2. Clean oil filter IN 2.0 3. Clean crankcase vent.
,-.0111844938Q 1. Soundand tighten foundation bolts. Q-3 Mk 0.2 None 2. Inspect air flasks, separators, and piping for maternal corrosion.
A A 4 8457 1. Inspect4thstage cooler and _ 8-1 4.0 Mons discharge piping for oil and Carbon accumulations.
Mona. , A all84493 1. knew air filter and clean A-1 3.0 strainers. 2. Test air system under full waiting pressure. 3. Test 3000-300 psi and 3000-100 psi . reducers.
A A mil84494, , 1. Inspect 'internal parts for veer. C-1 Ill 30.5 None ON 30.5
None Al , 1.791A184494 1. Met relief valves by pressure. C-2 TN 1.3
f Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE
twx DO COverhaul Cycle SCNIDUlt AS INDICAtIV RSituation Requirement (Every 100 hours, alwo 446/142/710 64111 On* ovur.u.
...... 1 TAG. after 600 hours of steaming, before light-. (QUIP I 3 A PAZ( S 11 t I IN V. 10 II 17 ing off, etc.) AUXILIARY The first daily maintenance requirement is COVOP.151 143 identified as D-1, the second as D-2, the third Al SION 1NG um.? Al. Al 11.15 c ox,,,11.1 as D-3, and so forth. Similarly, the first weekly 41 POO? SIBERIA* UM? Al. AI ILSE ::.:4171 maintenance requirement is identified as W-1, III EITERGINCY RI the second as W-2, and so forth. Al ' Dies'''. Emma Al N1.01 77777 ClIENGENCY RI The Maintenance Index Page (MIP) also gives 41 DIESEL ENGINE I .11.01 Al the rate or rates recommended to perform the A4 N.P. AIR COMP. CI.CSIN Al Al tO:4.)i maintenance requirement, the average manhours required to perform the maintenance, and any Al LP. MR COMM. CISISI ALAS AI 01411 related additional maintenance actions to be A4 WINDLASS S 1111KNES CI.C1171 Al 11.141 St 01 achomplished before,in conjunction with, or A.4 Al MAIM NEF11111. UNIT SI A ,.AS1.A. Co.C1111 111.11 al,A1 01 after the scheduled maintenance requirement. A4 it I MAIM INIFING. UNIT 61 CLCIIN1II 111 Because shipboard applications of the PMS ALAI 01 114 II AIR COND. UNIT 01.1111 II SI MI.1 vary slightly from one ship to another, the in- C1.6171 01 formation found on the MIPs regarding rates A4 US AIR COND. UNIT SI A11 SI ELI recommended to perform the maintenance and 47 WANING MACHINE 111 SI tit Al LAUNDRY AAAAAAA OR SI GI , the average time required for the task requires 45 some clarification. The maintenance tasks are CONDONATION 01 actually performed by available, capable per- A". RANIER/ 11.1 sonnel; the rate or rates listed on the MIP are A.11 LAUNDRY Paw 61 Al GI to be used as a guide rather than as a definite A.111 DEINWASNING MACH. A1.1 01 Al requirement. The average time listed onthe MIP 4111 COMMINGARY EQUIP. Si Sun 111 CR.CSIllo111.1 1107011 does not take account of the time required to Al SU $1.1 111.111 assemble the necessary tools and materials nor Sal BOAT ENG. the time required -to clean up the area and put 415 SINCE III away the tools after the maintenance task has A.111 LATHE 6 DRILL PRESS CIIII III
been completed. It is important to remember 11.11 JP FUEL SSITEM ALSO ALSO III.111
that no maintenance action is really finished A.15 015551. OIL PURIFIER Al
until all tools and equipment have been put EMERGENCY away and the area has been cleaned. 415 FIRE PUMP SI SI 01 PON AAAAA GAS 01 440ORIVIN PUMP MOO Al 111.111 smane. 011115. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES Alla.v. 6 VACUUM PUMP AS 'Al CRUEL WI.' A43 TRANSFER PUMP ....-- AI CIIN Scheduling of planned maintenance under the AIR CONDITIONING PMS.is accomplished through the use of various /141 SI SI 01.MI AIR CONDITIONING 4411 CmILLEO PUMP 61 schedules. . AI41
The CYCLE SCHEDULE, shown -in figure A45NOT CINCPWIII A141 III 5-2, is a visual display of preventive mainte- DAMAGE TTTTT OL 01,11 Ainran / 04.ac71ets SI C1111 Si 11.111 nance requirements based on the overhaul cycle AS Si 0144 of the ship. The cycle schedule contains the 1141 PIPING AAAAAA CIIII Al - C31161 MIA 5.110 MADAM COOLING PUMP following information: 440 SOMAM COOLING PUMP AI NEC. REFINE. 014.5 1. The Maintenance. Index Page Number of A.110 EQUIPMENT C1111 C31111 WA
. each item, taken from the PMS Manual. 1145 BOAT MITCH 01 111
2. A listing; by 'maintenance group, of all All PUMP 100 01 44I PON PUMP O0 AI 11.41 equipment on board that requites preventive ALAS: maintenance. . - A46VACUUM PRIMING PUMP 0113 3. Scheduling of the semiannual, annual, and 446AUX VENTILATION SI. SI ill overhaul cycle maintenance requirements into acia kimouLa erou row 44 (444( 4N11
"quarters after - . 4, Quarterly, monthly, and tituationmainte- 98.172 nance requirements that must be scheduled Figure 5-2.Cycle schedule.
;i ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
every quarter. (Monthly requirements must be 4. Thirteen columns, one for each week in scheduled every month of the quarter.) the quarter, for the scheduling of maintenance The cycle schedule is maintained in the de- requirements on a weekly basis throughout the partmental office and is used by the department three-month period. Note that the quarterly head for preparing the quarterly schedules. schedule bears no relationship to installation By definition, the day a ship leaves the ship- date. The date a ship leaves overhaul is the yard is in the first quarter after overhaul.A first quarter after overhaul. Ships leavingover- ship is not necessarily expected to perform all haul late in the quarter are not expected to of the planned maintenance listed for the first complete all preventive maintenance during that quarter after overhaul, but the amount performed quarter, but they should accomplish apropor- must be in proportion to the time remainingin tionate share based upon the time remaining in that particular quarter. The steps to follow in the quarter. using the cycle schedule can best be explained The quarterly schedule is displayed next to by reference to figure 5-2. Consider, forex- the cycle schedule, in a visual display holder ample, the planned maintenance required for the known as the maintenance control board, and is #1 main refrigeration unit. Ail Indicatedon the used in the following way: cycle schedule, a brief description of the mainte- 1. The blocks at the top of the scheduleare nance required may be found on page A-6 of the filled in with the appropriate information. Planned Maintenance Subsystem Manual. From 2. The quarterly employment schedule of the the cycle schedule, it is apparent that the mainte- ship is filled in. A line is drawn through the nance must be scheduled as follows: tick marks for the anticipated "at sea" days. 3. The maintenance requirements are tran- MI and M2Each Month scribed from the appropriate "quarter after Q1Each Quarter overhaul" column of the cycle schedule to the Si2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th, and 12th specific week on the CURRENT quarterly quarters after overhaul schedule when the work can best beaccom- Al and A23rd, 7th, and 1 lth quarters after plished. SUBSEQUENT quarterly schedulesare overhaul placed to the right of the current quarterly Cl and C24th.quarter after overhaul (de- schedule to provide continuity. noted by the numeral "4" in 4. At the end of each week, the maintenance parenthesis on cycle schedule). group supervisor crosses out (with an X) all the maintenance requirements that have beenac- The QUARTERLY SCHEDULE isa visual complished and circles all requirements that display consisting of two.identical quarterly have NOT been accomplished. All circledre- schedule forms, one, such as shown in figure quirements must be rescheduled. The mainte- 5-3, for the current quarter andone for the sub- nance group supervisor uses the weekly schedule sequent quarter. The quarterly schedule. which to perform this weekly updating of the quarterly is a very important part of the PMS, is prepared schedule. by the department head in conjunction with the 5. Any semiannual, annual, or overhaul cycle division officers and maintenancegroup super- requirement that cannot be accomplished during visors. The quarterly schedule, which is updated the current quarter must be rescheduledon the weekly, provides a ready shipboard reference subsequent quarterly schedule. for the current status of preventive maintenance 6. The completed quarterly schedule isre- for each maintenance group. Each quarterly moved from its holder and retained as a record schedule contains: of preventive maintenance accomplished, at the 1. A block for the maintenancegroup in- close of each quarter. The quarterly schedule volved. may be discarded at the beginning of the second 2. Blocks in which to insert thecurrent quarter after the next overhaul. year, quarter after overhaul number, and months. 7. The subsequequarterly schedule is 3. A block in which to write the ship'sem- moved to the left tocome the new current ployment schedule. This block is divided into quarterly schedule, and a new subsequentquar- days by 'tick marks, in order to allow foran terly schedule is posted. accurate picture of the ship's operatingschedule. The WEEKLY SCHEDULE (fig. 5-4) is a Visual Scheduling of maintenance must be in accordance display of preventive maintenance required with the requirements of ship operation. within a maintenance group work area. The 80 V '.*2 . ,. ,
Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE
lams ants warm ISTIAMCI WWP AUXILIARY 4 APRIL 1 MAY sim JUN E ....._...._____ iiiiii..1,1, i , i 5)4
04,4 M- I R- I 14- 1 ...... ----.-,44. M-1 R- I N. I ID-M. I Q.1 M-1 0-2,5 MI m-i 0-I M-1 M-1,2 M-I,2 0-1 M-I,2 +LW (*4 14-1 *I,/ C-2 P4-1,2 1'1)4 co I 04-111. M-1,2. 40( 0( G?" P4.1,2 M-I,2 M)4 0-1 M-I,2 14-1,2 M-1 M-I m-I 3-1 (4.1MD 0-i m-1,2 M-14 3-I 9-1 M-1,2 M-1,2 'A-1 14-1, 1. PA M-1 3-42 141 R-1 0:1 m-s M- I m-I m-1 m- I
1
0-I 141,04.34 M4,R4
. 134 1,.1.4 04 M-I .
3-1 )4144m:p4s14,14114-9-18 . 0-11R-110,1,40,4144A2814-loit4t04-$43obs-ixvIe447.514-10,102t4-9-48 t1,2- 0-1,5 14-1,1. 0-t t41,&
14-1,1 mitgt-I,t,8 14-1,2
Y.1 1 4 1 *1 0-1,41 '14- I
WI- I 4-1,2 141-1 0-5 annum summon mow ow Pre 17104 (NO
98.173 FigUre 5-3..4uarterly schedule.
81 1 Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE weekly schedule posted in each maintenance 5. At the end of each week, the maintenance group work area is used by the maintenance group supervisor brings the quarterly schedule group supervisor to assign specific personnel up to date by comparing it with the weekly to perform required maintenance action on spe- schedule and crossing out completed items and cific equipment. circling items not completed. The weekly schedule provides the following information: MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CARDS 1. A list of components in the working area. 2. A roster for assigning maintenance re- quirements to specific personnel, by name. Maintenance Requirement Cards may be 3. Reference to the Maintenance Index Page thought of as the basic tools of the PMS. Each (MIP) in the Planned Maintenance Subsystem Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) defines Manual. the preventive maintenance task in terms that 4. Columns for the days of the week. The allow everyone to know what is required in per- daily and weekly maintenance requirements are forming the job, standarizes the procedures for preprinted in these columns; the other mainte- doing the job in the best knovm way, and expedites nance requirements are written in by the mainte- the accomplishment of the task by listing the nance group supervisor. tools and materials needed and the safety pre- 5. A column for listing outstanding repairs cautions that should be observed. There is a and preventive maintenance checks due in the separate Maintenance Requirement Card for each next 4 weeks. This column allows the mainte- maintenance action required on each system, nance group supervisor to list equipment cor- subsystem, or component. rective maintenance actions that are outstanding A Maintenance Requirement Card is shown because they are beyond the capacity of ship's in figure 5-5. As may be noted, an MRC contains force, cannot be performed because of lack of the following information: spare parts or tools, or for other reasons. The 1. A word identification of the equipment repairs listed in this column are phased into the (system, subsystem, and component). workload and accomplished in conjunction with 2. A maintenance requirement number (M.R. regularly scheduled maintenance, as time and Number) consisting of the Maintenance Index circumstances permit. Page number and the frequency and periodicity The weekly schedule is used- in the following code (D-3, W-1, Q-2, etc.). way: 3. Any related maintenance requirements. A related maintenance requirement is one that 1. The maintenance group supervisor as- is related to the task being done in such a way signs work to individuals, by name; he utilizes that the tasks may be done at the same time in the current quarterly schedule to obtain the order to save timemoney, and effort. maintenance requirements (other than daily'and 4., A description of the maintenance require- weekly) that should be scheduled for this par- ment. This is a brief statement of the mainte- ticular week. He enters these maintenance nance action to be accomplished. requirements in the appropriate personnel line 5. The rate or rates that are recommended of the appropriate daily columns. fortheaccomplishmentofthe particular 2. Each man assigned is responsible for maintenance action, together with the average completing the work assigned on the day it is manhours and the average total time required scheduled. to perform the maintenance action. 3. When the maintenance group supervisor 6. A list of special safety precautions, over ascertains that the work has in fact been com- and above the usual safe practices, that spe- pleted, he crosses out (with an X) the mainte- cifically apply to the particular maintenance nance requirement_ number on the weekly task. schedule. If the maintenance requirement cannot '1. A list of the specific tools, parts, and be completed on schedule, the maintenance group materials required to do the job properly. supervisor circles the maintenance requirement 8. The detailed, step-by-step procedures to number on the weekly schedule.All circled be followed in order to accomplish the mainte- items must be rescheduled.. nance action in the best known manner... 4. The maintenance group supervisor MIS 9. The card control number. This number in the column provided for outstanding repairs. (which also appears on the appropriate MIP)
83 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
COMPONENT N.N. HP Air Comp 2. Obtain the listed tools, parts, and ma- Auxiliary A-3 W-1 r4T:MY' terials. SUSSYSTEN RELATED N R. RATES MPIT 3. Perform the maintenance requirement in accordance with the steps listed on the MRC. Comp d Air 0-1 MM2 0.5 Observe the listed safety precautions and all N.N. DESCRIPTION other normal safety precautions required for 1. Op P by power. TOTAL MINI the type of task. Slow down all air flasks, separators, and 2. 0.5 filters. ELAPSEDTINE, 4. Correct any deficiencies noted during the 3.Sample and inspect lube oil. performance of the maintenance requirement; WETT PRECAUTION* -.--.9L 1. Observe standard safety precautions. report any such deficiencies to the maintenance 2. Ensure high-pressure air compressor is securedwhile group supervisor. measuring oil level. 5. Return the MRC to the container after
TOOLS. PART*. MATERIALS. TEST IOUS the job has been completed. O. Cross off the accomplished maintenance 1. 6 os Bottle requirement on a weekly schedule. (This should be done by the maintenance group supervisor.) 7.If any casualty, potential casualty, or de- PAOCROURC Preliminary fect is noted during the performance of the a. Ensure high-pressureair comp is securedwhile maintenance action,report this fact to the measuring oil level. maintenance group supervisor. 1. Compressor byPower. a. Remove dipstick and measure oil level. Seecard0-1. A master set of Maintenance Requirement b. Operate unit and observe pressure. .... Cards is maintained in the departmental office. c. Observe for unusual noises in unit. This master set should be kept up to date in 2. "Wow Down All Air Flasks. Sever aaaaa . and Filters. ' every respect. If a card from the working space a. Open drain valves on all air flasks, separators,
and filter and drain rood . becomes mutilated or lost, a new card can be
3. Sammie and Inspect Lube Oil. made from the master set and used until a new a. Draw lube oil sample in sample bottle. card can be obtained. b. Allow sample to settle for 1/2 hour. .61. C. Inspect for water and sediment. PMS FEEDBACK REPORT
si us Mus The PMS Feedback Report, OPNAV FORM 4700-7, is shown in figure 5-8. This form is LOCATION designed to report any discrepancies or sug- C gested improvements in the PMS as installed aboard ship. The report is to be filled out by 98.176 the man who discovers the discrepancy or sq- Figure 5-5.Maintenance Requirement Card. gests an improvement, signed by the command- ing officer or his designated representative, and should be referred to in any correspondence mailed via the type commander to the appro- concerning the Maintenance Requirement Card. priate field office listed on the reverse side of 10. The location of the unit or component to the originator's copy of the form. Atlantic Fleet be worked on. ships use the Norfolk address and Pacific Fleet 11. In some instances, the MRC contains ships use the San Diego address. blanks that must be filled in by ship's force to When submitting a feedback report, be sure indicate limiting speeds, tolerances, pressures, it is filled out completely and legibly. Hand- and other information needed for the proper written copies are acceptable, but a ballpoint executioa of the maintenance task. This type of pen must be used to ensure that all copies are, information is filled in by ship's force because legible. Instructions for filling out the feedback the information varies from ship to ship. report are listed on the back of the form and A complete working set of Maintenance Re: are discussed here for the purpose of clarifi- quirement Cards is kept in a special container cation. located in the maintenance group working area. The "TO" line must be-completed with the The MRCs should be used as follows: appropriate (San Diego or Norfolk) address. In 1. Remove the applicable MRCS from the the "FROM" line insert the hull number of the working set. ship (DDG 11, DD 789, AD 38, etc.); and in the
84 Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE
block in the "Discrepancy" sectionof the report :111.11'241:1 :11.:,11.1.'Allati:4 43,1-td MGM :APO - dy is intended to include all Naval Ship Systems TRIAL I-..LITI0:- TO Command and Naval Ordnance Systems Com- Nen NITIAANTom DATE 141 4002 in - Mem TAT....1 P111 Mee mand publications. In the event that any of these a.. Tr...... 0 600 A041 0.2)-"rv. 1V4) Aaro,..reAr are in error, identify the publication number, AA IN.,. 4 IlJog cm.4 jigg,, VIA: e.000/20.E.U..4 Al'r- volume, revision, date, change number, page, SUBJECT: PLANNED MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FEEDBACK REPORT paragraph, and/or figure. MIEN CONPONtNT Prior to the distribution of the report (as A tiX,i4../402y r'S/ 4 azef ew,gee-..s s0,r_ indicated on the original and each of the four INNI.SYT1t0 TLC murlitR 4 =,, carbon copies), check it for completeness. The eafkkf-55Lp 4/esuommeel, -ne 4f"F44- discrepancy should always be explained clearly Wiltrirsev and 'a suggestion for its correction must always N. A. OTIT0ENT, ITTINTNA Clime, Typo...TWO be offered. IOW, P...1101100 0 1:::::::Zr0 =Lt. O Teel*. 11s. 0 ToTheasel 0 ToTeolloule Eig r...... 1 r.7410 MAINTENANCE DATA COLLECTION 0 '-e" SUBSYSTEM it vrii...4 leo eV A . Aint,v4 vet Vz ea i eC#144/1-- C,412,P At the time of writing (1968) the Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem (MDCS) is undergoing an evaluationthat may lead to substantial changes in the system. The basic purposes of the system will remain the same, but a number of details (including the MDCS forms) may change. The information given here on the MDCS should therefore be taken with some degree of caution; it will provide a general idea of the MDCS, but some detAils may become out of date within the near future. In general, it is considered likely that changes in the MDCS will be inthe direction IT=W01,C. 0. ON OCTIONATE0 NINMNTAINVII of requiring more data collection than is required . under the present system. ADDRESSER The Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem OPNAV Pere 41111/7 (1111.44) (MDCS) is designed to provide a means of re- cording information concerning planned and 40.101 corrective maintenance actions. Maintenance Figure 5-8.Feedback Report (OPNAV performed is recorded by code in sufficient Form 4700-7). detail to permit the collection of a great variety of information concerning maintenance actions "VIA" line indicate the type commander. The and the performance of the equipment involved. date will be the day the discrepancy is dis- The use of codes in recording and reporting covered or an improvement is suggested. The maintenance actions permits machine process- serial number indicates the number of feedback ring with automatic data processing equipment. reports sent in by the ship. The system also provides data concerning the The blocks concerning the system, subsys- initial discovery of a malfunction, how the equip- tem, component, M.R. number, and the card ment malfunctioned, how many hours the equip- control number should be filled in with infor- ment was in operation, which equipment was mation from the appropriate MIP and/or MRC. involved, what repair parts and materials were If the MRC or M1.P is missing and the card con- used, what delays were incurred, the reason for tra' number is not available, the equipment delay, and the technical specialty or work center ShOtild be identified by its name and its APL/CID which performed the maintenance. Each mainte- or AN number..-The APL/CID number identifies nance action is reported in this manner except the parts list for the equipment and is found'ound In for routine preservation actions (chipping, paint- the index blithe Coordinated Shipboard Allowance ing, and cleaning) and daily or weekly mainte- List, (COSAL). The "Technical Ptaklications" nance actions.
'85 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
The shipboard installation of the Maintenance digit of the code identifies the system, the Data Collection Subsystem includes a central, second digit identifies the subsystem, the third :anctional data collection center. The primary and fourth digits identify the equipment, and the function of the shipboard data collection center last three digits identify the assembly. If the is to screen all documents for completeness and assembly requires further breakdown, the last accuracy before they are forwarded to the data digit identifies the subassembly. processing center. During the screening proc- In addition to the equipment identification ess, the data collection center adds a four-digit codes, the Equipment Identification Code Manual maintenance control number to each document contains other codes and information of equal unless the person doing the task has already importance to the equipment identification codes. received and entered a maintenance control Section I of the manual contains general instruc- number to obtain parts or materials from the tions for the preparation of forms when reporting supply department. maintenance actions.Othersections of the The effectiveness of the Maintenance Data manual contain additional codes as follows: Collection Subsystem depends initially upon the individual performing the maintenance action Section II Administrative Organizations and the accuracy with which it is reported. Section III Work Centers Leading petty officers are responsible foren- Section IV How Malfunctioned suring that all forms used in connection with Section V When Discovered the Maintenance Data Collection Subystemare Section VI Action Taken complete and accurate. Leading petty officers Section VIIService must also ensure that a form is submitted for Section VIIISource each applicable action and that no action is Section IX Type Availability reported more than once. These codes make possible the recording of EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION CODE a wide variety of information in a .relatively (EIC) MANUAL small space. At the data processing level, the codes permit use of automatic data processing It is essential that all personnel havingany operations which provide pertinent direct read- responsibility for maintenance actions be indoc- ing information summaries. The summaries can trinated in the proper use of the Equipment Code be profitably employed only if accurate informa- Manual as it contains many codes used in the tion has been recorded; therefore, familiarity reporting of maintenance actions.. Each major with the coding system is a must and the im- system is coded and the codes are broken down portance of accuracy in the recording of codes to the loviest part necessary for positive equip- must be continually stressed. ment identification. The manner in which the equipment identification code is obtained from MDCS DOCUMENTATION the manual is described in the following example. Assume it is desired to determine the code Documentation in the Maintenance Data Col- for the casing wearing rings and impellerwear- lection Subsystem is accomplished by the com- ing rings of a main condensate pump in the pletion, as applicable, of one or more standard main steam propulsion system. By referring to forins. Forms used to record and report infor- theindex,pages (section X) of the Equipment mation 'related to maintenance actions aboard Identification Code Manual, it is found that the ship and within repair activities include, OP- MAIN PROPULSION SYSTEM, STEAMis identi- NAV Form 4700-2B (Shipboard Maintenance fied by the code "Z" and the index page will be Action), OPNAV Form 4700-2D (Deferred Ac- X - Z - 1 or 2. By referring to page X- Z - 1, tion), and OPNAV Form 4700-2C (Work Request). the subsystem (in this case the feed andcon- densate system) is identified by the code "ZQ". Shipboard Maintenance Actions The next step is to turn to the pages of the manual with the ZQ codes and go down the list A sample Shipboard Maintenance Action (OP- of equipment until the liking, for the maincon- NAV Form 4700-2B) is shown in figure 5-7. densate pump is noticed. Under this listingone This form is a single-sheet document used to will find the 7-digit codes for the cuing wearing record the completion of planned maintenance rings and impeller wearing rings. The first actions, corrective maintenance actions, and
86 Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE authorized alterations that have been performed an outside activity which does not report under at the shipboard level by shipboard personnel. the Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem. All planned maintenance actions except daily When a repair activity such as a civilian con- and weekly actions must be recorded on this tractor or a shipyard (except for regular over- form. Routine preservation such as chipping, hauls) which is not under the Maintenance Data painting, and cleaning should not be reported. Collection Subsystem provides ship maintenance The weekly schedule shown in figure 5-4 re- assistance, duplicate 4700-2B documents are flects that WOODS and SMITH completed mainte- prepared. Block 7 of the original document is nance requirement A-1, indicated on maintenance left blank and the code for the assisting work page A-4, on Wednesday. Figure 5-7 shows the center is entered on the duplicate. Only those Shipboard MaintenanceAction form which manhours actually spent by the shipboard per- WOODS completed for this maintenance require- sonnel in assisting the outside activity are en- ment. Note that, in addition to giving the date tered in block 19 of the original; manhours (14 Apr 1988), the manhours (20.4), and the spent by the outside activity in assisting the proper codes takenfrom the EIC Manual, WOODS shipboard work center are documented in block has given a brief description of the maintenance 13 of the duplicate. performed (in block F) and has signed the form (block L). His leading petty officer has signed the form (block M) to indicate the information Deferred Actions is complete and accurate., The Shipboard Maintenance Action Form is The Deferred Action form (OPNAV 4700-2D) also used to report work done aboard ship by is a two-sheet form used to report corrective
MAINTENANCE DATA COLLECTION OPNAY FAIN II700-211 WS/ SHIPBOARD MAINTENANCE ACTION
A. SNIP MAK MO NULL NO.IACTIVITY S. MIN. 0110. A. AMP AWL M. S. WASIIT.0111.. NO. 4. WM 11011TH YIN C. ass.90E,p6 /a° 07 o o I 4 2o S31/ /li 0 li 6
;IN.1-8.17)-proiol011.2.1.nr.r.r. Ia 1 1
1 1 1 ,iiiii"/"1. 1 m 1 "71.7 1"1"1"nrin'icT 1 iii 1i 1 P.ocsairricomismaks lk-Rpoetio P.Z..A1/A110 AM/Air.411441/C. 4.s Da72,'AV o4/ 14 Re. A -1zA- /. illRgwr 4AXARAIICA" ..00y* cRAile..-"Ii 2614 e../4/as 6h4Q441!4 .0045 ° 57-0041 104/ '2Z14)/416:7e.4.e.441.444u--.o0/...1-1'
L. 510.01 111.LOCAL LSE ONLY / 411 zr a LI ffg 5 PCA./
WINOS
Figure 5-7.Shipboard Maintenance Action Form (OPNAV Form 4700-2B).
87. ENGINEERING ADMIDUSTRATIGN
A.g.;"s"';12.-"°,3';G
4/181471 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I I I ...PO:ttr-ilw.S'hsee ON 4/a / "NI 60402-A/sA1 -g e k/0201/ ,CAZ,asi 1/4-4y, eeT3 /455/3-7;4A/e /3 ,ehepo, et) fr'bE A-1.0e1/k.
17.81D Figure 5-8.Deferred Action Form, Sheet 1 (OPNAV Form 4700-2D). maintenance actions that are deferredbecause If a shipboard maintenance action must be of the ship's operations, the lack of repair deferred due to the lack of necessary repair parts, or the requirement for outside assistance. parts or because of the ship's operations, an The first sheet (fig. 5-8) is used to record and OPNAV Form 4700-2D is prepared and the first report the reason for deferral and the second sheet is submitted using the appropriate action sheet (fig. 5-9)' is used to report the completion taken code from section VI of the Equipment of the deferred action. Identification Code Manual and the manhours If a corrective maintenance action is beyond expended are entered in block 13. When the ship's force capability and outside. assistance is maintenance action is completed, the second required,. a work request is prepared.and for- sheet is submitted using the appropriate action warded.. This situation will always require that taken code and the manhours expended in com- an OPNAV" Forni 4700-2D be submitted. The pleting the' action are entered in block 13. manhours : that .have -been expended by ship's force. in connection with the lkintenanceactioh, even if they .consistbf OhlY lie time required to Work Requests fill. out the form, are documented on the OPNAV Forni 4700 -2D. The: Maithours involved in the The Work Request (OPNAV 4700-2C) is a investigation and the removal of the equipment four-sheet document (fig. 5-10) which is pres- are documented' on-the. first sheet of,theforni. ently used to raquest outside assistance from The., manhours InVolved in the reinstallation of repair ships and tenders. Part II of the work Vie equipment are documented on the second request, also a four-sheet form shown in figure sheet when the 'task is cOnipleted.-. ' 5-11, is .a continuation of the basic form; part Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE DATA COLLECTION OPNAV TORN 470040 M441 DEFERRED ACTION 2
NO. 111. ALTERATION loamnouno
;>8117 1.1 I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DEADRIPTION/REMARILD SILEE/ a Ak. //1AidCatiy44/..C4rE krokwexcissmci.y. Ovrs..pe 4.55i 572.vei" /.1 ,047,e RA-cod/R. #2z&0-,44c, c2E30/.4..-r SM4 ivi." ACoilas s.Si ezi 2.4/ of/ STAd.AC"J> //,4 /07-- ASS gismo/ 94C 1:71//4P fel/ dem/a j ofZa..0"eg s l'Aaei/4 3kLoul 4/TER /) Avdp Atr J Rivers00. .Ca"/$1.9. .44.,*/.4/a- A70./e" 1.4ArArA)41 R44/4. 72r37-4.2) 7-,Cs r- erbR Y YON LOCAL CU ONLY L.11114/471 M. 1110.141 ( spcN /( /
17.81D Figure 5-9.Deferred Action Form, Sheet 2. II provides additional space for written descrip- are forwarded to the assigned repair activity via tions, diagrams, or sketches. . the designated chain of command. Information The information to be given in block F concerning the administrative procedures to be (Description/Remarks) of the work request in- taken on a work request by repair activities cludes the name of the component, the CM/AN may be found in chapter 4 of the Maintenance number of the component, and the alteration and Material Management (3-M) Manual, OPNAV number. If the alteration number is not applic- 43P2. able, it must be listed as N/A. Block F should When the work request is accepted by the also contain a description of the existing defects, repair activity, sheet 3 of the document is used the repairs required on the component and all as a job order and is sent to the assigned work other information as required by the Type. center. Prepunched Work Supplement Cards Command. . (OPNAV 4700-2F) are also sent to the assigned The signature blocks .0, and J are to be work center. A sample OPNAV 4700-2Fis signed by three leading petty officers, one from shown in figure 5-12. each duty section, who are familiar with the The assigned work center performs the job, work to be done by the repair activity. Signa- records the maintenance data on the Work ture block K be used by the commanding Supplement Cards, and records the material officer or his authorized.representative to indi- . obtained outsideof normal supply channels on cate command apProvak of the request for repair the reverse aide of the card. If more than one assistance. .: work day is required to complete the action, or Sheet '1 of the work request is retained by if assisting work centers. are needed, the lead the requesting activity and sheets 2, 3, and 4 work center will utilize the additional Work ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
MAINTENANCE OAT* COLLECTION MEM 4700.16 11144. WORK REQUEST 4 A. 110111 NNW ANO NULL 010,./1CTVITT 1. 4101101,010. l. SW NCI CTRL. NO. 4.0.51
USS DOE DOD 100 0101710013181612 19191 I I I 11.100111411T 10 C001 It, agoos.w.C.7.00108.10C.8.1110111AC T. ACCT.1.0. 11.11LrunC. lg. 1a. UNITS 10.11111.4010 INA...00.0 C.
Z1010111013101 1 1 1 1 0416138101210Dr' 0111 1 1 i 1 1 14.110101. NO. II.10.1100.046. 57.0150113 CYPI.h. DM1 0. g. CCCCC VOIDOMIT T114D.
NIRIII I I 1 1 I 1 1 EIMIM15101119 I I I I I I E. MUUMUU 10 COOL 0.44.6. 1.000T. T4C.O. Of /gig A .7. ACCT. NO.1.41146. is...4...UNITS13.0.0.0011 1.
1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I 1 14./1 NI At 150. 70.1101,1111/1514 II. gligitATION01INTITICATION I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I 00ICIIIPTIOTI,004001111
MAINTIGIANCI MT* COLLECTION 01111AV 4700.064441 WORK REQUEST
1.114110 NMI ENO Null NCLAMTwITT 0010N.0110. NO. CT 41. DAT( US$ 0 E)6 1 7 0 ao" 2
,/,-, I.Vaulpsolor lo cool IT. 146. 1.1170111 OCT. ACCT. 00. Ia. Wall 11.11NN01101 DISC
14. URI/IL NO. 10.1001017114 01. A5T10ATI011 031111WICATiON
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I. 001CRIP7ION,1111417011
111NT0NANCI OAT* COLLECTION 0111100 47004C MEIN WORK REQUEST 2 .....NAMIANCINULLNOMCTIVOTV . SNIP ACCTO NO MINT CTEL NO DATE 1.
USS DOE DOD 100 II0A70"1.761018013 1 .0 I. ".....c p ,,,,,.. ggc. g. gcgmg ACT ACCT 013181612NO 019 1919 2191013 iqi ig kogumgc ..- I 1 la 011TOINAT0101110.111 C 10/7 C UT
I I I 1 1 o Ii ! li) ! t ;. )212 jochz Olf 1 I 14 01111* II. II. II TIIII 0 N R 1 TM E Mli 1 5 0 4 q W(/,// // tiIII
MINTINANCE DATA CO14201011 Soflem 4700.0C 10.441 WORK REQUEST 1
A. SNIT NEM MO NULL ND/ACTIVITY 1 . ADMIT 000 L SNIP *CCM NO 140111T CTRL. NO USS DOE ODD /00 0 0 1 00 3 2019142'1 0 3 9 S. COUIPIN117110 CODS II RIME OCT. MET NO. O. latLAMC 10 0 1 0 3 0 0 # 6 3 2 0 14 OEM NO. 10 010 WIC IT 01311110 C0101.11 CIATC MY A N EMMfS 0 119
NO. / MAIN CONDENSATE PUMP - DfLAVAL CID 00(160192 ALTERATION SHRi."7" SLEEVE WORN EXCESSIVELY- REPLACE .smo SLEEVE
FOR.LOCAL LISS ONLY °,141 e oe1/4.te 15..1 mint gr0.4-/ E. Aim*, 1450
Figure 5-10.-Work Request (OPNAV Form 4700-2C).
90
.7, Chapter 5-SHIP MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE DATA COLLECTION OFNAV FORM 4700.3C (44) PART II WORK REQUEST M6OPTIMe filiNfillFSIFFINA3. MAIMan.NO. 4. OATI? 0 MONTH 3 YE/s MEM F. DISCRIITION/IIMAIRS ICasaitavoon s
PAGE 1
2.7-81C Figure 5-11.-Work Request (OPNAV Form 4700-2C, Part II). Supplement Cards provided to record daily man- and is then submitted to the data ics.msolopcielesing hours expended. (The lead 'work center is that center. work center which has the primary responsibility for the completion of the task described on the Entries on Forms, OPNAV 4700 Ser14.- work request.) When a repair job is coMpleted, sheet 3 of Detailed descriptions of the ersi=sc_ GPs tc) be the work request is completed by the lead work made on, MDCS forms (Shipboard 01aP Mena nce center and is signed by the man who performed Action, Work Request, and Deferr Action) the maintenance. An inspectdifrom the 'request- are listed in the EIC Manual and in 3 of ing activity is contacted for' final inspection and the 3-M Manual (OPNAV'43P2). Bri4=-10°- Asallessc3rip- signs off the work request. 'After obtaining the dons of these entries are given lax--s119=ME:ailm para- signature of the, inspector, the lead work center graphs which follow. (Refer to fig. 5 'Jo supervisor foiwards the completed work request Block A, Ship Name and'Hull Noy / Activity: to his division officer.' Enter the name and hull number of tbk. aemMairsfor After the repaired partde received from the example, USS (DDG 100). repair' activity and installed, the carbon(sheet Block 1, Administrative Organizz. Enter 2) of the Deferred Action fOrni 5-9) is the 4-letter/number code (from sectise=aPosma. ME of the completed by inserting the date of completion in EIC Manual)' to Which the ship is aumamoisaikagcrbecl. If block 4, a new action taken Code. hiblock 11; :lhe the ship isassigned to DESRON 7, for 0/1.=1:31axxxple, additional' Manhours' i,n blOck 13; and appropriate D070 is entered. remarks in block F. The form: in then signed by Block 2, ShipAccounting Number C -Nuar called the man doing -the work and by iti supervisor, Unit Identification Ccde, UIC): Ent 3ae UIC
91 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
DOJO 03861 0936 I 01030 V1111 020 (VI ADM ORG2 SHIP 3 MCH T/A 5 EIC WC MAL DISC REMARKS: - DO NOT ENTER IF SAME AS ABOVE 4.DATE Oisi/i/171 5.EIC i i 1 7.AWC 1 1 9.HOW MAL .40 10.WHEN DISCOVERED 11.ACTION TAKEN 12.UNITS COMPLETED
1 13.MANHOURS(TENTHS) I I READY TO PICK UP (J) DELIVERED ( ti)
tttttt I 6 I 111113U IS IS III/ unannunnuntinsionnmasnasseuuumamouviest $76314 61161116166611116361UNII ITU 611$71111117961 414110611-0 nC
17.81F Figure 5-12.Work Supplement (OPNAV FORM 4700-2F). number for the ship or activity for which the Caution must be exercised to ensure that the maintenance was performed. This entry is ob- EIC number correctly identifies the exact item tained from the NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 2, on which maintenance is requested or performed. chapter 5,or from the supply department. Block 3, Maintenance Control Number: This Block 6, Work Center: Enter the 3-letter/ number is used to relate all documents submitted number code from section III of the EIC Manual on a specific job. The number is filled in by the which identifies the department, rating, shop, maintenance control section of the ship before or group which performs the maintenance ac- the documents leave the ship. The numbers will tions on the equipment identified in the equip- be assiened consecutively, beginning with 0001 ment identification code, block 5. and ending at 9999. Upon reaching 9999, the Block 7, Assisting Work Center: Leave blank. series will be started again at 0001. When information is required in this block it Block 4, Date: Enter the day, month, and will be filled out by the supervisor in accordance year the maintenance is accomplished; or, for with the EIC Manual and chapter 3 of the 3-M a work request, enter the date the request Manual. is submitted. Block 8, Repair Activity Accounting Number Block B, Type Availability:This block is (now called Unit Identification Code, UIC): This left blank on all forms except the WorkRequest, blank will be filled in by the repair activity OPNAV Form 4700-2C. On the work roquest, designated by the type commander. this block will be filled in with a single-letter Block 9, How Mal/MRC:If the action is a code, taken frtrm section IX of the EIC Manual, result of a malfunction, list the 3-digit code to identify the type of availability iri which the from section IV of the EIC Manual which best repair activity will perform the maintenance. describes the trouble.If the action is a result Block5,Equipment Identification Code: of planned maintenance (MRC), enter a 3-letter/ Enter, frcm section X of the EIC Manual, the number combination code which identifies the appropriate 7-letter/number code which identi- frequency check on the equipment. For example, fies the system, subsystem, component, or part, if the situation is an M-1 PMS action enter M01. whichever is the lowest designated assembly on Block 10, Discovered: Enter the appropriate which maintenance is requested or performed. code from section V of the EIC Manual which
92 Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE identifies the time the maintenance requirement estimated starting date of the requested main- was discovered. tenance. Block 11, Action Taken: Enter the code from Block D, Blank: Leave blank. section VI of the EIC Manual which best de- Blocks E and 20, Equipment Downtime and scribes the maintenance actit.a taken."Not Equipment Operating Time: These entries are Repairable This Ship" (NRTS) codes will be required only for equipment identified by green used only by the repair activities. pages in the EIC Manual. Detailed instructions Block 12, Units: Enter the number of identical for these blocks may be found in section I of items, identified in block 5, on which the same the EIC Manual and chapter 3 of the 3-M Manual. maintenance action was attempted, performed, Block 21, Alteration Identification:If an or requested. If identical alterations or signifi- alteration is to be accomplished, this block will cant maintenance actions are accomplished on contain the alteration identification from the identical equipment bearing different serial authorization directive. numbers, each equipment will be reported on a The information contained in blocks A, 1 and separate document. 2 of OPNAV Forms 4700-2B, 4700-2C, and Block 13, Manhours: On completion of the 4700-2D will be identical on all forms for any maintenance action, enter the total manhours particular ship; if desired, this information may (to the nearest tenth)expended by all ship- be preprinted in by the ship. Each maintenance board personnel. If the task was completed in action is assigned its own unique maintenance 1 1/2 hours, for example, "0015" is entered. control number; if a maintenance task requires Enter an "0" in any space not t:ed. more than one form, as in the example using Block C (fig. 5-10), Blank: Leave blank. figures 5-8 through 5-10, the numbers will be Block 14, Serial Number: For detailed in- identical. formation on completing this particular block, seechapter 3ofthe 3-M Manual. For Material Usage and Cost Data tnechanical/electricalequipment,the serial number is not required; instead, the shipboard The documentation of material usage and numbering identification system will be used, cost data on maintenance transactions requires followed by the abbreviated name of the equip- the joint effort of the supply and maintenance ment. For example, if block 5 identified a main personnel on board ship. Economy of effort feed pump, and the pump in question is number , and the elimination of duplicate recording are 1, block 14 should contain the entry "NR 1 highly desirable. MilFDPMP." Any time that repair parts or materials Block 15, T/A: Leave blauk. are drawn from the supply department for ship- Block 16, Requesting Woik Center: Enter board maintenance, the prescribed form must be the letter /numbed code that identifies the de- used to request the materials.Maintenance partment, rating, shop, or group that is request- personnel are required to furnish the work center ing assistance from the repair activity. Work code and the lowest possible EIC taken from the center codes may be found in section III of EIC Manual, the CID number, the maintenance the EIC Manual. control number, the name of the part, the quantity Block 17, Desired Completion Date: Enter required, and the stock number when submitting the,5-number code that identifies the day, this form to the supply department. The supply month, and year that the outside repair activity personnel will then complete the form.If the must complete maintenance in order for the ship does not have data processing equipment requesting activity to meet its operational com- aboard, NAVSUP Form 1250 is used, and cost mitments.If this date were 9arch 1966, is documented from that form.If the ship for example, the 5-number code 09036 would has data processing equipment, a DD Form 1348 be entered. is used. Block 18, Service: Enter the single-letter When the material to support a maintenance code from section VII of the EIC Manual which action is obtained from outside the normal sup- identifies the type of assistance the requesting ply channels or from pre-expended material ship will furnish the repair activity in complet- bins, the reverse side of the appropriate OPNAV ing the requested maintenance. 4700 is used. The reverse sides of OPNAV Block 19, Scheduled Start Date: This entry, 4700 series forms are essentially the same. The which isforrepair activities only, is the reverse side of OPNAV Form 4700-2B is shown
93 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
CID/APL/AEL/AN Jr-3-4 6/0/ SOURCE EDERAL .STECCIC NO./PART NO. REFERENCE SYMBOL /NOUN MATERIAL REO. MATERIAL uSEO CODE Coa. UNIT PRICE witsI Owedity uNsla I WANT I Tv 3 hi/ e7As=407-003,4 I .e /i4,45-- ,64 ! DZ. .ir ,
I I I I I I
_ I I . I I
I I
I I I I I I
I I
I I
PIO FORM 4700-28 (8-64) BACK
17.81B Figure 5-13.Reverse side of OPNAV Form 4700-2B. in figure 5-13. On this side of the form; when is designed and intended for use by the repair appropriate, the following information is en- department Of a repair a.civity in conjunction tered; the CID number, the source code taken with the Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem. from section VIII of the EIC Manual, the It is basically a management tool and accounts cognizance symbol taken from supply publica- for deviations from a normal seven-hour working tions to identify the supply account and the day. inventory manager of the item used, the Federal Exception Time Accounting includes the use Stock Number, the reference symbol taken from of codes, the preparation of a Master Roster circuit diagrams or the name of the part being Listing, and the preparation and submission of replaced, the unit of issue of the material used, Daily Exception Cards (OPNAV Form 4700 -2E). the quantity used, and the unit cost of the item. A sample Daily Exception Card !.s shown in figure 5-14. Detailed procedures for the use MANBOUR ACCOUNTING SYSTEM of the card may be found in chapter 5 of the The ?danhour Accounting System, sometimes Maintenance and Material Management (3-M). referred to as Exception Time Accounting (ETA), Manual, OPNAV 43P2.
94 1
Chapter 5SHIP MAINTENANCE
67A JONES, K.P. 004 01_I AraL ..a WM MAST IMMO WON 01.101LI CHANCELABOR CODE TO' I11 TENTHS- OF BSE-PRODUCTIVE 1101M NEIL' TYPE OF CHANGE (V) NM= MTN OX sooRr TERM LOAN Toi El 01 DIRECT LABOR 1-2 0 El 20 DELAYS 3-9 1 wow cO1Tea Mgt 9-14 PRODUCTIVE SUPPORT I El 21 DUTY ABSENCE O1. ASSIGNED 15-20 3 liNNIENANCE AM NI. 21-211 CI 2.TRANSFERRED 11 SUPERVISION 27-33 5 El 22 NON DUTY ABSENCE GS 3.. LABOR CODE NATIMAL CONTROL 34-39 Oe. OVERTIME TENDER EQUIPMENT 40-45 7 MAINTENANCE 46-51 a, 22.2 DATE OF IMAM MARS OF CIA/ME NM CODE 52-57 10 09 1 CODE DT WO TR NOUNS TENTHS 59-40
Ana ACCURACY NAM WAS MOM 111/UNTICNANCC NWT UNTIALSI COOL emouwsairssnannnansatszosan aaaaaaaaaaaaaa .umemssirssubssiuswou sty 711--"iirsysnminalI FRONT SIDE
REVERSE SIDE 17.81E Figure 5-14.OPNAV Form 4700-2E.
95 9, CHAPTER 6
RECORDS AND REPORTS
Accurate, legible, and up-to-date engineering the occurrence of the report (daily, weekly, records plus the timely submission of accurate monthly, etc.). The Recurring Reports Records and legible reports reflect efficient administra- form, NavExos 4179 (a 5" X 8" card), may be tion of the engineering department. Records used for both files. maintained by the engineering department and reports submitted to the engineer officer provide There is no simple way to ensure the ac- the data for engineering reports to higher au- curacy of records and reports. First, the re- thority. Perusal of reliable records and reports sponsibility for keeping the records and prepar- by the engineer officer affords him an easy and ing the reports must be established within the effective method of keeping informed of the state department and then the duty of checking and of material and performance in all parts of the verifying the data contained therein must be as- department. signed. The engineering department and division The type commander, as coordinator of ad- organization manuals provide excellent means ministrative matters for ships assigned, issues of fixingdepartmentalrecordkeepingre- the necessary directives to regulate administra- sponsibilities. The department training program tive records and reports required of ships within shouldprovideforthefamiliarization of the command. The directives generally include engineering personnel with the proper proce- a list of the records to be maintained by ships dures for obtaining data and maintaining records. of the type and a list of recurring reports (in Some engineering records are mandatory accordance with the current revision of OpNav (required by law) while others are virtually Instruction 5213.7) required by other commands indispensable for efficient operation of the en- and agencies of the Navy. With this information, gineering plant. The records and reports that the commanding officer can establish a system are basic to a well-administered engineering for maintaining current and accurate records department of any large ship are discussed and for forwarding reports in a correct and in this chapter- and in other chapters (Train- timely fashion. Instructions for the disposal of ing Records, Chapter 4; Planned Maintenance shipboard records are published in Part III of Records, dapter 5; and Trial and Inspection Disposal of Navy and Marine Corps Records, Reports, Chapter 8) of this publication. (The SecNavinst P5212.5B. special records and reports used in connection Proper administration of the engineering with the 3-M System are discussed in chapter records and reports system requires the regular 5 of this publication.) and conscientious attention of the engineer of- The standard forms used as illustrations in ficer and that he have knowledge of the material this publication are prepared by the various to be recorded or reported. A record reference bureaus and CNO. The forms are for issue file containing complete information on the meth- to forces afloat and can be obtained as indicated ods of maintaining required records and a report in the Navy Stock List of Forms and Publica- tickler file are invaluable administrative aids tions, NavSup 2002. The forms are revised to the engineer officer. The record reference as conditions warrant; personnel ordering new the should contain indicator separators marked fortis must exercise care to obtain current alphabetically. Record reference cards should forms. When complementary forms are neces- be filed alphabetically by subject. The report sary for local use, make certain that an ex- tickler file cards may be arranged in order of isting standard form will not serve the purpose
96 Chapter 8 RECORDS AND REPORTS before having complentary forms prepared and and principal auxiliaries, and any changes in printed. their disposition; any injuries to engineering The engineer officer will be assigned the department personnel; any casualties to en- task of preparing (for submission to higher gineering department machinery, equipment, or authority) the ship's operational reports dealing material; and such other matters as may be principallywithengineeringmatters.The specified by competent authority. engineer officer should refer to directives of Entries in the Engineering Log must be appropriate fleet and other operational com- made in accordance with instructions given (1) manders for requirements (frequency, format, on the log sheet (NavShips 117), (2) in chapter and time of submission) of specific operational 10 of U. S. Navy Regulations, (3) in chapter reports. Operational Reports, NWIP 10-1 9004(8) of NavShips Technical Manual, and (4) (revised), summarizes for easy reference the in directives issued by the type commander. operational reports required by CNO and the Each entry must be a complete statement and reports most commonly required by fleet and employ standard phraseology. The type coin- other operational commanders. .mander's directives contain other specific re- quirements pertaining to the remarks section of LEGAL RECORDS Engineering Logs for ships of the type; the engineer officer must ensure compliance with The Engineering Log ( NavShips 11'7) and the these directives. Engineer's Bell Book (Nay Ships 118) are legal TheoriginalEngineering Log, prepared records of the engineering department. Com- neatly and legibly in ink or pencil, is the legal pleted Engineering Log and Engineer's Bell record.The remarks should be preparedand Book sheetsare preserved on board as must be signedby the engineering officer of permanent records except in obedience to a the watch (underway) or the engineering de- demand from a Navy Court or Board, or from partment duty officer (in port). No erasures the Navy Department. If it is necessary for are permitted in the log.When a correction these records or any portions thereof to be is deemed necessary, a single line is drawn removed from the ship, a photostatic copy of through the original entry so that the entry the material to be removed is prepared for the remains legible and the correct entry is in- ship's files and certified as a true copy by the serted in such a manner as to ensure clarity engineer officer. Completed Engineering Log and legibility. Corrections, additions, or changes and Bell Book sheets may be destroyed 3 years are made only by the person required to sign afterthe dateof the last entries. Current the log for the watch and are initialed by him Engineering Log and Bell Book sheets are on the margin of the page. forwarded to the nearest Naval Records Manage- The engineer officer verifies the accuracy ment Center when a ship is stricken from the and completeness of all entries and signs the list of naval ships. Sheets less than 3 years old log daily. The commanding officer approves the (at time of inactivation) are retained on board log and signs it on the last calendar day of when a ship is placed in inactive status. each month and on the date he relinquishes command. The engineer officer should require ENGINEERING LOG that the log sheets be submitted to him in suf- ficient time to allow him to check and sign The Engineering Log, Nav Ships 117 (fig. them prior to noon of the first day following 8-1) together with the Log Continuation Sheet, the date of the log sheet(s).Completed pages Nav Ships 117A, is a complete daily record, by of the log, filed in a post-type binder, are watches, of important events and data pertain- numbered consecutively, beginning with the first ing to the engineering department and the opera- day of each calendar year and going through tion of the ship's propulsion plant. The log the last day of the calendar year. must show the average hourly rpm (to the When the commanding officer (or engineer nearest tenth) for all shafts; the speed in knots; officer) directs a change or addition to the En- the total engine miles steamed for the day; gineering Log,the personconcerned must all major speed changes; draft and displace- comply unless he believes the proposed change mgnt upon getting underway and anchoring; fuel, or addition to be incorrect; in which event the water, and lubricating oil on hand, received, and commanding officer (or engineer officer) enters expended; the disposition of the engines, boilers, such remarks over his signature as he deems
97
/1i ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
ENGINEERING LOG - ALL SNIPS If PAGE NAV9IIPS 117 (REV. 1011 DAT NONTI U. S. S.
AT OA ENNOUTE FROM TO NOTES: ' TO TINOS) IME MOLE NOUS FON OMER ITEMS SLINK SPACES IN NOUNS FOR DATA MEN PACESARESET SACK " ON GETTING UNDER WWI AND ANCNORING BEGIN NEW SERIES OF PAGE NUNIOS EACH CALENDAR TIAN USE REVERSE SIDE FON ADDITIONAL REMAKES 'TABLE 1 TABLE 2 ENTRIES IN GALLONS
ZONE AVG. Wm 3P0 IN FUEL OIL LUSE OIL TIME ALL EWE M OTS ITEm NEWT DIESEL POTABLE FEED PURE OTHER DIESEL STOMPOMEN 01 SWAM FRO AT 0000
02 RECDTODAY
INCREASE BY 03 INVENTORY DISTILLED _0A TOOAY XXXX %XXX XX XX XX . . os - TOTAL
RECEIPTS . ,WENDED 011 BYUSE .07 EXTENDED SY -, INVENTORY TOTAL Nh C. ETPINDED . IGO ONNAND AT 2400 TODAY a 10 TABLE S
Mfes400 AFT MIN, TOMS
IN IT IN 12 .. MMUS APT WM. MS 13 ; Pi IN n IN FT 14 5 14 MILES (0000.2400) TOTAL DISTANCE THROUGH WATER PROM 5 NAVIGATOR'S DATA 1NOT DISTANCE MADE 00001 RIO ENGINE MILES (0000.2400) FM& TAKE I 'DAYS CUT SUMOFHCOIS TIMES ENGINE SPEEDS OF DOCK
1 IS INSTRUCTIONS The Careering Leg way be written with ROHM Or Peol. as most JP go? The ORIGIO writing Is the LEGAL SICOOD and must bs preserved. It insis not a ow:essay to sakeasoy eseept who ens or were pages are sent wog from a i is ship in omission. Table I sad the WORKS mast Is written at the Owe swots suer. Other tablas nay be written before noon the following Gate. If MARKS shall be written by 'watches° underway: and by 'day's duty' at anchor. remas to shall be signed by the Engineer Officer of the Watch or Osy More going off dety. Wafts shall be e chronicle of ImPortot fonts. They shall Includes First. 21 killers in 11401 seemed. engine combination In est: third, major sold elungos. . such as "ono.third.' "standard." 'fall's forth, casualties to personnel or mate. 22 dal within or ender the menisenes of the engineer departments fifth, special entries required by Navy Noolatlens, Ogress of Ships' Manual. Instroetlans and 23 letters of the Sumas of Ships.
ALTEIATIONS ON INAIORES ARE NOT PUMITTED. PUISSANT CORRECTIONS SHALL SE 24 MADE ONLY IN TIC MONO PRISCSISED SY ANT. 101$ NOY 'ISOLATIONS.
DISPOSITION For disposal of this rewordseecarrot moods disposal Instructions for vessels of the II. S. Navy. Moss MX MOMS MM &MS UT TIME ZONE DESCRIPTION SACK ORNFEAD HRS MINUTES AT
ALLNEVINS EDITIONS AU OMITS FOR MICK ONE ONLY (WAD FILLED IN)
98.182 Figure 8-1.Eogineering Log.
98 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS appropriate. After the log has been signed by 5. The shaft revolution counter reading the commanding officer, no change is permitted (total revolutions) at the time of the speed change without his permission or direction. is recorded in column 4. The shaft revolution counter readingas taken hourly on the hour, while underwayalso is entered in column 4. ENGINEER'S BELL BOOK Ships and craft equipped with controllable reversible pitch propellers record in column The Engineer's Bell Book, Nav Ships 116, 4 the propeller pitch in feet and fractions of shown in figure 6-2, is a record of all bells, feet set in response to a signalled speed change, signals, and other orders received by the rather than the shaft revolution counter readings. throttleman regarding movement of the ship's The entries for astern pitch are preceded by propellers. Entries are made ir. tile Bell Book the letter B. Each hour on the hour, entries are by the throttleman (Or an assistant) as soon as made of counter readings, thus facilitating the an order is received. Entries are usually made calculation of engine miles steamed during those by an assistant When the ship is entering or hours when the propeller pitch remains constant leaving port, or engaging in any maneuver which at the last value set is response to a signalled is likely to involve numerous or rapid speed order. changes. This procedure allows the throttleman Before going off watch, the engineering of- to devote his undivided attention to answering ficer of the watch signs the Bell Book in the the signals. line following the last entry for his watch and The Bell Book is maintained in the following thenext officer of the watch continuer. the manner: record immediately thereafter.In machinery 1. A separate bell sheet is used for each spaces where an engineering officer of the watch shaft each day, except where more than one is not stationed, the bell sheet is signed by the shaft is controlled by the same throttle sta- watch supervisor. tion, in which case the same bell sheet is used The BellBook is maintained by bridge to record the orciel a for all shafts controlled personnel in ships and craft equipped with by the station. All sheets for the same date controllable reversible pitch propellers, and in are filed together as a single record. which the engines are directly controlled from 2. The time of receipt of the order is thebridge.When control is shifted to the recorded in column number 1 (fig. 6-2). engineroom, however, the Bell Bobk is main- 3. The order receivedisrecorded in tained by the engineroom personnel. The last column number 2.Minor speed changes (gen- entry made in the Bell Book on the bridge erally received via revolution telegraph) are indicates the time that control is shifted and recorded by entering the number of rpm ordered. the first entry made in the Bell Book in the Major speed changes (normally receivedvia en- engineroom indicates the time that control is gine order telegraph) are recorded using the taken by the engineroom. Similarly, the last following symbols: entry made by engineroom personnel indicates when control is shifted to the bridge. When the ahead 1/3 speed Bell Book is maintained by bridge personnel, ahead 2/3 speed it is signed by the OOD in the same manner ahead standard speed as prescribed for the engineering officer ofthe ahead full speed watch. ahead flank speed Alterations or erasures are not permitted stop in the Bell Book. An incorrect entry is corrected B1/3 -back 1/3 speed by drawing a single line through the entry and B2/3 -back 2/3 speed recording the correct entry on the following BF -back full speed line.Deleted entries are initialed by the en- BEM -back emergency speed gineering officer of the watch, the OOD, or the watch supervisor, as appropriate. 4. The number of revolutions correspond- ing to the major speed change ordered is en- OPERATING RECORDS tered in column 3.When the order received is recorded as rpm in column 2 (minor speed Engineering operating records are meant changes), no ertry is made in column 3. toensureregularinspection of operating
99
03 1111 . i - 1111111111111M . 4 4 IEFFIFEEEEPRIIIVEIREEFFOIi, ) _ ;1 . . J . . . ;li ' . 1 , . : Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORT0 machinery and to provide data for performance columns (duplicates of the columns on the front analysis. Operating records are not intended of the sheet) are provided on the back of the to relace frequent inspections of operating sheet for the record of a second diesel engine. machinery by supervisory personnel and are not The watch supervisor writes and signs the re- to be trusted implicitly to provide warning of marks for his watch. The petty officer in charge impending casualties. Personnel who maintain of the ship's diesel engines (usually an ENC) operatingrecordsmust beproperly in- checks the accuracy of the entries and signs doctrinated. They must be trained to correctly the record in the space provided. The engineer obtain, interpret, and record data and to report officer notes the contents and signs his approval any abnormal conditions noted. of the record. The type commander's directives specify which engineering operating records will be AC/DC ELECTRIC PROPULSION maintained and prescribe the forms to be used OPERATING RECORD when no standard record forms are provided. The engineer officer may require additional The AC/DC Electric Propulsion Operating operatingrecords when(all 'tors con- Record, NavShips 3647 (fig. 6-4) is a daily sideredincluding the burden of added paper- record maintained for each operating propulsion work) he deems them necessary. generator and motor in ships (except sub- The operating records discussed in this marines) equipped with a-c or d-c electric chapter are generally retained on board for a propulsion machinery. A separate record sheet period of 2 years after which time they may be is used for each shaft, except on ships with destroyed in accordance with current disposal more than two generators or two motors per regulations. Completed records must be stowed shaft, where as many sheets as maybe required where they will be properly preserved, and fn are used. such a manner as to ensure that any of the Data are entered in the record and the records can be easily located. remarks are written and signed by the Elec- trician's Mate of the watch.Accuracy of the PROPULSION STEAM TURBINE entries is checked by the Electrician's Mate OPERATING RECORD in charge of the electric propulsion equip- ment and the electrical officer. Space is pro- The Propulsion Steam Turbine Operating vided on the record for the approval and signa- Record, NavShips 3652 (fig. 6-3), is a daily ture of the engineer officer. record maintained for each main engine in operation. In ships with more than one main BOILER ROOM OPERATING enginein the same engineroom, a separate RECORD sheet is maintained for each engine but com- mon entries are omitted from the record for the The Boiler Room Operating Record, Nay- port engine. Ships 3651, (fig. 6-5) is a complete daily record The watch supervisor enters the remarks and maintained for each steaming fireroom. (NOTE: signs the record for his watch. The petty officer This form is usually referred to as the "fire- in charge of the engineroom checks the ac- room log.") Space is provided on the back of curacy of the record and signs his name in the record for the operating data of all fire- the space provided on the back of the record. room auxiliary machinery. Entries are checked The main propulsion assistant notes the con- for accuracy by the senior petty officer of the tents and signs the record. Any unusual condi- B division. The B division officer also checks tions noted in the record are immediately and initials the record. The engineer officer reported to the engineer officer. checks the entries and approves the record by signing it in the space provided for . his DIESEL ENGINE OPERATING signature. RECORD ELECTRICAL LOG The Diesel Engine Operating Record, Nav- Ships 3648 (fig. 6-3), is a complete daily rec- The Electrical Log, NavShips 3649 (fig. 6-6), ord maintained for each operating propulsion is a zomplete daily record maintained for each and auxiliary diesel engine in the ship. Date operatingship'sserviceandemergency
101 ALL 120110113 EDITION Of UN ARE SINGLETUNINENAINNIPSPROPULSION ENGINE ELECTRIC YAM STEAM (SOL ROOM DRIVEMOINEMI) SNIPS SHIPSOPERATING 222C SEPARATE23E NAVSHIPS RECORD SHEET 3547 FOR ALSO EACH ENGINE . OMIT CONON ENTRIES FROM PORT ENGINE RECORD MAIO 2 TEARS TIEN DIONNE IR ACCORDANCE VIII CORAENT NOME IENLATIO113 MOMS pekoeSAMPLE Iron shell (CA6-132) of feet STD in Sp-Fees Oeiti 1 P in PSIS noises there's. noted.I NAPLES.I asiminny ITALY oent I an H fIeltSalinity ENGINE NO. oneepplicatele Atone. See MN CRAG. "1...turcra-amsons TUNIRE +3 H.P. ELENENT-H.P. URSINE - lintioateToparetrrs hand in &trees Fahrenheit. eeotrl valves peril open In Ntenerk.L. P.21.0 31 MARCH PI-- RU0 NANOM.UCH MN ma MANNIN HOS TOW OW PIN 1ST STAR TOP MS 110 0010111 MU TIM 421112T SINGLE CASINGMS TUNINEIST SUM SIOLL TOW PUS TOO MOOS MSS TOW LOOM MS INL NW DOI MS_PG TOPEXTRACT ION POINTS Tuft PUS_OM__MO TOP CON. ROTOR POSITION H.P.CASINGSINGLE OR.P. I.P L.P. ILLLNABILMIoneri 111:01111All auPs 1114120141ONCINPIKIN COOS 3111-401 ON ANDO MAIN 2 MIARS-2111110MORNS NOON AT ACCONON TO NORM 1111111011ALTINS NON WINN N.U&h MAN Hews ION 3004 AND 0111121001 MONO Of MO MOON rte0 MOE ON 4118012120woutscoi (CA6 -I32) Alfallelrf 1111100121011010 #5. DINO PICKEIV&EMOs Pnfowd 30" lawslks Eg MU A DISREGARDONN WHEN NOT REQUIRED CHUN AND 111114109001 OUR 3 / MARCH1 11-- IN 100a INN awl INOIRANal OILNS. NS.Wt. am. Ha DA= SALT N. OD OD PINNY WADI 1100 01 11 DUIOIL CRAWN.N:111011 Ian. TIlea PNe MMiDIPa. mew DL IN. a MINNMt. DL DINNu. ~ MtauP444 MI116Na ) M.Ns4A 'OM.40 144.DUan116. MO ell 01001 L O..N CORN OUFL O. L LO. 001 L OUR ONTL 0. L O. 121.1101ORAlt N IP L 0. NP. S. 1. OEM 0 01000303ONO0100 1-3VJ VOAONO 1111111111.11.11.11111.11111011101111141.11111M111.111MIDN.. -""41111IPPY Ov BINE1101116 nes COmussom TOYALif TODAY 75 I 103110/11,DO. 423.41 IOWA MM. MIRE 41,29.2 mow& 0403-0004 ma WA TWAY .7 MOONY IN. 0.25 IOW $$. 0000-1200 *NrItla 0735 0713APPLIED STARTED FULL EEC LOAD /EE. FOR TEST. rut TODAY know bIDUONI DM TOY Figure 6-3. Operating Records. 12001136 7E-7 REM002.0 SATISFACYVEY. fial. LOAD. j'Ell*PCD ENDINS. J. 8. 114.10:.11EP111 RN1111E1111111111111 1111 .01111111M1 11111111 1111 :M111111111 111111111111E1 111111111111M1111111111111 11111111111111111MMIIIII naggiliiNgOEIREMEggEgg01 illOkiag8 ilEil1EEEMEME261 :111PISEDLIDN'413EEEEMEEd 11:110- CHEEMPARMAMELIE1 M111111111111111111111111111 0111111111M11111 111111 MIIIIIIIIIIII 111111111111111 11111111111111111M11111111 MI111111111111111111111111 1111111M111111111111111111 r13020@glailEggaPPENEMBEI MIINNEEigaigkiggigEggliggiMI rirAE882°)0008 °°A01220E620°)E1 IIrmlEMPEINEEEIVNIzi .111SMOMENOMEOEM101 -11:12EMMERNMED221 '`gMgsgaIMPEOiiIM autiamaama 1 ( )04.16110100011 !rirrtrol!+01`1 , 1-'- , , 1',( t- .)022,1211 1111111111111111111111111 NEENNiglgARNIMBEI 111111111111111111111111111 811111111111111111111111E 111...... 1 IHIENOMPRENE IME0001 : MEMIEELEENEELEEMEMI , *... UMEOEMME=ILIE2E261 EIMEEMEEIERNEEEEMEI rimEolapEEDEEuREEDel NEI
19112160'412W z 9110111111111111111111M 111 EIR=1141- ITISSE:0333EMESSIEll;i.z.:4410.-0-41411 II VIEREZETEEMEE:123
11111E111111111111111 ISDEBEMEMBEEMBEI EliABIEEEMEREMPEEEEEEI EN 1g5MEDE155010551 -0900000001100000000001. ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
generator. Entries concerning the primemovers division officer reviews the contents and initials Ire generally recorded by the generator watch the record. (Machinist's Mate) and electrical dataare re- corded by the switchboard watch (Electrician's GYROCOMPASS OPERATING Mate) who also writes and signs the remarks RECORD for his watch. The accuracy of the entries is checked by The Gyrocompass Operating Record (Gyro- the Electrician's Mate in charge of theship's compass Log) is a locally prepared, complete service generators. Both the M and E division daily record maintained for each operating officers check the record foraccuracy and any master gyrocompass. The form for the log is evidence of impending casualties. Each officer prepared in accordance with the typecom- initials the record to indicate he has checked mander's directives. Columns in the log pro- it. The engineer officer notes the content vide space for recording the times of starting and signs the record in thespace provided. and stopping the gyrocompass, total hours of operation since delivery of the gyrocompass, DISTILLING PLANT and important operating data pertaining to the OPERATING RECORDS gyrocompass installation. Preventive mainte- nance performed (routine oiling and cleaning) There is a distilling plant operatingre- and operating conditions noted are recorded in cord for each of the three principal types of the remarks section of the log. The petty of- distilling plants in.use aboard ship. The records ficer in charge of the interior communications are (I) the Low Pressure Distilling Plant Operat- equipment checks the accuracy of the log and ing Record, NavShips 3878 (fig. 8-7); (2) the Flash the electrical officer notes its contents. Type Distilling Plant Operating Record, Nav- Ships 3878-1; and (3) the Vapor Compression I. C. ROOM OPERATING RECORD DistillingPlantOperating Record, NavShips 9875. Each record is a complete dailyrecord The I. C. Room Operating Record isa daily maintained for each applicable distilling plant record of major electrical equipment in opera- in operation.Data and remarks in the record tion in the I. C. room and is maintained by the are recorded by personnel of the watch. The interior communications watch. The form for the watch supervisor signs the remarks forhis record is prepared locally in accordance with watch, and the petty officer in chargeof the the type commander's directives. On small ship's distilling plants checks all entriesfor ships the gyrocompass log and the I. C.room accuracy and signs the record. The division record may be maintained on the same form. officer (M or A, as applicable) reviews and Important data such as voltages and currents initials the record. Space is providedon the back of major units of interior communications of the record for the signature of the engineer equipment (I. C. switchboard, telephone switch- officer. board, and motor generator sets) are recorded on the form. The I. C. room operating record REFRIGERATION/AIR CONDITIONING is checked and approved in the manner described EQUIPMENT for the gyrocompass operating record.
The Refrigeration/Air Conditioning Equip- AIR COMPRESSOR OPERATING ment Operating Record, NavShips 4731 (fig. RECORD 8-8), is a complete daily record maintained for each operating refrigeration plant and air Some large ships maintain an Air Compres- conditioningplant(exceptpackaged units). sor Operating Record. The record contains im- Spaces on the front of the recordare for entries portant data such as temperatures and pressures applicabletobothrefrigeration and air pertaining to air compressors in operation. conditioning plants (part A of fig. 8-8).The When required by the type commander, the differences between entries made on the back of air compressor operating record form ispre- the record are illustrated in part B of figure pared locally in accordance with his directives. 8-8 (refrigeration) and part C of figure 8-8 Contents of the record should be checked by (air conditioning). Note that dataare recorded the petty officer in charge of the aircompres- at two-hour intervals in this record. TheA sors and the appropriate division officer.
106
/1 0 Chapter 6 RECORDS AND REPORTS
1."77 tE3101111E 10011 ONIECENNEIZEINZEE' ,i=,11E1111
11111111111111M1111111111111 01111111111111_11 1111111111 11111111111111111 01111111 11111111 HOW EIDEEZECELTEll hiEgiNNEEE111:;;EEEEZ11611111hi0 CliiiiEUEMENIILZEEEE:110111igiliMICEM DiiiENEME:111ZE 16111111 X11` 0iiiNiTERESEIIMMEE:11611116111EMEMI 0iiiiidiNELENIILWEEEZIIii1111i6i1E11EE611 IliiiiEEKINEZ111;i;EEEEElliallIgi11211001 riiiLiiiCaELTIII;;;EEEEEUG1111 INiligiEMZEIILWEEE.1161111E3Ellgill 0iftEiLLNNEE111;;ZEEEElliallIgi ElICEL11 NikEiMECEE1111:WEECEICIIIILLEILEM tliiiidiLiNECEEIILZEN116111Mi IFELII
111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
107 /// ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
FUEL AND WATER ACCOUNTS The report indicates the amount of fuel (fuel oil and diesel oil) and water on handas of The maintenance of daily fuel oil,lubricat- midnight the previous day. The report alsoin- ing oil, water and diesel oil accountsis vital cludes the previous day's feed and potable water to the efficient operation of theengineering performance, results of water tests, and the department. Forms and proceduresnecessary steaming hours on boiler firesides and water- to account for and preservea limited supply sides. of fresh water and fuelare generally pre- The Fuel and Water report is compiled from scribed by the type commanders. Chapter9004(6) data obtained from the Daily Fuel and Lube Oil of NavShi s Technical Manualdescribes the Account and the Daily Water Account. The fue and water accounts tanraliShipsconsiders original and one copy of the report is delivered indispensable to the engineeringdepartment. to the officer of the deck in sufficient time for Principally, these accounts inform theengineer submission to the commanding officer with the officer of the status of the ship's liquidload, 1200 reports. The copy is retained by the00D. and form the basis of several importantreports submitted to higher authority by theengineer DAILY FUEL AND LUBE OIL officer. One of the most important ofthese ACCOUNT reports is the report of the amount ofburnable fuel on hand. The Daily Fuel and Lube Oil Account is It is fundamental to all navaloperations generally a single daily record sheet indicating that all ship and unit commandersknow the the receipt,use, expenditure, transfer, and exact amount of burnable fuel on hand.Depend- changes by inventory or apparent metererror ing on the type of propulsion plant,burnable of the contents of each fuel oil, diesel oil, and fuel can be Navy special fuel oil (NSFO),JP-5, lubricating oil tank throughout the ship. Asug- or diesel oil. (NOTE: Diesel oil isno longer gested format for the account is illustrated referred to as "dol.") It is goodengineering in chapter 9004 (6) of NavShips Technical Manual. practice to fuel all fuel oil tanks to 95percent When the form for the daily fuel and lube oil of volumetric capacity in orderto allow for account is not prescribed by the typecom- expansion and prevent spillage. Whensubmitting mander, engineer officers may utilize thesug- fuel reports, the 95-percent volumetriccapacity gested format. Where it is impracticable to of the tanks is used as the 11,Se for the 100 - consolidate the lube and fuel oil accounts, ships percent burnable fuel report.it is possible, may maintain separate accounts for lube oil. however, to fuel above the 95- portentvolumetric An account form should be submitted before capacity. When fueled to 100-percent volumetric and after receiving or delivering fuel oil. The capacity the burnable fuel percentage figurewill form is prepared by the oil king and is checked exceed 100 percent. The engineer officer should for accuracy by his leading petty officer and not hesitate to report burnable fuelin excess division officer. When completed and checked, of 100 percent when this amountis actually on the form is submitted to the engineer officer board. for his approval and signature. The information When computing the amount of burnablefuel contained in the record is the basis of reports on board, only the fuel oil in storage tanks submitted to higher authority (commanding of- and service tanks is considered. AUfuel oil ficerand forceorunit commander) by below the service suction and transfersuction the engineer officer. tailpipes in service and storage tanksis not considered to be burnable. The fuel oilin con- DAILY WATER ACCOUNT taminated tanks (settling or separating tanks), also, is not considered burnable. Thedesign The Daily Water Account is a dailyrec- height of suction tailpipes is indicatedon ap- ord of the feed water for boilers and potable plicable ship's plans. fresh water in reserve feed tanks, deaerating feed tanks, boilers, and potable water tanks FUEL AND WATER REPORT throughout the ship. A sample format for the Daily Water Account is illustrated in chapter The Fuel and Water Report, NavShips 115 9004(6) of NavShips Technical Manual. The data (fig. 8-9), is a report submitted dailyby the are recorded on the form by the oil king and engineer officer to the commandingofficer. the recordis checked for accuracy by his
108 Chapter 8RECORDSAND REPORTS
NAV101111 MI o-sn 11011G0ATIOIVAIR CONINTIONPI MINER MATING IECOU
11111114100101121 1. Ms mawwowtwo Waft Mu armour owlwissoaar is OMWIN 1204/14.2102 1110P111411141. 2. Cob ON "Wolfe" two Nen.. tat...Noftwore. S. Cads 1r mass el &FYI limo 401 Ow 141110n CalOssr. 11.114111n. 4. Cads lor andllem 4114.111 its solaim WWII^ 0121.y. & esapolose asmel nom mew Ow awl Impsame Ppopm of Orpleagsmlel spa* fia we lode& mem uss. SAMPLE MAO-112j ihm5 SIP r
14MICA RR /48 111701anINS R-14, I iik4 "Mire
MOO IMO /MO ONO AM. IMMO MOWN MONIMI COMMON' SR 10111111 11 MO /WO PIM TIIP. WIl PIM& is retas. Tor. 11110. COMM IMICNSIM PSIS 01, PSIS 1, Me LIM Ms INS 8913 /899/SA, 36 79 10 1101111 19 7 96 /41 '/8 Z. 35 71go to C
MAVIIIM an 18-81 co.do IEFRIODATION/AIR collegian% WNW OWNS IKON) - IMO MOMPOMIIIIII MIN Ns la ml ND M. it w ChM non MILMONUL MIKamils-rtliew It:- AMMO pm v P1* or, MI NM MI MN NM MIN VTR WM 3 11iik11 00fit .... isYR.Sa,4/1a.3f IIMIIS /41403A,116 /33 0400 ADDED/AP .... OF On TO A10.2 ass COMPRESSOR IIIMMIPPIII
4111111MI MOM
I 47.101 Figure 4-8.Refrigeration/Air Conditioning Equipment Operating Record (refrigeration). A. Front B. Back. 109 "3 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
MAVIII1141/111111/411111Wk RERIGRATION/All CONSITIOING ONIIMENT °PRATING Mil
INNIII MO IOW ND. 110. Ha MP M. NIX NI Ma 241-243.241..1-52-147-2-58- 1-61 - UM 149- 1.11, INIP. MIL 1la 2.c 34 1-C 0-1. 2-1. 2-1. 1-C ka =wee NIB PIO .1, IN , NE MI NE ION NE NM MI 78-8278-8278-8278-8278-82 78-8278-8278-82
Is"9$#7'cif$68080807978 7984'80 0030 READJUSTED "19596fif65.78797979787980 79 THERMOSTATIC NM SWITCH IN we COMPARTMENT 1-.591 ma
'"..I...... 00'fti"'""%oNoo'a-..s.ivwbftwiP-Nrs-...-...... _
SIM
1111111111ft MA= 0045 STARTED NO 1 COMPRESSOR 0115 SECURED NO.2 COMPRESSOR
47.104 Figure 6-8.Refrigeration/Air Conditioning Equipment Operating Recordcontinued. C. Back (air-conditioning). leading petty officer and division officer. When LIQUID LOAD PLAN completed and checked, therecord is submitted to the engineer officer for his ap- The Liquid Load Plan of the ship is a printed proval and signature. The daily water account or mimeographed (locally prepared) diagram- is also a source of information that is included matic layout of all ship's tanks with the tanks in reports to higher authority. colored to indicate graphically the approximate status of fuel, ballast water, reserve feed water, FUELING MEMORANDUM and potable water. The plan is prepared and Theengineerofficeruses a Fueling distributed daily by the oil king. Copies serve Memorandum to inform the commanding of- as important aids to the damage control watch ficer, the 00D, the supply officer, and any officer, engineer officer, and engineering of- others concerned (including the ship fueled, ficer of the watch. In large ships, a copy of when delivering fuel) whenever fuel oil or diesel the plan may be posted at each repair party oil is received or delivered. A sample Fueling control station to provide information to the Memorandum is shown in figure 6-10.As repair party officers. much information (as shown on the Sample BOAT FUELING RECORD form) as is available and applicable should be The Boat Fueling Record is a locally pre- supplied by the memorandum. pared, daily record of the fueling of powerboats. 110 4
Chapter 8 RECORDS AND REPORTS
FUEL AND WATER REPORT MWSNIPS PIS (REV.11.631 (FRONT) DATE 0 ICSS00.020E
TO:CommantlIng Officer, USS
FUEL (Voiloss) FRESH WATER (Gallons)
FUEL OIL DIESEL OIL SHIP'S TANKS RESERVE FEED
ON HAND LAST REPORT
RECEIVED
DISTILLED
EXPENDED
ON HAND THIS REPORT
ON HAND st
SKI ft 00101
CHEMICAL TESTS HOURS SINCE CLEANED (Suoshe MAW. - D1171 M U Sellers - Woot171
COND. DISSOLVED ALK. Cam' PHOSPHATE HARDNESS FIRESIDESWATERSIDES Dash. - PH Woke - OXYGEN - CSlawiard MINH - alsolord owbookod Dim Ilord MILO, (lath .., ILIsk .., *PHI AN Nu. 2.5 - 0.3 600 Pal -1 PPHI 10.4-11.01600 p.1.1100 01 MI 18001 10- 2S Ms.-0.0D *HO 1100 /61.1 1200 pol 700
...-
NOT% Ult ASINTIORAL SINIITS POG SNIPS WITII MI TRW POUR BOILERS FEED WATER RECORD
GALLONS PER HOUR MN Modlontoy Soloiord
GALLONS PER MLE CSHodwi
.PCSTAGL.E WATER RECORD
PIPHOWSIEL OR 110000 IO6LOWIS POO OWN STIIMPOARO
RIK /081 WATER MOOT INVSNIPS MOTE out MOO 98.165 Figure 6-9.Fuel and Water Report.
111 TO:MDR MI Camanding Officer Wits 10 October 19 NM033 Q awld from Ileample (0A0 132) C DeLisered to USS IMO& (ROW ENRCITfA":110 CONTRACT SO. Naples, Italy FM RIVITAL/MTDAVI SID MOT Ian PO une MIRED 0908 6007 10 October 19 =MID 0932 PUMPINGHIRAM 1111P. OILDIEM, 90 °IP WM a MID rmily Q DIM ROLM 121011115 I Cyr 21,000 UT Oals 500 Has FEU NM Oslo ibis GunnMORI 60'P mum ILICAPI ...... a-....--= ME PM? (GOA.) 228.11 ALUM 01/ 6 POSL nags ags6Ii 11 2827 mos 11 PLASHTISOOSTIT POW (101818 (P.11.0.6.) urn WIP12_ umrv. urn no* MIRPOOR AID POINT SEMI(011TRIPIPOI(oarratnes Wan ma ammo 1. °F RIFLOID10)11if wanWWIASHsamearr (DISTILLATICII) (COWSADSCIO (ur HIV= ammo (ZIT ATM UMW CopleiFeeling tos station named OCI)1001, and mortalPile read), at 0830. RDWIK8 First hoes connected at 0907. Supply Officer Figure 8-10. A sample fueling memorandum. MATTI. , Lt., Lt., USN 114.12 Chapter 6 RECORDS AND REPORTS
It is an indispensable record for ships carrying interrupted upkeep periods or availabilities, or maintaining a large number of boats. All and the number of hours underway at various operating boats should be fueled daily prior to speeds. Space is also provided on the back 0800 in order to prevent the necessity of fueling of the report for general remarks and the at unusual hours and to ensure readiness for signatures of the engineer officer and com- unscheduled calls. The record for each boat manding officer. should indicate (1) the boat number, (2) fuel Most engineer officers prefer to compile capacity of the boat in gallons, (3) fuel on hand, the necessary data for this summary on a daily (4) approximate fuel consumption in gallons basis rather than wait until the end of the per hour, and (5) whether or not the boat was month and make computations from the various fueled to capacity. records.In using either method, care must be taken to correctly compute and record the OIL KING'S MEMORANDUM data on the Monthly Summary in order to avoid having to submit a corrected form at a later The 011 King's Memorandum is a locally date. prepared report of the fuel oil and feed water suction and standby tanks. It is submitted as MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS of 1000 and 2000, to the engineer officer (copy AND REPORTS to the engineering officer of the watch). The report is prepared by the oil king and includes The engineering records and reports dis- soundings of all reserve feed water tanks by cussed in this section serve to inform re- each watch. The report is primarily for large sponsible personnel of coming events (including ships, but it is useful for keeping any ship's impending casualties),supply data for the engineer officer and engineering officer of the analysis of equipment performance, provide a watch informed of the status of the fuel and basis for design comparison and improvement, feed water. or provide information for the improvement of maintenance techniques and the development MONTHLY SUMMARY of new work methods. The records are those papers required to be compiled and retained The Monthly Summary of Fuel Inventory and on board (in original or duplicate form) for Steaming Hours Report, NavShips 5089, is shown prescribed periods of time,primarilyfor in figure 6-11. The purpose of this report is reference in administrative and operational mat- to provide the Naval Ship Systems Command with ters. The reports are of either a one-time a monthly summary of information on the ship's or recurring nature. Recurring reports are re- fuel inventory, the ship's fuel consumption, and quired at prescribed or set intervals while on the steaming hours. This report contains one-time reports need be made only on the oc- all data as of 2400 of the last day of the previous currence of a given situation. month and shall .be forwarded within five (5) days of completion of the reporting period. ENGINEER OFFICER'S NIGHT This report consists of one original copy and ORDER BOOK three carbon copies. The original copy is sent to the Naval Ship Systems Command, one carbon The engineer officer keeps a Night Order copy to the type commander, one carbon copy Book which is preserved as a part of the en- to the squadron commander (division commander gineering records and in which is entered the for cruisers and carriers), and the last carbon engineer officer's orders with respect to (1) copy is filed aboard ship. operation of the engineering plant, (2) any special The Monthly Summary provides current and orders or precautions concerning the speed and cumulative data necessary for determiningbud- operation of the main engines, and (3) all other get and fleet logistic requirements and opera- orders for the night for the engineering officer It performance. Information sheets con- of the watch. The Night Order Book is prepared 111111, detailed instructions for completing the and maintained in accordance with instructions forms are issued with the forms. The back of issued by the type commander. Some instruc- the report contains spaces for recording data tions specify that Night Order Book utilize concerning the ship's displacement, number of a specific that is standard for ships days out of dock, number of days assigned um- of the type other commands allow use
113 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION.
MORTNLY SMART OF FUEL INVENTORY VAMPS ItIOIT 1140-1 AND STEAMING NOUNS REPORT (Eseloks Peped Ships) 5010/1 (NEV. 1146) am 010.0.1-11.1 ON letter I trerwittl 'equiv... debit by SPA 1 bllwiny .t..)
11011 (Nemo. typo. bet I so.) DATE (Imp". Too.) US$ SOS MI 11.1111T I VI COMM CONAPENE. COMMON NAVAL SNIP SYSTEMS CONIAND (NIPS - in (by. Esomdelter" "Moot Oromph.) 70:wormorWrOFIli NAVY wASNINOTON. 0. C. INNINO
DANN. OP ICTISJPIES Tol OF POOPUL1114. PULL USED
1. DAYS maw E. own WIT 1110.1111. maw
DATA ImosUly I. PS M. 011. INVENTORY IGNACIO) OD. 0/1. OM NI. simi._,Looll IA) NSW SOON. VIII DIM lo 0-1101)T1/01 1.1 ON MSS FIRST Of 1011169 1.I Amon epeo*Rome 1.1 11111.14111.1 1. 011.1 IT INDINTOSI (/Y OO. As Seam A)
1.II PIM .1110 MOW 1.4 PUN. 1111111 ROT ININDIND LT /MIL WO POO MATS. NS. 11111111":. En. 1.11 MS If nnIPROOP faes.a. it. leas II 1.1 ON MO LAST 01 MON STEM MINING POWS TOTAL MOWS POWS NOT ROT It. STUMM NouNS HOURS twoommy 11.011111rAv MAIMS IA) II) IC) 101 1.1 MITI PIOPULVIN POND, 1.14T101 flulmaint LS 101 1.I MIL INENIPO &It MIL SILIORNIS 11.1. NORM PM PUG. TM OAR J10011.1111 Rios Re. Mit OELOIII
I
147.169 Figure 6-11.lionthly nyeaniary ot Fuel Inventory and Mande, Hours Report.
114
11(6 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS of a locally prepared (mimeographed) form but GYROCOMPASS SERVICE specify certain contents of the book. RECORD BOOK The engineer officer's Night Order Book must contain orders covering routine situations The Gyrocompass Service Record Book, of a recurring nature (engineering department NavShips 708, is furnished the ship with each standing night orders) as well as orders for gyrocompass (except the Mk 22) installed. The the night for the engineering officer of the book is a complete record of inspections, tests, watch. Standing night orders are issued by the and repairs to the gyrocompass and must always engineer officer as a letter type directive (in- remain with its associated gyrocompass. Com- struction), in accordance with the ship's direc- plete instructions for maintaining the record are tives system; and a copy of the instruction is outlined in the front of the book and must posted in the front of the Night Order Book. be carefully followed. In the event of loss ofor Orders for the night for the engineering of- damage tothe gyrocompass service record ficer of the watch generally specify the boilers book, a replacement book can be obtained as and other major items of machinery to be used indicated in the Navy Stock List of Forms and during the night watches. A form similar to the Publications, NavSup 2002. The requisition for one illustrated in figure 6-12 is in use in some the new book must show the mark, modifica- ships for the issuance of the engineer officer's tion, and serial numbers of the gyrocompass night orders. for which the book is intended. The Night Order Book is maintained in port and at sea. In the temporary absence of the DEGAUSSING FOLDER engineer officer in port, the book may be main- tained by the engineering department duty of- The ship's Degaussing Folder is a record ficer. Underway, the Night Order Book is de- of the degaussing installation in the ship. The livered to the engineering officer of the watch folder contains (1) a description of the degaussing prior to 2000 and is returned to the log room installation; (2) a record of inspections, tests, prior to 0800 of the following day. In addition and repairs performed by repair activities; (3) to the engineering officer of the watch, principal the values of all coil currents for the ship's engineering watch supervisors, and the oil king positions and headings; and (4) a record of should read and initial the night orders for the the degaussing range runs. The Degaussing watch. In port, the night orders should be read Folder is necessary to the operation of the and initialed by the leading duty petty officer degaussing system and must be safeguarded of each engineering division as well as by the against loss. Generally, the Degaussing Folder principal watch supervisors. is in the possession of the navigator; and the engineer officer provides the navigator with the STEAMING ORDERS names of engineering personnel who will require access to the folder. Steaming Orders are written orders issued The Ship's Force Degaussing Maintenance bythe engineer officer that list the major Record, NavShips 1009, is provided for record- machinery units and readiness requirements ing maintenance of degaussing system performed of the engineering department based upon the by the ship's force. When completed, the forms time set for getting the ship underway. Gen- are inserted in the degaussing folder. erally, a locally prepared form similar to the one lllnstragd in figure 6-13 is used flr is- TROUBLE CALL RECORD suance of ffibSteamfng Orders. The orders normally specify (1) the engine combinations to In large ships it is advisable that the elec- be used, (2) times for lighting fires and cutup -in trical and auxiliaries divisions maintain daily boilers, (3) times for warming up awl bolting records of the many trouble calls received in main mines, (4) times for starting and parallel- order to ensure that the calls are handled as ing ship's service generators, (5) standard expeditiously as possible. The record of each speed, and (8) engineering officer of the watch troublecallreceivedshouldindicatethe and principal watch supervisors. Early posting (1) time that the call was received, (2) person of Steaming Orders is essential to getting a reporting the trouble, (3) nature of the trouble, ship with a large engineering plant underway (4) person to whom the call was assigned, (5) with a minimum of confusion. action taken to am-se the trouble, and (6) ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
ENGINEER OFFICER'S NIGHT ORDERS Date 6 7uNE 19 -
USS SAMPLE (CAG -132)
At or enroute from d6111044rs, Tr44), to GEIAA,
Standard speed is /J- knots--J-11_____rpm, or as ordered.
Anticipated speed changes: knots at at
Be prepared for knots with Boilers at
Boilers in use / A wa ; Standby Boilders AA AND3
Sprayer plates in use: (saturated side); (superheater)_LEARt-
Standby sprayer plates: (saturated side):141A-14 (superheater)
Operate with engineering plantibilr-and superheaters lighted/severed
Maintain main steam:temperature atrALCIF. in accordance with superheat control
policy in standing night orders.
Operate ship's service generators / AND ; generators A444.3 in
standby condition.
Evaporators / MDA. distill to ship's tanks/reeerve-feed-Abenks- untiland then shift to.RFT-
Carry out standing night orders published in the front of this book.
REMARKS:
tufty ovr Manua. sriritmtma wovraoIt OtoTteif ANDKMEloui-IS Pity.eme.4. ma*Viso if OW AINIMOPThefflarerreetr.
In case of trouble or doubt, call me in ramm-ilaa, telephone-AAA.----;
andi.r. eRs.ey in room /IV, telephone4214
INITIALS
20-24
00-04
04-06 p p 7* =tiler
Figure 6 -12. A sample of the engineer officer's night orders. 114.13
116 Chapter 8RECORDS AND REPORTS
II.S.S. SPUTUM.Cs-3333 Mlamisamo DEPARTMENT STIVIDIG ORDERS
Date 17 August 19
The ship is scheduledto getunderway at 11100, 18 August , 19
1. The Engineering Department shall report rest, to get underwayat 1.M (sero time)
2. Boilers Nos. 1.2.3.4.8.8 shall be used.
3. Stemming watches (3rd stewing section) below as follows:
SPACE Datum WINER!
No. lltashinery Space No. 2 !Whiner, Space No. 3 Machinery Space No. 4 Machinery Space
Light Boiler Nos. 1, 2 at0800 i cat-in_4&.0 Boiler Nos. 3. h ap wct)-- ICut-in Boiler Nos. at ; Cat-in
5. Calmence warning -up rain engines at,11}0 , and follow waning -up schedule.
6. Waraup Nos. 2 1250-1.14 generators at Anent in idle WOO . Nos.=1250-1.W.generators at Roost in (idle) 1245 Noe. 1250-1.W. generators at ___Jeut lai idle
7. Test rain engines at 1222.Report the Engineering Drparbsent ready to get underway to Ihenser Mawr.
8.Rave all harnesses:1e up with = sprayer plates and in use by . Standby X08 sprayer plates.
9. Operate 2 sego) evaporators, and distill as directed by E.O.M.
10. Calls On Station: Engineer Officer Duty Officer Assistant Engineer Officer Junior Duty Officer Main Propulsion Duty MC Assistant DaV MMC Net EJE; Duty BfC walter a Dativ AMC /and. MC
11. Watch &NON. 0000-0h00it ites) R. S.Smith, .01100-0800 11. 16Robertsonirastsigna 0800-1200 11E7AZE D. r. Malt. 'Ulan 1200-1830 pnr% b O. LBolt)leach. 1600-1800 R. S. Smith 1800-2000 2.Robertson 2000-2h00 D. F. *Wards
Unlessnotified otherwise, standardspeedwill be ..15_ knot., 15._ rpm.
954.14(Offieer)
Copies:Bat;Officer aid C.P.O.IsoSteaming 5.3., Div. &B.'s, rile.
114.14 Figure 8-13.Sample steaming orders.
117 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION the time that the trouble was corrected. Di- required samples of deposits, tubes, and boiler vision officers should check the record daily to water, should be forwarded to the Naval Ships ensure that all calls are answered. The record ,Engineering Center,.Philadelphia Division also provides information as to the existence (formerly Naval Boiler and TurbineLaboratory), of unusual maintenance problems. in accordance with current instructions issued by the Naval Ship Systems Command. BOILER WATER TREATMENT LOGS It is essential that standard terminology be used in filling out the Boiler Tube Casualty The Boiler Water Treatment Logs shown in Report to provide meaningful information on the figures 6-14,6-15, and 6-16 are used to record nature and causes of the damage. If trouble is boiler water tests and treatment. These logs encountered in determining the exact type of are listed below by name and the type ship they damage, remember that (1) the term RUPTURE are used on: should be used for all openings associated with 1. Boiler Water Treatment Log - Navy tube enlargement; (2) the term PERFORATION Boiler Compound, Nav Ships 9560/1, for ships should be used only for openings other than with 600 psi boilers and below. cracks which are not associated with tube en- 2. Boiler Water Treatment Log- High largement; and (3) the term CRACK should be Phosphate Treatment, Nav Ships .9560/2, for used for longitudinal or circumferential separa- ships with diatomite feedwater filters. tion where there is no appreciable tube enlarge- 3. Boiler Water Treatment Log - Low Phos- ment. phate Treatment, NavShips 9560/3, for ships If it is necessary to submit samples in con- with 1200 psi boilers. nection with boiler pressure part damage, cur- The Feedwater Log, NavShips 9560/4, shown rent instructions issued by the Naval Ship Sys- in figure 6-17, is used for feedwater tests on all tems Command should be followed. Here are a ships with propulsion and auxiliary boilers. The few tips on the submission of samples: Feedwater Log, along with one of the pious 1. Samples of damaged pressure parts must logs listed will be used on each ship to record be obtained as nearly as possible in their original the tests of feedwater and tests and treatment form. A complete tube section containing a rep- of boiler water. Figures 6-16 and 6-17 illustrate resentative example of the metal damage makes the proper method for entering data to the logs. a good sample. Specific instructions for entering data in 2. Tubes sent as samples may be mit into these logs are given in the Boiler Water/Feed- convenient lengths for shipping, but they must water Test and Treatment Course (certification be CLEARLY MARKED forreassembly. course). Oil should NOT be used for cutting a tube that is to be submitted as a sample. Sample tubes BOILER TUBE RENEWAL SHEETS must be cut very carefully so that the damaged area will not be cut, burned, or otherwise dis- Boiler Tube Renewal Sheets, often called Boiler Tube Data Sheets, should be used to keep figured. a record of defective tubes and of renewed 3. A poorly labeled sample is practically tubes. Boiler Tube Renewal Sheets are available worthless. Tube sections should be marked with for most boilers now in naval use. Figure 6-18 paint to show the side toward the furnace, the illustrates this form for a Babcock & Wilcox steam drum end, the relationship of each section double-furnace boiler; figure. 16-19 shows the to the other sections of the tube, the boiler form for a Foster Wheeler single-furnace boiler. number, the name of the ship, and any other If Boiler Tube Renewal Sheets are not avail- necessary information. The marking must not able for a particular boiler, similar forms can cover or contaminate the damaged area. Tube be prepared from the boiler plans. samples must NOT be submitted with paper tags tied onto them; when paper tags are used, BOILER TUBE CASUALTY REPORT they generally become lost or disfigured long before the sample arrives at its destination. The form shown in figure 6-20 is a stand- Metal tags that are wired on are better than ard ;form to be used when reporting. failed. or paper tags, but the best way to mark the samples replaced boiler pressure parts. This form is to give the required information directly (Form 4ND-Shipyard 9510/2), together with any on the samples.
118 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS
BOILER WATIR TREATMENT LOONAVY BOILER COMPOUND MINIM OGNII IMMO (SW) etwe1es.0.100e
NS SOIL ,17 ' NON% Of STAN
NAVY NAVY SLOW. ALNA. DATE T 1ME CPILOCRICK. NARD ROI LER Dm( i s mg SLON COLO.COMM .ALA*.NANO.SOILED DOWN RIDE T IV I TYL IN I TYNESSCOMPOUNDND `D DOWN RIDETIV ITTLIMIT%NESSCOMISTM Poi Poi 40 L ail LIP VW 4101 .VW CSM Le
TOP OF FRONT PAGE14.4...... iw%...... L...sm....e.....%.....goi...;
BOTTOM OF BACK PAGE r
'MARLS, Illatardeamelm.lwiha heal.. alell 1 Ionasad Isetea.daaI dam mad boiler...... 1 eamdmtad Moms Ule Mad. List all mdtt. Inelmtlas relielelimg owl Nee rea.m1.)
NOLNIS STUMM SINCE LAST ROUSH* CLONING MUM $11/1.114 SINCE LAST IIN(51011 CLIANINS SNDIICALt 112012NICALi TOTAL STEAMINGowes lawnyTOTAL NAVY SOILCN CCUP01/d1 THIS MUM MOUNT SIM NOTE: This r1 sill be nisei's' es booed fee 'S ....r sad disposed el is Jesse Irish 2112411VINIIT 3212.8. $112-1, Per. 11210(11.T iptlel sill c Isesiebes1 SAVSN1P2220211 elm moolicrequired. Neer 411 eer AUTHORS ILO SIONA1M1 MOTO,1111,40. MT 1711)
98.164.1 Figure 6-148Boiler Water Treatment LogNavy Boiler Compound.
119 Aa ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
BOILER WATER TREATMENT LOG -HIGH PHOSPHATE TREATMENT MOMS I110/2 (111V. 11.411) (f11NT) SiN.01011430.2000
LISS MILER NO. CIUMMATIvESEEMIM NOUNS MEMO! EE AR
4k immewm ....,,,..ewe& .,mem SLOW.ENLO.OSIOLC.ALMA.PNOS."^" "011MINIal SLOW.COCO DATE TINC SODAmemosDATETINC 0,42E.ALAA.MEM.CAUST.,....'101Nnur DOWN AIDETIVITYUNITYPNATE DOWNAIM TIVITYUNITYMATE ..^'."OW" ADDEDmmism ADDEDNIE RM IPM 411401 CAM PPM DES sae Inip EON IVAma P111 OZ. _
TOP OF FRONT PAGE,....60 -._____./.°.
BOTTOM OF BACK PAGE
ROMANIS: (Retard ly the fiadiaes alls 00000 flees soul watersides. 'elide' sod he &dee ed Jetta. oh ameh. LIES ell rep Ire mite Inelating robrIefimg eft/ IAA. rea *el..)
HOURS STEAMING SINCELAST wATERS 10E CLEANING M STEAMING SINCE LAST FIRESIDE CLEANINGAN CHEMICAL: MECHANICAL: TOTAL STEMMASCUSS TOTAL CAUSTIC sou I fa tor.STAR06410SHATC mom
THIS MONTH: MOUNT IWO: DI. I 02.
1110T2: This retard will be retsieed se board for 2 yes a sad di 00000 d at is damn oathSICNAVINSTS211.211. SUP.1, Per. 9510110 T (el will bo furnished NAVSNIPSV2C011 sham required. APPOOVED (Enginestiee Officer) AUTHORIZED SIGNAMME MOTE, MIF.10. MT 17311
98.184.2 Figure 8-15.Boiler Water Treatment LogHigh Phosphate Treatment. r 'to:, .ant
Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS
BOILER WATER TREATMENT LOO -LOW PHOSPHATE TREATMENT MOM WWI WV. 11-02 MOM1101.0S00.110.1000
USA WILD NO. TIM STEAMING MUM MAINZ (OVAp99) I ""12122.8 - I 'IQ° 1 167
Doc OLO/ O. CALSTCI W TIME R. /NOS. MN....1AnInaSLOVCILOCODC. pH MAO. mu : OCION R I OfTIVITY PRATE 4i.: : ammo aeon 001II1 RIO(TIVITV PRATE ApraMn. ONMN* mw Clis Oh EMI /411FL MA Oh Oh )350PRESETMUDAND- 1 20 10 120400 LIGHTOFF - - - -
)450 - 0.1170'10.410 - - 0510 ONTEE LINE - - - -
9300LIGHT OW- - - - - 0540 - 0.330010.515- - 1TAO AG CLIAILIT ei Ae._ c
J BOTTOMOF BACK PAGE 250555LI 0 6.1 - 30 0415
0710ON THELINE e
MOO 0.2220 10.410
0645
0920
1030 0.236011.025 - SOMMESt Mesa messily At 'sailed's of.11 s 00000011114 Slidsell sJ me ha,1 doe end Nel illgeodes sd Mums memlA Liss all rep sr. oak smIeduq rehschng sad emlw rerwmaIs.) *This means that two surface blowdownswere carried out, each surface blowdown was three inches. Fbr this boiler two 3-inch blowdowns is more advantageousthan one 6-inch blow- down becauses
a. a more effective 10% blowdown results
b. the risk of carryover is reduced
Cw
IMPS STIAMINS SINCE LAST NATUISIOL CLUMIM1 I MRS STEAMING SINCE LAST IIIIISIOIL CLUMINO COMICAL: 4872 NEONANICALI 924.8 i 324.8 TOTM. MMUS 1401011 *5171ST TOTM. CAUSTIC KRA MONTIMY TOTM.0111tenameman TM NONTN:235.0 ONOVONT MO: 12 70 ol. 39 Oa. NOTE: ma a will be reteieed les beard for 2 year. sad disposed of is 00000 doses eieb 11201AVIN3T$212.211. SUP11, Par. UMW.07 ps(s) will be fersisbed NA22111111111C011 140 required.
I/MOM MAE 6 lugWiser) AUTICIIIMI IMMATURE INOTEININP.114). MTIva) T. jowls,. op% I
98.164.3 Figure 6-16.Boiler Water Treatment LogLow Phosphate Treatment.
121
/.1 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
FEEDW ATER LOG BANNIPS 540/11 (11-141 (F oo)striolos120.4144 U22 r, why.. 664 ELAINI(CVA-99) # I ENGINE Room JUNE 67 CHLORIDE aftno RESERVEFEED TANKS (PM piT DATEUN 1 T alma WOG(I* (OT cuosae-con.O $443. 041.0 INaND toego. op TOSS 224) 111011 2C22 11112( KM 6106 NCH luot 1611.g 00 04 06 12 16 20 um P121 CPU VW CPU LPN Pm CPU (P2* p22 OFT0.05o.oe0.060.06o.os0.06 * I mc 0.030.020.010.010.020.o20.IS0.020.090.100.100.150.150.100.05.0.08 rri 0.02560250.0250.0280.0150.02S . OFT 2 Pc CO . OFT . 3 MC
CO ...... , OFT - e MC "TOP OF FRONT PAGE
...... NO112111011. I VW I OFT 26 MC ED OFT 0.060.000.070.080.060.06 * 27 1C 0.010.010.010.020.010.010.120.020.09alo0.090.120.180.100.080.08 ED 0.0250.0250.0260.0280.0150.025, OCT 26 iC CO , OFT 29 MC ED OFT 30 ML CO , ...- , T . .... OFT 31 6/C CO - ithitits * V)/ssoLvEp OXYGEN (DFT) ONLY Mini. BE RECORDED LESS THAN 0.0Z IF THE SH/P TESTS DO NOT INDICATE THE PRESENCEOF 5504Vecs OXYGEN.
NOTE:Thie rrrrr d will be 4 on beard for 2 4 'Hewed et in desee vitbIIICNAVINST5213. SUP1, EN.' MOM T pt(e) will be tarnished NosoIrsTiooNwhile regained. 22214121M (ins ttttt tagOffseltrj 11101MTWM. 1 TM VP.10 Ale CDR us/./ s , att u s1723)
98.164.4 Figure 6-17.-Feedwater Log.
122
oclo 94VPARTIALLY NO. RETLMED EN NAME DATEBOILER NO. I WM I ALTERATICW3 000001 I SW TIMT 1RCETRR AMES TO 1144 DPI333 TYPE BOLEROno-As. OF 403-4, str-rs. 0E4. WM-M. 18?-40. 0041101101111131 4692-4, 6911-711, 7205 71EF-3E, 734 741 -1 TIE-K I. WREN AMMO TO TUNS M EORKWOMEKE oR NOTE REPORT TIJCEURKIOfl ER10ER 190:INTOUPERHEATK16OE1141143 To RE411 OFTLIREW-ONE KILER. KC MU. LETTER OF ROW MOMD MAW AsLe FOLLOWION OF SVU) TIAMIHIVE NME OR LETTER OF ROW sum TURK, MOM UMCIN ROLL 11.Krem sum EOM=ILIPIPICAUNIMOMMO KUM OF ON TILEOF MKS TUE 111KCCLINTMO SECTION DOMINO MIKCOOKKEERWMPHEATER REM PROWOF ECOMISSR.MOTTO'', MKT 111211911.14NE UWES-ME TO 11) REAR TOP OF OF LETTER KNOW& Mm UMBER OF TUBE AS LOOP NUMM, RAM OF TUBE WU OM KRUK ADtiae CO 0til 1111.E 1,0s 103 OM'MST01011111011.11 0IBMS 0111400 0 00821100 000 110011111 wow mu Insupene.40,100000ODINI1-4020 6 EMI4 INIPOIMISEla Mar 01. 01111.414101 OIL II BEM IND NM ll 8RA NOM OF RIPSII BOILER ROE MOIWK MEET W WiWB RIME. SWIM ECOMMIZERTOORD SEQUINREM Ma- 110TTok Loom IM4000 Can 'PaNO NIm SIRE WIZ Mt/t4t_ 10 Figure 6- 18. Boiler Tube Renewal Sheet for a Babcock and Wilcox double-furnace boiler. tS01.1- 400 8414021 smser 1 OP 1 98. 168 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
MOP NO. DOLE* NO PARTIALLY REMO ST DATE
TIN ID= MIAS TO POMO WORM NAM O COMO - 011114.0015-11014
-0-e-eN I N
MIMI! .rratr ves I 3 3 3 000000010Tools
/MONT Of 111011.111
IATOA MOILER CCCCC
124 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS
DOTE "NAL
NOTES I. WWI INIFIFINNS TO TIMES N CONINWONOCNCE OW WWI Kamm TAM! AN FOLLOWS. WONNIATINS USA MK LETTER OP NOW ANO IS OM OP WM MINTING NMI FINSET TO MAN OF SOW. ILIPOWEATEN WKS MK WNW OF LOOP AND MOIR OP TOSS COUNTS* FROM BOTTOM TO TOP. SIDE WILL OWE NAME OP TIM *NO WON OP TUN COUITIIII PROW MIT TO RUN OF SOILS. ECONONWEN MIME SITE LETTER AND NANO OP TIM AS ININCATIO ON MOSS INECTONAL VIEW OP CCOMICIANZIOL
e MO DAICATION naPUN Net WINN RUM NO e I //111/1111DMIT OP SOLO 11011110011111 Mb 711 1' 0.11 2 a a TC:2::::= gt:a. :Hi anammasaOP II/PIPOSATP )eeeeeeeeee CI111111eurnmence paws MALL 14 11 MILT 1111111711111141141111111111111117101 OF 11115111111111111. a) 11.1 11.1118 -RR
firammummunni; 111/111 MIL NOLO
MAN01PAIN's, 11--INII 11111111 1111 MI 81"M its IS tro41--WNW/ IRV 41 11111 411.111144 RRRS .ay111411 40.1111111 111 SI ay n*611111 PLAN NEW OP NOW TOM 11 111 I M. 1111 PIP 101111 111111140 IN GI FRONT Of 110L111
L
V
Yon SPIA17177 IMONVIMI. BUREAU OF SHIPS .104.05' BOILER TUBE RENEWAL SHEET WPM FOR POSTER WHEELER SINGLE FUR/ULE, ECONOMIES SECTION LOOMS INTEGRAL SUPERHEATER BOILER TOWNS MAN TRIM WITHSINGLE UPTAKE 11.0 1 ~1111 MEM sosamrs Iratifradoi ""440Are MAIM 0 1101~ See I,-1 200 I 2002016 11111111
98.169.1 Figure 6-19.Boiler Tube Renewal Sheet for a Foster Wheeler single-furnace boiler.
125 / el ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
BOILER TUN CASUALTY REPORT 4ND-S1UPTAVD-9510/2
INSTRUCY:ONS - Check or fin In as applicable. A separate report should be filled out for each circuit, for each type of failure noted. Derangements of a particular circuit (warpage, sagging. marriages. blisters. etc.) which accompany but do not constitute a complete failure (rupture, perforation, crack, eta) may be described under REMARKS on last page.Fonrard.repcet so NAVAL BOILER AND TURBINE LABORATORY. PHILANAVSHIPYD. Philadelphia 12. Pa. When failed tube is forwarded for analysis. forward adjacent tube. A. SNIP:ust BOILER NO. DATE BOILER MANUFACTURER: BOILER SERVICE: MAIN PROPULSION AUXILIARY TYPE:"A" . , MOW OTHER SUPERHEATOMMITREILLIED' uNcorrricaw NONE MFRS. INSTRUCTION BOOK, NAVSHIPS NO. BORER NAMEPLATE DATA: DESIGN PRESSURE, . TEMPERATURE OPERATING russuig , TEMPERATURE DATE FABRICATED . ADDITIONAL NAMEPLATE DATA:
TYPE OF MAIN PROPULSION:STEAM: TURBINE . RECIPROCATING .DIESEL OTHER DATE OF FAILURE COMPONENT (CIRCUIT) TYPE OF FAILURE: RUPTUNI--THEN;LIPPETHICK-LIPPED CRACK LONGl=___TRANSVERBE_ . PERFORATION PITTING FIRESIDE COMMON WATERSIDE CORROSION (Describe under REMARKS - Refer to BSTM Chapter 61 Appeal-171 FAILED TO! NO. (S TUN IDENTIFICATI ACCORDING TO: TUN PLAN IN MFRS. INSTRUCTION BOOK: TUBE IDENTIFICATION SHEET OTHER (DESCRIER)
sar. , ,T: , , / THICKNESS OF DEPOSITS: W/11/14 INDICATIONS OF WATERSIDE:OIL ,KNOWN OBJECTS
D. LOCATION OF FAILURE FROM: FURNACE FLOOR (Water Wall Tubes) rr.fmrfil. STEAM DRUM (Generating Bank Tubes=ERNEtss IN. FRONT HEADER (Generating Bank Tubes-HEADER TYPat PT. SUPERHEATERMADER: OUT OF PASSNO) IT. _IN. ECONOMIZER HEADER: Tarrurr -1147 ORIENTATION OF FAILURE: TOWRITIIIPIJACIt AWXYWOR FURNACE
L OPERATING CONDITIONS AT TIME OF DISCOVERY or FALURE: I STEAM PATE (fir nu POWER) KILN LOAD: iNCRRASI NG INCREASING STEADY SPRAYER PLATE S17.1(S) IN USE NUMBER AND LOCATION OF szclidERMTVIII U LIGHTING OFF IIIUNDER ITTDROITITIMIT AT PIIM--"Ln IDLE
98.170 Figure 8-20.Boiler Tube Casualty Report..
128
/30 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS
F. IF RUPTURE OCCURRED: ACTION TAKEN IMMEDIATELY AFTER DISCOVERY (DESCRIBE)
TOTAL STEAM HOURS ON FAILED TUBE(S):SINCE INSTALLATION ON WATERSIDES: SINCE LAST CHEMICAL CLEANING SINCE LAST MECHANICAL CLEANIkG ON FIRESIDES SINCE LAST CLEANING METHOD OF BOILER WATER TREATMENT: NAVY BOILER COMPOUND (600 PSIG AND LOWER) LOW PHOSPHATE - SPLIT (1200 PSIG BOILERS) HIGH PHOSPHATE - SPLIT (SYSTEMS WITH DIATOMITE FILTERS) OTHER IS BOILER OVIXTENDED WATERSIDES CLEANING INTERVAL PROGRAM? FAILED TUBE(S): PLUGGED RENEWED DATE IF RENEWED: INSTALLING ACTIVITY:SHIP'S FORCE SHIPYARD (NAME) TENDER(NA)AI) REPLACEMENT TUBE(S) OF IN. MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS SAMPLES FORWARDED FOR ANALYSIS: DATE TUBE NO. (S)
G. INMARICS : (ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SUSPECTED CAUSE OF FAILURE. ENCLOSURES, ETC.)
98.170 Figure 6-20.Boiler Tube Casualty ReportContinued.
127
/ 3 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
4. The best -way to submit a sample of a SHIP CHARACTERISTICS CARDS tube deposit is usually to submit a section of the tube with the deposit still in place. If for The ShipCharacteristicsCard, OpNav some reason this cannot be done, the deposit 9010-2, is a report of comprehensive informa- sample should be separated from the metal tion essential to an understanding of the charac- with a sharp instrument that is capable of teristics and capabilities of surface ships and taking the entire thickness of the deposit, down service craft.A similar report, Submarine to the sound metal. As a last resort, deposit Characteristics Card (OpNav 9010-1) is ap- samples may beobtainedby scraping or plicable to submarines. The distribution and brushing; however, samples taken in this way frequency of submission of the ship and sub- are so broken up and frequently so contaminated marine characteristics cards is in accordance with other material that it is generally very with current OpNav and appropriate fleet com- difficult to obtain useful information from them. mander's directives. The current revision of 5. Deposit samples should be forwarded in OpNav Instruction 9010.8 applies. Instructions clean bottles or cans. The container should be for completing the forms are published on one permanently marked withall the required of the pages comprising the report. identifying information. The data in the Ship Characteristics Card 6. A 1-gallon sample of boiler water, taken must be accurate and 'complete because it is while the boiler is being emptied or just be- used for planning purposes by CNO. Where ac- fore it is emptied, should be submitted with curate data are not available,an estimate samples of waterside deposits. The bottle in (marked E) will be, given but exact data must which the boiler water sample is submitted be obtained and submitted as soon as practicable. should be entirely clean before the sample is CNO requires that the Ship Characteristics collected. The bottle should be filled almost card be submitted by all ships (1) upon com- (but not quite) to the top;it must be tightly missioning or being placed in service,(2) stoppered; and it must be clearly labeled with within 30 days after completion of regular over- all identifying information, including informa- haul, and (3) whenever a change in military tion on recent water tests and water treat- characteristics (including any change in weapons ment. installations) is made. The engineer officer must 7. When samples are submittedfor analysis, make certain that the current revision of the Ship they should be, accompanied by an explanatory Characteristics Card is used for submission of letter. The letter should include information the report. When filled in, the Ship Characteris- on the circumstances under which the failure tics Card is classified Confidential. occurred, the cause of the failure (if known), thefiringrate at the time, the number of ELECTRONICS INSTALLATION RECORD steaming hours since the last waterside clean- The Electronics Installation Record (Nay- ing, and any other pertinent information. Ships 4110) is an inventory record of the ship's electronics installation. This record is prepared ELECTRONIC FAILURE REPORT by all active ships or cognizant commands. The data included in this report are required by management and command personnel for opera- The Electronic Failure Report, form DD787, tions and planning. Instructions forthe prepara- is a report rendered on the failure of certain tion, revision, and submission of the record electronic equipment listed in the current re- are published in Reporting Electronic Equip- vision of NavShips Instruction 10550.73. A ment Installations, NavShips 900135 (revised). separate form is submitted to the Naval Ship The copy of any publication referred to for Systems Command for each electron tube or instructions when preparing areport must electronic part failure. The report form should be the latest revised copy of the publication be cbmpleted and submitted as soon as possible because reporting procedures are frequently after the repair is accomplished. For elec- changed. A report that is submitted incor- tronic equipments under the cognizance of the rectly or that contains incomplete information engineer officer, the report is mailed promptly cancauseconsiderableconfusionand in- to NavShips without a covering letter unless conveniencebyrequiringadditionalcor- itis necessary to supplement the remarks respondence which unduly burdens the person portion of the report form. making the report as well as the recipient.
128 Chapter 6RECORDS AND REPORTS
FORM SUBJECT DESTINATION REFERENCE NavPers 304.1 Motion Picture Damage, BuPers Art. C-9403, Loss and Destruction BuPera Manual Report.
NavShips 223-1, Docking Report. Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical 223-4, 223-4a, Manual 223-6, & 223-8
Letter, drawing Report of Solid Ballast Nav Ships Technical or sketch Installation or Change. Manual
Letter Report of Pounding or Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical Inadequate Propeller Manual Immersion.
Letter Bent or Cracked Shafts. Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical Manual .
Nav Ship* 4212-1, Report of Turbine Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical 4214-1; 4214-2, Lifting and Repair. Manual 4213-1 (accord- ing to design)
Letter Request for change of Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical Authorized Settings Manual on Boiler Safety Valves.
Nav Ships 1104 Magnetic Compass Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical Table. Manual
Letter Report of Storm Dam- Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical age to Ships. Manual
Letter Defective Condition of Nav Ships Nav Ships Technical Heating Coils in Manual Fuel Oil Tanks
114.25 Figure 6-21. Summary of Situation Reports.
129 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
The ship's electronic equipment is divided When the type commander's endorsement into eight major categories for the purpose o( on the turbine condition report recommends reporting the ship's electronics installation. disassembly of the turbine casing, the Naval Category 7 is the ship's interior communica- Ship Systems Command reviews and normally tionsequipment and includes the following: approves the recommendation; however, ad- 1. Shipboard announcing system amplifiers ditional information may be requested for justifi- and loudspeakers. cation,or alternate or additional tests and 2. Sound recorders. inspections prior to df assembly of the casing 3. Record players. may be recommended. When the turbine report 4. Portable announcing and public address indicates the condition of the turbine is satis- systems. factory and no urgent alterations are known 5. Ship's entertainment systems. to be necessary, the Naval Ship Systems Com- 6. Intercommun%ations units. mand does not answer the report. Any answer 7. Communication console equipment. from Nav Ships involving a recommendation to 8. Sound-powered telephone amplifiers. disassemble the turbine casing or to perform MAIN PROPULSION TURBINE additional tests or inspections will be directed CONDITION REPORT to the type commander with copies to the re- porting ship, the overhaul activity, and any The Main Propulsion Turbine Condition Re- other activities concerned. Final authority for port is a letter report of the condition of each disassembling the casing is the reponsibility propulsion turbine and is submitted to the Naval of the activity (usually the type commander) Ship Systems Command via the typecom- controlling the operating schedule and overhaul mander 3 months prior to each regular over- funds of the ship. haul. A copy of the report is forwarded to theshipyard to which the ship is assigned for overhaul. The report includes data and SITUATION REPORTS information on the turbines in accordance with the recoirements of the chapter in Nav Ships Situation reports are one-time reports re- Technical Manual pertaining to main propelling quired when certain situations arise. Figure machinery. Included in the report are recom- 6-21 is a summary of one-time reports (not mendations by the commanding officer and type previously described) pertaining to the engineer- commander that the turbine should or should not ing department. The situations that occasion be disassembled for inspection an4 overhaul the reports listed in the summary are explained during the regular overhaul period. in the references given. CHAPTER 7
ENGINEERING MATERIAL
One of the problem areas for the engineer- Equipment is considered to be any func- ing department is SUPPLY. The Navy supply tional electronic, ordnance, hull, mechanical, system is charged with the responsibility of or electrical unit which is operated singly or procurement, storage, delivery, and accounting as a component of a system or subsystem and for all materials used in the Navy.This re- which is identified by a Component Identifica- sponsibility also applies at the shipboard level, tion Number/Allowance Parts List (CID/APL). but, while one department may have the re- Examples of equipment are turbines, pumps, sponsibilit7 for a specific function aboard ship, and electric motors. itusually requires the cooperation and as- Equipage is an item of a durable nature sistance of other departments to discharge which is not altered or consumed in use. The that responsibility. allowance of equipage can be and usually is The purpose of this chapter is to provide determined on an individual ship basis and is an insight into and a common ground of under- contained in AllowanceParts Lists (APL), standing of supply procedures. Allowance Equipage Lists (AEL), or other au- As a result of the reorganization of the thorization issued by commands, bUreaus, or Navy, the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts offices.Equipage items differ from equipment became the Naval Supply Systems Command, in that they are usually portable and pilferable. theabbreviation changed from BuSandA to Certain items of equipage are designated Nav Sup, and, as a result, the prefix for supply "controlled equipage" and require increased forms was changed from NavSandA to Nav Sup. management control due to any one or a com- These forms are officially Nav Sup forms and bination of the following: are listed as such in Nav Sup Manual, volume 1, 1. High unit cost chapter 5 and in the catalog of forms and pub- 2. Vulnerability to pilferage lications.In referring to supply forms, the 3. Essentiality to the ship's mission. terms NavSandA and NavSup are synonymous. A listing of items designated as controlled As the forms are revised, the NavSandA prefix equipage is contained in Appendix II of Nav Sup to the form number will be changed to Nav Sup, Manual volumes III and VIII.Those items but the form numbers will remain the same. requiring custodial signatures are denoted by in this chapter, the forms will be referred asterisks. to as Nav Sup forms regardless of the prefix A repair part is any item which appears in appearing on the forms in the 'illustrations an Allowance Parts List (APL), a manufac- and in actual use. turer's instruction book, or a similar parts list.Consumable materials, such as gaskets, which have an equipment application are also considered repair parts. TYPES OF MATERIAL Consumable supplies are administrative and housekeeping items, general purpose hardware, To satisfythe requirements of material common tools, or any other item not specifi- reporting and accounting the Navy divides ma- cally defined as equipage or repair parts. terial into five categories:(1) equipment, (2) Services are nonmaterial requirements such equipage, (3) repair parts, (4) consumable sup- as equipment rental, commercial telephone, plies, and (5) services. pilotage, and tug hire.
131 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIALS Together, the stock group and class are known as the FSC and form the first four digits of the Rarely do any two persons observe exactly FSN. the same details of the same object, much less The second element of 'the FSN is the Fed- describe them in the same words. It was this eral item identification number (FIIN).The need for a brief, accurate means of identifying FIN is assigned to a specific item of material one specific item of material that led to the and bears no relationship to any other FUN. FederalCatalogSystempresentlyin use The FSC is used to group and classify similar throughout the Department of Defense and civil types of material, but two similar items listed agencies of the Government. This system re- side by side in the catalog may have FIINs quires that only one identification number be such as 541-4078 and 268-3579. assigned to a specific item of material used by and carried under centralized inventory con- trol of any. civil or military agency of the Fed- COGNIZANCE SYMBOLS eral Government. The Federal Catalog System includes naming, describing, classifying, and A two partcognizance symbolis used numbering all items, and the publication of within the Navy to provide supply management catalogs and stock and identification lists. information.There are numerous cognizance symbols currentlyin use although the ma- jority of stock transactions aboard ship are FEDERAL STOCK NUMBERS covered by 1H, 1N, 9C, 9N, 9Q, and 9Z. The first partisa single number that denotes The Federal Stock Number (FSN) is the the stores account (discussed later in the chap- common language of material identification. ter) in which the material is carried in the The first four digits of the FSNcompose the supply system.Briefly the numeral part of Federal Supply Classification (FSC), which has the cognizance symbol indicates the following: two elements: group and class. 1, 3, S, 7Material held in the Naval Stock The FSC consists of 90 groups (some unas- Account (NSA). When this material signed),which are subdivided into approxi- is issued, it must be paid for by mately550 classes.Each class covers a the requisitioner. particular area of commodities, in accordance with their physical or performance charac- 9 Material originally purchased by teristics, or based on the fact that the items in the Defense Stock Fund but now the class are usually requisitionedor issued held in NSA. When this material together.Below is an example of how the is issued, it must be paid for by classes are used to divide types of material the requisitioner. within a stock group. 2, 4, 6, 8Material held in the Appropriations Purchases Account. This material Group Class Material is currently issued without charge to the requisitioner. 53 Hardware and abrasives Material not carried in a s res 05 Screws account. 06 Bolts 07 Studs The second part of the cognizance Symbol 10 Nuts and washers is a single letter code that designates the in- 15 Nails, keys, and pins ventory manager of Inventory Control Point 20 Rivets (ICP) that has cognizance, or control, of the 25 Fastening devices material.These inventory managers may be 30 Packing and gasket materials Navy or Defense activities. 35 Metal screening 40 Miscellaneous hardware MATERIAL CONTROL CODE 45 Disks and stones, abrasive 50 Abrasive materials The material control code (MCC) isa one 55 Knobs and pointers letter code assigned by the inventory manager
132
34 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL to indicate the rate of usage or to designate material, with approval of the type commander those items having special reportingand/or andcognizant systems command or bureau. control requirements. The MCC is placed The supply department uses allowance lists after the cognizance symbol in the FSN. in determining responsibility for materials and The following FSN illustrates all of the ele- in maintaining custody records and account- ments that have been discussed: ability for items of controlled equipage.Al- lowance lists are also used as authority for 2 R M 5310 - 059 - 2507 procurement and replacement of allowed equip- ment. Stores account Allowance lists for consumable supplies are merely guides to the range and quantities of Cognizance symbol material that probably willbe required to operate a given type of ship. A ship may ex- Material control code ceed quantities shown in these lists for indi- vidual items without submitting a request for Federal supply group change in allowance. Allowance lists not only limit procurement Federal supply class of nonconsumables and serve as guides in the procurement of consumables, they also provide Federal item identification number valuable identificationdata not immediately available from other sources. Allowance lists are the first source that should be consulted 1 IDENTIFICATION PUBLICATIONS for stock numbers of items known to be in the ship's allowance. 1 The primary publications which the engi- neering department will use aboard ship in COSAL identifying material are the Coordinated Ship- board Allowance List (COSAL), manufacturers' The Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List publications- such as technical manuals and (COSAL) is a technical and supply management catalogs,and technical bureau or systems document that is designed to enable ships to command publications. achieve maximum operating capability for ex- Most identification publications have notes tended periods of time, independent of external or introductions which explain fully how to use logistic support. them.These publications can be rather com- The COSAL is technical in that it provides plex, andif anyonein the department has nomenclature, operating characteristics, speci- trouble in deciphering the various codes or fications, parts lists, and other technical datd reference numbers, supply department person- pertaining to all installed equipment and ma- nel will be glad to help, for the clearer the chinery, and nomenclature and characteristics understanding of identification publications, the of the equipage and tools required to operate easier the job will be. and maintain the ship and its equipment. The COSAL is a supply management docu- Allowance Lists ment in that it tells the supply officer how much of what material to stock in his store- Allowance lists are planned to include all rooms and the allowance of equipage items nonconsumable items and supporting materials that must be carried aboard ship. essential to the efficient operation and mainte- The allowances of material to be carried nance of a ship and to limit the quantityand in the storerooms and material required in the type of such items as equipment, controlled operating spaces are prepared by computers equipage, and repair parts that may be carried from the hundreds of APL/AELs that apply aboard at' any one time.Ships normally are to an individual ship. The preparation of these required to carry a full allowance but are not allowance lists takes into account all of the permitted to exceed the allowance except: when installed equipment on board, the quantity of demand information for repair parts warrants each item of that equipment, the failure rate an increase; with the approval of the type of parts and the relative importance of these commander; or,for specified categories of parts to the operation of the equipment.
133
137 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Of course, the COSAL will not provide parts Section EGenerally used, consumable for every equipment breakdown. To do this, nonequipment related items.For initial a complete set of spare equipment and ma- outfitting of a ship's operatingspaces chinery would have to be carried on board, and storerooms. which is impossible. The COSAL can beex- pected to improve, however, as more accurate The Summary of Effective Allowance Parts/ usage data are collected through the 3M system Equipage Lists is a numerical list of all APLs utilized by the COSAL preparation activities. and AELs which are included in the ship's The engineering department will be concerned SPCC COSAL. This summary may be used to primarily with the Hull, Mechanical, Electrical check part II for missing APL/AELs whena and Ordnance COSAL prepared by Ships' Parts new COSAL is received and periodically there- Control Center (SPCC). The Electronic COSAL after.It is in numerical sequence and should prepared by the Electronic Supply Office will be kept current by adding or deleting identifi- also be used since it contains support for IC cation numbers as changes are made toyour equipment. COSAL. The Summary is illustrated in figure The COSAL does not include ship's store 7-1. stocks, resale clothing, bulk fuels, subsistence The Index is published in two parts, Section items,expendable ordnance or repair parts A and Section B. Both contain exactly thesame foraircraft..These items are covered by information but arranged in sucha manner separate outfitting and load lists.Allowance that they provide a cross-index of all APL/ requirements for nuclear weapons, guided mis- AELs in part II.The following information is siles, and certain FBM equipment are included number keyed to the columns of the Aand B in special supplements to the COSAL. indexes shown in figure 7-2. Both SPCC and ESO publish an Introduction Allowance Parts List (APL).The APL is section which gives detailed descriptions Of the a technical document prepared for a specific parts and contents of the COSALs and informa- item or component of equipment and listsde- tion thatwill be helpful when using them. scriptive data and characteristics of the equip- Because of the limited use of the ESO COSAL ment, repair parts, and other technical and in the engineering department, only the SPCC supply management information.The COSAL COSAL is discussed in this chapter. binder should contain an APL for every item The SPCC COSAL is divided into parts and or component of equipment on board. sections as follows: Each APL is assigned a nine-digit identi- Part I fying number by SPCC. The first two digits identify the equipment/component categoryand are listed in an index in the COSAL Introduc- Summary of Effective Allowance Parts/ tion. The APLs are filed innumericalsequence Equipage Lists in Part II of the COSAL. IndexSection A An APL number containing a letter "P" IndexSection B prefix may be encountered.Thiii indicates an incomplete APL. The body of the APL usually Part II tells why it is incomplete and the action being taken or required to complete it. Section A.-Allowance Parts Lists (APL) An APL will not always cover a complete Section BAllowanceEquipageLists equipment; refer to the Section B Index, figure (AEL) 7-2.The first entry is "ELEC POWER SUP- PLY - EMER SSERV DELEC ENGINE."This Part III is the name of a complete system or equip- ment, the diesel electric engine for theemer- Section AStock Number Sequence List- gency ship's service electric power supply. Storeroom items (SNSL-SRI) Column 2 lists the various components of the Section BStock Number Sequence List- diesel electric engine, each of which, in this Operating Space Items (SNSL -OSl) case, has its own APL number.Thus, the Section CNot used at this time. APL may cover a complete equipmentor only Section DAlternateNumberCross- one component of that equipment. An example Reference to Stock Number of an APL page is shown in figure 7-3. The
134 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
11011111A PM UM Me OM SUMMARY Of EFFECTIVE ALLOWANCE PARTS/EQUIPAGE LISTS eauirmaragomrowenitourAort 1004WICAOON NUMMI
017690041 030050016 051200318 061900047 070990068 130010006 140000040 151200524 017620119 030060006 051200331 0700000011 0709000611 131300293 140000040 161200525 017710001 030050000 007160026 070000005 070990006 1313001166 1110900052 151200530 131900029 41Q000RS ^* "1nm 030060004 057150032 070000017 070090067 111200551
1- 400204002 14700111002 4700011016 2-6600314012 2-9200011002 2-070004013 1- 490204003 1-070014005 4900211003 2460004010 2-6200614004 2-870004019 1-11110204005 1-6700111010 -6100014001 e-ee000401e 24120054007 24170004025 I -420010001 1470014010 6100011002 2-660004020 2420064000 2-070004027
00 6001 80151 SUMMARY Of MOM AUOWANCI PARTS/ICANIACIS BID WS I MIA 1111. Mn
Numbers in 1.Equipment/Component/Equipage Identification Numbers - The APL- and AEL Identification numerical sequence starting at the top of the page and continuing to the bottomand from left to right. 2. Ship Type and Hull No. - The specific ship for which the Summary ispublished. 3. Date - May be shown as a Julian date (8015 - 15 January 1968) or asmonth-day-year (01-15-68). 4. Page - Consecutive page number of the Summary.
123.1 Figure 7-1.Summary of effective allowanceparts/equipage lists.
different data elements are numbered and refer Equipage is a term used to designate items of a durable nature t are not consumed in to the numbers in table 7-2. use and are es ial to the ship's mission. Allowance Equipage List (AEL).The AEL Some exampleof equipage are typewriters, is similar in appearance to the APL, but where portable power tools (electric drills and pneu- the APL is designed to provide maintenance matic haminerl, life preservers, special cloth- and repair support for ship's equipment, the ing, and test sets). AEL provides allowances of equipage and sup- Through the use of AELs, an equipage al- plies necessary to support the ship's mission. lowance can be tailored to fit the needs of a The APL provides technical information for the specific ship and the commanding officer is man maintaining a piece of equipmentand tells responsible for carrying the full allowance on the supply officer what repair parts he should board. The consumable supplies listed on the carry in the storeroom to supportit. The AELs are not mandatory allowances, but they AEL tells the commanding officer, supplyof- provide a guide for the supply officer and using ficer,and other heads of departments what department in determining what is to be ordered. equipage and supplies are required to enable Figure 7-4 shows a typical AEL. An ex- the ship to operate efficiently and effectively. planation of the data blocks and columns is 135 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
NAVINNIM IOW 1N/ NM 1141/ COSAL INDEXPART I (SECTION A 10/di COIN. EOUIPNVIT/COMINDNEXT/EOUWAGE NOMENCUaURE/CHARACTEMSTICS NNIITIVICATION NO. N011s SERVICE APPLICATION/INFORMATION SIC sun cuss
My DISPENSER DRNKTR SZIO 321600001 BNDAA FRESH WATER SYSTEM - DRINKING WATER COOLER
NV DISPENSER DRNKWTRSZ20 321600002 BNDAA FRESH WATER SYSTEM - DRINKING WATER COOLER
V DISSOLVED OXYGEN TEST KIT 2-660004010 BNDAA FEED WATER SYSTEM - TESTING EQUIPMENT
PUMP RTY PWR26.00GPM 2DPSI II20RPM 0180100117 BNDAA DIESEL OIL SYSTEM - SHIPS SERV PUMP
PUMP RTY PWR36.009Pm 17PSI 2328RPM 017620128 2 BNDAA ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY - (HER SSERV DELEC ENGINE
NAM %Mod OD 0001 8015 Y NIa...Ilmlw %NN W kale 29 IN 1019 %mos Imo A WV ITN NM NO. 119 all0OANCI MUNI feallt Hen.,NMI
MAMMA NNW INN INTO NO COSAL INDEXPART I (SECTION II
SERVICE APPLICATION/ INFORMATION OVAL COL ALLOW EOUIPIIIRT/CCHIPONENT/ CORINNE NOMENCLATURE CHARACTERISTICS misonnemmoc NOTES TNT NO. SUP? COOS
ELEC POWER SUPPLY - EWER SSERV DELEC ENGINE v INJECTOR FUEL DENG 8228282 V 280060001 8 V MOUNT RSIL PAT NO MU -711A 6f0010040 2 INS:: MUFFLER EXH NORZ TY DRY 26416X - 1933A 781200032 2 BNDAA V MUFFLER EXH NORZ TY DRY WM - 19338 701200033 2 V MUFFLER INT TY DRY imams 790030010 2 INS:: PUMP CTRL80GPM 31P61 242RPN__ 01782000B 4 V PUMPartPWR le Nam 50 PSI Iwo RPM 017620041 2 INS:: 2323 RPM .,.#V..,.frnRIVI"ala1vp makxe19VP °10...... 2, ...... 1IDAA","" 4.0--.---....--....--. --.0",---".....---",....0-...... - FEEDWATER SYSTEM -TESTING EQUIPMENT IIIBOILER COMPOUND 2-8800011013 3 BNDAA
DISSOLVED OXYGEN TEST KIT 2-00000110Iu I SHOAL TESTING KIT BOILER WATER 2-880004016 BNDAA
0-.0,---.0.-- 00 0 0 0 0 0 ,_,,,,...... -...
41) m:D IN ON A /CN1MIS D 0001 Irn Ad 9d opft Immo mom, 37 nammommommommommimtitlaltnAllutIlt
17.61:.62 Figure 7-2.COSAL index.
136 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Table 7-1. Description of contents of columns of COSAL Index, Fig. 7-2.
1. Equipment/Component Military Indicates those Items of equipment that are es- sential to the ship's mission. VVital.Failure of the equipment could reduce the ship's capability to perform its mission. NVNonvital. Failure of the equipment would not adversely affect the ship's mission. 2. Equipment/pompontnt/Equipage The noun name and partial characteristic de- Nomenclaturecteristics scription of each APL and AEL. 3. Identification Number The APL or AEL identification number. 4. Quantity The quantity of each equipment/component per service aboard ship, covered by the applicable APL.Column 4 will be blank for all AELs. 5. Column Number The applicable AEL column number from which the allowance is determined.This column is blank for all APLs. 6. Notes A code that indicates specific information about an APL/AEL entry. These codes are listed and defined in the Introduction.
7. Allowance Support Code Reserved for future use. (See item 11.) 8. Service Application/Information The service or major shipboard function in which the equipment/component/equipage operates or performs a service. 9. Ship Type and Hull Number The specific ship for which the COSAL is pre- pared. 10. Date Date of preparation (may be expressed as Julian or month-day-year date). 11. Allowance Support Codes Pertains to item 7. 12. Page Consecutive page numbering from first page to last.Page numbers preceded by "H" apply to Hull, Mechanical and Electrical (Example H-1). Page numbers preceded by "Z" apply to Ord- nance (Example Z-1). given in table 7-3 and is number keyed to the installed equipment and characteristics of the AEL. ship. The Characteristics (No. 8) may contain, , The Quantity column (No. 18) is normally in addition to the descript .on of the equipage, blank, but, when it is used as in figure 7-4, it information to assist you in determining al- shows the quantity of the individual items in- lowance quantity, equipage type, and substitu- cludedin the equipage item. This indicates tions necessary because of differences in the what items are included in a complete test
137
Si/ ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
MAMMA MOM 110W21,141441 ALLO ANCE PARTS LIST (APL) oovo..vanewoon Nommciwww/ PUMP RTf Pill 33 GPM TICIIIIICAL """347'0034 17 PSI 2323 RPM O mumsCICUNINT 'um 017620128 01-13-68 1 aummunicf ON NANO ALLOWANCE TASLI MFR-CLRVILAND DIESEL INGINE DIV OP GOIRRALMOIVIRS CORP wn L SWAM PLAN -VT149-S61-072 OvinIll or 11010rorns/2010 Ion NPR DWO-NT10812 I Co.la/ P. "I a MIR IDENTIFICATION -PART NO 3307731 4 4414.24 2140 CAPACITT-33 OPM
TAPIR-OUT 1-94 THE 923330-270-8468 3 M.2 C 2 SF PIPS-BIS 3-8 IPS 9C4710-277-6079 103320 3 M 2 C 1 it WASNII-LE STL 9-16 ID 923310-010-3320 113173 3 P 2 C .1 ND P1. 0-PP SRI 1 -3 IPS 9C4730-011-3173 117061 3 P 2 C 3 RA NUT-PIN NIX STL 5-16 18 923310-330-4888 131692 3 P 2 C .1 ND NUT -PIS CAP DRS 1-2 20 183310-013-1692 179816 3 N 2 C 1 LA BOLT-MACH NIX 9-1613-4 923306-330-1208 3 P 2 C 4 RA 3248386 IMPILLIR-PMP 930-364-3364 P2 1 LA ADDITIONAL PLAN NO/S
N21102 121153 121184
we I' 4 4. Wan A Wn ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST (API.)SECTION A 017620128 01-13-68 1 INV ITN WAL10:1. NAM
21121632111% (1.77
17.63 Figure 7-3.Allowance parts list (APL).
Table 7-2.Data elements of the APL.
1. Equipment/Component Nomenclature/ Name of equipment or component and brief Characteristics description. This corresponds to the Index entries. 2. Technical Document Number The predominant technical manual or plan number. Additional numbers shown in item 8. 3. Identification Number Nine digit identifying number assigned by SPCC to a particular item or component of equipment.This number is shown at top and bottom of page. 4. Date COSAL publication date: 5. Page Consecutive numbering of all pages re- quired to describe one equipment/com- ponent which is identified by a single APL number.This is shown at both top and bottom of page.APLe have the word Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Table 7-2. Data elements of the APL.(Continued)
5. Page (Cont'd.) "END" printed in the center of the page immediately following the last line of data for that APL. This ensures that a com- plete APL is available. 6. Characteristics Complete nameplate data on the equipment/ component names in item 1.
'1.Reference/Symbol Number A number, other than an by 'which a part may be identified, a ged in alpha/ numeric sevence.Itay be a manufac- turer'spart, drawing, ' piece, or circuit symbol number. 8. Additional Data Area When additional technical manuals or plans are applicable, they are listed in this area under an appropriate caption.These are in addition to those listed in items 2 and 6. 9. Item Name The name listing of repair parts and/or re- lated accessory components for the equip- ment/component coveredhy the APL.
10. Stock Number The FSN assigned to a specific repair part. When an FSN has not been assigned, the reference number from item 7 is repeated.
3 11. Part Military Essentiality Code There are two codes.They are shown on 4 (Part MEC) the APL and the SNSL. 1 -.Failure of the part would have a ma- jor effect on the dependence/operation of the component. 3 - Failure of the part would have little effect on the dependence/operation of component. 12. Source Code Indicates the availability of repair parts and method of procurement. These codes are defined in the Introduction.
13. Maintenance Code A three digit code signifying the mainte- nance activity authorized to replace, re- pair, and condemn an item. Only first digit now used. These codes are defined in the Introduction. 14. Recoverability Code Indicates the recoverability characteris- tics of items removed during maintenance. R - Repairable S - Salvageable C - Consumable
139 1'j ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
15. Notes Code Provides necessary and important infor- mation about individual items listed on the APL.The Introduction lists and defines these codes. 16. Quantity in One Equipment/ The total population of the part within the Component equipment/component described by the APL. 17. Unit of Issue The smallest quantity of a stock item that can be issued. 18. Allowance Item Code Reserved for future COSAL use. 19. On Board Allowance Table APLs published as part of an allowance list for shipboard use will not have quan- tities printed in these columns.Instead, "SEE SNSL FOR ALLOW" will be printed. APLs which are received after the regular COSAL will have quantities shown. 20. Ship Type and Hull Number The specific ship for which the APL is published. 21. Page Com,..cutivepage numbering from first page to last of all APL pages contained in the COSAL. kit and enables one to replace items that have lated items and provides a guide for initial been used. outfitting of a ship's operating spacesand storerooms. Normally, it will not be published Stock Number Sequence List.The Stock for a COSAL resulting from a ship overhaul Number Sequence List is composed of two parts, butis published only for new construction, Storeroom Items (SNSL-SRI) and Operating major conversion, or reactivated ships. Space Items (SNSL-0S1). The SNSL-SRI is used by the supply officer in determining whatre- COSAL Maintenance.The COSAL, just as pair parts to stock in his storerooms. The any other Navy publication, frequently requires SNSL-OSI is used to determine the itemsre- changes and corrections. Any errors discovered quiredorgenerallyusedin maintaining in the COSAL (APL still in COSAL for equip- engineering spaces and equipment.As stated ment that has been removed, equipment on- earlier, the controlled equipage shown on the board but not supported by an APL, nameplate SNSL-OSIis a mandatory allowance, but the data in the APL does not agree with that shown consumable items are listed only as a guide on the equipment) should be reported promptly in requisitioning material. to the supply officer so that appropriate action may be taken to correct the COSAL. To ensure Alternate Number Cross-Reference to Stock that repair part support is available in supply Number.The cross-reference section contains department storerooms, all equipment acquisi- all of the reference numbers (specification, plan, tions and dispositions must be reported to the catalog, part, or type number) contained in the supply officer as they occur. The importance APLs and cross-references them to the cur- of doing this cannot be overstressedvery few rent FSN if assigned. things will cause as much grief for both the engineer officer and the supply officer as sud- Part III, Section E.Section E is prepared by denly to discover in the middle of a deploy- the Fleet Material Support Office and contains ment that there are no repair parts on board generally used, consumable, nonequipment re- for a newly installed equipment.
140 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Table 7-3.Data elements of the AEL. 1. Equipage Nomenclature/ Name of equipage or the mechanical/electrical Characteristics system. 2. Technical Document Number The predominant technical manual and/or plan number.Additional numbers may be shown in items 6 and 7.
3.Identification Number The number assigned to identify a specific AEL. The first digit followed by a dash (-) indicates the activityresponsible for preparation and maintenance of the AEL and the general equipage significance. 0-SPCC-Ordnance material 1-SPCC-Space/system related material 2-SPCC-Miscellaneous material 3-SPCC-Automotive, construction, and material handling equipment 4-SPCC-Flag Allowance material 5-SPCC-Special Project Office material 6-SPCC-Special Propulsion Plant
4. Date COSAL publication date.
5. Page Consecutive numbering of all pages required to describe or system and covered by one identifi- cation number. This is shown at both top and bottom of page. AELS have the word "END" printed in the center of the page immediately following the last line of data for that AEL. This ensures that a complete AEL is available.
6. Characteristics A general description, .characteristics and/or otheridentifyinginformationconcerning the equipage/system named in item 1. May include additionalinformation. as stated in the. text.
7. Reference Number/Descriptive 'Contains significant information, manufacturer's Data 'part numbers, reference numbers, special com- ments and references to other AELS, etc. 8. Item Name Arranged in alphabetical sequence, the name of each item; and when appropriate or applicable, additional nomenclature, dimensions,etc., to adequately describe the item named. 9. Stock Number The FSN assigned to the item. When an FSN is not assigned, a manufacturer's part or catalog number or other identifying number is shown. 10. Security Classification Reserved for future COSAL use. Code
141 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Table 7-3.Data elements of the AEL (Continued) 11. Source Code Indicates the availability of the item and the method of procurement. These codes are defined in the Introduction. 12. Maintenance Code Reserved for future COSAL use. 13. Recoverability Code Indicates the recoverability characteristics of the item. R - Repairable S - Salvageable C - Consumable 14. Blank Column reserved for future COSAL use. 15. Notes Codes Provides necessary and important information about individual items on the AEL. The introduc- tion lists and defines these codes. 16. Custody Code Reserved for future COSAL use.
MAMMA POO 1110 CUT 044 I A E (AEI.) mwommmummuntwatammemx NANA MIN IC. OAR DISSOLVED OXYGENTEST KIT DOCUMENIMT KANSASPUN 2-56 4010 01-15-68 OMACIMMICS DISSOLVED arca TESTING KIT WITS ADDITIONAL ON WOODS. LOWANCI TINE ALLOWANCE OP KIT COMPONENTS FOR REPLACEMENT IsA QTYCO CO COL COL COL C COL COL OP THOSE ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY REPLACEARLE I ISKSOT
POPCELAIN 190100119104 CASSEROLE -LAS 9L6640 -271 -1397 P1 DISSOLVED 0 TEST KIT C 2 4 6 61012 1116640-372-0R40 P1 * 6104 00 X 5 1-2 IN 1,G GLASS TUBING ROUND 2 3 4 S 6 9L6640-245-7130 P1 1 OZ TUBE CREASE - LAS STOPCOCK C 6 1 QT SMILES 909150-273-2406 P1 C SODIUM 11110SULTATE SUN 1116010-270-5553 4 IN BLADE TAPERED 101111. SPATULA - LAB 113 C 2 4 6 810 12 1 QT BOTTLES 91.6640-174-1967 P1 C * STANCH - SOLUBLE 1116810-281-2780 I QT BOTTLES SULFURIC ACID REAGENT PI C 3 6 91215 18 LIQUID IN GLASS ?DESIST 1116810-290-3836 P3 C 2 4 THISMOMETER - SELF-IND 9,6685-243-9963 S 810 12 1-4 IN ID X 7 1-2 PT TUBE - MISER PI C C4720-189-9718 P C ALTERNATE NO/NOMENCLAT CROSS REFERENCE TO STOCK MEMBER 908125- 179 -0142 6010-270-555 1118175-960-4871 6810-270-5553 00
1111111CMCI NO./ DIOCIOPTIVS DATA IVEY BANS STOCK NO. N V 111111111111 O I DD0001 ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGELIST (AEL) 111111 2.56 4010 01-15-68 Ol MI ANON of :
MAIM mO. an P
123.2 Fifure 7-4.Allowance equipage list (AEL).
142 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
Table 7-3.Data elements of the AEL (Continued) 17. Unit of Issue The smallest quantity of a stock item that can be issued. 18. Quantity Normally blank. See text for additional informa- tion. 19. On Board Allowance Table Consists of eight numbered columns in which quantities may be shown. In certain cases, the total shipboard allowance quantity is determined by the sum totalof quantities appearing in designated columns of several AELs. The COSAL Index will show all applicable AEL numbers and the appropriate column for each. The abbreviation "AR" (As Required) may appear in lieu of a quantity. Information as to quantity allowed will then be contained elsewhere in the AEL. 20. Additional Data Area When appropriate or applicable, additional data will be listed in this area under an appropriate machine inserted caption. These data include, but are not limited to, NavShip numbers, plan numbers,technical manual numbers,and Alternate No./Nomenclature - Cross Reference to-Stock number. 21. Ship Type and Hull No. The specific ship for which the AEL is published. 22. Page Consecutive page numbering from first page to last page of all AEL pages published in the COSAL. A further check later on to see that %e and Related Publication, Federal Supply Catalog repair parts required by the new APL r,re Section C-1 (Navy). ti either on order or already on board is merely a prudent precaution, and this should be done Navy Management Data List (NMDL).The either by the petty officer whci draws repair NMDL consists of two separate sections. The parts from the supply storeroom or by the first is the NMDL itself, FederalSupply Catalog leading petty officer in charge of the equip- Section C-ML-N, which contains basic manage- ment in question. ment data necessary for preparing requisitions. The NMDL consists of data relative to stock Nav Sup Publications number changes, units of issue, unit price and associated information (see fig. 7-5). The NMDL Since the submission of a requisition for is kept current by means of bimonthly change supplies sets in motion a long chain of events bulletins. The second section is the Fleet Bal- involving procurement actions, movement of listicMissile Weapons Systems Supplement m. aerial, and maintenance of stock records, (FBM Supplement), Federal Supply Catalog Sec- accurate data must be supplied by the re- iion C-ML-N (FBM). The FBM Supplement lists quisitioner inorder for the supply activity material applicable only to FBM submarines. It to fill the requisition promptly and correctly. also includes a cross-reference from manu- Several related publications are designed facturers' parts numbers to FSN in the 8P to provide accurate management data to the cognizance material, and is distributed only to end users of materials. The format and use FBM Submarine Forces. of these publications is described in the In- Master Cross-Reference List (MCRL).The troduction to the Navy Management Data List MCRL, Federal Supplyiogtal Section C-RL-N,
143
/T 7 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Unit of Issue Shelf Life Cndc
Choontity per Um. Package Requirability Code
Acquisition Advice Code Security Classification Code
Source of Supply Code Cognizance Symbol
Publication Action Code Materiel Management Code
A FEDERAL S SAAO UI UNIT S I S MONIT NOMENCLATURE C 0 11 CilU NS PRICE NEC CONT T STOCK UOPOYP IS I P I REP NI TU LATCIA 0 NUMIKR Cl C FIVOIA Y R 0 C
6605 010-495b 011 EA 29900.0U 0 U CH PER I SCOPE, AL I G SPCC Technical Supply 6605 010-4957 00 EA 250.00 0 U 6H HANGER, AL I GNNE Management Code to Iden 6605 010-6958 00 EA 30150.00 0 U 6H PERISCOPE AL Publication Action Code 4540 010-4959 00 EA 53.00 U 1H HEAT N tify Special Pepoision 5330 010-4960 00 EA 1.80 U 1H ER,NONMETA Plant Items. 2030 010.-4961 EA 750.00 U 1H CY L I NOER, COmPR 1110 010-4964 6A DELETED 8140 010-4968 6A Decontrolled Item.D 8140 010-4969 6A Deletion of stock no. Price established local- 8140 010-4970 CO EA 60.00 U 6A CK AS without replacement item. ly by supplying activity. 5950 015-3097 00 EA 396.00 U 1H TRANSFORMER, PD qS01530911 1 EA 488.00 U 9N RELAY,ARMATURE 5-3102 001 EA 42.00 U 9N RELAY, ARMATURE 5945 0 2 001 EA 6.00 U 9N RELAY, ARMATURE Indicates change to data Price is net established. 3655 015-31 1 EA .74 U 9C LENS, RED 4820 015-3128 0 EA 9.80 U 9C VALVE,GATE element preceding aster 5210 015 -313100 2 U 9Q HANOWHEEL, isk. 5-316100 1 10.10 U 9C PALVE,G 114820 60 U 1H PACK ,VALVE 51.520 015.-3164 00 ll 9C P NG, VALVE Price not available and C 4935017,4908 00 EA 94.00 H U 6 MOOULAT cannot be estimated. 00 Sharp sign indicates C 1114:1550178909 EA 499.00 U 6 OR 017 -6910 00 EA 91.00 ELECTRONIC CON Multi Managed NM 1440017,-8911 00 EA 339 bA SIMULATOR Pending Resolution of 1440017 -6912 00 EA U 6J MODIFICATION K 1440017-8913 Manager. 00 EA U 6J MODIFICATION K First two letters of ASO 6625017,-8914 00 SE 83.00 U 2A OROALT SET 6625017.4914 00 SE 83.00 U 4N OROALT SET Technical Supply Manage. 285017891500 SE 1700.00 U 2A ORDALT 5189 merit Code. 1285017 -6916 00 SE 297.00 U 411 ORDALT 5284
1285 017,-8917 00 'SE 1500.00 U 411 OROA 344 Julian' dote when change 5895 017.4933 AR EA 4000.00 H U 8R ',RECEIVER will become effective. 5695 017-0934 AR EA 4000.00 H U IIR CODER, PULSEShown only when indica 5895 017.4935 AR EA 4000.00 H U 11R RECEIVER,TRANS 5895 017 -6936 AR Id 600.00 H U 11R FA CONTROL UNIT ted change is to be offec C 2320 - 122 -19 EA 500.00 2 S C 2A X3 GENERATOR- rive after Publication SUPERSEDED BY Estimated price for item 1A 2320-962-1234 .422..1943AD 6 B EA 1680.00 3 D U 2V X2 MOTOR AC date of Bulletin. The decentralized for Field changed data element will Activity Control. be followed by an aster is k or indicated by a phrase.
63.51 Figure 7-5.-Navy Management Data List (NMDL).
144 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL is designed to provide a cross-reference from fleet personnel in identifying to an FSN, those a reference number (manufacturer's part num- items of supply not normally related to a ber, a drawing number, design control number, part or reference number. The ISSG also pro- etc.) to its assigned FUN. The format of the vides assistance in determining substitutions MCRL is illustrated in figure 7-6. The FSCM in the general hardware area through the use shown in figure 7-6 is an identification number of illustrations, specifications and narrative assigned to all manufacturers doing business descriptions from which the applicable FSNs with the Department of Defense and is neces- can be determined. Sections of the ISSG are sary to differentiate between identical reference republished when the volume of changes is numbers assigned by different manufacturers. significant. Deleted and Superseded FIIN List (DSFL).The DSFL, NavSup P-4200, is the Other Sources of Identification historical record of stock number changes and There will be times when the repair part deletions. It is distributed with the basic NMDL required is not listed in an APL. This may and is kept current by the NMDL bulletin. happen when the equipment/component is not supported or when the part has been omitted Consolidated Repairable Item List (CRIL). from the APL.Keep in mind that an APL The CRIL, NavSup P-4102, is prepared to as- may cover a complete equipment or only a sistin identifying Navy managed mandatory component of an equipment. Therefore the index turn-in repairable items and pertinent move- should be checked to ascertain if the needed ment priority designators. The CRIL is pub- part might be included in another APL. For lished annually and is printed in Frei sequence. example; couplings, switches, and valves may Changes are contained in bimonthly bulletins. be listed in the APLs for the components with Illustrated Shipboard Shopping Guide (ISSG. which they are used, or each may be assigned The ISSG, NavSup P-4400, is designed to assist a CID number and have its own APL. To identify a repair part requirement in other than the COSAL, complete information on the equipment must be known. There are
CROSS REFEREES UST several sources for this information.
leatmes tak.$9 Moral Cr. 11`C tray 6k Nameplate Data.One of the most important sources of information is the data shown on 33 /164143121113 01111 1604111 . equipment nameplate. This may include manu- 1111111142422 . 621061 220103437201 /1141431111111211 facturer's name, model or type and serial, 2122 111111405.._ 2 20103437201 /20 M1146431S11316211 size or capacity, voltage, et cetera. 8914717 2 2010343-7200 19 M1464312111N1111 3334363 11110421 _ 10064 1 201001941903 7E4731 111414410.14620 1 2010114.2117 Technical Manuals.Technical manuals and 11543.33 1111414491141902 10064 1 20101140111 141354 tai"46191110',09p instruction book published by the equipment .5914590 2 20103909319 >90 1.99144411016/1962? manufacturer usually contain complete descrip- 11...... 10064 1 20105509676 1193$51114N11113 tions of the equipment as well as parts lists 00160411 1114041113N3121 120103509675 utumuinar which identify the part to a manufacturer's 3902 111416411113111121 0611...... __. 03071 100642 20103909105 111511111412142911 part number. 51912745 /11145441113111121) 745 2 20103909406 1101615411111 ICON 05104317 M1146441112111121 MC1161164111111/4 10064 3503433 2 20107300740 11611311411111 Blueprints and Drawings.Installation and 1 59200140630 Mat 11164111111 311930$03433 maintenance blueprints and drawings also con- 3910.159,14N 111151111014719K 10364 '1611$111141N1110 31300534432 yonsa... 2 44103720104 MCS511101411 1 tain identifying information that may be helpful 31303503431 311111111.....: 100642 44107701105 61051650411111 3930490431 in identifying the requirement. 5945191,3100 610511011473111 3112116111-___ 10064244100721103 3120101594 594.0191NOO 2 21103901150 Mel SUPPLY OVERHAUL 5945400621 When the ship has been definitely assigned to 63.52 a shipyard for regular overhaul, the Fleet Figure 7-6.Format of the Master Cross- Material Support Office (FMSO) will normally Reference List (MCRL). schedule a supply availability to be conducted ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION at the same time. Letters are sent to the begins concurrently with the shipyard overhaul. commanding officer of the ship and the inventory The work consists of offloading repairs parts, control points (ICPs) containing the dates and the identification, inspection,' inventory, repackag- activity to assist the ship. This assistance is ing, and preservation as needed, and is per- accomplished through the Supply Operations formed by Storekeepers and technical ratings Assistance Program (SOAP). from other departments as needed. Since the Validation is the physical inventory of all engineering department is responsible for most equipment on board and the matching of that installed equipment, they will have a major inventory with the records of installed equip- role in validating the equipment and will probably ment held by the ICPs (ESO and SPCC). be asked to provide one or more experienced When the ICPs receive the assignment letter petty officers to aid supply in the supply over- from FMSO, each of them prepares validation haul. aids based on their master index of installed A good validation ensures a good COSAL, equipment for a ship. The validation does not and a good supply overhaul purifies the stock includeequipage and operating space items of repair parts carried in supply department covered by AELs. storerooms. The ESO validation aids consist of a Pre- liminary Equipment/Component Index (PECI) REPAIR PARTS PROCEDURES/ and complete instructions for entering correc- PROCUREMENT tions. The PECI is the detailed listing of each item of electronic equipment showing nomencla- A primary mission of the supply depart- ture, voltage, serial number, APL number, and ment is to maintain adequate stocks of repair shipboard location. parts and consumables to meet the demands SPCC validation aids consist of a new "B" of the ship. To do this requires a cooperative Index and a set of 5" x 8" cards covering effort between the supply department and the every equipment/compolent listed in the index. other departments. Procedures now in effect The cards contain the equipment/component are much more complicated than those of a few nomenclature, APL numbef, service applica- years ago, since greater demands have been tion, and quantity as shown in the index plus made in reporting material consumption and in complete characteristics as shown on the APL. accounting. It may often seem that the supply Complete instructions are included in the valida- department is floundering in paperwork. tion package. The actual work of sighting each item, com- CLASSIFICATION OF SHIPS paring the nameplate data with that shownon the validation aid, and making necessary cor- For supply purposes, ships are classified rections is normally done by the ship's depart- as "ships with Supply Corps Officers" and ment that is responsible for maintaining the "ships without Supply Corps Officers." equipment. The executive officer with the assist- ance of a "coordination desk" established by On ships with Supply Corps Officers, material the engineer officer (operations officer when is stored in supply department storerooms and validating electronic equipment) usually is re- is issued to using departments upon receipt of sponsible for coordinating the validation and properly prepared request. Some material may reporting all corrections to the ICP as per be stored in the custody of other departments the instructions. These corrections cover equip- when bulk, weight, or other characteristics ment removed from the ship, new equipment make it impossible to use supply spaces. In received, changes in nameplate data, changes either case, stock record cards are maintained in quantity, or changes to service application. by supply personnel and for material in the The important thing to remember about custody of another department, a duplicate set validation--the new COSAL will only be as good of stock record cards is provided to the petty as the individual validation. The corrections officer designated as custodian. Detailed in- sent back to ESO and SPCC are used to correct structions are provided by the supply officer the master index, and from that, the new COSAL to enable the custodian to properly discharge is prepared. his responsibility. The supply overhaul is the work that is On ships without Supply Corps Officers, a accomplished during a supply availability and line officer is designated by the commanding
146
/SO Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL officer"o serve as the supply officer. Storage space varies from ship to ship, but generally The bearer is authorized to draw the number of repair parts that can be main- material from Supply Department tained by the supply department is limited. storerooms which are to be char- Thus, most repair parts may be stored in the ged to custodyof the cognizant department under ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT thecontrolof a designated custodian. The custodian is responsible for proper expenditure Credit Card No. of material in his custody and for submitting properly prepared issue documents to the supply department covering all material issues. )0V7161411;m0..A0r4V5AV Engineering Officer ISSUES FROM SUPPLY DEPARTMENT STOREROOMS 63.53 The NavSup Form 1250 is used on all non- Figure 7-7."Credit card" authorization to mechanized ships (that is, ships not using elec- draw stores from supply department store- tronic data processing equipment) to request rooms. material and record material consumption. Mechanized ships use the DD Form 1348 as consumption under the Maintenance Data Col- an internal issue 'document. lection System (MDCS) of the Standard Navy Routine issues of repair parts and con- Maintenance and Material Management System sumable items are made only to persons au- (SNMMMS), usually referred to as 3M. thorized in writing by the head of department. The department representative may present This authorization may be by memo or letter a partially prepared NavSup 1250, or the form to the supply officer naming these individuals may be completely prepared by supply person- authorized to draw material, or a "credit card" nel, depending upon supply department instruc- system may be used. The "credit card" is a tions and existing conditions aboard ship.In locally developed form similar to the one shown either case, certain information must be in figure '7-7 and is controlled by the head of furnished by the department representative. department. It is advisable to limit the number Figure 7-8 shows a partially prepared Nav- of persons authorized to draw material in order Sup 1250 containing the data that must be pro- to maintain better control of and obtain maximum vided at the time the request is submitted benefits from the department budget. to supply. The notation "MDCS only" denotes data elements that apply only to ships report- SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS ing under the MDCS. Ships not reporting under MDCS may omit those data. Generally, repair parts are carried onboard When the material is received, the depart- in the quantities authorized by the CORAL, and ment representative receipts for it on the NavSup consumables are stocked on the basis of past 1250 and is given the yellow copy of the form. usage. Any special requirement13 for material When material is drawn from stock, the should be submitted to the supply officer well "Approved by" signature(block U)is not ahead of the time they will be needed. Special required since the engineer officer has already requirements may be either for material in authorized certain persons to draw material a greater quantity than is normally stocked either by memo or credit card. by supply or for material that is not stocked by supply. USE OF THE NAVSUP 302 PREPARATION OF NAVSUP 1250 Unfortunately, not all repair parts required to maintain engineering equipment have FSNs Requests for material are submitted on nor are they carried in the supply system. This SingleLine ItemConsumption/Management is largely due to two factors: age of some Document (Manual), NavSup 1250. This form equipment and the fact that some equipment is was developed to meet two needs:(1) improved supplied by many different manufacturers. It is stock control procedures and (2) reporting just not practical to invest large sums of money
147 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
ta. Nvw INN. GASIS GIIIIIII a ',Err. NO C IA LIE LUrNII1110M.... railI,.LOCATION r RE00 ;ITT 0 IlLouisiTiON NO.
E MM _J L-1 I It NEON DATE I. ROD .0 UNITY N oil Nit L. so, .soifri ,ftvENTORT N PRO., 0 SNIP am. NO
8199 i Ei LJ .1 I I I I. STOCK NUMBER Y I COO REFERENCE SYMBOL OR NOUN U/ I QUANTITY UNIT PRICE roc a lIN ADDT1.
1 I I i I I T 1 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 ; I
i 1 73,2466 2 DISKAssyEA iii I I I I Ill' ill! , 1 11.1
IL 11 CID/APL/AEL /AN EIC ' MART ear PAL or *ow - mo. -YR4 UIC FUND I I I I I I I I I I I IAA I I I I I 1 I I 8 82 / 2.1 I I 1 I I I I 11 IV'7 1 1 1 1 1 1 OATH !i.f.t.fumifi 1,1 N-IN A 0 T T.
YES SIN ISM man mow NAL COWIN% Na "I."'" NO O FINANCIAL IILAPPROVED O a RECEIVED SY
DATA BLOCK INFORMATION TO BE SHOWN
A Work center code (MDCS only) or appropriate local identification code.
H Julian date thin the request is submitted.
3-4-5 FSN and TSMC if applicable.
6 Circuit symbol and noun name of repair part for electronic equipment or noun name for all other material.
7 Unit of issue.
8 Quantity required.
10.11-12 (MDCS only) These blocks must be completed for all material required to support a maintenance action. Leave blank for consumable supplies.
10 he .COSAL. Pk/ ELA. number of equipment for which the material is 4463:lid1r4r4.,A.:7 ; 4 -.-'N 1 r 11 The equitimpAprOpntitritation code.
12 The maintenance control number for the maintenance action. 17.84 Figure 7-8.Single Line Item Consumption/Management Document (Manual), NavSup1250, with information supplied by the department representative. in inventory of repair parts that have limited ordered with the manufacturer's part or ref- application and usage. erence number as its identification. To ensure When a repair part is required for which that the supply activity has sufficient informa- no FSN can be determined, the part must be tion to process the requisition, the NavSup 302 148 Chapter 7 ENGINEEERING MATERIAL should be submitted with the NavSup 1250. Supply of need designator must be assigned in block then forwards the original of the NavSup 302 J. The urgency of need designator is one of the with therequisition to the supply activity. elements used by supply in determining what An example of the NavSup 302 is illustrated priority to assign to the requisition and is dis- in figure 7-9. With the information contained cussed later in the chapter. It also indicates therein, the supply activity can cross the part the person that is authorized to sign the NavSup to an FSN if one is assigned or purchase 1250as shownbelow.Also shown is the the part direct from the manufacturer. MAXIMUM supply response time as established by NavSup. NLS/NC TRANSACTIONS Each time a request for repair parts is As indicated above, not all requirements NIS /NC,itaffords an opportunity to verify for repair parts can be satisfied by store- the accuracy of the COSAL. Block Q of the room stock. Some items will be "not carried" NavSup 1250 must be marked to indicate whether (NC) and others "not in stock" (NIS). When or not the COSAL supports the equipment. If this occurs, the supply department uses the it does not, full nameplate data of the equip- NavSup 1250 to prepare a direct turnover (DTO) ment, its service application, and the quantity requisition for the material. installed should be reported promptly to the When a DTO requisition is prepared for supply officer so that he can report the correc- NIS/NC material, an approval signature is tion to the !CP. The importance of this verifi- required on the NavSup 1250 and the urgency cation should be impressed upon all men in
REQUISITION NUMBER ENTERED BY SUPPLY OFFICE PERSONNEL NAVSUP FORM 302
Pc #3244266 L 5960_1 EA f1 I V52192/8181/0346 PJI so.) 111C.%,1 l'U/11I (Qatattity) I (Reonitittoa Ns.) CIRCUIT. NO. TUNE Adapter. Tube to_cylinder EQUIPMENT APPLICATION 101/1111111/CONPORINT NANL MANUFACTURER Diesel Engine Cleveland Diesel Engine Div. of G.M. NO. SERIAL NO. TTPC
7, 268A 205 Diesel - 3 cylinders mAnutara,,:a.s/auours CRAvIINA NO. I(heft No.)cletnu =twat N34300/DD692-S6100-343 APL-66-571-0127 NAVY TEM MANUAL/1111 CATALOG NO. not NNNNN MOURN OF NUT NIGNER AS N
N MIL-E-18452A - SHIPS C AOMORI% I NNNNN ATION Mont plate data, descriptiettt, make application, etc.) 145, RPM li00, Cycle 2, Bore 611 in, Stroke 7 in.
Fuel Injection - Solid Pattern No. - 155
ENTER ALL AVAILABLE IDENTIFYING DATA
7.2 Figure 7-9.Repair Parts Technical Data Document, NavSup 302.
149 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Table 7-4.Assignment of Urgency of Need Designators by Shipboard Departments. Urgency Signature Required Supply Department Response Time Material on Material NLNNC board Requisition Issue Time Release Time A Head of Department 1 hour 2 hours B Head of Department or designated officer 2 hours 2 hours C-D Department Represen- tative for repair parts and NIS consumables. Department head for equipage and NC con- sumables. 24 hours 24 hours the engineering department who are authorized For example; a ship is in FAD III and the to prepare requests. engineer officer has been assigned UND "B" Not-carried material may be ordered only to give a priority of 08 to a requisition dated for DTO and only when it is required for 8194. The maximum standard delivery date immediate use. Repair parts and consumables would then be 8202 for CONUS and 8209 for which are not allowed by the COSAL and/or overseas. If the material is required sooner usage can be ordered for stock ONLY by sub- than the PDD, a required delivery date should mitting an in-excess requisition via the type be indicated in block I of the NavSup 1250. commander for approval. The criteria for in- This required delivery date is then entered excess and not in-excess requisitions are on the requisition submitted by supply. discussed later in the chapter. MILSTRIP REQUISITIONS UNIFORM MATERIAL MOVEMENT AND ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM The Military Standard Requisitioning and Issue Procedure, MILSTRIP, was developed to AU requisitions prepared by the supply de- permit processing of requisitionsbyEAM/ADP. partment must have A priority designator as- Much of the information formerly written out signed. The priority designator is derived from is now converted to codes that provide a com- two factors; one which classifies the military mon language between all of the Armed Forces importance of the ship and the second which andtheGeneralServicesAdministration. rates the urgency of need. The military im- MILSTRIP requisitions are submitted on DD portance factor is called the Force/Activity Form 1348for manual ships and DD Form Designator (FAD). It may be assigned by 1348m for mechanized ships. Material received the type commander, fleet commander, SecNav, from a supply activity is invoiced on the DD or other designated authority and is usually Form 1348-1 (Release/Receipt Document). The promulgated to the ship by the type commander. supplydepartment preparesthe DD Form The urgency of need is determined by the 1348 for all material requirements with the department requesting the material. Figure exception of ammunition, medical supplies, and 7-10 illustrates how these two factors are used Marine Corps supplies, which are ordered by in determining the priority. The illustration the department concerned, and bulk fuel which also shows the priority delivery date for CONUS is ordered on DD Form 1149. Fuel oil requisi- and overseas units. The priority delivery date tions are discussed later in the chapter. Of (PDD) is computed by adding the days, shown primary concern to you will be material which in the appropriate column for the urgency is ordered DTO in response to an NIS/NC of need assigned, to the date of the requisition. request. The NavSup 1250 is the source document
150
4-4 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL
ISSUE PRIORITY DESIGNATORS ("Force/Activity Designator" - "Urgency of Need" Conversion Table) FORCE/ACTIVITY PRIORITY DELIVERY DESIGNATOR (FAD) DATE (PDD) URGENCY OF NEED DESIGNATOR (UND) I IIII IIII IV I V .4 ISSUE PRIORITY DESIGNATOR (IPD) CONUS OVERSEAS
DESIGNATOR A
Emergency requirements for non - available 01 0203 5 days 7 days materiel without wh i ch the Force/Activity (120 hrs) (168 hrs) concerned is unable to perform assigned missions or tasks.* 0708 8 days 15 days
DESIGNATOR B
Requirements for non - available materiel 04 05 06 8 days 15 days which impairs the capability of the Force/ Activity concerned.Missions con be per
but with decreased operational ef- , .... fectiveness and efficiency.* 0910 20 days 45 days
.DESIGNATOR C
Matioriel requirements needed on a more 11 12 13 14 15 20 days 45 dogs urgent basis than routine, (.g., immediate end use requirements for repair of collateral and administrative support equipment, to meet scheduled deployment, deficiencies in newly established outfitting or allowance lists.)*
DESIGNATOR D
*Aerial requirements for initia I outfitting 16 17 18 1920 30 days 60 days and filling of allowances, scheduled main- tenance, rout I n stock replenishment, re- pair or ma in tenon cof supply systems stocks.*
*FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILED GUIDANCE CONCERNING CRITERIA FOR SELECTING URGENCY OF NEED DESIGNATORS, SEE THE APPROPRIATE TABLE IN OPNAV INST 4614.1 (SERIES).
10.66 Figure 7-10.Issue priority designators.
151 .
iSS ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION for preparation of the DD Form 1348. The yellow red copy of the NavSup 1250, it is a simple copy of the NavSup 1250 is returned to the matter to determine the present status of an department representative when it is determined individual requisition. When status or material that the requested material is NIS or NC and has not been received by the priority delivery a DTO requisition must be prepared. After the date, a followup may be submitted to the last requisition has been prepared by supply person- known holder of the requisition. nel, the requisition number is indicated inblock G of the NavSup 1250, and the red copy is re- Tn-Excess Requisitions turned to the requesting department with the weekly budget report. The supply officer has authority to submit all requisitions that are not in-excess directly Bearer Requisition to the appropriate supply activity. In-excess requisitions must be submitted via the type While inport, urgent requirements that commander, and for certain designated items, are available locally may be procured by use to the cognizant bureau or material command, of a "bearer" (walk through) requisition. By for approval before the items may be issued this method, after the requisition has been pre- to the ship.The commanding officer is re- pared by supply personnel the ship's representa- sponsible for proper submission of requisi- tivetakesittothesupply activity, walks tions.He, in turn, holds the supply officer it through the processing steps, and receives the responsible for determining what requisitions material. This system is restricted to higher are in-excess, that they are so identified, and priorities and should be used only when neces- are approved bytheappropriate higher sary. authority. All heads of departments must, to some ex- Message Requisition tent, share in this responsibility since they must justify any requirements considered in- Requisitions may be submitted by naval excess. message when their transmission by air mail Requisitions for the following are considered will not result in the delivery of material by in-excess: the time required.The decision to use a 1. Controlled equipage not on the ship's message requisition must be based on location allowance list. of the ship (deployed or in port), iocation of 2. Controlled equipage on the allowance list the material (local or distant supply activity), but in greater quantities than allowed. and urgency of need. 3. Nonstandard consumable supplies when similar items are available in the supply system. Requisition Status and Followup 4. Repair parts not listed in ship's allowance for which. a requirement can be justified. Status, as the name implies, refers to the status of an individual requisition at the supply Not In-Excess Requisitions activity. There are different types of status information available, but the most common is Requisitions for the following are considered "exception" status. By this, the supply activity as not in-excess: advises the requisitioner of any action taken 1. Controlled equipage on the allowance list except supplying and shipping the material. not in a greater quantity than necessary to This may be back-order, passingthe requisition bring the amount on order and on hand up to to another supply activity, FSN change, FSN full allowance. substitution, et cetera. If it is considered ad- 2. Repair parts listed with or without quanti- visable to receive complete status on a high ties in the ship's allowance for which a require- priority requirement, the supply officer should ment can be justified above the quantity fixed be requested to use the appropriate code on the by the allowance. requisition. Status may be received on a DD 3. Consumable supplies listed in the Navy Form 1348m, message, or speedletter and is Stock Lists, applicable allowance lists, or other normally filed with the requisition copy in the consumable supplies except nonstandard items. Outstanding Requisition File in the supply office. 4. Material other than consumable supplies Since the requisition number is entered on the required for immediate expenditure for repairs
152 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL or alterations or to replace material so ex- EQUIPAGE STOCK CARD AND pended. CUSTODY RECORD 5. Serviceswhich cannot be accomplished by ship's force. The Equipage Stock Card and Custody Rec- 6. Equipage items that are not controlled ord (Nav Sup 306 or Nav Sup 460) is designed to equipage. serve a dual purpose; as a custody record and an inventory control document.Its use is Fuel Requisitions mandatory for all controlled equipage. The Nav- Sup 306 is normally used aboard ship, and its While the responsibility for procuring sup- use is described in this chapter. However, the plies of fuels rests with the supply officer, Nav Sup 460 may be used and its preparation the engineer officer in responsible for determin- and use is comparable to the Nav Sup 306. ing the requirements. He advises the supply The Nav Sup 306, properly prepared and with officer of the quantity of fuel oil required and representative entries, is illustrated in figure the time delivery is desired. 7-11.The form is prepared in duplicate. The Fuel is normally procured fr2m one of the supply officer retains the original and the copy following sources: is furnished to the custodial department. While 1.Fleet oilers, station tankers, yard oilers, preparationoftheformis a supply re- and tankers. sponsibility, the following guidelines may be 2. Fuel depots and annexes. helpful in understanding the purpose and use 3. Commercialshoreinstallations, both of the form. foreign and domestic, under Defense Petroleum 1. Items requiring custody signature are Supply Center and local contracts. identified on the Nav Sup 306. 4. Other Navy combatant or service force 2. The responsible department is identified ships. on each card. When responsibility for individual 5. Shore installations of other services or pieces of equipment listed on one line of the agencies. allowance listisassigned to two or more In an emergency, the supply officer may departments, separate cards are prepared for procure fuel from United States commercial each department showing the numerical allow- vessels, foreign naval vessels, foreign naval ance for which the department is responsible. shore Wstablishments, foreign commercial ves- 3. Cards are numbered consecutively for sels, or foreign commercial shore establish- each department. ments not currently under DPSC or local Navy 4. The numerical allowance for each item contracts. as shown by the allowance list is indicated on each card. When responsibility is divided, the CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE PROCEDURES total of all cards must equal the total allow- ance. 5. The FSN, unit of issue, and unit price Controlled equipage is defined as items of is shown if it can be determined. equipage which have been designated to re- 6. The allowance authority must be shown. ceive increased management control because 7. The complete description of the item must of high unit cost, vulnerability to pilferage, be shown, including serial numbers if the item and/or essentiality to-the ship's mission. The is so identified. equipage items so designated are listed in The department copy of the NavSup 306 Appendix II of NavSup Manual volumes III and should be kept current by posting all equip- VIII. Custody signature of the head of depart- ment receipts and expenditures as, they occur. ment is required for all items marked by an As transactions are posted to the original asterisk in the above lists. NavSup 306 by supply personnel, each new Most allowances of controlled equipage used balance must be attested by the signature of by the engineering department will be contained the head of department for signature required in the SPCC COSAL Stock Number Sequence items. List- Operating Space Items and Nav Ships The custody records within the department COSAL. These sources provide the allowance are optional, but the copy of the NavSup 306 authority,nomenclature,FSN,and allowed provides a ready-made system with the division quantity for aship. officer or petty officer who has physical control
153 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
EQUIPAGE STOCK CARD AND CUSTODY RECORD CUD MI NM I& AND A. PON IN MN. 54$) CUSYCIWIMONATURE 11. MOM= r 'am Ow II OP 2 mama Imummes Imam mu Yr NMImumausrla 2-240 34001 OPERATIONS I 8 I 1E6650-254-8969 EA.1$165. I 1111,3UP PAU UIR Serial numbers on BINOCULARS, mag. 7 x 50 with filters, case, and strap attached list vouc,40. MMEMEDWA MAMMY oleagr mmApicE tettellitticra Quantity 81/66194 /4..i.e.ty 4/SDNewpad .2. S' Iireidt of/7- 116-8/S502 *3ii/SG /fr.& 3 S i 1/41/46 4417 4-8/A202.58NSCAAA. 0. e4 Jr,"bra (442'n1/C12enry-Re.hell,eneA2r2Liftent.2
S. S. ovassurt LIMN mei 111-418/114
7.3 Figure 7-11.Equipage stock Card and Custody Record, NavSup 306. of theitem signing the card. Memorandum pleted within 30 days after commencement. receipts may be obtained when the above person- Each item must be sighted and inspected for nel are required to issue controlled equipage serviceability bytheinventoryingofficer. to others on a temporary basis. Items identified by serial numbers must be checked against the serial numbers recorded INVENTORY OF CONTROLLED EQUIPAGE on the custody cards.As each item is in- ventoried, the inventorying officer enters the All items of controlled equipage must be date, quantity, and his signature on the reverse inventoried annually during the month of March of the custody card, and as the inventory progres- and: ses or immediately after completion, this in- 1. When theship iscommissioned, in- ventory record is transcribed to the original activated, or reactivated. NavSup 306 held by the supply officer. 2. Upon relief of the head of department Any shortages or items found to be un- for those items in the department concerned. serviceable must be covered by a survey re- 3. Upon change of command at the discre- quest. The inspection and resulting e.rvey of tion of the relieving commanding officer. unserviceable equipage must be emphasized A special inventory of controlled equipage since, upon completion of the inventory, the taken for one of the above reasons satisfies supplyofficer prepares a list of controlled the requirement for an annual inventory. equipage deficiencies which is submitted to the Each head of department is responsible type commander. Funding for procurement for conducting the inventory of those items of replacement controlled equipage is based for which --he has custody. The file of dupli- on this deficiency list. cate NavSup\ 306s provides a logical basis for Uponrelief of the engineer officer, the conducting the inventory which must be coin- inventoryofcontrolled equipage should be ! 154 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL conducted jointly and completed prior to de- transfer must be based on past usage, es- tachment of the officer being relieved. If this sentiality of the equipment it supports, time is not possible, the relieving officer must com- required to obtain replacement, and judgment of plete the inventory as soon as practicable after the engineer and supply officers. If possible, assuming his duties. The relieving letter should the transfer should be made, since it permits contain a statement that the joint inventory of another ship to get its equipment back into controlled equipage was taken, that surveys have operating condition in the least amount of time. been prepared for shortages and unserviceable Another practical reason for making the transfer items, and that requests have been submitted is that there will be times when the shoe is for replacement of these items. A copy of the on the other foot, and if a ship has the reputation letter should be furnished to the supply officer. of transferring repair parts to other ships in During inventory, any items of controlled need, the chances of an urgent request for a equipage excess to the needs of your depeement repair part being answered are much greater. and in excess of allowance should be reported to the supply officer. The items may be transfer- red to other departments if needed or reported SURVEYS to the type commander for disposition. A survey is the procedure required by Navy EXPENDITURE OF MATERIAL Regulations when naval property must be: 1. Condemned asaresultof damage, Material is expended when it is issued from obsolescence, or deterioration. supply storerooms, whenitis transferred 2. Appraised as a result of loss of utility. to another ship or station, or when it is surveyed. 3. Acknowledged as nonexistent as a result Issues have already been discussed so the re- of loss or theft, necessitating the expenditure maining two types of expenditures, transfers of the accountable material from the records and surveys,. are presented here. of the holding activity. The completed survey report provides a TRANSFERS record of: 1. The administrative review of the condi- No stores or other Government material tion of material, the cause of the condition, may be transferred from a naval ship without the responsibility therefore, and the recom- the approval of the commanding officer. The mendation for disposition. supply officer may be given authority toapprove 2. The authorization to expend the material transfers, and, within this authority, no material from the records on which carried. may be transferred without the knowledge and approval of the supply officer since he is re- Types of Surveys sponsible for ensuring that no transfers are made that are contrary to the best interests of There are two types of surveys; formal the ship or to the policy of the commanding and informal. The type to use for a specifc officer. The engineer officer must decide when survey action is determined by the material material (equipment, equipage or supplies) is involved and the circumstances that made the excess to the needs of his department and report survey necessary. it to the supply officer. The supply officer will normally seek the advice of the engineer of- Formal Survey. A formal survey is made ficer before transferring from supply store- by a commissioned officer or a board of three rooms any material that is used in engineering officers (one of which must be a commissioned spaces. officer). The commanding officer appoints the The supplyofficerisresponsiblefor officer or board. The following officers may preparation of transfer documents and com- not serve as survey officer or on the survey pliance with transfer procedures contained in board: current instructions. 1. Commanding officer. One of the more common .types of transfer 2. The officer on whose records the material involves emergency requirements for repair being surveyed is carried. parts while deployed. When another ship's re- 3. The officer charged with the custody of quirement can be supplied, the decision to the material being surveyed.
155 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
A formal survey is required for certain The survey request is submitted by the types of material so designated by the bureau, originator, one copy only, to the commanding command, or office concerned and is covered officer via the engineer officer (except when he byspecificinstructionsin Nav Sup Manual. is the originator) and the supply officer as Formal survey is also required at all times directed by local procedures. when it appears that the responsibility for loss Included in the initial survey request must or damage may be placed on a person or be a statement by the originator relative to: persons in the naval service. When the type 1. Location of material and name of person of survey is not specified in instructions from or persons to be contacted by surveying board higher authority, the commanding officer de- or officer. termines whether a formal or informal survey 2. Description(includingnomenclature, is required. FSN, serial,etc.) and condition of material. 3. Cause of loss, damage, deterioration, or InformalSurvey.Informal surveysare obsolescence of material. made by the head of the department having 4. Responsibility for cause or condition, or custody of the material to be surveyed. The a statement that responsibility cannot be de- informal survey is used when survey action termined. must be taken, but formal survey is not re- 5. Recommended disposition of material and quired. action to be taken in regard to cause and re- sponsibility. Reference should be made to any Survey Not Required special survey procedures contained in manuals or iinstructions issued by higher authority. Formal or informal surveys are not re- When controlled equipage is being surveyed, quired when material (except fuels, clothing, the equipage custody card number should be ship's store stock, equipage requiring custody shown. As the request is forwarded via the signature, and laborsavingdevices with engineer officer and supply officer, additional trade-in value such as typewriters) islost information may be added. The purpose of the as a result of physical deterioration, damage initial request is to provide all data available by handling, fire, water, or other similar cir- to assist the commanding officer in determining cumstances and the value of the loss is less the type of survey,if any, and to assist the than $100 per item. members of the survey board or the surveying officer. When completed,the initial survey Survey Procedure request is forwarded to the commanding officer. Generally, the survey procedure is composed Action by the Commanding Officer of the following steps: The commanding officer reviews the initial 1. Request for survey. request, determines the type of survey to be 2. Action by the commanding officer on the conducted (formal or informal), appoints the survey request. surveying officer or survey board, signs the 3. Report of survey by surveying officer or request, and returns it to the person or office board. designated to prepare smooth survey requests 4. Action by reviewing authority. (normally the supply office). 5. Expenditure and disposal action. The smooth survey request is then prepared from the initial request and completed down to Initial tequest the "Survey Report and Recommendation" sec- tign. The number of copies depends on the Any person in the naval service, who is distribution requirements set forth in NavSup aware of a material condition that requires a Manual for the type of material being surveyed. survey, may initiatea request for survey, The initial request is usually attached to the but requests are normally initiated within the smooth request. department having custody of the material. The person who submitted the initial re- The initial survey request is made in rough quest for survey signs the original of the on a Survey Request, Report and Expenditure smooth request as the originator, and it is ( NavSup 154). submitted to the commanding officer for his
156
/4 Chapter 7ENGINEERING MATERIAL signature and delivery to the appointed survey- commands and bureaus who are responsible for ing officer or senior member of the survey administering them. The appropriation 17-1804 board. which is for operations and maintenance of ships is administered by NavShips and distributed Report of Survey through the fleet commanders. The fleet com- manders then grant allotments to each type The surveying officer or surveyboardmakes commander under their command to enable them thorough investigation of the material or the to carry out their missions. circumstances under which material is missing The type commanders grant obligational au- to determine condition at the time of survey thority, or operating target (OPTAR), to the and fixes the cause and responsibility for that ships within their commands fpr procurement condition. If the responsibility cannot be de- of supplies and equipage. While the type com- termined or is not applicable (as in the case mander performs the accounting required for of material worn out through normal use), this the allotment, the supply officer of each ship fact is indicated. must maintain records in sufficient detail to The findings and recommendations of the enable the commanding officer to determine surveying officer or survey board are entered the status and ensure the proper and efficient on a copy of the smooth request and returned use of the OPTAR. The amount of the OPTAR to the supply office. The "Survey Report and grant may be exceeded only with the approval Recommendation" section of the smooth survey of the type commander. All TYCOMS receiving request is completed, signed by the surveying allotments are authorized to grant OPTARs officer or survey board, and submitted to the to ships and units within their command. The commanding officer for review. budgeting for the initial grant is performed by the TYCOM and the method of requesting Action by Reviewing Authority augmentation and the justification required are established by the TYCOM. The completed survey requegt and report Two terms, Naval Stock Fund and Naval is reviewed by the commanding officer or of- Stock Account,are frequently used in con- ficer ordering the survey if the survey was nection with supply operations and a brief ex- ordered by higher authority, and his approval planation of their purpose will serve to give a or disapproval is indicated. He signs and dates better understanding of supply accounting. the survey and returns it to the supply office. The Naval Stock Fund (NSF) is a revolving Upon receipt of the approved smooth survey, fund establishedto financeprocurement thesupplyofficer assigns and expenditure of material. After procurement, the material is number, takes the indicated expenditure action, held in an inventory account, Naval Stock Ac- and completes and signs the expenditure portion count (NSA).Thus the NSF always remains in
of the survey. A copy of the completed survey balance with the total represented by either 4 1 is then returned to the originator and a copy to money or inventory. The NSA inventory is that 4 the cognizant head of department if other than material carried at ashore supply activities and the originator. on some supply ships. The relationship of the NSF and NSA is shown in figure 7-12. FINANCIAL CONTROL OF When a ship submits a requisition and the SHIP'S OPTAR material is issued, the NSA is reduced. The amount of the issue is charged to the ship's The purpose of this section is to e..plain OPTAR and credited to the NSF which may briefly how the Navy is funded and the method then use the money to procure replacement used to finance the day-to-day operation of inventory. ships. TheAppropriationsPurchasesAccount With few exceptions (Shipbuilding, alteration, (APA) is another inventory account that is used research and development, etc.), the Navy is extensively. APA material has been purchased funded by annual appropriations which are in- with appropriated funds and is held in store cluded in the Defense Appropriations Act passed awaiting issue. It is usually used for items of each year by Congress. The money is made majorequipment,NavShipscontrolled test available to the Navy in the form of appropria- equipment, and repair parts of limited or special tions which are assigned to the various systems application. When this material is requisitioned
157
/ 6 / ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
REPLACEMENT PROCUREMENT MATERIAL ORDER DELIVERED O PLACEDO
NAVY STOCK ACCOUNT NAVY STOCK (MATERIAL STORED) FUND
lOPTARBALANCE RF!').UISITIONED REDUCED MATERIAL. ISSUED ( TYPE COMMANDER'S ALLOTMENT0 CHARGED)
MATERIAL t.; TAR AMOIAT USEr) ESTABLISHED
114.17 rigure 7-12.Relationship of the Navy Stock Fund (NSF) and the Navy Stock Account (NSA). by the ship, the OPTAR is not reduced since Equipage* $2,500 the natal,' has already been charged to "und Repair Parts 7,A00 use."A statistical charge is made for the Consumables 5,000 purpose of accumulating total operating cost Services 500 within the Navy. Total OPTAR $15.000 FUND CODES *Amount based oa controlled e -,dpage deficiency list. Undercurrent accountZngprocedures, operating costs are accumulated according to I and codes must be carefully assigh..1 on the the purpose or type of expenditure and are Nav';up 1250 (discussed earlier) to pr vent in- identified by fund codes. The typecommander co% ct charges to these categories. designates the fund codes that may be used by each ship and under what circumstances they DEPARLIENTAL ?!4VDCr.:T7... may be used. Generally, the fund codes used aboard ship identify expenditures for equipage, Ag was stated earlier, the commanding of- repair parts, consumables, and services. The ftbor !s responsible for the proper and efficient OPTAR grant may specify limits for each of utilization of the OPTAR. One way this can be these categories. For example: accomplished is by distributing the OPTAR
t58 Chapter_7ENGINEERING MATERIAL to the various departments in the form of a Figure 7-13 illustrates one method of main- budget. The use of the budget is optional, but taining control of department spending. it has proved its effectiveness. When depart- Whilethe ship's OPTAR and department mental budgeting is used, the supply officer budgets are not synonymous, they do have a maintains budget records in conjunction with direct bearing on each other. Issues from supply the OPTAR records. A weekly report of the storerooms reduce the budget but do not reduce OPTAR and budget status is made to the com- the OPTAR.DTO requisitions reduce both manding officer with a copy to each depart- the budget and the OPTAR. Stock replenishment ment. The red copy of each Nav Sup 1250, which requisitionssubmitted by supply reduce the has been processed by supply and charged to OPTAR but do not reduce the budget. If the the engineering department budget during the budget is exceeded, it means that supply has preceding week, is included with the depart- issued more material from their storerooms mental copy of the budget report. This enables than could be replaced. When this happens, the the engineer officer to reconcile the depart- storeroomcapabilityto support theship's ment record with supply records. requirements has been reduced. Forthis reason, Departmental budget or expense records are it is equally important that neither the budget maintained at the option of the engineer officer. nor the OPTAR be exceeded.
ENOINEERIXO DFDAMOIENT
EXPENDITURE. RECORD
First Ouarter Fiscal 1969
Dept. Supply Dept. Estimated Actual Department Date Reouest Requisition Cost Cost Difference OPTAR Number Number Balance
7-1 OPTAR $4,000.00
7-2 0001 9184-1218 360.00 LA/m.0n
7-3 0002 15.40 15.40 3.624.60
7-5 INVOICE 9184-1218 290.00 -70.00 3,694.60
7-5 0003 9187-1242 125.00 3,569.60
7-5 ' 0004 5.00 5.00 3.564.60
7-10 0008 4.55 4.55 3.428.70
7-10 0009 10.15 10.15 3,424.15
7-11 INVOICE 9187-1242 130.00 + 5.00 3.419.15
114.18 Figure 7-13.A sample expenditure record for the engineering department.
A CHAPTER 8
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
The Chief of Naval Operations establishes 5. Ability to control damage and engineering the standards of readiness and preparedness casualties. for war required of all ships of the U. S. Navy. This chapter provides detailed information The type commanders conduct periodic trials concerning (1) good engineeringpractices (those and inspections, and take all practicable steps recommended as well as the ones that are to ensure that ships of the command maintain mandatory to the attainment of required en- the required standards of readiness and pre- gineering standards), (2) engineering trials and paredness; Principally, the standards require readiness inspections scheduled by the type com- that the administration of the ship's organiza- manders, and (3) material inspections and ship tion, the material readiness of the ship, and the surveys conducted by the Board of Inspection state of training of the crew be such that the and Survey. ship is capable of effectively and efficiently performing her mission. GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES As an incentive to gain greater efficiency through competition, type commanders annually When followedscrupulously by operating (normally) present Battle Efficiency awards to personnel, certain rules of good engineering ships of the command based on merit attained practice can be relied on to contribute sub- in the readiness inspections, competitive ex- stantially to the safe and economical opera- ercises, and day-to-day operations. The Battle tion of naval engineering plants while materially Efficiency awards are presented in accordance reducing the personal effort revired to maintain with OpNav Instruction 3590.4.The Chief of an efficient and reliable plant.The engineer NavalOperations may authorize additional officer is responsible for enforcing the rules awards for type commands and he may suspend of good engineering practice within the engineer- awards during periods of national emergency. ing department and for keeping the commanding Each type commander designates the required officer informed of malpractices beyond his trials, inspections, and exercises, and estab- control. lishes minimum requirements for ships of the command. The type commander's directives GENERAL PROCEDURES should be consulted for information concern- ing the Battle Efficiency requirements for a The steamengineeringplant should be particular ship. operated with no more variation in speeds, Engineering readiness (including damage pressures, and temperatures than is consistent control) plays a major role in the battle ef- with operational commitments of the ship, and ficiency of any ship. Provided that considera- with these factors always maintained as near tion is given to all factors affectingthem (rather their minimum designed values as possible for than just quantitative comparison) the following the power required. are the principal components of engineering A variation in the output of a single com- readiness: ponent of the engineering plant can upset the 1. Reliability steam cycle balance and require compensatory 2. Fuel performance adjustments on stations throughout the plant 3. Feed and fresh water performance thereby resulting in additional work for the 4. Trial performances personnelofthewatch and uneconomical
160 Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS operation in general. This fact is often amply drain collecting tanks, atmospheric exhausts, illustrated by a comparison of fuel consumption and allother possible sources of leakage. scores attained during economy trials with those 2. Drills the engineering crew in the proper logged during normal routine operations under- procedures for transferring condensate. way. The development of teamwork among watch 3. Requires that operating personnel always personnel and the promotion of a spirit of com- consult the watch in the spaces concerned prior petition between watches can do muchto promote to taking on make-up feed, running water down fuel economy and improve overall plant per- from deaerating feed tanks, and shifting feed formance and reliability. water suctions. The engineer officer should exert every effort For reliable and efficient operation, boilers to ensure that prescribed acceleration tables must be kept clean, both inside and out. The are observed. In modern engineering plants, personal attention and interest of the engineer important components may be seriously over- officer is one of the most effective means of loaded when excessive acceleration rates are maintaining reliable and clean boilers. He may used. Built-in safety factors will protect the delegate preliminary boiler inspections to quali- components if rapid acceleration is restricted fied subordinates but the final inspection after to emergencies, but routine abuse of accelera- any boiler work must be made by the engineer tion tables will seriously reduce the reliability officer. Soot and scale are efficient insulators of the plant. Observance of prescribed ac- that prevent optimum heat transfer and make celeration tables not only extends machinery necessary a progressively increasing combus- life and conserves fuel but provides a time tion rate in order to maintain a steady steam- standard by which the engineroom and fire- ing rate. Clean boilers will result if the fol- room watches, and the OOD can develop into a lowing instructions are carried out: smoothly functioning team with each knowing 1. Inspect and clean boiler firesides every what to expect of the other, The ship's training 600 hours of steaming or more often, if condi- program for qualification of officers of the deck tions warrant. Inspect and clean watersides be- underway should familiarize the future officer tween 1800 and 2000 hours of steaming or more of the deck with good engineering practices. often, if conditions warrant. Combatant ships operate frequently at speeds 2. Blow tubes at least once each watch under- considerably below maximum and require, at way and twice a day in port. (Permission of the cruising speeds, only a fraction of the power OOD must be obtained before blowing tubes). that the main turbines are designed to provide. 3. Blow down boilers as often as neces- The engineer officer should determine the most sary to maintain the specified water analysis and economical engine and boiler combination that avoid high concentrations of scale-forming salts. can be used for any operating condition that (Give steaming boilers a surface blow at least might arise. In determining the most economical daily.) combination, the type commander's directives 4. Use the emergency feed pump if avail- must be observed and allowances must be made able aboard ship, to recirculate the water when for operating contingencies that may often over- adding boiler compound to an idle boiler. This ride considerations of economy. practice ensures equal distribution of alkalinity 1 . The engineer officershould require that ac- throughout the watersides of the boiler. curate records of boiler feed water and potable 5. After securing a steaming boiler and al- water consumption be maintained. The ship's lowing sufficient time for reducing circulation normal consumption must be determined and due to generation, give the boiler a good bot- posted in tabular form at main engine control tom blow to remove suspended impurities and as a ready reference. Any unexplained or marked scale-forming salts. increase over the normal is a sure sign of 8. Take all possible measures to prevent a leak or faulty operation of the engineering oil contamination of the feed system andboilers. plant and either possibility could cause serious It is imperative that all engineering operating trouble. A leak, no matter how small, must personnel be made aware of the seriousness always be considered a source of inefficiency. of oil contamination of boiler water, its possible Feed water losses can usually be avoided if causes, and the consequences which can result. the engineer officer: Boilers should be steamed with a very light 1. Requires that watch personnel 'maintain brownhazewhenever permissible.Dirty a close watch on pump shaft glands, valve glands, atomizers, contaminated fuel, and fuel of the
161 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
improper temperature may require excess air auxiliaries can be considerable. The use of in order to maintain acceptable stack conditions; more cooling water than is necessary to main- therefore, the condition of the fire (yellow- tain the desired vacuum on condensers can result orange or golden yellow in shade) as well as in pumping overboard a large amount of heat stack conditions must be observed in order to (from the condensate system) that will have to determine thetrue state of combustion ef- be replenished by the boilers. Excessive re- ficiency. Considerable care is required to pre- circulation of the condensate will have a similar vent leakage of air into a boiler. Air that enters result.Air leaks in the condenser or its com- a boiler at any place other than through a ponents may overload the air ejectors and lower burning register does not contribute to furnace the vacuum. Fluctuation in or excess steam pres- combustion and may materially affect combustion sure to the air ejectors is very uneconomical. efficiency. The operation of steam driven auxiliary pumps Chloride contamination of the water in the at speeds in excess of requirements also wastes boiler feed and condensate systems is an ever- steam. present threat to the material integrity and Ventilation motorsinfresh air supply operational readiness of the ship's engineering systems throughout the ship should be operated plant. All means provided for the determination at slow speed at all times when weather con- of the chloride content of boiler water must ditions are such as to require the use of steam be maintained in good working order, and operat- for heating the air. The steam to preheaters and ing personnel must be frequently drilled in the reheaters should be secured before operating importance and methods of the prevention of blower motors on high speed and blower motors chloride contamination through the determina- should never be operated at a faster speed than tion and control of the chloride content of the is necessary to attain a comfortable temperature water in the boiler feed and condensate systems. in the compartments served. Circulation of fresh Operating personnel must be alerted to ensure air in a compartment can generally be facilitated thatthe deaerating feed tank is functioning by operating the exhaust blower on last speed properly to remove dissolved gases from the and the supply blower on slow speed. boiler feed water. Dissolved oxygen tests must Cleanliness of engineering spaces, equipment, be conducted daily on water to steaming boilers. and machinery is one of the most important Inattention to feed water treatment with the of the good engineering practices. Machinery resultant failure of boiler tubes is the greatest must be kept free of oil and dirt so that lubricat- single cause of b tier casualties. The engineer ing oil and fuel oil leaks can be quickly ob- officer should r ware that his oil king and the served andproper,and timely action can be engineering watch supervisors in the fireroom taken to prevent casualties. Trash and spilled are graduates of the Boiler Feedwater Test oil in engineering spaces are personnel hazards and Treatment Course and are certified to per- as well as fire hazards. All water, steam, form the feed water tests and treatments that lubricating oil,and fuel oil leaks must be are prescribed by the 'Naval Ship Systems Com- promptly corrected in order to promote clean- mand and the manufacturer for the installed linessin engineering spaces. Clean spaces, boilers. He should never assume his sub- equipment, and machinery denote that the crew ordinates are competent, but should ascertain takes pride in their work and their ship. their ability through personal observation of An important safety precaution whichthe en- their performance. gineer officer must make certain is always Proper temperature of the lubricating oil observed by engineering personnel is that the in the engineering plant must be maintained at practice of hosing down spaces above the level all times to prevent bearing wear. The engineer of the bilge deck plates is PROHIBITED. Ex- officer must insist that operating personnel be treme care in the handling of charged hoses alert for signs of overheated bearings, foaming and constant vigilance during the cleaning of or emulsified oil, the presence of bearingmetal bilgesis necessary to prevent damage to and other foreign particles in lubricating oil personnel and equipment. strainers, oil leaks, low oil level in lubricating Information concerning performance data oil sumpand the presence of rust on journals and operating limitsof the equipment and and gearthg. machinery of a ship's engineering plant is The overall loss of efficiency in an im- published in the Naval Ships Technical Manual, properly operated condenser and its component manufacturers technical manuals, and the Ship
182 Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS
Information Book (in older ships, the Gen- Each member of the engineering depart- 4 eral Information Book. the Piping System In- ment should be familiar with the following basic struction Book, the Record of Electrical Instal- precepts of safety: lations and Electrically Operated Auxiliaries 1. REPORT UNSAFE CONDITIONS. Each With Performance P ta, and Geneil1Di3scri_p: individual concerned mustreportto his tion of Electronics System Installation). superiors any unsafe condition or any equip- ment or material which he considers unsafe. 2. WARN OTHERS. Each individual con- SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND cerned must warn others whom he believes OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS to be endangered by known hazards or by failure to observe safety precautions. General safety precautions should be known 3. USE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. Each and observed by all personnel. Safety pre- individual concerned must wear or use protec- cautions for particular duties or operations tive clothing or equipment of the type approved must be known and observed by all personnel for the safe performance of his work or duty. who perform such duties or operations. The 4. REPORT INJURY or ILL HEALTH. All engineer officer is responsible for ensuring: personnel must report to their supervisors any 1. That all prescribed safety precautions injury or evidence of impaired health occurring are strictly observed by all persons within in the course of work or duty. the department and by others who may be 5. EXERCISE CAUTION.In the event of concerned with matters under his control. an unforeseen hazardous occurrence (emergency 2. That all applicable safety precautions condition) each individual is expected to ex- are kept properly posted, in conspicuous and ercise such reasonable caution as is appro- accessible places. . priate to the situation. 3. That the personnel concerned are drilled In the shipboard engineering department, in procedures for the observance of safety the lack of personal knowledge of safety pre- precautions. cautions, the absence of conspicuously posted Each division officer is responsible for: safety precautions, or the, failure to observe 1. Carefully instructing his subordinates in known applicable safety precautions often results all applicable safety precautions. in temporary or permanent personnel disable- 2. Requiring that his subordinates strictly ment, and, too frequently, results in loss of a observe all applicable safety precautions. life. Emphasis on safety precautions must be Having knowledge of safety precautions does part of the daily supervision of duties by divi- not necessarily ensure that the personnel con- sion officers and petty officers. Supervision of cerned will observe them. Danger to personnel personnel in matters involving safety precau- exists to some degree in every shipboard en- tions isparticularly necessary in the forma- gineering operation.Because danger is a tive stages of training, when proper habits and constant companion, some engineering personnel reflexes are being established. tend to discount its disastrous possibilities and Inspectionsofpersonneland equipment are often prone to ignore the measures neces- should be made periodically to ensure that sary to prevent the occurrence of accidents personnel are observing safety precautions and hence, they must constantly be reminded ofthe that the equipment in use is' in safe operating possibility of such occurrences. condition.All safety devices and attachments One method, devised to remind equipment on machinery and equipment should be checked operators of the hazards to personnel (as well for properoperationperiodically (usually, as to equipment) attending the operation of weekly). Any safety device found to be in- certain equipment, is to permanently post safety operative must be immediately repaired or, if precautions in conspicuous places nearby or on immediate repair is not possible, a prominent the equipment to which they apply. In addition, warning ofconditions must be displayed personnel performing work in which definite constantly. hazard(s) to their safety is known to exist AU engineering department personnel must should be reminded of the hazard(s) by the con- be made aware of the risks to equipment as spicuous posting of applicable safety precautions well as personnel involved in purposely disabling in the area of the ship where such operations a safety device (safety valve, circuit breaker, are normally performed. pressure and/or temperature alarm). Personnel
163
/4 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION who are observed to be violating safety pre- the necessary operating instructions and safety cautions must be immediately corrected. Each precautions in spaces under his cognizance. violation must be handled separately, with con- When unforeseen conditions arise or when the sideration for the seriousness of the violation. engineer officer considers that the operating Where personnel of the engineering depart- instructions and safety precautions furnished are ment are required to operate equipment or inadequate, he must so inform his commanding perform evaluations under the control of another officer who will issue such additional instruc- head of department, the responsibility for teach- tions or precautions as deemed necessary and ing and enforcing the safety precautions relating advise the Naval Ship Systems Command (via to the operations rests with the head of depart- appropriate administrative and operational com- ment controlling the operation.For example, manders) of the premises. weaponsand ammunition handling requires specialinstructions by the weapons officer. WARMING-UP SCHEDULES Engineering machinery and equipmentsre- Warming-up. schedules for propulsion ma- quire protection against improper, careless, chinery and boilers are chronological checklists and abusive operation. One safeguard against of the key steps for lighting boiler fires and improper operationis,of course, properly warming up the ship's main engineering plant trained operators.In an emergency, however, in preparation for getting the ship underway a properly trained operator may not be avail- in accordance with the general degree of readi- able, and it may, be necessary to utilizean ness in effect. The format for each warming-up operator who is unfamiliar with the proper schedule is prescribed by the type commander operating procedures for an item of machinery. for ships of the type. A sample engineroom To provide instructions for operators whoare warming-up schedule is shown in figure 8-1. unfamiliar with the equipment and to re-em- The scheduled times relative to the time of phasize proper operating procedures for the reporting ready are printed on the form and experienced operator,operating instructions the corresponding clock and actual times are must be permanently and conspicuously posted entered by the watch supervisor. On the format nearby or on the equipment to which they apply. in figure 8-1, the column titled ALLOWED in- Manufacturers' technical manuals contain dicates the time (relative to reporting ready) operating instructions and precautions pertain- sdheduled for the accomplishment of each opera- ing to the shipboard machinery and equipments tion. The column titled CLOCK is for record- furnished by them. The Naval Ships Technical ing the time (according to the clock) when Manual contains operating instructions and pre- the operation was accomplished. The column cautions pertaining to classes of shipboard titled ACTUAL is for recording the time rela- machinery and equipment installations. The data tive to reporting ready when the operation was and instructions in the Naval Ships Technical actually accomplished. Manual are in accordance with what is considered The use of warming-up schedules ensures the best engineering practice for the operation that the important task of readying the ship's testing, and safety of shipboard machinery and engineering plant for operation is carried out equipment installations, and for the safety of the according to a proven schedule designed to personnel concerned. minimizeconfusion,establish orderly pro- The Naval Ship Systems Command is re- cedures, and provide assurance that the steps sponsible for initially furnishing newly con- necessary to the operation of the plant are structed ships and conversions with standard performed in the proper sequence. The warm- and nonstandard operatinginstructions and ing-up schedules should be used without regard safety precautions (in form suitable for posting) to the relative 'Rate of experience of the person- for material under the technical control of nel involved. Completed warming-up schedules NavShips. For shipsin commission and in are examined by the engineer officer and dis- service, plastic laminated standard and non- posed of in accordance with current instructions standard operating instructions and safety pre- of the appropriate type commander. cautionsareavailablein accordance with instructions in the Navy. Stock List of Forms SECURING SCHEDULES and Publication% NavSup 2002. The engineer officer is responsible for the Securing schedules for propulsion machinery adequacy,accuracy, and proper posting of and boilers are chronological checklists of key
164
4 /41 Chapter 8-ENGINEERING STANDARDS
WARMING - UP SCHEDULE FOR '"FeRVJAIkb ENGINEROM DATE 6 Ty ME 19=
USS EXAMPLE (CAG-132)
Commence warming-up at Underway at I Standard speed will be S tune: 0f3. Oro. tetelent, tV/RPM e. TIME OPERATION ALLOWED CLOCK ACTUAL hr.:min. hr.:min. -2.: 30.mar -,1:3eStation the engineroom steaming watch. oSA7 /5 Take and record counter readings in Bell Book. *1.27 Take and record turbine clearances in Engineering log. oSS0-A:3e Electrician's mates energize all underway power and I.C. circuits. -a:se Crack all funnel drains. vie Cross-connect auxiliary steam and exhaust condensate lines. oe" - :A* Cross-connect salt water cooling and H.P. drain systems. When steam pressure reaches 50 psig, cut in H.P. drain traps and ,or4a.-A:sr close funnel drains. Open main condenser overboard and injection valves and vent salt vela :etwater chests. ,effIS :I7Open all main propulsion turbine casing and chest drains. Back off main throttle valves, throttle by-pass and nozzle valves. Re.00'
""."--...... ---4.67"---V115070-. _pnbecheadiresals Split main steam, auxiliary steam, auxiliary exhaust, H.P. and drains, condensate, main feed, salt water cooling main, andfire 71.f-o:icpin. ?VP-o:a.Request permission from ODD to test mainunet nes. / so-O:to When permission is granted, disengage t gear. Open guarding valves and test main engines. es ASTERN operation ea.-0:orfirst and make certain not to put way on the ship. 0 : 00 Report engineering department readyfor getting underway toOCD rosto:oiland engineer officer. Oroi4-o:o Request permission of COD to spin main engines every 3 minutes. 40 :15 era,+0:4 Underway. +0 :20 0 1.31E+0: f Close turbine drains.
REMARKS: -1 rte.& 'FIREANDFiAdefeede PumP eS OUT OP Cmmie$1104J.
WATCH SUPERVISOR: Examined (Engineer Officer) AMC.,UV/
114.19 Figure 8-1.A sample warming-up schedule for an engineroom.
165 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION steps for securing the ship's main engineer- while steaming independently or under other ing plant in accordance with the general degree conditions where it is considered impracticable of readiness in effect. Scheduled times of the to provide observers from another ship, the respective steps may be relative to receipt trials may be observed by personnel of the of the orders to secure the engineroom or ship conducting the trial, subject to the type boiler. The securing schedules should list the commander's requirements for self observa- auxiliary machinery to be used after securing tion of trials. the main engineering plant. The format for Prior to commencement of the full power each securing schedule must be in accordance trial, inspections and tests of machinery and with current directives of the appropriate type equipment should be made to ensure that no commanders. material item will interferewith the suc- The use of securing schedules ensures that cessful operation of the ship at full power. The the engineering plant is properly secured and extentof the inspections and the tests will overcomes the normal tendency of the person- largely depend upon the recent'performance of nel of the watch to secure machinery at too the ship at high speeds, the material condi- rapid a rate. Securing schedules, too, should tion of the ship, and the time limits imposed be used without regard to the relative state by operational commitments. of experience of the personnel involved. Com- The inspection and tests of reactors, boilers, pleted securing schedules are examined by the main engines, pumps, auxiliary machinery, engineer officer and disposed of in accordance safety devices, piping systems, and all equip- with current instructions of the appropriate type ment necessary for the proper operation of the commander: engineering plant should be made in accord- ance with the Planned Maintenance Subsystem PERFORMANCE STANDARDS which is the primary source that prescribes tests and inspections for machinery and equip- The Chief of Naval Operations and the ment, and in manufacturer's technical manuals, type commanders require that certain engineer- or, in the absence of specific instructions, as ing trials and inspections be conducted in order the dictates of good engineering practice may to determine that required standards are being require. maintained and to accurately evaluatethe opera- Not later than one day before a trial, the tional readiness of ships of the type. The fre- engineer officer should report to the command- quency of the engineering trials and inspec- ing officer the condition of the main engineering tions for readiness is determined by the Chief plant, stating whether or not it is in proper of Naval Operations and the type commanders. condition and fit to proceed with the trial, or Engineering readiness trials include the full wherein any part, in his opinion, is not in a tt power trial and the fuel economy trial. Readi- safe and proper condition. The trial must be ness inspectionsinclude theadministrative postponed if, in the opinion of the commanding inspection,the material inspection, and the officer, the condition of any part of the main operational readiness inspection. engineering plant is such that it might be damaged or disabled, or might cause a personnel casualty ENGINEERING READINESS TRIALS if the trial is undertaken. During all full power trials, andduring other Engineering readiness trials (the full power machinery trials to which they may be applicable and fuel economy trials) are conducted periodi- and consistent with the conditions imposed, the cally by the commanding officer as required by following general rules must be observed: CNOandprescribedinShip Exercises. 1. The speed of theengines should be FXP3 (Revised),and the type commander's gradually increased to the speed specified for directives which indicate specific requirements the trial.Prior to commencing a full power for conducting exercises and trials. The type trial,themachineryshould be thoroughly commander, a commander subordinate to the warmed up; this can be accomplished by operat- type commander, or the task force commander ing at a high fractional power for sufficient (as appropriate) may assign* observers for the time to stabilize temperatures. engineering trials from another shipof the same 2. Themachineryshould beoperated Iv command whenever practicable. When a ship economically, and designed pressures, tempera- is scheduled to conduct an engineering trial tures, and speeds must not be exceeded.
188 Yd
Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS
3. A trial involving high speeds should not 3. Any situation in which conducting or be conducted in shallow water because it is completing the trial would endanger human life. conducive to excessive vibration, loss of speed, Ifa trial performance is unsatisfactory, and overloading of the propulsion plant. Detailed the ship concerned will normally be required information on the proper depth of water for a to hold another trial such as the type com- specific ship may be obtained from Nav Ships mander mayconsider appropriate to dem- Technical Manual. onstrate satisfactoryengineering readiness. 4.Ifitisdesirabletocontinue a full The fact that a ship failed to make the power trial beyond the duration originally speci- required rpm for any hour during the trial and fied, the observations should be continued until the amount by which it failed should be noted the trial is finished.The trial should be con- in the trial report. ducted on a continuous basis without interrup- The number of personnel assigned to observe tion. If a trial at constant rpm is discontinued engineeringtrials will vary according to the for any reason, the trial should be considered trial and the size and type of ship being ob- unsatisfactory and a new start should be made. served. The duties of the observing party are No major changes of the plant set-up or arrange- usually as follows: ment are allowed during economy trials. 1. The chiefobserver willorganize, 5. During full power or economy trials, instruct, and station the observing party.He all necessary data should be recorded often checks the ship's draft, either at the beginning enough to obtain a reasonably correct indica- of the trial or before leaving port; supervises tion of the power developed for the period of the performance of the engineroom observers; the trial. The average power developed by diesel - checks the taking of counter readings; renders electric plants may be computed from the kilo- alldecisionsinaccordancewith current watt output of each propulsion generator set. directives;and checks and signs the trial Observations must be taken at intervals not report. greater than one-half hour and at least three 2. The assistant chief observer assists the observations must be made regardless of the chief observer as directed; supervises the per- duration of the trial.In 'ships equipped with formance of the fireroom observers; checks the torsionmeters, at least 10 torsionmeter ob- taking of fuel oil soundings and meter readings; servations must be taken at half-hour intervals. and makes out the trial report. Trial requirements for each ship, cover- 3. Assistant observers take fuel soundings ing engine speed for full power at various dis- and meterreadings,counterreadings,the placementsand injection temperatures, are ship's draft, and other data as may be required furnished to commanders and units concerned, for the trial report. by the Deputy Chief of Naval Operations for The following items should be accomplished Fleet Operations and Readiness. The shaft or considered before starting the trial: rpm corresponding to 15, 20, and 25 knots is 1. When requested by the observing party, also furnished for the appropriate ships. the ship being observed provides or designates Full power trials for competitive purposes a suitable signaling system so that fuel sound- are of 4 hours duration, as far as the report ings and the readings of counters and meters data are concerned. The usual procedure is to may be taken simultaneously. operate the ship at full power for a sufficient 2. The ship being observed will furnish length of time until all readings are constant, the chief observer with a written statement before starting the official 4-hour trial period. of the date of last undocking, and the authorized Economy trials are of 6 hours duration and and actual settings of all main machinery speed a different speed is used each time a trial limiting devices and the status of safety device is conducted. tests and inspections. The ship must have its Trials once scheduled should be conducted diaft, trim, and loading conform to trial re- unless prevented Oyo such circumstances as: quirements. In case a minimum draft is not 1. Weather conditions which might cause specified, the liquid loading should equal at damage to the ship. least 75 percent of the full load capacity. 2. Material trouble which forces the ship 3. The chief observer determines draft and to discontinue the trial, or which might cause trim before and after the trial. He verifies damage to the machinery or personnel if the the amount of fuel on board and corrects the trial were continued. amount to the time of commencing the trial.
167
7/ ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
He determines the full-power rpm required for not change the ship's course unless conditions thedisplacement and injection temperature warrant. existing at the start of the trial. 4. The observing party must be instructed In most ships with oil-fired boilers the to detect and promptly correct any errors in designed boiler power is the first factor that the recording of trial data since it is important establishes the maximum speed that the ship that the required data be correct within the can attain, and for this reason, it is neces- limits of accuracy of the shipboard instru- sary to check boiler steaming conditions be- ments. fore ordering additional turns. The boilers 5. The chief observer should instruct mem- should not be loaded faster than they are capable bers of the observing party to report any violation of taking care of the increased load. The steam of trial instructions, of instructions in Nav- pressure and temperature should be maintained Ships Technical Manual, or of good engineer- at full value for the appropriate steaming con- ing practice. The chief observer should verify dition. The boilers should be the controlling any such report and then inform the command- factor and must be kept ahead of the turbines. ing officer of the ship being observed. He must If the turbines are allowed to get ahead of the also include in the trial report a detailed ac- boilers, the main steam pressure and tempera- count of any violation. ture will drop below normal values for that Some of the requirements pertaining to the particular steaming condition, or speed of the manner of conducting full power and economy ship. Then, in order to make up this loss in trials are as follows: steam pressure and temperature and to meet 1. Unless otherwise ordered, a full power additional increases of speed that may be neces- trial may be started at any time on the date sary, the boilers must be fired at an extremely set. high rate. In some ships, the necessary firing 2. The trial should be divided into hourly rate may exceed the full load rating of the intervals, but readings should be taken and boiler and approach the maximum 120 percent recorded at least every half hour. Data are overload capacity rating of the boiler. As far submitted as hourly readings in the trial report. as the engineering plant is concerned, the 3. Fuel expenditures for each hourly interval primary purpose of the acceleration table is to of the trial should be determined by the most prevent the overloading of boilers. The use of accurate means practicable, normally by meter the acceleration tableis of particular im- readings corrected for meter error andverifted portance when accelerating near full speed and by soundings. full power. 4. The appropriate material condition of the ship should be maintained during the different trials. Standard forms are available for reporting 5. Duringall engineering trials, normal engineering trials and the forms are for issue ship's services must be provided. as indicated in the Navy Stock List of Forms 6. All clocks in the engineering spaces and and Publications, NavSup 2002. The Engineer- on the bridge must be checked and synchronized ing Trial Report, Transmittal Letter, OpNav before commencing the trial. form 3540-3A, is submitted by the chief observer witheach trial report. Instructions for the It is common procedure of max command- preparation of engineering trial reports are ing officers,, when conducting full power trials printed on the back of the transmittal letter to bring the ship up to a speed several knot; form. Additional instructions are contained in below the trial speed of the ship, and than NWIP 10-20. Instructions for compiling trial transfer control of the ship's speed (except in score are provided in FXP 3B. The Engineering an emergency) to the engineer officer until the Trial Report, OpNav form 3540-3B, is applicable specified speed is attained. The control engine- to steam-driven ships with oil-fired boilers. room, under the supervision of the engineer The Engineering Trial Report, OpNav form officer, brings the speed up slowly, depending 3540-3C is applicable to diesel-driven surface upon theconditions of theplant, until the ships and submarines. The forms are used for specified speed has been reached. The com- reporting the engineering' phase of the ship manding officer instructs the OOD or navigator trials (chapter 12) as well as the engineering to avoid the use of excessive rudder and does trials discussed in this chapter.
168 Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS
READINESS INSPECTIONS Excellent Few minor deficiencies. So (88.0 - 94.9)markedly above the required The type commander is assisted in the minimum standards as to be conduct of Readiness Inspections (Administra- among the few best. tive, Material, and Operational Readiness In- Good Some minor deficiencies but spections) of ships of the command by sub- (75.0 - 87.9)above required minimum ordinate commanders and personnel of ships of standards. the type being inspected. The type commander, Satisfactory At required minimum. Capa- or a designated subordinate, may assign the ship (62.0 - 74.9)ble of performing assigned to assist in the conductoeinspections of ships functions. of the command. Unsatisfactory Below required minimum due The chief inspector (generally the command- (0.0 - 61.9)to a vital or critical deficiency ing officer of the assisting ship) organizes the or a cumulation of minor de- inspection board. The organization of the inspec- ficiencies. tion board, in general, conforms to the admin- istrative organization of the ship tobe inspected. Administrative Inspection The inspection board is divided into appropriate parties, each headed by a senior inspector (or Administrative inspections are scheduled by observer) with assistants as deemed necessary. the type commander in order to evaluate how When practicable, the engineer officer of the efficiently and effectively prescribed admin- assisting ship heads the engineering inspection istrative procedures are being implemented by party, which usually consists of three groups: ships of the command. Current directives of machinery (including main propulsion), elec- the type commander should be consulted when trical, and damage control. preparing for the administrative inspection. Checklists to assist inspectors conducting One of the two categories of an administra- readiness inspections are generally furnished by tive inspection is that of the general administra- the type commander. For convenience, the tion of the ship as a whole. Items of the inspec- checklists for the engineering inspection party tion that will have a direct bearing on the are usually divided into three separate sections: engineering department, and for which the machinery (main propulsion), electrical, and report of inspection indicates a grade, are as damage control.Inspection checklists are not follows: necessarily all inclusive and it may happen that 1. Appearance, bearing, and smartness of the progress of the inspection will disclose personnel. additional items to be considered. Inspectors 2. Cleanliness, sanitation, smartness, and must be alerted to note all facts pertinent to appearance of the ship as a whole. the inspection. 3. Adequacy and condition of clothing and A critique is held following tbe readiness equipment of personnel. inspection to inform theship's' officers of 4. General knowledge of personnel in regard conditions noted and to make recommendations to the ship's organization, ship's orders, and for improvement. administrative procedures. The evaluation of readiness inspections is 5. Dissemination of all necessary informa- based upon how well the ship's personnel and tion among the personnel. material conform to the standards necessary 6. Indoctrinationof newly reported per- to the efficient accomplishment of the ship's sonnel. mission. The senior inspector (or observer) 7. General educational facilities for indi- for each department of the ship recommends viduals. a tentative overall grade for the department 8. Comfort and conveniencesofliving based on the individual inspector's evaluation of spaces, including adequacy of light, heat, venti- the results of his inspection. A final grade is lation, and fresh water, with due regard for awarded by the type commander or a designated economy. subordinate in order to obtain uniformity for The administrative inspection of the engi- the type. The grading system is as follows: neering department is primarily an inspection Outstanding No superior in the type to of the departmental paperwork, which includes (95.0 - 100) the knowledge of the inspec- numerous publications, bills, files, books, rec- tors. ords, and logs. However, the inspection will
169 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION also include other items suchas the cleanliness material maintenance records and reports will and preservation of machinery and engineering be made to obtain data and material history for spaces; training of personnel; assignment of a proper understanding of the material condi- personnel to watches and duties; the proper tion of machinery and equipment. posting of operating instructions and safety precautions; adequacy of warning signs and Operational Readiness Inspection guards; the marking and labeling of lines and valves; and the proper maintenance of operating The Operational Readiness Inspection (ORI) logs. is conducted in order to evaluate the offensive and defensive capabilities of a ship basedon Material Inspection the state of training of the crew andthe material condition of the ship. The inspection principally The material inspection is conducted in order tests the battle organization of the ship by to evaluate the actual material condition ofa observing ship exercises conducted during a ship,including the abilityof all equipment, battle problem imposed by the chief observer. machinery, and fittings to function properly. Additional ship exercises that test the ability On the basis of what the inspection diScloses, of the ship's watch organization to handle the it may be necessary to recommend repairs, ship under adverse conditions, also arecon- alterations, changes, or developments that will ducted, observed, and evaluated. ensure the material readiness of the ship. In addition,thematerial. inspection deter- A properly conducted battle problem provides mines if proper procedures have been followed an excellent test of the battle organization of in the care and operatign of machinery and a ship. The degree of perfection achieved in equipment. any battle problem is a direct reflection of In brief, the prescribed requirements for the skill and application of those who prepare material readiness are as follows: it. A great deal depends upon the experience I. Established routines in accordance with Of the observing officers and petty officers. the type commander's instructions for the The shipboard battle problem tests and conduct of inspections and tests, schedules for evaluates the ability of all divisions of the preventive maintenance, and a system which ship to function together as a team in simulated will ensure timely and effective repairs. combat operations. Battle problems can be made 2. Adequate material maintenance records, the most profitable and significant of all peace- that are kept in accordance with current direc- time training, since they demonstrate how ready tives and that will give the history and detailed a department is for combat. The degree of condition of machinery and equipment. realism of this test governs its value: the more 3. Planned and effective utilization of the nearly it approximates actual battle conditions, ship's facilities for preservation, maintenance, the more valuable it is. and repair. 4. Correct allocation of necessary work There is one element in conducting a battle items to the following categories:(a)the problem which substantially increases its value ship's force, (b) the tenders and repair ships, as a testing device: the element of surprise. and (c) naval shipyard or other shore repair Of course, preparations for carrying out a activity. problem cannot be kept entirely a secret. Before The scope of the material inspection sched- a battle problem is to be conducted, the ship uled by the type commander will be similai to is furnished information such as: that of the material inspection made by the 1. Authority for conducting the inspection. Board of Inspection and Survey, discussed 2. Time of boarding by the inspecting party. later in this chapter. The inspection should be 3. Time ship is to get underway. thorough and searching, and cover detailed 4. Time for setting material readiness con- maintenance and repair rather than general dition one. appearance. The distinction between administra- 5. Time of conducting inspection forzero tive inspections and material inspections sched- problem time conditions. uled by the type commander should be clearly 6. Zero problem time. recognized, and there should be as little dupli- 7. End of problem time. cation as possible. An examination of the 8. Time of critique.
170
iyY Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS
During the battle problem, engineering and stopped to simulate casualties. An emergency damage control telephone circuits should be procedure must be established by the observing monitored by one or more observers. A check party and ship's crew to take proper action in should be made for proper procedure and cir- case actual casualtiesas distinguished from cuit discipline, and for handling of information. simulated casualtiesshould occur. An inspection should be made to see that The general announcing system (the 1MC the engineering plant is properly split in ac- circuit) may be used by the ship but observers cordance withcurrent directives. Any fire normally will have priority in its use. The hazards such as paint, rags, or oil should problem time announcer will use the general be noted. Check for missile hazards such as announcing system to announce the start of loose gear,loose floor plates,tool boxes, the battle problem, the problem time at regular and repair parts boxes. The condition of fire- intervals, the conclusion of the problem, and fighting, damage control, and remote control the restoration of casualties. However, the gear should be carefully inspected. general announcing system is kept available at The maximum benefit obtained from conduct- all times for use in case of actual emergency. ing a battle problem lies in the determination All other announcing system circuits and means of existing weaknesses and deficiencies, and the of interior communications are reserved for the resulting recommendations for improvement in use of the ship. organization and future training. Every effort A critique of the battle problem should be should be made by observers to note excellence held on board the observed ship before the as well as deficiencies; a knowledge of existing observers depart, in order that review of the excellence by ship's personnel is helpful to problem and the action taken may be made when morale and indicates those factors that pres- both are fresh in the minds of all concerned. ently, at least, may receive less emphasis in The critiqueis attended by all the ship's the shipboard training program. officers, appropriate chief and first class petty Visual means of indicating simulated casual- officers, the chief observers, and all senior ties during the battle problem will assist per- observers. The various points of interest of sonnel in visualizing the damage imposed. the battle problem are discussed, and the chief Placards,colored bunting, chalk markings, observer comments on the overall conduct of the smoke pots, and tags are all devices that the problem after the senior observers have com- observer can use to indicate damaged equip- pleted their analysis of the battle problem as ment and structures, and wounded personnel. developed from their observers' reports. Oral disclosures of simulated damage will also The observers' reports will be in the form aid in visualizing damage. Should the inadequacy prescribed by the type commander, and will of procedure by ship's personnel result in include any additional instructions given by the failure to discover a simulated casualty, observ- chief observer. The reports of the observers ers may resort to coaching, but a notation are collected by the senior observer for each should be made on the observer's report as to department; senior observers submit their re- the time allowed before coaching and informa- ports to the chief observer. All observers' tion were furnished. Special precautions should reports are reviewed by the senior observer be taken to give the symptoms of the simulated for each department before the critique is held. casualty the same degree of realism as those The observers' reports also serve to furnish of an actual casualty. the ship with detailed observations of the In order to impose casualties, valves may battle problem vetch may not, because of time have to be closed, switches opened, or machinery limitations, be brought out during the critique. stopped. In each case the observer should The ship receives a copy of all observers' inform responsible ship's personnel of the reports; in this way, each department is given action desired, and the ship's personnel should the opportunity to view the detailed comments operate the designated equipment. A casualty and to set up a training schedule to cover weak exercise should be omitted entirely if there is points. danger that personnel injury or material damage A brief example of an engineering observer's might result because of lack of Areparation or report form is given as follows: experience of personnel concerned. The supply of lubricating oil to the main engines or the Engineering Observer supply of feed water to the boilers must not be Location
171 ENGINEERING ADMIIIISTRATiON
1. Evaluation of the engineering department 5. Recommendations. is based on:(a)extent of the department's The blank parts of the observers' report preparation and fulfillment of the ordered ci'n- forms are filled in as applicable to the indi- ditionsof readiness as appropriate to ti,e vidual observer's station. Items that were not problems, (b) extent of correct utilization d'eservAd by him are either leftblank or crossed the engineering damage control features halt out. Akicational information, if required for a into the ship, (c) extent to which proper engi- certain exercise or condition, maybe written neering casualty control is accomplished, (c!) on the reverse side of the form. A separate extent to which on-station personnel take cor- form or sheet is used for each exercise or rective action for control of damage, (e) ade- drill. A report of the exercises conducted and quacy of reports and dissemination of informa- the evaluation of the inspection are forwarded tion, and (f) the general handling of the plant to the type commander. in accordance with good engineering practice, and the ability of the department to ensure BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY maximum mobility and manueverability of the ship and to supply all necessary services to The Board of Inspection and Survey is under other departments in fighting the ship. the administration of the Chief of Naval Opera- 2. Hit tioi.!. The board consists of a flag officer, as Exercise president, and of such other senior officers as a. Preparation and status of the engi- may be required to assist him in carrying neering plant. out the duties of the Board. Regional Boards b. Fulfillment of proper condition of mid Subboards are establishtd, as necessary, readiness. to assist Ow Board of Inspection and Survey in c. Fire and missile hazards. the performance of its duties. The Subboards d. Condition of firefighting and damage consist of a senior inspector, a captain, and control gear. about 10 or more members, depending upon the e. Condition of personnel clothing and type of ship that is to be inspected. The Presi- protection. dent of the Board of Inspection and Survey f. Stationing and readiness of personnel. determines and prescribes the procedures to be g. Investigationand interpretationof followed by the Board of Inspection and Survey, casualty. including the Regional Boards and Subboards, h. Promptnessandeffectivenessin in the conduct of trials, inspections, and surveys. taking care of casualty. Ships are presented to the Board of Intioec- i. Were proper doctrine and procedures don and Survey(INSURV) for preliminary used? acceptance trials, final acceptance trials, mate- j.Were prompting and additional infor- rial inspections, and surveys. Preliminary and mation given by observer? final acceptance trials are discussed in chapter k. Were proper reports made? 12 of this publication. A ship being inspected 1. Readiness of standby units. or undergoing trials by INSURV is considered m. Readiness of alternate and emergency as being on detached duty until the trial or lighting and power. inspection is completed. n. Were proper safety precautions ob- served? INSURV MATERIAL INSPECTIONS o. Material deficiencies. p. Coordination of personnel. INSURV Material Inspections are conducted q. Coordination of engineering spaces. in accordance with statutory requirements of 3. Main Engine Control. Receipt of vital Congress that specify the material inspection interior communications, origination and trans- of a U. S. Navy ship (1) upon the ship's return missions of required reports to Conn, Damage from' a foreign station, (2) at least once every Control Central, and other stations. three years (if practicable), (3) when fitness of 4. Action taken by main engine control: the ship for further service is in doubt, and (4) a. Correct action. when the ship has been declared unfit and b. Sound judgment based on good practice. stricken from the Naval Vessel Register. c. Assurance. SecNav Instruction 5420.12 (revised)de- d. Speed. scribestheorganizationofthe Board of
172 Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS
Inspection and Survey, including the Regional or suspected work to bring the material con- Boards and Subboards. Sec Nav Instruction 4730.5 dition of the ship to the required standard. establishes the policy for conducting anINSURV The work items list should include the fol- material inspection of each active ship 4 to 6 lowing: months prior to the ship's next scheduled reg- 1. Departures from CNO approved charac- ular overhaul. (This normally exceeds the trien- teristics, contract plans,or specifications. nial inspection requirements). INSURV Instruc- 2. Incomplete or unsatisfactory tests. tion 4730.8 (revised) provides detailed guidance 3. Alterations desired. for the preparation and distribution of INSURV 4. Outstanding field changes or ShipAlts. reports. INSURV Instruction 4730.9 (revised) 5. Equipments required by approved plans. provides detailed guidance concerning the prepa- 6. Partially complete installations. rations for and the conduct of INSURV material 7. Safety hazards. inspections (including condition sheets and gen- 8. Repairs required. eral instructions for their preparation). 9. Equipments that fail to meet performance INSURV material inspections are conducted requirements, require excessive maintenance, at such time and place as may be mutually leak excessively, are obsolete, are in excess agreeable to the Board and the type commander. of actual needs, or are unreliable in opera- The inspection starts promptly upon arrival of tion. the Board, and the ship must be moored to a 10. Work items outstanding. from previous pier or dock during the inspection in order to trials or material inspections. permit disabling of machinery. INSURV material 11. Work items requiring further investiga- inspections are not normally scheduled during tion. regular overhaul or tender availability, and The work items are prepared in accordance repair work during an inspection should be kept with the instructions detailed in INSURV Instruc- to a minimum. tion 4730.11. A set of the work items will be Approximately 30 days prior to the date of a delivered to the Board upon arrival. As a result scheduled INSURV material inspection, two of the material inspection, the Board members copies of INSURV Instruction 4730.9 (revised) make any necessary changes, assign classifica- with enclosures) and copies of INSURV Instruc- tion and identification symbols, and ensure that tion 4730.11 are forwarded by the Board to the the ship and the type commander are forwarded ship to be inspected. The enclosures to INSURV copies of the work items as changed or corrected Instruction 4730.9 (revised) include instructions by the Board, along with copies of any work and procedures for conducting material inspec- items originated by the Board. tions of ships and the necessary condition sheets. The INSURV Board uses Arabic Numerals Properly prepared condition sheets facilitate and combinations of lower caseletters to determination of the material condition of the identify work items as to reference number ship.Sufficient blank condition sheets are for- within the ship's departments (1,2, 3, etc.) warded to the ship with INSURV Inst 4730.9 and the department or division of the ship hav- (revised) to permit the preparation of anoriginal ing cognizance of the item. The following sym- and one carbon copy of each sheet. The original bols are used to identify the ship's department must be completed (legibly) describing the cur- or division having primary cognizance of a work rent material condition of the ship, and mailed item: to the Board In advance of the inspection. The carbon copy is retained on board. Detailed in- fly navigation department structions for their completion are included op operations department in the condition sheets. It is very important wp weapons department toreport deficiencies which require main- dk - - deck division or depart- tenance in excess of routine maintenance as ment wellasequipmentrequiringrepairs. All mp mainenginesdivision deficiencies in design, performance, and com- br boilers/reactors division pleteness or other defects must be reported. ax auxiliaries division In addition to the condition sheets, a list el electrical division of work items must be prepared for submission dc repair division (damage to the Board conducting the material inspection. control and hull struc- The list of work items should include all known ture)
173 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
BP supply department their representatives qualified in the operational rp repair department and material aspects of each department, must and am wado- medical and dental de- be prepared to accompany each Board member. partments During the material inspection, the following hb habitability records must be available for review by the av air department various members of the INSURV Board: The INSURV Board inspects all parts of the 1. Booklet of General Plans. ship including storerooms, magazines, operating 2. Ship Information Book (allvolumes). spaces, voids, cofferdams, chain lockers, and 3. Records of watertight integrity tests. tanks. The spaces will be opened for inspection 4. Damage Control Book. in accordance with detailed instructions on the 5. COSAL. condition sheets. Personnel must be available 8. Docking report. to open locked spacesimmediately upon arrival 7. Departmental logs and performance red.: of the inspection parties. The personnelre- ords. sponsible for a space and the operation of the 8. Waivers authorizing inactivation of major equipment therein must be present in the space machinery and equipment(other than to assist the inspection party by answering those disabled for the inspection). questions and operating equipinent. 9. Preventivemaintenanceorganization, The operational aspects of all equipment procedures, and records. and material will be examined during the conduct 10. Corrective maintenance history. of the INSURV material inspection, with the 11. Completelist of approved outstanding exception of equipment opened or disassembled alterations. for a more detailed inspection. Detailed instruc- 12. Lists (by department) of items of major tions for the preparation of equipment for inspec- machinery and equipment inoperative due tion in each department are included with the to lack of material and/or test equip- condition sheets for the department. Examples ment. of equipment that will be operated include: 13. Ship's copy of the work items prepared 1.. Anchor engines. for the INSURV inspection. 2. 'Steering engines.. A critique is held upon completion of the 3. Deck machinery and rigging. INSURV material inspection. At the critique, 4.Lifeboat.haridling equipment. each member of the Board reviews the results 5. Boiler safety valves on steaming boiler. of his inspection and the ship's officers are O. Overspeed tripping devicesongenerators afforded the opportunity to comment on the Board and pumps.. member's remarks.For small ships with 7:- Soot blowers. relatively inexperienced heads of departments, 8. Fire control systems. each Board member states the results of his 9. Gun and missile batteries (in all methods inspection in sufficient detail to fully appraise of control). the commanding officer of the conditions found. 10. Hoists. Work Items covering deficiencies corrected 11. Sprinkling systems. prior to the critique are removed from the work 12.. All electronic equipment. list. The INSURV Board: members in attendance The senior member of the INSURV Board are considered to be the prinie working group on conducting the material inspection submitsa board.the ship. Staterooin accommodations must complete report of the results of the inspec- be furnished.for :each Board member: The state- tion(including the departmental evaluations, rooms. provided, must be equipped with chairs the inspectors' remarks, and the list of work and writing desks for.acaomplishing (in privacy) items) to the President of the Board of Inspec- the necessary paper.work incident to the conduct tion and Survey, with copies to the appropriate of ,the inspections., ..The ship,. is -required. to be type commander and other interested com- prepared to furnish each .Board member., with Inands, bureaus, and offices of the. Department a flashlight :,and.a .foul.-Weather jaCket 'for, use Of the Navy. The INSURV Board conductinga during 'the inspection. Iii addition, hull members material inspection assigns no numerical grade of the - Board, will .be: furnished a scraper and or particular award of merit but simply finds chipping hammer. leads of departments,or that the ship is in a satisfactory or unsatisfactory
174 Chapter 8ENGINEERING STANDARDS material condition of readiness for war or for discredit upon any officer attached to the ship, further naval service. such opinion is made the subject of a separate Whenever any significant unsatisfactory con- letter addressed only to the officer's report- dition is disclosed during an INSURV material ing senior with a copy to the officer concerned. inspection, the senior member of the inspecting Board makes an advance report to the President INSURV SURVEYS of the Board of Inspection and Survey (copies to the appropriate fleet and type commanders and other interested commands, bureaus, and offices Whenever the Chief of Naval Operations of the Department of the Navy) in order to ensure considers a ship to be unfit for further service that corrective action is initiated promptly. due to its material condition, its obsolescence, The report, in the form of a speedletter, is or other circumstances, INSURV conducts a forwarded no later than the next working day survey of the ship.After a through inspec- after completion of the inspection. Only those tion, the Board renders an opinion to the Secre- deficiencies considered to be of significance to tary of the Navy as to whether the ship is the top levels of OpNav and the fleet and type fit for further naval service or can be made commanders are inckded in the advance re- so without disproportionate cost. If the Board port. deems the ship unfit for further service, and Whenever, as a result of anINSURV material the cost of repairs or modernization are ex- inspection or trial, the inspecting Board be- cessive, the Board recommends that the ship lieves that the condition of the ship under inspec- be disposed of in accordance with applicable tion or trial is such as to reflect credit or law.
r--
36101.11.: CHAPTER 9
FUELING SHIP
In order to carry out the Navy's mission, This chapter mainly deals with the ship- the fleet must be capable of remaining at sea board stowage of gasoline (including JP-5) and for prolonged periods, fully ready to carry fuel oil as well as the procedures for receiv- out any assigned task.Units of the fleet re- ing and delivering these fuels in port and at ceive thelogistic support they require by sea.It also includes a summary of the provi- means of underway replenishment (UNREP). sions of the Oil Pollution Acts of 1924 and 1961, ( Underway replenishment is accomplished followed by a discussion of practices intended primarily by means of intership horizontal to ppevent oil spillage (and to limit spillage transfers via rigs connecting the replenish- should it occur). ment ships and the supported units.Hori- zontal transfers may be augmented by vertical transfers via helicopters. GASOLINE STOWAGE The primary aim of underway replenish- ment is the safe delivery of the maximum Gasoline that is carried in cans for the amount of cargo in a minimum of time. The ship's own use must be stowed in the paint and operation must be accomplished without inter- flammable liquids storeroom.In ships with fering with the primary mission of the sup- no flammable liquids storeroom, gasoline must ported force,, be carried in cans or drums so locatedon the The Naval Ship Systems Commandprepares weatherdeck (preferably near the stern of the and issues type plans showing the make-up of ship) that the containers will not be in the fueling rigs and giving the bill of materials for vicinity of hatches, heat producing spaces (in- fueling each type of ship.The fueling plans cluding the ventilation inlets or exhausts to are general innature,and each ship of the type such spaces), ready service magazines,or the should adapt the plans to its own particular line of fire of guns; and stowed (preferably in characteristics and equipment. The engineer quick release type racks) so that the containers officer (and fueling officer) should consult the may be readily jettisoned. Before battle, gaso- fueling plans before fueling ship. line carried in drums or cans on the weather- decks must be jettisoned (with the drums and The Naval Ship Systems Command is con- cans securely closed to minimize fire hazard stantly striving to improve present methods of from floating gasoline) except for such amounts fuelingship..The fueling at sea method pres- as are necessary for operating gasoline pow- ently used by the Command is the probe fueling ered emergency pumps. system. The probe system employs a' quick Some naval ships are authorized to carry connect and disconnect probe and probe re- gasoline in' drums and cases in packagedgaso- ceiver.This system considerably shortens linestowage compartments or as cargo in the time required for fueling some ships at sea holds or between decks equipped with: (1) di- and increases safety.of personnel. (The double rect access to the weatherdecks; (2) explosive probe systeta is presently under development.) proof lighting fixtures; and (3) an adequate Ships are extremely vulnerable to attack during natural air supply and mechanical exhaustven- fueling-at-sea operations and any method that tilation system: The hold must be separated safely speeds up the operation is worthy of from all other cargo by oiltight steel decks consideration. and bulkheads and not adjacent to machinery
196 Chapter 9FUELING SHIP or boiler spaces or uptakes. Great care must Most naval combatant ships are equipped be taken to ensure that only tight gasoline con- with a water ballasting system that provides tainers are stowed in the hold and that the for flooding certain selected fuel oil tanks containers are secured to prevent movement from the firemain system or a directly con- that might rupture them or cause sparks. nected sea valve arrangement, and for drainage A hydraulic stowage system is installed in through the main drain or the fuel tank strip- some naval ships other than oilers for the ping system.Proper use of the water ballast- stowage of bulk gasoline.In the hydraulic ing system ensures satisfactory stability at stowage system, water admitted at the bottom sea,provides additional torpedo protection, of the stowage tank floats the gasoline to the and aids in the prevention of an initial list, in delivery pipe connection at the tank top, thereby case of underwater damage. When water bal- precluding space for the formation of an ex- last has been used in a fuel oil tank, the tank plosive mixture of air and gasoline vapors. must be emptied of all water insofar as possi- The hydraulic system must not be filled be- ble before being filled with fuel oil, and tanks yond 95 percent gasoline and 5 percent water, should be empty of fuel oil before ballast is or gasoline maybe forced overboardthroughy admitted. the overflow. The amount of free surface in ship's tanks In ships with large bulk gasoline stowage containing liquid must be kept to a minimum or capacities such as aircraft carriers and sea- the resultant reduction in the stability charac- plane tenders, the cofferdams surrounding the teristics of the ship will cause the ship to be gasoline stowage tanks are charged with an more sensitive to heeling moments. As many inert atmosphere (50 percent nitrogen or 35 fuel oil tanks as possible should be kept filled percent carbon dioxide) at 8 ounces per square to 95 percent capacity in order to maintain a inch.In addition, the associated gasoline pip- minimal amount of free surface. The engineer ing is purged and charged with the inert gas. officer should make certain that only the fuel Every precaution must be taken to guard oil tanks actually in use will be partly full. against fire during gasoline handling operations. Cross connections between partly filled wing Safety precautions applicable to gasoline han- tanks must be kept closed in order not to ag- dling operations are contained in (1) naval gravate the effect of the free surface in the Ships Technical Manual; (2) Replenishment At tanks.The oil level may be equalized in the fiea, NWP 38 (C); and (3) Naval Air Operations, different stowage tanks or trimmed (when ap- NWP 41 (C).The engineer officer and fueling propriate) from one tank to another by pumping officer must frequently review the safety pre- through the combined suction and discharge cautions in orderto,ensure that necessary pre- manifolds at the transfer pumps (or transfer cautionsare observedduring all gasoline and booster pumps).The oil level may be handling operations.The aforementioned pub- partially equalized by gravity flo, w through the lications also contain safety precautions for manifolds or sluice valves. fueling operations involving the handling of The interior of a fuel oil tank is not painted other fuels (Navy Special Fuel Oil, diesel oil, but is protected from corrosion by maintaining and JP-5). an oil film on the inner surfaces of the tank. To implement this protective feature, all fuel oil tanks must be filled with oil (to overflow FUEL OIL STOWAGE capacity) at leak once each year.Whenever a fuel oil tank is cleaned and made safe for Fuel oil tanks are an integral part of the the entry of personnel (for any reason what- -ship's structure and may be located forward ever), a complete inspection of the tank and a and aft of the qerooins and enginerooms, test and inspection of the heating coils therein abreast the firerooms and enginerooms, and in must be made.Every 18 months or during a double-bottom compartments (though not in regular overhaul, at least 10 percent of the double-bottom tanks directly under . boilers). fuel oil tanks which have contained salt water Detailed information: concerning the :location ballast must be cleaned and inspected.The and capacity of fuel tanks in each ship or each tanks chosen to be inspected should be those class of :ships is provided in the Ship .Informa, that (because 'of salt water flooding or for some tion Book and, in the flood effect or liquid load- other reasons) may be expected to be in the ing. diagram in the .ship's Damage Control Book. worst Condition.
.177 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
FUELING AT SEA issufficient tocause unreliableoperation. The term "fueling-at-sea" Fueling may commence if the sample doesnot is applied to show an unacceptable percentage of waterafter the operation of transferring fuel fromone the first 10 minute period of thecentrifuge ship to another in an opensea while the ships test. are underway. The fuel transferred is supplied Oil in the ship's fuel oil storage tanks and to a combatant ship by a tanker, tender,or service tanks must be tested for watercon- larger combatant ship. A complete description tamination at least once each week and before of the fueling-at-sea operation iscovered in being drawn upon for use.Before fuel oil is Replenishment at Sea, NWP 98 (C),promul- transferred to a fuel oil service tankor before gated by the Chief of Naval Operations.The a service tank is lined up for service suction, discussion which follows is concerned with gen- the tank from which the oil is to be drawnmust eral fueling procedures. be tested, and (if necessary) rendered safe Prior to or coincident with the completion from water contamination by stripping. of fueling ship, a copy of theanalysis of the Navy Special Fuel Oil (NSFO) actually In an emergency, a naval ship normally deliv- using NSFO may have to usea substitute fuel. ered is furnished the commandingofficer of To determine its acceptability foruse in naval the ship fueled by the fuelingofficer of the boilers, tests must be conductedon the vis- supplying activity when NSFO is receivedfrom cosity, flash point, sediment and water content, a Navy storage tank, naval barge,or another and explosivity of the substitute fuel. naval ship.The engineer officer or fueling To be officer of the ship receiving NSFO acceptable, the substitute fuel must meet the should (when test limits prescribed in chapter 9550(55)of practicable) witness the taking of thiefsam- the Naval Ships Technical Manual. ples from the tanks of the supplyingactivity Fuel transfer between ships underway must befo commences and after fueling is pleted. be made at the highest practicable rateand in The samples must be tested by the shortest practicable time consistentwith centrifuge to determine the bottom sediment safety.To this end, the engineer officer must and water contained in the oil, and theaverage see that all preparatory steps required to be percentage of the samples is consideredto be the true percentage. When fueling taken by his department are completedprop- at sea or if erly and well in advance of scheduledfueling at for other reasons, the supplying activityis sea.Distribution of the fuel, providing the unable to furnish a complete,properly wit- necessary tools at the fueling connections, nessed analysis of the oil, the supplyingactiv- ity, in lieu thereof, must furnish testing of sound-powered telephone circuits, the American segregation of the fuel transfer system,and Petroleum Institute (A.P.I.) gravity andbottom sediment and water analysis of manning of -the fueling stations, if not doneon a composite time (or if done improperly)_can delay or slow sample taken from the tanks fromwhich the the fUeling operation.During the transfer the oil was delivered.In addition, the ship being engineer -officer must keep the commanding fueled must take samples of the oil during the officer and the officer of the deck informedof fueling to determine the bottomsediment- and water content.. the progress and estimated time ofcompletion' The ship being fueled iliould of the fuel transfer. He is usuallyrequired to take the necessary action todiscontinue fueling at any time a sample shows the give the commanding officer 15,10,and 5 min- water content ute warnings prior to the completion offueling. of the oil to be sufficient tocause unreliable Fleet oiler cargo load Capacities operation.The procedures for testing fuel oil normally thief 'samples are prescribed vary (according to class) from 121,000to in the Naval 180,000 barrels.Approximately 70 percent of Ships Technical Manual, andare described in the load is NSFO, 26 percent is Engineering, Operation and Maintenance, JP-5 fuel, and Nav- 4 percent is aviationgasoline. Approximately Pero 10813-B.The engineer officer isre- 500 tons of lubricating sponsible to the commanding officerfor the oil can be carried in quality as well as the quantity of deck stowage on fleet oilers. Whenfueling two fuel oil re- large ships at maximum pumping'rate, many ceived by the ship. fleet oilers Before fueling from a commercial supplier, are limited to approximately 12 knots speed due to the power requiredto op- an initial thief sample must be taken andtested erate the necessary fuelpumps and cargo by centrifuge to determine if thewater content winches.
178 Chapter 9FUELING SHIP
RECEIVING FUEL OIL enginerooms and firerooms, as well as in the steering machinery room. In selecting stations to receive the fueling 4. Ensuring that all communication circuits hose, large surface ships must consider the needed for maximum operating reliability of following: the plant are fully manned. 1. The position of the end of the hose sent The fueling-at-sea detail of the engineering over by the oiler is fixed by masts or king department (mainly personnel of the B division) posts and booms. is under the direction of the engineer officer 2. An adequate working space must be and (on most ships) functions with a fueling provided. officer (B division officer) in charge. Approxi- 3. Even with permanent fueling connections mately one hour prior to manning stations for close by the fueling stations it is sometimes fueling at sea: .desirable to use several sections of hose to 1. The engineer officer notifies the officer afford flexibility in making up the coupling. of the deck of the fueling stations to be used, This is usually accomplished by running hose the approximate amount of fuel required, and across the ship from the opposite side to the the approximate time required to fuel the ship. fueling station.This is not done in destroyers 2. The oil king ensures that the necessary that fuel by the open-trunk method, but it is temporary sound-powered telephone circuits useful in ships that fuel through flanged con- are rigged and sets up the fueling board, indi- nections that were poorly located in the origi- cating thereon the tanks and piping systems in nal design. use.(Operation of the engineering plant must Personnel are assigned to fueling-at-sea be split,if practicable, with the isolation of stations in accordance with the ship's under- fuel suctions ensured.) way replenishment (UNREP )bill in the Ship's The fueling detail of the engineering de- Organization And Regulations Manual.In ad- partment should man fueling-at-sea stations ditionto the transfer of fuel, the ship's under- approximately one-half hour prior to the ex- way replenishment bill also provides for the pected time of approach alongside the ship transfer of provisions, supplies, ammunition, that will deliver the fuel.All exposed per- and weapons. sonnel of the fueling detail in the vicinity of Although the operation of particular interest weatherdeck fueling stations or other hazard- to the engineer officer is the transfer of fuel, ous locations must wear orange-colored, in- all replenishment at sea operations attach a herently buoyant life jackets and helmets. Upon vital responsibility to him. During replenish- manning fueling stations: ment, with ships cruising side by side and 1. Telephone talkers must don and test all trussed togeter with high - lines, hoses, or sound-powered telephone sets, including the burtonrigs,-engine operating reliability, cor- sets to be used between ships. rect response to engine orders, and precise 2. The fuelingofficer . must ensure that control of engine speed are of utmost impor- suitable equipment for the control of oil spill- tance..Under such circumstances, an engi- age (drip pans, rags, and old canvas) is avail- neering casualty or an error by a watchstander able at each fuel receiving station. In addition, can have serious consequences. To minimize shores should be provided to place under the the possibility of mishap and to ensure precise end of the fueling hose in order to raise it off control of engine speed, the engineer officer the deck, if necessary. should take certain precautionary measures 3. The fueling detail must open the neces- before his ship takes station for a replenish- sary fueling trunk tops on some destroyer meat operation. These measures include: types.On other ships, they must connect suf- 1. Operating the engineering plant in split- ficient hose to fueling connections to provide a plant condition, if practicable. straight lead to the end of the delivery hose. 2. Ascertaining that fuel oil tanks on suc- The officer of the deck is notified .when the tion contain sufficient oil so as to minimize the fueling detail is manned and ready.During possibility of aloss,of fuel oil suction casualty, fuel transfer the smoking lamp is out and word as well as to avoid the necessity of shifting to that effect must be periodically passed over suction while alongside. the general announcing system. 3. Stationingfully qualified men at the When the delivery hose has been received throttlee and other important stations in the aboard the ship being fueled, the hose is
179 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION coupled to the ship's quick-release fueling con- stations may not finish simultaneously; in fact, nection or the probe to the receiver (or se- one may have to let the hose go before the other cured in the fueling trunk of some destroyer finishes.) types). The procedure for fueling after the 9. Record time of completion in the fueling delivery hose is connected includes the fol- memorandum. lowing steps: 10. Empty the fueling hose(if the rig is 1. Notify the officer of the deck when the equipped with a quick-closing valve or a probe, delivery hose is connected and ready to receive it is not necessary to empty the fueling hose). fuel, and request permission to notify the de- The hose may be emptied by the delivering livery ship to commence pumping. Record the ship by blowing it down with air or by taking a time of commencement on the Fueling Memo- back suction.Either procedure takes about 3 randum (discussed in detail in chapter 6). minutes to complete and the receiving ship 2. Pass the word over the fueling station must not disconnect the hose (or remove the phone to the delivering ship to start pumping hose from the fueling trunk) for at least that at a slow rate or at a certain pressure. When length of time after the order to stop pumping it is certain that the tanks are filling properly, has been given. request the delivering ship to pump at maximum 11. Sound the fuel tanks. receiving ship rate. 12. Uncouple the fueling hose. 3. When the temperature of the oil steadies, record that temperature (on the fueling memo- randum) as the pumping temperature.This DELIVERING FUEL OIL information may be obtained from the deliver- ing ship. Some naval ships other than oilers are 4. Fuel should be discharged into at least equipped to deliver fuel at sea to other ships. four tanks simultaneously from each fueling Cruisers and carriers and destroyer tenders connection.The oil king must keep a constant are equipped to deliver fuel (NSFO) to de- check on the rate and percentage of filling. stroyers and smaller ships.When a ship is When a tank is about 85 percent full, he should requested to fuel another ship, the engineer have the valve to that tank throttled down to top officer of the delivering ship (normally re- off the tank slowly to 95 percent of capacity. ferred to as the control ship) will generally be At the same time, he should have the valve of notified sufficiently well in advance to make the tank next in the filling sequence opened. adequate preparations. Fuel should not be directed to an overflow Preparatory to delivering fuel oil (NSFO) tank until all tanks served by the overflow at sea, the delivering ship should: tank have been topped off.The possibility of 1.Fill (to 95 percent capacity) the largest oil spillage can be held to a minimum by fol- tanks (nearest the pumps and normally used lowing this procedure. risers)that will more than adequately hold 5. The fueling officer must ensure that the the amount of oil to be delivered. oil king or his chief assistant (located in the 2. Heat the oil to be delivered to 90° F. oil and water laboratory and in constant com- The temperature of the fuel oil, in any case, munication with all stations) keeps the fUeling should not exceed 120° F. board up to the minute, notifying the manifold 3. Sound the tanks to be used and accurately operators when and which valves to open and determine how much fuel fain them. close. 4. Line up the piping system to be used 6. Keep the commanding officer informed and test the pumps for proper operation. as to both percentage of the tanks filled and 5. Make up the fueling hose. estimated time to complete fueling. 6. Designate the fueling stations to be used. 7. Take samples in small quantities during 7. Take the ship's draft. fueling to accumulate a total sample of not less 8. Rig sound-powered telephone sets and than 5 gallons (for determining water content test them. and bottom sediment). 9. Prepare the fueling board in the fuel and 8. When word has been received that the water laboratory. last overflow tank has been filled, order the The procedure for delivering fuel (as far as delivering ship to have the pumps stopped. th :engineering department is concerned) is (When two fUeling stations are used, both vary simiito the aforementioned procedure'
180 Chapter 9FUELING SHIP for receiving fuel.The temperature of NSFO An emergency may occur at any moment being delivered should be 90° F. Pumps should during the fueling at sea and preparation for be slowed when the tanks of the receiving ship breakaway must begin on receipt of the first approach 85 percent of capacity. Following the line.All lines must be faked clear for running fueling operation, the engineer officer of the as they are brought on board. The lines must delivering ship must forward a copy of the also be maintained faked down during the re- fueling memorandum to the commanding officer plenishment.Fueling hoses must be provided of the receiving ship with quick-release couplings for connection to the ship being fueled.Two types of quick- EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY release couplings are now in use. One coupling is the 6 inch breakable-spool quick-release During underway replenishment, emergen- coupling;the otheris the combined quick- 4 cies may arise that require an emergency release (Robb) coupling and valve. breakaway. An emergency breakaway is ba- All tankers are supplied with both the A end sically an accelerated standard breakaway using and the B end of the breakable-spool quick- an orderly and prearranged procedure.The release coupling, shown in figure 9-1. Tankers objective Is to disengage quickly without dam- normally have the A end installed on the cargo aging the rigs or endangering personnel. manifold or on a length of hose or pipe con- The basis for proper preparation for an nected to the manifold.The fleet unit sends emergency breakaway is the assignment of over the hose fitted with the B end of the specific duties to each man at each underway coupling. replenishment (UNREP) station.Emergency Some tankers may be supplied with the male breakaway duty assignments and procedures end of the Robb coupling, shown in figure 9-2. should. be outlined in a separate section of the This is the preferred coupling and, if available, ship's underway replenishment bill.All per- should be used. Like the A end of the breakable sonnel involved in UNREP must be thoroughly spool coupling, it is installed on the manifold briefed on the entire evolution prior to any or the hose extension, ready for connection with UNREP. Periodic "walk through" drills should the female end that comes over with the hose be conducted to ensure a satisfactory level of from the fleet unit.Care should be used to 1 understanding.These basic points must be avoid dropping and damaging the Robb cou- covered: pling; particular care is required when the 1. Review of ship's UNREP bill, emergency pelican hook (an integral part of the swivel breakaway procedures and personnel duty as- fitting) is released. signments. The A end of the breakable-spool quick- 2. All associated internal and external com- release coupling (fig. 9-1), rigged on the ship munications, including visual signals. being fueled (receiving), is a cast iron spool 3. The use of emergency breakaway tools with a standard hose flange on one end and a such as an axe, hatchet (hand), marlinespikes, slotted flange on the other end. A deep annular and pole cutters, wire rope. (NOTE: Emer- groove, machined around the spool, allows the gency tools are stowed in a tool box readily couplingtobe broken with a sharp blow.All accessible to each station. The tools are con- ships not equipped with fueling trunks are pro- sidered an integral part of the transfer station vided with the A end. The B end of the cou- equipment and must not be used for any other pling, attached to the end of the hose passed by purpose.Additional information on types and the delivery ship, is a similar spool with a hose uses of emergency tools can be obtained from flange on one end.The other end of the B end Replenishment At Sea, NWP 38C). of the coupling is fitted with a floating ring 4. The use of equipment to reduce the ex- flange equipped with drop bolts. The ring can tent of damage, retrieve the rigs, and effect be quickly rotated to line up the drop bolts with prompt repairs.Special equipment, such as the slots in the A end of the coupling. The carpenter stoppers, wire clips, and chain stop- floating ring flange is fitted with a gasket to pers should be included. ensure an °Might fit when the A and B ends 5. The organization for making repairs. are connected together.The coupling is de- 6. The location of spare gear that may be signedtowithstand the normal stresses of the required to return an inoperable station to full fueling operation; but a sharp blow on the an- operation as soon as possible. nulat groove of the A end with a 10 or 12 pound
181 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
80.183 Figure 9-1.The breakable-spool quick-release coupling. sledge will cause it to break.The B end of end) forces a spring-tensioned metal ball race the coupling is closed with a blank flange while into the annular groove (male end) thereby being passed between ships; this prevents oil locking the two ends together. The two ends of from spilling and water from entering the hose. the coupling must be perfectly aligned and not The combined quick-release coupling and under stress before they can be coupled or valve, shown in figure 9-2, is used to fuel uncoupled.When the sleeve (female end) is ships with closed fueling systems.The cou- forced backward by hand (or, as is usually pling consists of a male end,. attached to the necessary, by pry bar), tension on the ball race fueling manifold on the receiving ship, and a is released and the two ends can be parted. female end, secured to the end of the hose Slots are provided in the sleeve to allow for sent over by the delivery ship. The male end, the insertion of pry bars to aid in the uncou- a slightly tapered tube with a machined annular pling. A gasket in the female end provides a groove (one end) and a standard hose flange tight joint when the two ends are joined. (other end), contains an activating cam linked For the delivery of fuel to ships equipped to an operating lever. The cam is designed to with fueling trunks, or open fuel systems (such open a spring-loaded valve disk in the female as destroyers and other small ships), a 4-inch end when the two ends are coupled together and terminal hose (pigtail) fitted with a hose cap is the lever is operated.. The male end is bolted attached to the combined quick-release coupling to a breakable spool (to facilitate' emergency and valve,. and sent over on the fueling hose. breakaway) mounted on the fueling station maid- The operating handle of the coupling is secured fold (Or a length of tteling hose) on the ship in the open position and 'the hose cap prevents being fueled.The female end is .:a cylindrical oil spillage during transfer of the fueling hose. body designed to fit over the tapered end of the For other ships, only the female-end is sent male end, and contains a spring loaded sleeve over with the fueling hose. and valve. Examples of conditions which warrant or- When the two ends of the combined quick- dering an emergency breakdown are as follows: release coupling and valve are properly cou- 1. When either ship experiences an engi- pled together, the spring-loaded sleeve (female neering casualty.thataffects her ability
182 r Chapter 9FUELING SHIP tomaintain thereplenishment course or shipsto disconnect the rigs in an orderly speed. manner. 2. When an enemy contact is reported that Sound-powered telephones and hand signals presents immediate danger to the force. should be the primary means of communica- 3. When a carrier must break off for an tionsfor ordering an emergency breakaway emergency launch or recovery of aircraft. because of the minimal amount of noise gen- 4. When an oiler and a receiving ship erated; however, bull horns and voice radio separate by more than 240 feet when using circuits should be used, if necessary, to en- double rigs (or 280 feet when using single rigs) sure rapid ship-to-ship communications. The and the ships are still opening.Oilers must danger signal shall be sounded on the ship's stop pumping before these limits are reached. whistle to alert all ships in the vicinity. The order for an emergency breakaway may On receipt of the order for emergency be given by the commanding officer of either breakaway, the delivering ship must immedi- the receiving ship or the delivery ship. Para- atelystop pumping and retrieve all tended mount in ordering an emergency breakaway lines. The delivering ship signals the ship is the allowance of sufficient time for the being fueled when pumping has stopped, and
6 -WICK VALVE GASKET .LOADV3 SLEEVE OPERATING LEVER
TENSIONED BALL RACE
MACHINED GROOVE
T- INCH VALVE FLANGE SPRING
VALVE OPEN POSITION OF VALVE NIPPLE GASKET
SLOT FOR PRY BAR ROG
ACTUATING CAM
80.184 Figure 9-2.The combined quick-release coupling and valve.
183 1
ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION the ship being fueled disengages the quick- over a 6 or 7 inch hose fitted with the female release coupling and casts the fueling hose end of a nonferrous combined quick-release overboard. coupling and valve. AU hands in the fueling detail must be in- doctrinated in the dangers of emergency break- away.Any line which is suddenly released THE OIL POLLUTION ACTS from heavy strain tends to whip and can cause casualties to personnel. All running lines such The Oil Pollution Act, of 1924 (as amended) as highlines, inhauls, outhauls, and saddle whips stipulates that, except in case of an emergency must be faked down free for running in case an imperiling lifeor property, or unavoidable emergency breakaway becomes necessary. Dur- accident, collision or stranding, and except as ing emergency breakaway, all lines must be may otherwise be permitted by certain regula- cleared expeditiously. tions,itshall be unlawful for any person Additional informationconcerning,proce- (includinganyofficer or employee of the dures to be followed during special fueling United States) to discharge, or suffer, or per- operations can be obtained by referring to mit the discharge of oil of any kind or form Replenishment At Sea, NWP 38 (C). (including fuel oil, oil sludge, and oil refuse) by any method, means, or manner into or upon the coastal navigable waters of the United TRANSFERRING GASOLINE AND JP-5 States.Coastal navigable waters of the United States means all portions of the sea within the Fueling-at-sea procedures for the transfer territorial jurisdiction of the United States, of gasoline and JP-5 differ somewhat from and waters navigable in fact in which the tide the procedures for the transfer of NSFO. ebbs and flows. (Diesel oil is not normally carried by fleet The Oil Pollution Act of 1961 extends the oilers, however, JP-5 fuel can be used as a provisions of the 1924 act by prohibiting the substitute.)The special procedures required discharge into the sea of oil and water con- for the transfer of gasoline and JP-5 include: taining oil within 50 miles of any land, and 1. Carbon dioxide or inert gas (instead of establishes certain prohibited zones which in air) must be used to blow down the hose after some areas extend as far as 150 miles from completion of the transfer of gasoline. land.In accordance with the provisions of the 2. Only a combined quick-release coupling Act of 1961, the discharge of oil or an oily and valve made of nonferrous metal is per- mixtureis not deemed unlawful when such mitted for use with gasoline and JP-5.The action is required (1) for the safety of the breakable-spool quick-release coupling must ship,(2) for the prevention of damage to the never be usewith gasoline and JP-5. ship or its cargo, and (3) for the saving of 3. When delivering gasoline, in addition to life at sea. In addition, the escape of oil or an the electrical bonding wires fabricated in the oily mixture 18 not considered unlawful if it hose wall, a bonding cable must be connected results from damage to the ship or from un- to both hose terminals as an added precaution avoidable leakage, provided that all reasonable to guard against fire resulting from accidental precautions have been taken, after occurrence failure of the- hose.The insulated bonding of the damage or discovery of the leakage, for cable is connected to the source of supply the purpose of preventing or minimizing the (delivering ship) and the receiving inlet, with escape. sufficient slack in the cable to prevent tension. The engineer officer should ensure that Size of the bonding cable and the methods for personnel of the engineering department are connecting and disponnecting it are described aware of the importance of preventing the con- in detail. in chapter .9150 (15) in the naw tamination of inland waters, harbors, and coastal Ships Technical Manual. The cable must re- waters by oil spillage.All engineering per- main connected until the -hose has been un- sonnel should be familiar with the provisions coupled. of the Oil Pollution Acts of 1924 and 1961. 4. For the delivery of gasoline or JP-5 to Copiesof the Oil Pollution Acts should be ships other than carriers, fleet oilers can pass maintained in the log room.There are engid over a 2 1/2 inch hose. For the transfer of neering practices that, if followed, should pre- gasoline or JP-5 to carriers, oilerscan pass vent or minimize oil spillage in waters where
184 Chapter 9FUELING SHIP the resultant contamination is likely to cause pumped to contaminated tanks or to other damage. tanks (ballast or fuel) temporarily designated When the ship is located in waters within by the engineer officer to receive bilge water the limits defined in the Oil Pollution Acts pending its disposal in safe unrestricted areas (1924 and 1961): at sea. In many ports sludge barges are avail- 1. Do not normally transfer fuel oil while able for the disposal of bilge water. the ship is underway.This practice not only When an oil spillage occurs or oil is de- reduces oil spillage (with its consequent wide tected on the water within the areas defined in dispersal due to the movement of the ship), the Oil Pollution Acts, the oil spillage or slick but also reduces the possibility of an engi- must be reported in accordance with current neering casualty in restricted waters. local instructions. Failure to report an oil 2. Limit the transfer of fuel oil to diylight slick always aggravates the situation because hours,and establish and maintain sound- it generally appears that an attempt has been poweredtelephonecommunications between made to conceal the spillage.In addition to competent personnel stationed at all tanks and reporting the oil slick, immediate action must pumps involved in the fuel transfer and at be taken to arrest, contain, and erradicate it. lookout stations so located that personnel can The oil pollution party and all other available observe fuel tank air vents and overflows at faculties should be used for this purpose.If all times. the spillage is located between ships, fire hose streams directed into both ends of the slick 3. Do not discharge ballast overboard from can effectively contain the oil for hours. Boats piping. or tanks except into a sludge barge or equipped with portable fire pumps can be uti- an oil-water separator. lized to contain oil slicks that are less localized. 4. Establish in each watch section an or- Boats must be downstream from the slick and ganized oil pollution party instructed in and hose streams should be directed toward the capable of localizing, containing, and disposing center from around the periphery of the slick. of oil spillage and slicks. Caught in time, oil can be absorbed and ef- 5. Indoctrinate and instruct all personnel fectively sunk by spreading carbonized sand who man watchstations on weatherdecks (whether over it. moored, at anchor, or underway) in observing, It should be noted that there are chemicals recognizing, and reporting all oil spillage and available on the market and in the supply sys- oil slicks. tem that completely emulsify black oil.(One Pump all bilges prior to entering waters product is called "spill remover.") There is within the limits defined by the Oil Pollution no comparison between carbonized sand and Acts.Within restricted waters, bilges may be an emulsifying chemical for NSFO spills. CHAPTER 10
SHIP AVAILABILITIES
As it applies to work on naval ships, an accomplished without requiring a change in AVAILABILITY is the period of time assigned the ship's operating schedule or the general a ship by competent authority for the accomplish- steaming notice in effect. A REGULAR TENDER m ent of corrective maintenance at a repair AVAILABILITY is an availability for the ac- activity. During certain availabilities, a ship complishment of general repairs and authorized may be incapable of engaging in fleet operations alterations which are beyond the capacity of the and theoperating schedule is adjusted ac- ship's force alongside .a tender or repair ship. cordingly.Only theauthority granting the Itisnormallyscheduledin advance. An availability can alter or extend the period of EMERGENCY TENDER AVAILABILITY is as- the availability; however, a repair activity may signed to a ship for the purpose of rendering request that the ship's availability be extended repairs to specific casualties. Emergency work so that work can be completed or recommend takes first priority on a tender capacity. A a completion date to the authority granting the PARENT TENDER/AUTOMATIC AVAILA- availability. BILITY is an availability for the accomplish- In accordance with the listing in the equip- ment of items of work usually on ship-to-shop ment identification code manual (EIC) for the basis. The repairs are normally of a non- 3-M system, there are several types of ship operational nature and done by a tender or availabilities. These availabilities vary with the repair ship on an unscheduled basis. A CON- purpose for their assignments. A RESTRICTED CURRENT AVAILABILITY is an availabilityfor AVAILABILITY is an availability for the ac- the accomplishment of ship-to-shop work by complishment of specific items of work by a the tender or repair ship scheduled to coincide repair activity, normally with the ship present, with theregular shipyard overhaul, or re- during which periodthe ship is rendered stricted availability. A SUPPORT AVAILA- incapable of fully performing its assigned mis- BILITY is an availability for the accomplish- sion and tasks due to the nature of the repair ment of specific items of work for units or work. (This availability applies to shipyards command, other than a ship, such as an afloat only.)A TECHNICAL AVAILABILITY is an staff or shore-based activity. An NRT SHIP availability for the accomplishment of specific AVAILABILITY is any availability for the ac- items of work by a repair activity, normally complishment of work for a naval reserve with the ship not present, during which period trainingship. A SUPPLY AVAILABILITY is a the ship's ability of fully performing its as- period of time assigned a ship for the un- signed mission and tasks is not affected by the interruptel accomplishment of a supply over- nature of the repair work. (This availability haul. A 115pply overhaul is the work involved applies to shipyards only.) A REGULAR OVER- in the purification and adjustment of on- board HAUL is an availability for the accomplishment stocks and records to bring them into con- of general repairs and alterations at a naval formity with prescribed allowances or other shipyard or other shore-based repair activity, stockage objective criteria. A supply avail- normally scheduled in advance and in accordance ability is normally scheduled to coincide with a with an established cycle. VOYAGE REPAIRS, regular overhaul. which applytoshipyard work only, are In addition to the definitions of the zvaila- emergency repairs necessary to enable a ship bilities assigned naval ships, the procedures tocontinueon. itsmission and can be fortheaccomplishmentoftheshipwork
186 .41.MIF
Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES
(alterations and repairs) associated with ship Before proceeding with the sections covering availabilities and therepairactivities that ship's force and repair ships and tenders main- accomplish the work are discussed in this tenance and repairs, it will be most helpful to chapter. The engineer officer is directly con- define repairs and alterations. cerned with almost all work accomplished on his ship by a repair activity, and should be REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS familiar with the procedures that will obtain the best work possible within the limits of Correctivemaintenance tr. .ships may be the funds available. divided into the general categories of (1) re- pairs, (2)alterations,and(3) alterations REPAIR ACTIVITIES equivalent to repairs. Ships can operate only a certain length A REPAIR is defined as the work necessary of time without repairs. To keep a ship in to restore a ship or an article to serviceable prime condition, constant attention should be condition without change in design, in materials, given to material upkeep and definite intervals or in the number, location, or relationship of of time must be allotted for general overhaul parts. (Repairs may be accomplished by ship's and repair. force, by repair ships and tenders, or by naval Even when regular maintenance procedures, shipyards or other shore-based activities.) are carefully observed, accidents and derange- . An alteration to a naval ship is any change ments may necessitate emergency repair work. in the hull, machinery, equipment, or fittings Repairs and alterations to naval ships may be that involves a change in design, materials, accomplished by forces afloat (including repair number, location, or relationship of the com- activities afloat) or repair activities ashore. ponent partsof an assembly regardless of Repair activities afloat include repair ships whether it is undertaken separately from, in- and tenders. Repair activities ashore include cidental to, or in conjunction with, repairs. naval shipyards, private shipyards under con- Requests for alterations may originate with the tract with the Navy, and naval ship repair Naval Ship Systems Command, the forces afloat, facilities (usually located outside the continental or the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO). limits of the United States).The repairs and A prime responsibility of the Naval Ship alterations that are within the capacity of a Systems Command for ship maintenance is that ship's force are accomplished by the ship's of administering alterations under its technical Iv ice. Repairs and alterations that are beyond cognizance.In its day-to-day relations with thecapacity of a ship's force may be ac- the forces afloat, the naval shipyards, private complished by repair activities afloat or ashore industry, and research centers, the Naval Ship as directed by the cognizant type commander Systems Command keeps informed of technical or other authority assigning the availability. developments. In striving to maintain the ships of Repair ships and tenders are normallyavail- the fleet in as efficient and modern a state as able to fleet and type commanders for the ac- possible, the Naval Ship Systems Command may complishment of regular tender availabilities, determine that a particular ship or class of emergency tender availabilities, parent tender/ ships should be altered to encompass desired automatic availabilities, and concurrent avail- improvements. Thesealterations may be abilities. Work that is beyond the capacity of changes to the hull, such as changes to bulk- the ships and tenders may be ac- heads that will strengthen them or changes to complished by repair activities ashore. In ad- deck arrangements that will provide space for ditiontothetype of work requested, the installation of machinery; changes to machinery availability of funds and the workload of available or the substitution of newer and more efficient repair activities govern the assignment of repair machinery; changes to equipment, such as the work that is beyond the capacity of the ship's replacement of an item with a more. efficient force. Vim; or changes in design, such as the instal- Theplacementandadministrationof lation of a' paint mixing and issue room. contracts for the repair or overhaul of naval 'When the commanding officer of a ship ships at private shipyard are functions of an considers an alteration necessary for the satis- Office of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding (SUP- factory performance of his ship, he addresses SHIP) of the naval district in which the ship- a request for the alteration to the Naval Ship yard is located. Systems Comthandvia .the established
187 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION administrative chain of command. Copies of the Priority 1Mandatory for national security. request are sent to all ships of the type within Priority 2Essential for combat rcl,tdiness. the appropriate fleet for comments as to ap- Priority 3Desirable for naval efficiency. plicability. An ordinary ShipAlt (a ShipAlt that does not Another source of alterations is the reports affect military characteristics) maybe approved of the Board of Inspection and Survey (discussed by the Naval Ship Systems Command after all in chapter 8). Upon completion of each factors have been considered, including the ef- material inspection, the Board, in its report fect of the change on weight, stability, space, of the general condition of the ship and its power, and the possible increased effective- suitability for further naval service, furnishes ness of the ship. Following approval, the rela- a list of repairs, alterations, and design changes, tive priority of accomplishment of the ShipAlt which, in Its opinion, should be made. Altera- is established. Priorities assigned to ordinary tions recommended by the Board of Inspection ShipAlts are: and Survey normally are not acted upon by. the Priority AMandatory. Naval Ship Systems Command until after the Priority BE s se ntial. receipt of appropriate requests from the com- Priority C De sirable . manding officers of the ships inspected and the recommendations of the type commanders. ShipAlts not affecting military characteris- Alteration requests addressed to the Naval tics of a ship are those ShipAlts that, in gen- Ship Systems Command are endorsed by the type eral, concern matters of safety, efficiency, and commanders(orother administrative com- economy of operation or maintenance. Annually, manders, as appropriate), with their recom- the Naval Ship Systems Command compiles and mendations as to approval, classification, and issues a ship-type priority list of all ordinary applicability to other ships of the type. Copies ShipAlts. The ShipAlts are grouped so that of the basic request and endorsements are those of approximately equal importance fall forwarded to other type commanders concerned, into the same priority groups regardless of the who are also requested to comment on them type ship. The ShipAlt priority lists are revised for the information of the Naval Ship Systems and reissued as necessary during the year. Command. Approval of a ShipAlt is usually evidenced Alterations involving material under the by its issuance, or by a letter, to be followed by technical cognizance of the Naval Ship Systems issuance of the ShipAlt, to the activities im- Command are known as ShipAlts. ShipAlts can mediately concerned. Type commanders be approved by the Naval Ship Systems Com- periodically review approved ShipAlts and ini- mand when the alterations do not affect military tiate action to CNO or the Naval Ship Systems characteristics of the ships concerned. A Ship- Command (as appropriate) for cancellation of Alt that affects military characteristics re- those no longer considered necessary. quires approval by CNO. Any ShipAlt that A ShipAlt may not be accomplished in any requires the approval of CNO is called a NavAlt. ship until its accomplishment has been specific- Alterations under the technical cognizance of the ally authorized by the Naval Ship Systems Corn- Naval Ship Systems Command, regardless of m.ind. The Naval Ship Systems Command reviews whether or not they affect the military charac- the outstanding ShipAlts for each ship in advance teristics of ships, are known as ShipAlts. Thus, ofregularoverhauls.ShipAltsto be ac- complished are selected from the Material Im- an alteration might be only a ShipAlt or both a provement Plan and the priority list, with due ShipAlt and a NavAlt. consideration being given to relative priorities When the Naval Ship Systems Command de- and to current budgetary or fiscal limitations. termines that a ShipAlt affects the military The ShipAlts to be accomplished are authorized characteristics of the ship, the alteration is Sy letters issued not less than 150 days prior forwarded to CNO. In approving NavAlts, to the scheduled commencement of the ship's CNO also establishes the relative priority for overhaul. their accomplishment. The NavAlts are then After study of a request for an alteration, recorded in the Ship Improvement Guide (SIG) the Naval Ship Systems Command may determine for overall and long-range planning purposes that the alteration is an alteration equivalent and in the Material Improvement Plan. Nav- to a repair. An alteration that has been des- Alta are classified by CNO as follows: ignated an alteration equivalent to a repair
188 Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES is forwarded to the appropriate type com- An interdepartment routine request for work mander for accomplishment as a repair. requiring assistance by another shipboard de- An alteration is considered to be an altera- partment is referred to as a ship's memorandum tion equivalent to a repair if it meets one or work request. Such a form enforces proper more of the following conditions: channeling of a work request between depart- 1. The 'substitution, without other change in ments, and permits the setting up of priorities design,of materials which have previously of available manpower and facilities. The work been approved for similar use and which are request memorandum is a form which is made available from standard stock. up by the ship; however, some ships use the 2. The replacement of wornout or damaged Repair Record, or the repair work request for parts,assemblies, or equipments requiring this purpose. If the ship is under MDCS, the renewal by those of later and more efficient 4700.2D Deferred Action Form should be utilized design previously approved. to request interdepartment work vice the, ship's 3. The strengthening of parts that require memorandum work request. repair or replacement in order to improve reliability of the parts and of the unit, provided REPAIR SHIPS AND TENDERS no other change in design is involved. 4. Minor modifications which involve no In order to provide adequate facilities for significant changes in design or functioning of unusual repair requirements and to meet vary- equipment but which are considered essential ing operational commitments, particularly of to prevent recurrence of unsatisfactory con- ships deployed outside the continental United ditions. States,the ship assignments to the various repair activities afloat are flexible. The final SHIP'S FORCE MAINTENANCE assignment is usually made by message, de- AND REPAIRS signating the activity and the period and type of availability. These assignments are made Each° ship should, insofar as practicable, be by either the fleet or type commander. self-sustaining wits regard to normal repairs. Ships are scheduled for a regular tender Each ship should be *all supplied with materials, availability or an upkeep period alongside re- repair parts, and tooand equipment so that pair ships or tenders at certain intervals of much of its own repair vrirk canoe accomplished time which vary with different types of ships. by ship's force. Repairs should be undertaken The availability periods, which are usually under the supervision of the most competent planned far in advance, depend upon the quarterly and experienced personnel. Personnel not employment schedule of the ship concerned. familiar with specific repairs and tests should When ashipreceivesits employment be instructed to take advantage of shipyard or schedule, or is otherwise notified, it can begin repair ship availabilities or tender assignments to prepare the necessary paperwork in advance to observe how such work is undertaken. of the scheduled availability period. The Main- The purpose of preventive maintenance is to tenance Deferred Action Slutet (replacement for maintain satisfactory material conditions and the CSMP cards) is used as a basis for ad- ensure that the equipment or machinery is always vance preparation of a work request. Work readyforservice. A regular schedule of Requests (OPNAV 4700-2C) are made out on cleaning, inspections, operations, and tests is outstanding work indicated by the Deferred Action Sheet (OPNAV 4700-2D). required to ensure trouble-free opsration and the The work requests, with the required num- detection of incipient faults before they develop ber of copies, are sent with a forwarding letter sufficiently to be major sources' of difficulty. to the type commander or his authorized rep- Most routine inspections ands ests are per- resentative. The staff officer handling material formed by ship's force. Some of these inspec- and maintenance screens the work requests. tions and tests are quite simple; others re- Most of the ships availability work list items quire planning so that they can be undertaken are approved and authorized. Also, the ship during upkeep or overhaul periods. Shipyard may have to fUrnish more detailedinformation and repair ship assistance should not be re- on certain 'Work requests. The amount of cor- quested unless the test or inspection is actually rective action taken by the reviewing staff beyond the capacity of ship's force. officer will depend upon how well the work
189 /'.3 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION requests are written and the extent to which started. Starting these repair jobs early is they follovrestablished policies and procedures. very important in getting all necessary jobs Upon the completion of this screening, the ship's completed. Equipment that is not needed for the work requests are forwarded to the repair ship operation of the ship may be disassembled in or tender. This is done well in advance of the advance so that the defective parts can be de- assigned period of availability so that the re- livered to the tender as soon as the work re- pair department personnel can schedule the quests have been approved. work and make any necessary preparations. All material delivered to the tender must be properly tagged and identified. The informa- Arrival Conference tion on each tag should include the number and name of the ship; the department, division, When a ship comes alongside for a regular or space; and the job order number. Additional tender availability or an upkeep period,an information should be included if necessary. arrival repair conference is usually held im- Reference material such as blueprints and mediately. The conference is attended by rep- manufacturers'technical manuals should be resentativesofthe ship,of the repair identified with the ship's name and number. department, and (usually) of the type commander. The relative needs of the ship and the urgency Ship-to-Shop Jobs of each job are discussed. The arrival repair conference serves to clarify all uncertainties Many repair jobs are designated by the ship for repair department personnel who have re- or approved by the repair activity as "ship-to- ceived and studied the work requests in advance. shop" jobs. In a job of this type, ship's force Arrangements are also made for the repair does a large part of the repair work. For ex- ship to provide the primary services of steam ample, the repair or renewal of a damaged and electricity in sufficient quantity to take care pump shaft might well be written up as a ship - of heating and lighting requirements and to pro- to -shop job. The pump is disassembled and the vide limited power for ships alongside. In addi- shaft is removed by ship's force; the shaft tion to these services, the repair ship may take and any necessary blueprints are delivered to over communication watches. Fresh water and the machine shop of the repair activity. The fuel requirements are not usually supplied ex- machine shop supervisor checks the job and cept from barges. gives an approximate date of completion. When The repair department in a repair ship or the shaft has been repaired, or when a new tender functions to effect repairs in a manner one has been made, it is picked up and brought similar to that of a production department in back to the ship by ship's force. The pump a naval shipya4d, even to the extent of assigning is reassembled, inspected, and tested by sts ship superintendents as representatives of the force to ascertain that the unit is satisfactory. repair officer. The organization of the production' Repair jobs on portable equipment such as department and the duties of the ship super- small gages and valves are almost always intendent of the naval shipyard will be discussed written up as ship-to-shop jobs. later in this chapter. Checking Progress of Tender Work Requems and Job Orders Repair Jobs .Although the terms "work request" and Tender repairs that are being accomplished "job order" are sometimes used interchange- on a ship can be checked by discussing them ably, this is not technically correct because with the petty officer in charge of the repair the two terms actually have slightly different detail. The petty officer in charge should know meanings. Work requests are made up by the at all times the status of repair work (including ship and are forwarded through proper chan- ship's force repair work) being done for his nels to the repair activity.When the vork space or equipment. Checking on the progress request has been approved by the repair activity, of work in the shops on the tender requizza it is issued as a job order. planning and coordination between the ship and As soon as the work requests have been the tender. Personnel inthe,tender (tops are approved at the arrival conference, the jobs busy with their repair work, so any method that require delivery to the tender should be used to check on progress of work must be
190
gel Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES one which doesnotinterfere with pro- NAVAL SHIPYARDS gress. Naval shipyards under the management con- Some tenders and repair ships have a chief trol and technical direction of the Naval Ship petty officer who acts as ship superintendent. Systems Command are operated to perform the His duties include: following tasks and functions: 1. Acting as liaison officer between the 1. Provide logistic support to activities and ships alongside and the tender in regard to units of the active fleet of the U.S. Navy and repair department jobs. the naval shore establishment. 2. Acting as a coordinator of shop work for 2. Perform authorized shipwork in connec- assigned ships. tionwith the new construction, conversion, 3. Repbrting daily to a representative of the overhaul,repair,alteration,activation,in- ship. activation, and outfitting of naval ships and 4. Maintaininga daily running progress service craft. 3. Design naval ships. ce. report or chart which indicates the percentage 4. Operate as planning yards for ship alteia- of completion of each job; the availability of lions and prepare allowance lists for ships plans, manufacturers'technicalmanuals, under construction and conversion. samples, etc.; and the availability of materials 5. Perform research, development, test, required for each job. Repair ships with com- and evaluation work assigned. puter systems generally print out on the aver- 6. Serve as primary and secondary stock age of three times a week a status of work points for designated material controlled by in the repair shops for customer ships. bureaus and offices of the Navy Department. 5. Notifying the ship when it is time to 7. Provide accounting, civil payroll, public pick up completed work from the tender. works, industrial relations, medical, dental, 6. Notifying ship's personnel when itis berthing, messing, fire protection, security, necessary for them to witness tests needed be- and other services of naval activities and other cause work has been performed on machinery, government agencies, as assigned. compartments, and tanks. 8. Perform work for other U.S. Government departments, private parties, and foreign gov- 7. Obtaining signatures from officers if job ernments, as directed by competent authority. orders are cancelled or changed. Shipyard management comprises all ele- If the tender provides a ship superintendent, ments of administration from the shipyard com- it is obviously quite easy for ship's personnel mander to the individual who is charged with to check on the progress of the work. If the supervision of the smallest group. The manage- services of a ship superintendent are not pro- ment is charged by the Navy Department with vided, the ship alongside the tender generally the completeadministration,coordination, appoints a petty officer to perform similar duties management, operation, and technical control of for the division or department. all phases of naval shipyard activity. The line A progress chart should be kept for all of authority and control passes from the ship- work that is planned for accomplishment during yard commander through the heads of depart- the repair period.The chart should be kept ments, divisions, and offices to the administra- up to date with respect to the status of each tive units.Additional information concerning job. Keeping a close watch on the progress administration, as well as organization, of naval of the repair work will ensure that jobs are shipyards, can be obtained from U. S. Navy not unnecessarily delayed, that jobs are not Regulations and Navy Department directives. overlooked or forgotten, and that all work The organization of a typical U. S. naval ship- undertaken is satisfactorily completed at the yard is illustrated in figure 10-1.The two end of the repair period. departments with which the engineer officer Repair ships with computer systems will will be most concerned are the planning depart- provide the customer ships with a copy of the ment and the production department. The pro- print out pertaining to the jobs that the ship duction department contains the shops that ac- submitted for accomplishment.This print out complish the repair work on the ship. will give the status of the work and can be The first specific knowledge of the work to effectively used as a progress chart. beundertaken by the naval shipyard on an ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
SHIPYARD COMMANDER
POLICY COMMITTEES MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING OFFICE
INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATIVE RELATIONS OFFICE DEPARTMENT
PLANNING ] PRODUCTION DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC WORKS SUPPLY DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT
MEDICAL DENTAL DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT
QUALITY AND RELIABILITY COMPTROLLER] ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT
63.11 Figure 10-1.Organization of a typical Naval Shipyard. overhaul begins with the arrival in the planning a copy of the ship's worklist (with type cm- department of the shipyard of NAVSHIPS 150- mander's action) in the form of a booklet of day letter which lists the alterations thatare work requests accompanied by a funds grantfor to be accomplished. The letter also includes undertaking as many repairs as possible within a funds grant for the accomplishment of the the funds limitations. Preliminary estimates alterations. are developed and sent to the production de- Prior to the scheduled commencement of partment where the production engineering divi- the overhaul of a ship, the planning depart- sion uses the estimates for scheduling and work- ment of the naval shipyard generally receives load purposes. Next, the planning department 192 qd Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES prepares requisitions for material requiring constructed ships, and corrects existing allow- long lead time, and issues a preliminary work ance lists for ships for which the shipyard is booklet for repairs. the home yard. Plans, material requisitions, Whenever possible, a naval shipyard will or job orders pertinent to the ship's equip- send representatives from the planning de- ment are the sources from which the necessary partment and, in some cases, from the pro- information is obtained to prepare or correct duction department to inspect the ship prior to the COSAL. It is necessary to reflect removals its arrival at the shipyard for a regular over- as well as additions or replacements of equip- haul. The pre-arrival inspection affords the ment. Information on each item listed is given shipyard personnel an opportunity to check insufficientdetail to identify and reorder. plans against the ship in order to determine As directed by job order, the design division their applicability; determine what design serv- of the planning department issues procedures ices, specifications or changes are necessary; for carrying out tests of equipment and work. determine the special material that will be The description of the procedures includes a required; discover any unusual problems that listing of special measures to be followed, safety may be encountered; check jobs to determine precautions to be observed, and an outline of whether preliminary estimatesarein the nature and form of the report to be made. consonance with the actual work to be performed; After the conducting of the test by the produc- and conduct a pre-arrival conference with the tion department,datais turned in and the ship's officers and the type commander's rep- complete reportof thetest is formulated. resentative. At commencement of an overhaul, the en- After the pre-arrival inspection or, in the gineer officer must deliver the master and one event that it is impossible to conduct such an other copy of the ship's Damage Control Book inspection, as soon as firm information is avail- to the sumrintendent of the design division of able, the planning department begins preparation theplanning department. The design super- of job orders. After writing the job order in- intendent is notified by the production depart- structions, the departrn- ,nt prepares a material ment and the engineer officer, of changes ac- list showing, by key operation, the quantity, complished duringthe overhaul that affect source, stock number, and delivery point of the damage control installations. Appropriate cor- material required. If shop stores material is not rections are made, the master copy is forwarded itemized, the planner enters a budget figure (in to the Naval Ship Systems Command, and the dollars) for the shop stores material which he other copy is returned to the ship. The Naval expects the key shop to expend on each key Ship Systems Command accomplishes any re- operation. Then, the job order and material quired reprinting of the ship's Damage Control listare sent to the production department Book and returns the master copy to the ship where the production engineering division a Ms with extra copies of corrections for insertion key operation dates and material required ..o.tes in other copies of the book. (MRD) As work proceeds on the overhaul of the Shops ship,it may be necessary to issue further information orinstructionsthatwere not A shop in a naval shipyard is a unit as- practicable to include or the need for which was signed certain specific work, usually by trades, not foieseeable at the time of original issuance. and manned with specially trained and qualified If so, a job order supplement is issued under men adept in the type of work assigned. The the original job order number. Its preparation shop usually performs its peculiar type of work and issuance are identical to that of a job for the entire yard. Most of the shops are as- order. The use of job order supplements is signed to the production department.(Trans- restricted as much as practicable; they are not portation, shop 02, and the power plant, shop used to revise man-hour allowances, unless 03, are assigned to the public works depart- the scope of the work is changed. ment.)All production department shops are The planning department prepares allow- under the supervision of the production officer. ance liste (lists of equipment components, re- Each shop group is under the control of a pair parts, or material necessary for proper civilian group superintendent. operation, maintenance, and repair of the ship A typical production department shop group forspecified periodsof time) for newly organization is shown in figure 10-2. Each shop
193 /97 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
PRODUCTION DEPARTMENT
PRODUCTION OFFICER
MECH/MACHINERY STRUCTURAL GROUP EL ECT RONICS/EL ECT RI CAL SERVICE GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP GROUP SUPERINTENDENT SUPERINTENDENT SUPERINTENDENT 'UPERINTENDENT
SHOPS: SHOPS: SHOPS: SHOPS: 11, 17, 26, 41 06, 31, 38, 56, 81 51, 67 . 64, 71, 72, 99
I OTHER GROUPS AS MAY BE REQUIRED
64.16A Figure 10-2.Shop group organization of the productiondepartment. is assigned a number and aname. Certain 23 Forge Shop shops are not located in some shipyards;some 25 Gas Manufacturing Shop shops, however are common to all shipyards. 27 Galvanizing Shop At someshipyards,certainshops may 35 Optical Shop be combined with another shop. The following 36 Weapons Shop is a list of production department shops, by 37 Electrical Manufacturing Shop number and name, common to all navalship- 41 Boiler Shop yards: 68 Boat Shop 81 Foundry 06 Central Tool 94 Pattern Shop 11 Shipritters Shop 97 Ropewalk 17 Sheet Metal Shop 26 Welding Shop Each shop in the production department is 31 Inside Machine Shop assigned to a shop group consisting of one or 38 Outside Machine Shop more shops. The shop group superintendent, 51 Electric Shop in charge of each shop group, is responsible 56 Pipe and Copper Shop to the production officer for (1) the organiza- 64 Woodworking Shop (may include shop 94, tion and administration of his shop group and of Pattern Shop, in some shipyards) the shops within the group; (2) the training 67 Electronics Shop and supervision of the personnel assigned; (3) 71 Paint Shop the coordination and overall guidance of the 72 Riggers and Laborers Shop (may in- work of the shops within the group, aimed clude shop 74, Sail Loft, in some ship- at orderly progress, timely and economical job yards) completion, and effective use of manpower in 74 Sail Loft conformance with safe practices and job specifi- 99 Temporary Service Shop cations; and (4) the maintenance of good order, cleanliness, and discipline in the spaces used. The following is a list of production depart- A superintendent (Superintendent I) is in ment shops, by number and name, located only charge of each production department shop. Re in certain shipyards: is responsible to the shop group superintendent
194 /9b Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES for the organization and administration of the job orders issued on the ship. From a study shop. The superintendent (I) is assigned clerical, of these, he obtains a familiarity with the cur- administrative,andtechnicalassistants as rent jobs. If his study indicates that ,:ertain necessary to ensure: (1) effective use of man- jobs were not completed during the previous power; (2) conformance with safe work practices overhaul because of late delivery of certain and job specifications, (3) orderly progress and items of material, the ship superintendent im- timely completion of job orders; and (4) proper mediately starts checking on the status of de- maintenance of personnel and shop records. livery of the material, to ensure its availibility. The organization of a typical shop in the From theassistant planning and estimating production department is shown in figure 10-3. superintendent he obtains information on the time The Ship Superintendent and place the arrival conference will be held. He reviews the lists of proposed work and ob- The ship superintendent is the representa- tains a list of the civilian planners and estimators tive of the production officer and one of his who are to be assigned to the ship. He ascertains principal assistants in coordinating, arranging, from the shipyard watch officer the timeof the and accomplishing authorized work on a ship ship's arrival and the berth to which it is as- during its availability in the shipyard. signed. From the design division of the planning It is customary to assign a ship super- department he may obtain a bboklet of plans, intendent a considerable period in advance of which he utilizes to familiarize himself with the ship's arrival in the yard. During the in- the general arrangements of the ship. From each terval before arrival, considerable study and shop concerned with the work to be done, he assembly of data are required.The ship obtains the names of the civilian supervisors superintendent obtains a copy of the departure who will be assigned to the ship, and in turn report forthelast availability of the ship notifies them of the ship's pending arrival and in the shipyard and copies of all outstanding of anyjobsrequiring special attention or
SUPERINTENDENT II
CLERICAL PERSONNEL PLANNING SECTION SECTION SECTION
INSIDE SECTION OUTSIDE SECTION GENERAL GENERAL FOREMAN IE FOREMAN IC
GENERAL FOREMAN I
FOREMAN FOREMAN FOREMAN
( LEADING MAN )
64.16B Figure 10-3.Organization of a typical production department shop. ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION immediate action. Preliminary discussions on The ship superintendent and other appropriate lengthy or complex jobs will permit everyone shipyard supervisory personnel also attend the involved to obtain a clear understanding of the conference. Because he is responsible for the desired course of procedure so that valuable production, coordination, and progress of all time will not be lost once the work is started. jobs, the ship superintendent must carefully From 18 to 24 hours prior to the arrival plan the performance of work in key jobs. of the ship in the yard, the ship superintendent During the course of the overhaul, he holds sees that the service shops are informed of the frequent conferences with shop personnel, ship berth assigned and the time of arrival. Shop personnel, the assistant planning and estimating 72 furnishes riggers for the placement of the superintendent, progressmen, and other yard brow; and shop 90 (temporary service) provides personnel, to ensure a timely completion of all for steam, water, and air connections, shore authorized work. power, and telephones. Each ship undergoing overhaul assigns in- The ship superintendent is at the dock when spectors and representatives from each depart- the ship arrives and ties up, and checks to ment to inspect work and witness tests, since make certain that the required services are these are a responsibility of the commanding promptly furnished.(The ship superintendent officer as outlined in U.S. Navy Regulations. is one of the first contacts the ship has with (The ship superintendent is the yard's rep- yard personnel and throughout the overhaul is, resentative for these functions.) in fact, the liaison with the yard.) Upon first At least one day prior to the scheduled end going aboard the ship,he delivers to the of the overhaul the ship superintendent will commandingofficer,or in his absence the hold a departure conference with the ship's executive officer, copies of orders and regula- reloresentatives. At the conference, last-minute tions which outline and specify procedureson adjustments or corrections are discussed and points mutually affecting the shipyard and the agreed upon. All job orders not previously signed ship. by the ship's representatives are signed as Among the subjects covered are: (1) the "completed," or "completed, subject to final appointment of ship inspectors for the overhaul, test."If any work is deemed unsatisfactory, (2) the requirement for fire watches for various thecognizantofficerrecords the reasons. types of work, and (3) general shipyard informa- The conference is a very important occur- tion for ships. As soon as the ship's force is rence because the actual final status of all secured from the mooring maneuver, the ship job orders is determined and it permits fol- superintendent requests a meeting with the heads lowing up the uncompleted work on the next of departments. At the meeting the ship is (1) availability of the ship. The status of all job notified of the time and place of the arrival orders is reported to the planning department, conference, (2) advised of the urgent necessity which is responsible for the preparation of the for fire watches, the basic organization and departure report discussed later in this chapter. duties of fire watches, and the place andmanner of obtaining portable fire extinguishers, and (3) Home and Planning Shipyards requested to furnish a suitable place on board ship to serve as a ship superintendent's office The mission of naval shipyards is to render for the duration of the overhaul. service to the fleet. To carry out this function If the ship superintendent finds that the more effectively each ship in the active fleet work required on any given job order may be is assigned a home yard by the Chief of Naval performed in a better way or at a cheaper cost Operations. Two naval shipyards (one on the than as required in the original specifications, East Coast, and one on the West Coast) are he prepares an additional work request outlining designated as planning shipyards for each of the recommended change and submits it to the the various ship types. A home shipyard is the planning department. If adopted, it is formally naval shipyard to which a ship is usually promulgated asajob order supplement assigned for regular overhaul. superseding the original specifications. Regularity in assignment of work permits a The shipyard commander conducts frequent better analysis and uniformity of workload. (usually weekly) conferences with thecom- Home shipyards maintain certain basic records manding officer of each ship in the shipyard, on assigned ships which serve as a continual to review the progress of worst on the ship. source of reference. Records on outstanding
198
02 0 S, r: Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES
job orders with the status of both physical Alteration Requests completion and material deliveries are main- tained. Finished plans and allowance lists, con- The list of authorized alterations that are to sisting ofhull, machinery,navigation, and be accomplished at a routine naval shipyard weapons items, are filed and maintained current. overhaul is prepared by NavShips. NavShips Thus, for each item of work, the time required usuallyprovidesthetype commander with for familiarization and investigation of details a priority list of the alterations to be ac- is held to a minimum, permitting more time complished on the ship scheduled for a regular to be devoted to actual work accomplishment. overhaul approximately 150 days prior to the As a further expansion on permanency of overhaul. The type commander submits to Nav- relationship between ships and naval shipyards, Ships annually the recommended SHIPALTS to each class of ship has been assigned a planning be considered for accomplishment in the ships shipyard. A planning shipyard undertakes the to be overhauled during the fiscal year. Nav- design work for the class of ship assigned it Ships publishes in the Fleet Modernization Pro- and, when authorized, procures material re- gram (FMP) the SHIPALTS that are authorized quired by other overhauling yards for the al- for accomplishment. complishment of work affecting all the ships Approximately90daysinadvance of of the class. It can readily be seen that wah the ship's arrival, NavShips will forward to the several shipyards overhauling the same class of shipyard, to the type commander, and to the destroyers on the east coast, an economy in ship alist of approved alterations (90 day the use of design manpower is gained if this material status letter) in the priory applicable work is performed in only one yard and the to the individual ship. Any changes in the scope developed plans supplied to the others. o; work auAhorized in the 150-day letter will be reflected ih this letter. SHIPALTS marked for accomplishment by Work Requests forces afloat are not, as a rule, undertaken by naval shipyards. The procedures for submitting shipyard work requestspriortoa regular overhaul can Obtaining Additional Repair Jobs generally be found in U.S. Navy Regulations; they are specified in detail in regulations issued Itmay be necessary to prepare sup- by fleet commanders and type commanders. plementary work requests to include items Type commanders require that work re- arising after the submission of the original quests to be accomplished during an overhaul work requests. Additional repairs may be re- (regular or interim) be submitted, for their quired because of voyage casualties or because inspection, screening, andapproval, insufficient of conditions discovered during shipyard tests time to allow completion of the type commander's and inspections. The supplementary work re- action and arrival of the work requests at the quests must be submitted in accordance with shipyard in advance of commencement of the same procedure used for submitting the overhaul; this is necessary in order to permit original work requests, and the supplementary successful preliminary planning by the shipyard. items must be dovetailed into the ship's priority index. Each work request is submitted on the Supplementary work requests should be made standard work request form. AU work requests out immediately, as soon as the need becomes are screened and assigned a priority for ac- evident, and submitted to the yard as soon as complishment at a conference of the heads of possible after they have been prepared. department, the executive officer, and the com- manding officer. A work list containing brief THE SUPERVISOR OF SHIPBUILDING statements of the work to be accomplished, ar- ranged in the ship's integrated priority sequence, An office of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding, is prepared and submitted along with the work under the management control of the Naval requests to the type commander for his screening Ship Systems Command and military control action. Following his screening action, the type of the District Commandant, is established in commander forwards the approved request to the each Naval District. The Supervisor of Ship- naval shipyard or SUPSHIP, as appropriate. building heads the Office of the Supervisor of
197 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Shipbuilding and is responsible for the follow- formance ofcertainclerical, planning ing: contractual or coordinating functions adjacent to 1. Awardingandadministering repairs, work sites.A Resident SUPSHIP office is an alterations, conversions, activations, and in- informally established component of the parent activations of naval ships performed by private SUPSHIP. TheResidentSUPSHIPoffice shipyards under Nav Ships Master Ship Repair organization parallels the standard organiza- (MSR) contracts. tion of SUPSHIP to the extent necessary to ensure 2. Allocating unscheduled overhauls between efficient performance of assigned duties. The naval and private shipyards. cognizant SUPSHIP may authorize a Resident 3. Supervising the installation of weapons SUPSHIP to deal directly with the fleet, bureaus equipment on merchant ships at private ship- and offices of the Navy Department, and con- yards. tractors on matters pertaining. to assigned 4. Installing and maintaining shore-based duties. electronics and weapons equipment. In order to perform inspections and related 5. Carrying out duties, as directed by Nav- clerical functions that can be more effectively Ships, in marine salvage operations within the carried out at or near work sites, SUPSHIPS district. establishes offices such as Resident Inspection 6. Coordinating industrial mobilization Offices, as necessary, at or near private ship- planning with respect to shipbuilding, conver- yards. Resident Inspection Offices function under sion, and repair. the direction of the inspection department of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding, and provide ship Organization of the Office of the surveyors for inspecting local work. Supervisor of Shipbuilding Functions of Typical Departments In naval districts where a naval shipyard is located, the shipyard commander may also The sections which follow deal with the major be a Supervisor of Shipbuilding. Where the functions of typical departments of a SUPSHIP shipyard commanderisthe Supervisor of organization shown in figure 10-4. Shipbuilding, the Supervisor of Shipbuilding As- sistant, normally the planning officer of the THE ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENT. shipyard, serves as the administrative head of The ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENT serves the Office of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding.. the SUPSHIP in matters concerning naval and The standard organization for the Office of the civilian personnel, industrial relations, public Supervisor of Shipbuilding (SUPSHIPS) is shown relations, and office services. The two divisions in figure 10-4. of the administrative department are the CI- The department of the Office of SUPSHIP with VILIAN PERSONNEL DIVISION and the AD- which the engineer officer will be most concerned MINISTRATIVE SERVICES DIVISION. is the planning department. The planning of- The functions of the civilian personnel divi- ficer is head of the ship repair department. sion (through the ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER The planning department (discussed in the next who is responsible to SUPSHIP) include the section) consists of the planning and estimating organization, supervision, and administration of division and the design division; and provides the department, establishment of procedures planning and design services for the perform- respecting both internal and industrial security ance of all overhaul and repair work under administration for the SUPSHIP organization, SUPSHIP cognizance. performance of necessary public relations func- When the volume and location of the work- tions concerning prepared statements, informa- load indicates that the MSR Contract can be tion releases, inquiries from the local press, more effectively and economically administered and launchings in accordance with instructions through decentralized operations, the Secretary from SUPSHIP of the Navy may establish more than one Of- The CIVILIAN PERSONNEL OFFICER ad- fice of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding in a naval ministers civilian personnel matters in ac- district. cordance with Naval Civilian Personnel Instruc- SUPSHIPS is authorized to establish and tions (NCPI), the Federal Personnel Manual, disestablish resident SUPSHIP offices at locali- and other pertinent directives.He also keeps ties where circumstances warrant the per- theSUPSHIP informed of instructions and
198
OA ret.-r.<9symwIty.r.wtwz:,:777,-"s-r-,77.7c12,rr-7,'''471.71-7 ."e'r: NOTES: DEVIATIONS: SUPERVISOR or SHIPBUILDING. CONVERSION PASCAGOULA. MISSISSIPPIAND REPAIR, U.S. NAVY ISUPSHIPI 100 FOR WEAPONS ASSISTANT RESIDENT SUPSHIP PRODUCT ASSURANCE ENGINEER 110 ADMINISTRATIVEDEPARTMENT ISO DEPARTMENT PLANNING E00 QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT 11.11 300 CONTRACT 400 DEPARTmENT 1AL 500 PERSONNELCIVILIANDIVISION IGS PLANNING ANDESTIMATING DIVISION 210 PROCESS CONTROL DIVISION 1NG AND 320 .....H ADMINISTRATION DIVISION 420 OIVISION IAL 520 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICESompoloN IFS DIVISIONDESIGN 240 INSPECTION CHW2::111 '340 EVALUATIONPROPOSALDIVISION 430 ALLOWANCE 01V HliON 530 I H INSPECTIONXi:GWENTOFFICE III FINANCIALDIVISION 440 OF ORGANIZATION OF DATE 27 JUNE OW APPROVED Figure.1. SUPERVISOR 10-4.Organization OF SHIPBUILDING ELLIS.Mart of the office of JR.ITAIN, USN NAVAL SHIP SYSTEMS COMMAND SUPERVISOR OF SHIPBUILDING: CONVERSION PASCAGOULA, MISSISSIPPIAND REPAIR, WM U. C NAVY thll SUPERVISOR of SHIPBUILDING. SUPERVISOR OF SHIPBUILDING, CONVERSION AND REPAIR. USN. PASCAGOULA 114.21CHANT NO.1 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION policies of the Navy Department and other gov- organization, administration, and supervision of ernment agencies relating to local labor condi- the planning and estimating division. tions, and provides contractors with any useful The HEAD DESIGN ENGINEER is responsible information which may promote industrial health to the planning officer for the organization, and safety. administration, and supervision of the design The ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES SUPER- division. He provides engineering advice and INTENDENT (Administrative Service's Division) technical design services dealing with construc- is responsible for providing complete office tion, conversion, and repair of ships. He reviews services fur the operation of the SUPSHIP of- contractor'sdesign work,manufacturers' fice,recording, distributing, and. controlling plans, technicial manuals, and test memoranda classified matter within the SUPSHIP- office, for conformance with the intent of prime con- and administering civilian payroll and maintain- tract. He evaluates and approves contractor's ing fiscal budgets and records in accordance plans, purchase orders, technical manuals and with NAVSHIP S instructions. information, and maintains liaison with design agents, contractors, and other activities with THE PLANNING DEPARTMENT.The whom exchange of technicalinformation is PLANNING DEPARTMENT, .iexpnnsible to the necessary. In addition, he establishes and ad- SUPSHIP for the organization, admirt.stration, ministers the Value Engineering and the Weight and supervision of the department, consists of Control programs of the office. two divisions; the PLANNING and ESTIMAT- ING DIVISION and the DESIGN DIVISION. The PLANNING OFFICER, who maintains THE QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPART- liaison between the planning department,con- MENT.The QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPART- tractors, and other naval activities with whom MENT consists of the following divisions or the SUPSHIP works, provides work planning and offices: (1) PLANNING and PROCESS CONTROL design services required for the administration DIVISION, (2) INSPECTION DIVISION, and (3) of contracts under the cognizance of the SUP- RESIDENT INSPECTION OFFICE(S). SHIP, particularly on technical problems in- The QUALITY ASSURANCE OFFICER is re- volving joint responsibility. Thisensures that sponsible to the SUPSHIPS for the organiza- there is an effective flow of technical informa- tion,administration, and supervision of the tion and the design schedule requirements con- qualityassurance department. He is also re- form to ship construction schedules. sponsible for determining physical progress An ASSISTANT PLANNING OFFICER (staf- of work, reviewing the contractor's systems fed only when new construction workload exits) for the control of quality in the production is responsible to the planning officer for the phase (and submitting data to the product as- technical and administrative management ofas- surance engineer for evaluation), inspection, signed department functions as related to sub- final acceptance testing, trials and deliveries marine or surface new constructionas ap- of work under contract to ensure compliance propriate. He also acts as planning officer, with approved plans, contract specifications, and when required, and assumes the additional duties completion dates. and responsibilites of planning and .estimating The SURFACE SHIP COORDINATOR is re- officer when the billet is activated. sponsible to the quality assurance officer for A PLANNING ASSISTANT, also staffed when the accomplishment of functions of that office new construction workload exists, is responsible pertaining to surface ships. He acts for SUP- to the planning officer for the coordination and SHIP to coordinate responsibilities of all depart- monitoring of planning department actions, as ments in preparation for sea trials and present- well as taking the initial action on contract ing ships to INSURV, ensures that all production changes, for new construction ships assigned. preparation is accomplished for launching, dock- He also acts as liaison with headquarter's ing, and inclining, and effects liaison with pre- and contractor's personnel to expedite resolu- commissioning details. tion of design and planning problems. The SUBMARINE PROJECT OFFICER, who Ths PLANNING and ESTIMATING OFFICER is responsible to the quality assurance officer (Naffed in the planning and estimating division for accomplishing functions pertaining to sub- only when repair or conversionworkload exists) marines, reports directly to the SUPSHIP on is responsible to the planning officer for the matters concerning submarine progress and
200
AO Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES certification. He serves as chairman of the sub- contract, and administering job order termina- marine certification committee and as radio- tions. logical protection officer for the SUPSHIP. The PROPOSAL EVALUATION DIVISION is The other funetions are similar to those of the responsible to the assistant contract officer Surface Ship Coordinator, discussed previously. for coordinating the overall SUPSHIPeffort The PLANNING and PROCESS CONTROL in the processing of changes and requests for DIVISION is responsible to the quality assurance changes including specific functions such as officer for prepating-department programs and (1) developing a preliminary cost estimate for inspection schedules, monitoring audit plans for obligation purposes, (2) developing an independ- the department, coordinating test memorandum ent estimate, as required, for pricing purposes, review,reviewing and approving procedures (3)preparingTechnicalAdvisory Reports for welding, brazing, and non-destructive test- (TAR'S), and (4) assembling all data requiredby ing processes, and conducting training of person- the negotiatior. nel in non-destructive training. The FINANCIAL DIVISION is responsible to The INSPECTION DIVISION, also responsible the assistant contract officer for the follow- tothequality assurance officer, witnesses ing functions: certifying vouchers for payment inspections and tests as required, performs and maintaining records and accounting for ship- surveillance of the contractor's quality as- work fUnds allocated to SUPSHIP. surance program, reports inspection data for analysis, provides services to the department THE MATERIAL DEPARTMENT.The MA- on areas concerning blueprint files, test TERIAL OFFICER is responsible to the SUP- caUe, and reports, and assembles information SHIP for the organization, administration, and supervision of the MATERIAL DEPARTMENT, corieerning the current status of all work as- and for performing the following functions: signed to SUPSHIP. (1) controlling and expediting delivery of govern- THE CONTRACT DEPARTMENT .The ment furnished material, (2) property adminis- CONTRACT OFFICER is responsible to the tration. (3) preparing and maintaining allowance SUPSHIP for the organization, administration lists,(4) conducting pre-award surveys, (5) and supervision of the CONTRACT DEPART- receiving and disposing of government furnished MENT. The department divisions are the (1) material, and (6) administering facilities con- ADMINISTRATION DIVISION, (2) PROPOSAL tracts. EVALUATION DIVLS1014, and the (3) FINANCIAL The ASSISTANT MATERIAL OFFICER, who DIVISION. acts as material officer during his absence, The contract officer is responsible for act- is responsible to the material officer for con- ing on all contractual, accounting, and financial tinuous administration of the assigned material matters relating to prime contracts, awarding department functions. and administering all Master Ship Repair con- tracts and job orders placed thereunder for The MATERIAL DIVISION is responsible repair and overhaul work, and timely review, to the assistant material officer for accomplish- analysis, negotiation, issuance, and adjudication ing functions dealing with controlled material of all changes to assigned contracts. requirements, allotments and priority designa- The ASSISTANT CONTRACT OFFICER, who tions,assistingshipbuildersinobtaining acts as the contract officer during his absence, delivery of contractor furnished material, as is responsible to the contract officer for con- required, preparing, reviewing, and processing tinuous administration of all non-technical as- requisitions to Navy Supply activities for govern- pects of contracts. ment furnished material and equipment, and The CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DIVI- maintainingclose cooperation with material SION 18 responsible to the assistant contract disposal agencies. officer for accomplishing related functions such The ALLOWANCE DIVISION is responsible as reviewing and consenting to subcontracts to the assistant material officer for accomplish- requiring business reviews, preparing and as- ingthefollowingfunctions: preparing and semblingfinalsettlement documents,ac- maintaining individual ship's allowance lists complishing all procurements for repair and for new construction or conversion; preparing overhaul services under the Master Ship Repair and processing changes to the allowance list
201 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION resulting from shipwork performed during re- tions `or the probable extent of anticipated re- pair, provisioning documentation, and maintain- pairs. ing liaison with the material division with respect After the start of an availability at a private to procuring and assembling on-board repair shipyard, requests for new items of work must parts, as required. be submitted to the cognizant type commander for his action. The requests should be confined SUPSHIP Procedures to essential work because this type of job order must be negotiated with the contractor (not As far as the ship is concerned, there is infrequently) at a higher price than would be not much difference between procedures during possible with the competitive feature of the overhaul at a private shipyard and overhaul at originalcontract. New items of work that a naval shipyard. Some differences will be fall within the scope of the original job order noticeable, however. Three or four months specifications can be accomplished under a prior to the commencement of the ship's regular changes clause in the original specification. overhaul, SUPSHIP sends a letter to the ship Soon after the arrival of the ship at the confirming the date of commencement of the private shipyard (normally on the second or overhaul, accompanied by other basic informa- thirddayfollowingarrival),an arrival tion useful to the ship and usually in the form conference is held to review each work item of an information manual for chips assigned a and make any necessary revisions to the job SUPPIIIP availability. specifications. The conference provides the Vork requests for overhaul at a private ship's force with an opportunity to review the shipyard must be submitted in time to provide job order specifications and discuss the over- SUPSHIP with original copies of the ship's haul with SUPSHIP personnel. work requests prior to commencement of the Normally, the contractor's representatives ship's overhaul. SUPSHIP should receive the do not attend the arrival conference; instead, type commander's screened copies of the work the SUPSHIP (when it is considered necessary) request prior to commencement of the overhaul. will arrangeacontractor'sscheduling SUPSHIP must have job specifications ready conference.Totheextent practicable, the for distribution 28 days prior to the overhaul scheduling conference is attended by the same in order to allow prospective contractors to personnel who attended the arrival conference review them before the bidders' inspection of with the addition of key representatives of the ship that is normally scheduled 21 days the contractor.The scheduling conference is prior to overhaul. The bids are opened and held as soon as possible after the arrival con- the contract is awarded at least two weeks prior ference. to start of the overhaul. SUPSHIP notifies the The ship is responsible for conducting the ship of the name and location of the shipyard tests necessary to determine the acceptability as soon as possible after the contract is awarded. of the repairs performed by the private ship- Thebiddersinspectionofthe ship is yard. All finaltests are conducted in the scheduled to permit representatives of the presence of interested shipyard personnel, the various shipyards in the area to visit the ship cognizant ship surveyor, and the ship's in- and obtain information for use in preparation spector. Where new installations on the ship of their bids.The engineer officer of the have been made by the private shipyard, initial ship should require his personnel to offer any test of the installation is made by the shipyard assistance that may be needed by the representa- personnel and witnessed by the ship's inspector. tives and to treat them all equally by allow- Operation by shipyard personnel must be con- ing them access to the same spaces, records, fined to the new installation. plans, and information. In order to protect the When a ship's inspectoris dissatisfied interestsofthe Navy,however, no in- with the quality of the contractor's work on an formation must be given at any time to any individual item, he must relay his criticism contractor or contractor's employee regarding to the cognizant ship surveyor who will then (1) funds available for the overhaul, (2) length take appropriate action. The ship's inspector of availability, (3) priority listing of repairs or must not attempt to require the contractor's alterations, (4) possible items to be deferred personnel to redo or otherwise amend the or canceled, and (5) variations of conditions work. Ship surveyors hold weekly conferences from the information in the job order specifica- with heads of departments and ship's inspectors
202 Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES to discuss inspections and the progress of the The mission of a Ship Repair- Facility is work .being performed by the private shipyard. as follows: A signature of the person authorized by the 1. Provide logistic support, including dry- commanding officer to accept job orders, is docking, overhaul, repair, alteration, and con- requested by the ship surveyor for each item version of naval ships and service craft and of work after the work has been satisfactorily ships of other government departments, as accomplished. assigned. 2. Perform voyage repairs and related work, THE SHIP REPAIR FACILITY including drydocking of naval ships. 3. Install and maintain shure-based The typical Ship Repair Facility (SRF) is electronic equipment and provide technical guid- located outside the continental limits of the ance to assigned naval activities. United States; employs civilian personnel in- 4. Perform additional related functions re- digenous to the country in which it is located; quested by competent authority. and is supervised by U. S. Naval officers assisted The production procedures of the SRF are by enlisted and civil service personnel. The similar to those of the naval shipyard. The SRF will have drydocks and shops capable of production officer assigns a ship superintendent accomplishing nearlyall ship repair work. to each ship to inspect the work performed and Typical utilization includes voyage repairs and ensure the timely completion of job orders. overhaul of ships whose home ix.rts are in the The duties of the ship superintendent of an area. No new construction is accomplished. SRF parallel those of the ship superintendent Ship Repair Facility organization is based of the naval shipyard. on standard U.S. Naval Shipyard structure modi- The military staff of the production depart- fied to suit the local needs. SRF organization ment may be paralleled by a complete civilian generally differs from a shipyard as follows: staff. This apparent duplication is necessary to 1. Supply services are furnished by a Supply provide liaison with the shop personnel who Depot in the area. will be native to the country in which the SRF 2. Public works services are furnished by is located, to furnish continuity bridging officer a Public Works Center or Department. personnel changes, and to provide direct tech- 3. Fire protection and police services are nical assistance. (NOTE: Some fleet activities, furnished by other activities. such as Fleet Activities Sasebo, Japan, have 4. Industrial relations services are fur- a Ship Repair Department, referred to as SRD.) nished by other activities. 5. Administrative services are furnishedby other activities. REGULAR OVERHAUL 6. Medical and dental services are furnished by a Naval Hospital. All ships of the fleet are assigned regular 7. Comptroller and fiscal services are pro- overhaul periods for maintenance and improve- vided by a Naval Supply Depot or Naval ment. These periods usually vary from 1 month Station. for small ships tc 3 months or more for the Ship Repair Facilities are under a com- larger ships. During the overhaul period, work manding officer, usually a Captain. An SRF is pertaining to repairing, docking, and altering a component of a fleet activity or a shore- ships is performed by the shipyard force. The based naval activity which exercises military interval of time between regular overhauls, command. Management control, however, is varies from a year to five years, the interval under the Naval Ship Systems Command. being the maximum period consistent with Included in the Ship Repair Facility organiza- keeping the ships in fighting trim. tion under the control and authority of the com- An analysis of the problems of building, manding officer and having direct access to him, overhauling, or converting ships reveals that are the planning officer, the production officer, for all three periods, the following factors play and the administrative officer. The staff of the essential roles: commanding officer also includes a management 1. The ship must be available for the engineering officer and may include a general uninterrupted accomplishment of yard work. manager for civilian personnel, who acts in an (The term associated with this is AVAIL- advisory capacity only. ABILITY.)
203
;O1 ENGINEERING ADMINTRATION
2. The contemplated work must be decided 1. Ship's force work. upon, arrangedin orderof priority of 2. Training of engineering personnel during accomplishment, and actually authorized to be the overhaul. performed. 3. Security of engineering spaces, including 3. Funds must be available in sufficient protection against fire,flooding, theft, amount to cover the cost of the work. and sabotage. 4. Material must be available. 5. Men to perform the work must be avail- AU work within the capacity of the ship's able. force should be accomplished by personnel of the ship. The cost of such work whenperformed ADVANCE PLANNING by the shipyard, is normally disproportionate to the value received. A schedule of ship's The advance planning stage of the reg- force work should include names of persons ular overhaul commences approximately18 responsible for accomplishment, estimated date months before the scheduled commencement of completion, estimated nulaber of man-hours of the overhaul. It is during this stage that required, and the assistance in way of materials plans progress from the very rough stage to a or tools required from the yard. Copies of the refined and definiteschedule. In the broad ship's force work item list must accompany the sense, advance planning provides a solid founda- ship's repair requests and work item lists. tion for the consummation of work on naval Plans for training during the overhaul period ships in all shipyards. Availabilities of ships should outline the objective to be accomplished are approved by the Chief of Naval Opera- by the end of the period. Local training fa ell- tions on a fiscal year basis. Prior to approval, ties and fleet schools should be utilized to the schedules are commented on by forces afloat maximum degree consistent with obtaining a good and the Naval Ship Systems Command. overhaul. Factors considered in formulating the over- Regular overhaul periods provide a time for haul schedule are: (1) the intervals between the clearing up backlogs of leave accrued while the previous overhaul availabilities of ships and the ship was in an operational status. The plans proposed overhauls; (2) the placing of ships should providefor an equitable distribution in home shipyards or shipyards capable of of leave to personnel while maintaining a force performing any required special type of work; of inspectors who are capable of inspecting (3) the provision of continuity of work in all work for the ship and sufficient other person- shipyards to avoid laying off men intermittently; nel to ensure timely accomplishment of the (4) the probable availability of critical material ship's force work items. A period of turnover on important jobs; and (5) any special factors should be arranged between the return of that may arise. The final approved schedule one leave party and the departure of another. represents the best compromise possible and is While the ship is undergoing overhaul, special then used as a basis for planningby the bureaus, precautions again l fire, flooding, theft, and the yards, and forces afloat. sabotage must be taken. The shipyard is pre- It is quite probable, in view of the remote, pared to give assistance in matters of security long-range nature of the schedule, that changes but the responsibility for establishing security and adjustments may be required from time to measures remains with the ship. The plan should time. As the need arises, proposed changes are include the necessary organization for: evaluated and approved or disapproved by the 1. Precautions Against Fire. The greatest Chief of Naval Operations. The administration continuous hazard to ships undergoing over- of the schedules is delegated to the type com- haul is fire. Disruption of firefighting facili- manders. The details of ship's availabilities, ties and burning or welding work in progress such as actual time of arrival and completion, are the most dangerous conditions contributing are determined by the type commander in con- to fire hazards. The ship is responsible for sultation with the shipyard commander or SUP- providing fire watches, properly instructed, SHIP. to each burning or welding job in progress Advance planning on the part of the ship aboard ship. All watch personnel should be is necessary to a successful overhaul. The instructed in the location of shipyard fire alarm engineer officer must provide for the prepara- boxes closest to the ship, and the current ship- tion of or make plans to cover the following: yard directives concerning fires and firefighting.
204
Pot Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES
2. Precautions Against Flooding. The pos- or to accomplish repairs of damage. The first sibility of engineering spaces flood1 through is termed a ROUTINE DOCKING and is carried sea connections or through leaks in piping out during regular overhaul periods at intervals systems must not be overlooked. The security established by the Naval Ship Systems Command. plan should require frequent inspections to be The latter is called an EMERGENCY DOCKING made of all unattended spaces in which pos- and is accomplished as the need arises. sibility of flooding exists. The officer in charge of the general opera- 3. Precautions Against Theft and Sabotage. tion of the drydock and responsible for the prepa- Responsibility for security of the ship against ration for and the actual docking and undocking acts of theft or sabotage will rest largely with of ships is the docking officer (naval ship- the security watches and inspectors of shipyard yard) or dock master (private shipyard). work. Tact should be exercised in enforcing Based on approved overhaul schedules, a certain security measures in order that no docking schedule is prepared for several months offense will be given to shipyard personnel. in advance of any given date. This schedule is To reduce the possibility of theft, all tools, used for planning purposes to ensure the avail- valuables, and clothing should be placed in ability of docking facilities for all possible uses. locked stowage. Storage spaces within the ship- It is customary to schedule the docking of a yard may be available to the ship for such ship as early in the overhaul period as pos- purposes. Acts of sabotage can best be counter- sible to ensure completion of all required work acted by the vigilance of watch and duty person- (its extent can never definitely be determined nel. Periodic patrols conducted at irregular until after the actual docking) and to avoid intervals through ship's spaces and proper interference with other planned work which identification of all personnel boarding the ship must of necessity be performed late in the over- are basic requirements for security. . haul (such items being machinery trials and strength tests of structural work). ASSIST-SHIP'S-FORCE FUNDS The remainder of this discussion concerning docking Of the ship states the procedure for During an overhaul period (and certain re- docking a ship in a naval shipyard. The pro- stricted availabilities) a portion of the repair cedure for docking a ship in a private ship- funds may be designated as an assist-ship's- yard will not differ greatly. force fund. The fund, under the local control As soon as a ship scheduled for docking enters of the ship's commanding officer without further the shipyard, a shipwright from the docking crew reference to the type commander, provides a obtains from the ship its docking plan and checks means for the ship undergoing overhaul to ob- the draft and the list of the ship. The shipyard tain minor shipyard assistance (in the nature usually has available in its files copies of of services, labor, or special tools and equip- docking plans of all ships it customarily docks; ment) to aid in the completion of work under- the applicable plans are checked against the taken by the ship's personnel. No work can be ship's copy to ascertain that any corrections undertaken for assist-ship's-force funding in caused by work accomplished elsewhere are which the ship's force does not participate. properly noted. The docking officer visits the Generally, the engineer officer in conjunction ship about one week prior to the actual docking with the ship superintendent (or ship surveyor) and discusses detailed docking arrangements. administers the assist-ship's-force fund. Care Points covered include (1) a detailed ex- must be exercised not to expend the funds amination of the docking plan is made to de- early in the overhaul. This can best be avoided termine any errors or discrepancies (2) a de- by careful screening of requests for assistance termination is made of the location of the and the employment of accurate accounting mooring lines and the number and location measures. of the line-handling parties on board ship, (3) the maximum permissible trim is set and the DOCKING importance of the ship entering with zero list is emphasized (4) the scheduled drydock work Ducking of naval ships in drydock or in is discussed, (5) the ship is notified that the marine railways is accomplished either to per- shipyard watch officer will arrange for tugs mit routine painting of the ship's hull and ex- and pilot service, and (6) a determination is amination of the underwater fittings of a ship made from the ship's last docking report which
205
r go 9 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION position the ship was last docked in, so that are handled to ensure safe entrance of the ship it can be changed for this scheduled docking into the dock. Breast and spring lines are kept to facilitate cleaning and preservation of the abreast their positions on the ship and where two underwater body. lines lead from one bow or quarter, one must In laying out a drydock the ship is generally be led over a bollard or capstan while the other located as close to one end of the drydock is shifted. This permits control of the ship as practicable to make possible the setting at all times. of blocks for the following ship. Dimensions Certain procedures and precautions ap- are ordinarily taken from the after edge of plicable to docking a ship follow: the ship's main deck to the after edge of each 1. On entering dock the ship should be block. This determines the fore and aft loca- without list and without excessive trim.All tion of the blocks. The shipwrights determine equipment whose: operation requires it to extend the fore and aft centerline of the keel blocks beyond the hull should be refracted or housed and the athwartship locations of the blocks are prior to entering the dock. measured from this line. Vertical heights are 2. No weight or ballast may be shifted, measured from a plane established by a public added, or removed while the ship is in drydock works engineer. After the dock has been set without the permission of the yard. It is the and prior to flooding, the docking officer and responsibility of the commanding officer to the dockmaster (shop 84) check the dock, cover- keep an accurate record of any weight changes ing the following points with particular attention: authorized by the yard. 1. The location of the mark on the dock 3. From the time of entering the dock, utilized to locate the stern of the ship. propellers must not be turned without permis- 2. The location -of-the first (after) keel sion of the docking officer. block and all haulini blocks. 4. U.S. Navy Regulations sets forth the 3. The heights of all hauling blocks to requirements regarding the closing of all bottom ensure sufficientclearance under the bilge openings outside of working hours. keels,even if the ship has a slight list. 5. No fuel oil, gasoline, or other flammable 4. The avoiding of interference between sea liquid may be drained into the dock. If the need valves or hull fittings and any blocks. arises, the yard will provide special containers 5. The height, shape, bevel, and location for the disposal of such liquids. of cradle blocks. 8. Where direct sewerage connections are 6. The existence of projections below the provided in the dock, washrooms and heads are baseline, to avoid any interference on landing connected to them. Where there are no sewerage or in hauling the ship into the drydock. connections, facilities on the dock are used, but, After the dock has been completely checked, with permission, washrooms may be drained the docking officer gives the order to flood directly into the dock. the dock. He remains at the dock until all 7. During freezing weather,allpipes, the blocks are well covered to ensure that valves, and fittings attached to the shell should no blocks are torn loose or misplaced during be drained of water to prevent cracking due to the flooding process. A working party for han- freezing. dling the lines of a ship being drydocked is 8. All guardrails around the dock are to generally furnished by the ship at the request be kept in place, except during actual docking of the yard. If this is not possible, it is ftwnished and undocking operations. by other ships as directed by the commander, The ship is usually towed into the dock or by a detail of yard labor. by means of a towline, one end of which is Prior to the entrance of the ship into the secured to the ship and the otheii end to a dock, the docking officer instructs the working power winch orcapstan at the bead of the party in their duties. The commanding officer dock. When the ship is in approximate loca- of the ship being docked is in charge men the tion, the caisson at the entrance of the dock bow (or stern, ft docked stern first) reaches is replaced and sunk. Pumping operations then docksilland the ship is pointed fair for commence. The skip is located in the position entering. The docking officer then takes formal she is to take when the dock is dry. This charge until the ship has been landed, the bilge position is meticulously checked and maintained, blocks hauled, and the dock pumped down. especially immediately prior to landing. The Under the direction of the docking officer, lines drafts of the ship at landing are recorded and
208 Chapter 10SHIP AVAILAH1LITIES checked to ensure that the ship lands at the required by Naval Ship Systems Command proper drafts. directive. During the pumping operation if the ship develops an undue list or lands before the SHOP 41Remove, repair,and replace water has dropped to the proper depth, or if welded fairwaters and rope guards in connection a shore buckles on landing, the pumping is with shaft work. stopped,the dock flooded if necessary, and thecause of the difficulty determined and corrected before proceeding. The engineer of- SHOP 26Do welding and cutting as required. ficer should make a thorough inspection of the ship's bottom and fittings as soon as possible SHOP 31Do machine work as required to after the dock is pumped dry. Results of the assist ship's force in overhauling sea valves. Do inspection will be logged in the ship's log and machine work as required by shops in connec- the Engineering Log. tion with their routine drydock work and make While in drydock, the docking officer is docking report to docking officer. responsible for all routine underwater work, and the ship superintendent is responsible for SHOP 38Accomplish the following: all other work. Other repair work scheduled Take such rudder clearances as practicable for the ship is continued while the ship is in without unshipping the rudder. Examine stern drydock insofar as it does not interfere with tube and strut bearings, propellers, couplings work in the drydock. The following are ex- and shafting, and repair minor defects (including amples of the instructions (of particular im- repair of all nicks and bends in propeller blade portance to the ship's engineer officer) given edges).Report such propeller blade repairs to the various shops by means of the regular to the senior planning and estimating super- docking job order: intendent for machinery. Remove and replace bolted fairwaters and guards. Remove dunce SHOP 64Set up blocks, remove and replace caps, test propeller nuts and keepers, remove blocks as necessary, align ship dock. Strike key covers, and test coupling keys. Ship's force in waterlines at drafts furnished by the com- examine sea valves and make request to assist- manding officer. Notify the design superintendent ant planning and estimating superintendent con- of any discrepancies in the docking plan. cerned for repairs as necessary. Rudder and SHOP 11Examine and report to the docking stern tube packing to be renewed by shipyard officer on: only when specifically requested by the com- 1. Condition of plating around each com- manding officer as beyond the capacity of ship's position article where sines are not fitted. Any force. Report shaft clearances and rudder definite evidence of local electrolytic attack data to docking officer by telephone as soon as adjacent to propellers or other composition information isavailable.Follow up with a articles is to be reported. written report. Take propeller data and make a 2. The number and condition of sines, and written report to docking officer. the condition of plating in the vicinity of which since are fitted. Replace sines that are at least 40 percent corroded. SHOP 51Disconnect and remake electrical 3. Inspect bottom and make necessary connections and remove and replace portions routinestructuralrepairs.Remove hull of cables as required by sonar laboratory and strainers, inspect sea chests, and replace shop 38 in inspecting and testing sonar hull strainers. Particular attention is to be paid units. Provide power leads for plastic paint to rivet points, butts, seams, and conditions of pots as required. plating. gamine hull fittings and underwater sound equipment. Inspect for leakage of rudders SHOP 56Install and remove necessary and all compartments, such as skegs which are piping from the scuppers on the side of the accessible for inspection only when the ship ship to the sewerage lines or drains in the is in drydock. If evidence of leakage exits, dock. Install and remove plugs in overboard make necessary repairs aid air-test. discharges. Dry sandblast and apply thiokol 4. Inspect propeller daft struts and rudder to propeller shaft struts and rudder as di- to ascertain need for thiokol application as rected by the docking officer.
207 ENGRIEERING ADMINISTRATION
SHOP 71 Make a thorough inspection of rity.Reportsof satisfactory condition are bottom immediately after water recedes from made to the docking officer prior to resuming dock to obtain data required for docking re- flooding. Should an undue list develop upon port. The shop branch (production department) lifting, flooding is stopped and the necessary furnishes assistance in identifying biological corrections are made prior to proceeding. The types of fouling. Remove paint from sufficient docking officer directs the handling of the lines number of small areas on the bottom to de- during undlcking, and through the pilot, con- termine extent of black oxide beneath the film. trols the movements of the tug towing the ship Sandblast bottom, if directed by the docking out. The docking officer is in direct charge officer. Paint the bottom. of the undocking until the bow crosses the sill. After the ship is clear, the caisson is SHOP 72.Furnish necessary labor to dock replaced, the dock pumped doom, and the blocks and undock. Rig stages for cleaning and paint- are set for the next ship. ing the bottom. Furnish incidental labor re- Within ten days of the undocking of a ship, quired by the various shops for dock work. a report is submitted by the docking facility to the Naval Ship Systems Command with SHOP 99Furnish services as required. copies to the commanding officer and type commander. The report includes in general: PAINT LABORATORYMeasure film thick- 1. Name and class of ship, place and date ness of newly applied paint. Inspect previously of docking and =docking, reason for docking. applied thiokol for performance. Make written 2. Draft readings at docking and undocking. reports to docking officer. S. The number of days underway, not under- way, and waterborne since last docking. METALLURGICAL LABORATORY.Ifthio- 4. The formula and extent of bottom paint- kol is applied, measure surface temperature ing.The performance of the previous coat during application, as directed by the docking of paint. The method of application and amount officer. of paint used. 5. Shaft and rudder clearances. DESIGN DIVISION.Correct docking plan 6. The details of all other work performed. discrepancies reported by Shop 64; carry out Each shop performing underwater work sub- procedure for standardized docking plans. mits a report on its work to the docking of- When work in the drydock has progressed ficer, who checks each report and makes out to such a point that its completion can be the smooth report. accurately forecast, the ship is scheduled to be unlocked. Certain preliminary arrange- INCLINING EXPERIMENTS ments are made under the direction of the docking officer prior to flooding. These are Inclining experiments are conducted on ships as follows: when directed by the Naval Ship Systems Com- 1. The disposition of the ship after it leaves mand. The purpose is to determine the vertical the dock is determined. position of the center of gravity of a ship. 2. The line-handling party is instructed and During the construction of ships, all components detailed to lines. entering intoconstruction are weighed, and 3. Men are stationed at an newly completed from the recorded weights and locations aboard work to be ready to detect leakage. ship the vertical position of the center of 4. An *aging and loose material is re- gravity may be calculated. Even though a ship moved from the dock. has been weighed during construction, it is 5. The pumping plant is readied for opera- customary to perform an inclining toperiment tion in the event it is necessary to pump down. on the first completed ship of a class. Period- When the preliminary arrangements have ically thereafter, throughout the life of a typical been made, the dock is flooded to a point which ship of a class, the experimed-n are repeated lacks about 2 feet of lifting the ship from to determine any rise in the center of gravity the blocks. Flooding is stopped. Each drop due to added weight over a period of years, that perorured underwater work checks its and to compute the effect of this rise on the work for tightness and the ship's personnel stability dmaieteristat.a of the ship. The ex- make an overall check of the watertight integ- periments are conducted while the ship is
206 Chapter 10SHIP AVAILABILITIES waterborne in a drydock (to eliminate effects The commanding officer of the ship brings of currents or waves) or at a pier having the ship to the conditions specified by the adequate weight-handling facilities. The ex- design division,furnishes detailed informa- periment itself consists of moving known weights tion regarding the types; quantities, and loca- certain specified distances across the deck and tions of the ship's equipment, stores, and liquids, recording the angles of heel produced. The free and supplies the service of the ship's person- movement of the ship must not be impeded by nel toassist in conducting the experiment. any mooring lines or shore connections such as hoses and brows. POST REPAIR TRIALS The role each naval shipyard department plays in the experiment is outlined below: Near the end of every overhaul during which 1. Planning department.The planning and major repairs are accomplished on machinery, estimating division authorizes the experiment appropriate trials are conducted to test the by issuing a job order after receipt of a bureau overall effectiveness of the repairs. The com- directive.The design division makes arrange- mander of the naval shipyard (or SUPSHIP) ments for the experiment and is in charge of and the commanding officer of the ship de- conducting it. Upon completion, a preliminary, termine the nature and extent of the post re- abbreviatedreportis madeto the Naval pair trials based on the work performed. ShipSystemsCommandfollowed by the A full power trial should be scheduled follow- preparation of a formal booklet of inclining ex- ing each regular overhaul to ascertain that the periment data. propulsion plant is capable of full power opera- tion. The object of the post repair trials is to 2. Production department.Prepares the ascertain if the work has been completed, if ship for the experiment (less the preparatory theresultssoughthavebeen fully ac- work assigned to the ship's force). It provides complished, and if the ship (including machinery, required services, equipment, and personnel weapons, and electronics) is in all respects for the conducting of the experiment. It makes ready for service. arrangements for tugs and pilots and furnishes Post repair trials, if practicable, are witnes- information regarding work yet scheduled to be sed by the ship superintendent (or ship surveyor), accomplished during the overhaul. The ship any shipyard (or SUPSHIP) personnel he shall superintendent is in direct charge of the pro- designate, and a duly appointed representative duction departmental personnel. He attends of the ship, to observe whether or not the work conferences at which arrangements and proce- performed is satisfactory. When the overhaul is dures are discussed and decided; removes accomplishedata privateshipyard, the shipyard equipment and dunnage from the ship; contractor is permitted to have representatives removes free liquids from the bilges and fills on board to witness the trials and empties tanks as required; checks to see that all excess yard personnel have left the ship and that all shore connections are broken. Dock Trial Shop 84 sets up the equipment used for measur- ing the angles of inclination and installs cribbing, As soon as practicable after the work has tracks, and shoring for the inclining weights. been completed, the commanding officer di- Shop 72 furnishes inclinhig weights, the men rects the engineer officer to conduct a dock and crane service to handle the weights, person- trial to ascertain the exact condition of the nel for kindling rigghe and moving lines, and electrical and main propulsion plants. The small boats and crews. Shop 51 provides and trial is witnessed by the ship superintendent installs a sound-powered telephone circuit con- (or ship surveyor).Any defect, deficiency, necting all inclining stations. The chief chemist or maladjustment discovered must be cor- aqslyzes the specific gravity of materials sub- rected, supplied, or remedied and another trial mated by the design division. made. The dock trialis repeated until the 3. The administrative department.Fur- condition of the engineering plant is reported nishes tugs and pilots as requested. satisfactory by the engineer officer. The con- 4. The design division of the planning depart- ditions to be observed and the operation of ment.Taikes photographs of the ship being in- machinery performed during the dock trial are discussed in chapter 12 of this publication. ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Sea Trial and maneuvers at sea, or (3) to prepare for a special mission. The RFS period alloted to As soon as practicable after completion a ship will not (normally) exceed 7 days and of the dock trial, when the persons responsible frequently it will be less. If there is an im- for the adequacy of the work are satisfies. that mediate special operational need for the ship, the equipment is ready in all respects, a sea the RFS period may be omitted entirely. Neither trial is conducted if the shipyard commander theshipyard commander nor SUPSHIP are (or SUPSHIP) and the commanding officer con- permitted to use the RFS period for the ac- sider it necessary. The trial is conducted by complishment of work items that the shipyard the commanding officer. The conditions of the has been unable to complete prior to com- trial are determined mainly by the character pletion of the overhaul. If additional time is and magnitude of the work that has been per- needed by the shipyard, an extension of the formed and are conducted in such manner as availabilityshould be requested from the the commanding officer and the naval shipyard cognizant type commander. commander (or SUPSHIP) deem necessary and sufficient. A full power trial, if required, is DEPARTURE REPORT conducted during the sea trial, except when the commanding officer considers it desirable to At the completion of an overhaul, a departure delay such trial until new machinery parts report is prepared and submitted by the planning have been properly run in and the training department of the naval shipyard or SUPSHIP. status of the crew will permit full power opera- The basic purpose of the report is to acquaint tion of the propulsion plant without undue hazard all activities interested in the overhaul with to the machinery. what work was scheduled for accomplishment, how much was completed, and what the actual READINESS FOR SEA cost was. The report enables the ship to cor- rect its records that summarize the material Normally, the cognizant type commander condition of the ship; it permits the cognizant allots theship a readiness for sea (RFS) type commander to evaluate the overhaul and to period immediately following the overhaul. The adjust and account for the repair funds allotted time is for use by the ship's force to com- to him for administration; and it supplies the plete additional preparations prior to return cognizant bureaus with information on altera- of the ship to unlimited operational status. tion accomplishment and funds expenditures. The The time may be used (1) to load ammuni- report furnishes the specific information de- tion and supplies, (2) for special exercises sired by the various bureaus.
I t
210
evel CHAPTER 11 SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION
When a ship is needed to augment the active workload capacity of the shipyards being con- fleets,it may be procured by constructing a sidered, and (5) the number of similar ships new ship, converting an older ship,- or acti- in the program.Recommendations as to the vating a ship from one of the reserve fleets. means of carrying out the program are sub- When the services of a ship are no longer mitted by the Naval Ship Systems Command to required by the active fleets and the ship must the Secretary of the Navy and the Secretary be held in readiness for future use, the ship of Defense. For the construction of warships, is placed in an inactive status (out of com- Congress has prescribed a pattern requiring mission,in reserve) in one of the reserve that ships be built alternately by raval and fleets.This chapter contains information con- private shipyards.Exceptions to the pattern cerning the procurement of ships (new con- require the approval of the President, and are struction, major conversions, and activation) normally included in his directive to execute and the laying up of ships (inactivation) for pos- the shipbuilding program approved by the Con- sible future augmentation of the active fleets. gress. Prior to awarding a shipbuilding contract to a private shipyard, invitations to bid are pre- NEW CONSTRUCTION AND pared and advertised to interested and qualified MAJOR CONVERSIONS contractors.On a designated date, after all bids from the contractors have been received The Naval Ship Systems Command is as- and opened, the Naval Ship Systems Command signed procurement responsibility for the de- determines the bid best suited to the interests sign, construction, and conversion of all Navy of the government, conducts additional negotia- ships and craft with the exception of certain tions as necessary, and awards the shipbuilding service craft assigned to the Naval Facilities contract. Engineering Command.For the construction Each shipbuilding contract contains general and conversion of a Navy ship, the Naval Ship and specific provisions. The general provisions Systems Command may either (1) award a concern general concepts and procedures re- shipbuilding contract to a private shipyard, or lated to inspection, changes, delays, prelimi- (2) atudgn a project order to a naval shipyard. nary and final acceptance, guarantees, and Each year the Naval Ship Systems Command availability of plans. The general provisions reviews the entire shipbuilding and conversion also include insurance, military security and program expected to be approved and funded by handling, installation of government furnished the Congress in order to determine in each material, general specifications for the han- cue whether to award a shipbuilding contract dling of material, and various laws and acts of competitively to a private shipyard or to rec- Congress relevant to the contract. The special ommend assignment to a naval shipyard. The provisions of the contract indicate the parties review considers such factors as (1) the type concerned (the government and the contractor), and contplerty of construction involved, (2) the the type and number of ships to be constructed urgency of he delivery date, (3) the past per- or converted, and the price for the execution formance of the various eligible shipyards (with of the contract. Special provisions also define respect to quality of workmanship, timeliness the scope and limitations of the contract, es- of delivery, and final costs), (4) the projected tablish the completion and delivery dates for
211
Cs. ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
the ship, and contain any changes, modifica- in advance of the ship's completion or com- tions, or amendments to clauses of the general missioning date.When berthing and messing provisions. facilities are available at a private shipyard, A shipbuilding contract is not necessary and the nearest naval activity is at such a dis- when the ship construction or conversion is tance as to make daily commuting impractica- to be accomplished in a naval shipyard.In- ble, the Chief of Naval Personnel may authorize stead, the Naval Ship Systems Command issues (by correspondence) transfer of the nucleus to the naval shipyard, approved by the Secre- crew personnel from the naval activity to the tary of Defense, a project order to cover the private shipyard.In addition, the Chief of cost of the ship being constructed or converted. Naval Personnel may designate the SUPSHIP Each office of the Supervisor of Shipbuilding or a representative from his office as com- (SUPSHIP) is under the management control manding officer of the enlisted personnel of the of the Naval Ship Systems Command and the nucleus crew. military control of the district commandant of The balance of the crew, both officer and the naval district in which the office is located. enlisted personnel, are normally assigned to a The basic mission of the office of the SUPSHIP fleettraining center for precommissioning is to administer for the Navy Department and training.The training is usually scheduled to other departments of the Department of De- permit the balance of the crew to report to the fense the shipbuilding, design, conversion,re- ship one week in advance of the completion or pair, and facility contracts that are performed commissioning date. at plants under cognizance of the office of the The nucleus crew is organized into the de- SUPSHIP.Information dealing with additional partments represented, headed by the prospec- functions of SUPSHIPS is discussed in chapter tive heads of departments or senior depart- 10 of this publication; therefore, it willnot be mental officers present.The crew functions covered in this chapter. under the direction of the prospective com- manding officer, or, if he has not reported, the THE NUCLEUS CREW senior line officer member of the crew. The prospective commanding officer has no inde- Naval personnel, both officer and enlisted, pendent authority over the preparation of the ordered directly to the building shipyardor ship for service by virtue of his assignment reactivation activity prior to the commission- until the ship is commissioned and transferred ing of the ship form the nucleuscrew of the to his command. When requested (usually 10 ship.Officers of the nucleus crew normally weeks prior to commissioning), the prospective include the prospective commanding officer and commanding officer submits a weekly progress the prospective heads of departments. Certain report to the Chief of Naval Operations stating other key officers may be assigned depending his views concerning the general condition of on the type of ship involved.The district the ship and any existing deficiencies inma- commandant of the naval distric* in which the terial and personnel. shipbuilding, conversion, or activation is being The precommissioning duties performed by accomplished is the reporting senior of the the prospective officer include: prospective commanding officer of the ship 1. Conducting frequent inspections of all until the ship reports to a fleet or operational engineering spaces and machinery installations, commander.The district commandant is the and keeping himself and the prospectivecom- reporting senior for the other officers of the manding officer informed of the condition of nucleus crew until the ship is commissioned. the spaces and the progress of the work. Officers of the nucleus crew are ordered to 2. Reporting all unsatisfactory nen% and report to the district commandant for tem- deficiencies to the prospective commanding of- porary duty in time to arrive at the building ficer, and recommending essential changes and or conversion yard 0 to 12 weeks prior to the alterationsincluding revisions in allowance completion or commissioning date of the ship. lists intended to improve the ship's effective- The enlisted component of the nucleuscrew ness. includes certain key petty officers (approxi- 3. Organizing the engineering department mately twenty percent of the ship's allowance) and developing plans for the administration who are generally ordered to report toa paval and training of engineering personnel after the activity in the vicinity of the shipyard 10 weeks commissioning.
212
2/G Chapter 11-SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION
4. Directing thetraining of engineering the Preliminary Design Section of the Naval personnel of the nucleus crew to ensure thor- Ship Systems Command develops the prelimi- ough familiarization with all machinery, equip- nary plans and specifications of a number of ment, and readiness for sea procedures. variations within the general type of ship re- 5. Witnessing tests and trials of engineer- quired, and examines and analyzes them to ing equipment and machinery. determine various optimum hull forms and ar- The tasks of the nucleus crew of a ship rangements.The resulting studies are pre- that is being constructed or converted include: sented to the Ship Characteristics Board where 1. Assisting in the assembly of the pre- alternate designs are considered and recom- commissioning outfit. mendations are made to the Chief of Naval 2. Witnessing tests of machinery and equip- Operations.After approval of a preliminary ment and assistingin the identification of design, a more extensive contract design with deficiencies. the accompanying detail and special specifica- 3. Familiarizing themselves with the de- tions are developed sufficiently to allow a ship tails of operation of the ship. construction activity (government or private) 4. Instructing the balance of the crew when toprepare working plans and construct the they report. ship desired.The construction of the desired The tasks of familiarization and training ship may involve building a new ship or con- are the two most important jobs of the nucleus verting a ship that is already built. The gen- crew. It is primarily during the few weeks that eral specifications for naval ship construction the nucleus crew is aboard that the knowledge published in General Specifications For Ships and practical information about the character- of the U.S. Navy normally apply except as istics of the equipment and machinery of the modified by the special specifications for a ship must be funneled from her designers and particular ship class. builders to the operating crew. The develop- ment, implementation, and coordination of an Ship Plans effective training program are basic responsi- bilities of the prospective commanding officer Many ship plans are required for the con- and every member of his nucleus crew.The struction, conversion, operation, and mainte- inspection officer of the SUPSHIP office or the nance of naval ships.Some of the plans are a ship superintendent in the naval shipyard are valuable source of information for the prospec- in good positions to assist the nucleus crew in tive engineer officer aul will help him become securing instructors, classrooms, and training familiar with the design and construction aids.In addition to the qualified instructors features of his ship. in the nucleus crew, instructors for formal CONTRACT PLANS are NavShips plans presentations and on the job training are readily forming part of the contract, and illustrate available among the technical and production design features of the ship from which no personnel of the building yard and the service departure in the development of plans by the engineers assigned to the yard to assist in the contractor is permitted unless such departure installation, activation, and testing of the more isspecifically approved.They consist of: complex equipment installed in the ship. (1) Hull Contract Plans, (2) Machinery Contract Each prospective engineer officer assigned Plans, (9) Electrical Contract Plans, and (4) to a nucleus crew should obtain a current copy Electronics Contract Plans. of Orientation For Nucleus Crews Assigned To New Construction And Conversion Ships, Nav- CONTRACT GUIDANCE PLANS are Nav- ships 250-710.Copies of the manual are gen- Ships plans forming part of the contract, and erally available at the SUPSHIP office or naval llins.`rate design features of the ship subject shipyard. to development. The design features are acceptable to Nav Ships but will not necessarily be subject to strict compliance provided the SHIPBUILDING PROCEDURES required results are accomplished. The plans may consist of:(1) Hull Contract Guidance The operational requirements for a new Plans, (2) Machinery Contract Guidance Plans, naval ship are prescribed by the Chief of Naval (3) Electrical Contract Guidance Plans, and (4) Operations.With the requirements as a guide, Electronics Contract Guidance Plans.
213 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
STANDARD PLANS are Nav Ships plans il- those features considered necessary for ship- lustrating arrangement or details of equip- board reference.The builder is required to ment, systems or components from whichno furnish the ship with a set of Onboard Plans departure in the manufacturing of partsor as prescribed in chapter 9001 of the Naval intent of use is permitted without priorap- Ships Technical Manual. proval from Nav Ships.They may consist of: The builder is required to furnish the ship (1) Hull Standard Plans, (2) Mechanical Stand- with two copies of the Ship's Plan Index (SPI) ard Plans, (3) Electrical Standard Plans, and applicable to the ship concerned. The Ship's (4) Electronics Standard Plans. Plan Index is required to include all plans TYPE PLANS are Nav Ships plans that il- applicable to the ship concerned, except as lustrate the general arrangement of systems follows: or components that will be satisfactory for Where a plan list drawing is available which Nav Ships purpose but that will not necessarily lists all plans applicable to any item of ma- be subject to strict compliance as to details chinery and equipment, the plan list drawing is provided the required results are accomplished. listed in the SPI, but the detailed plane of the They may consist of:(1) Hull Type Plans, (2) item concerned, which are listed on the plan Mechanical Type Plans, (3) Electrical Type list drawing, are not listed in the SPI. This Plans, and (4) Electronics Type Plans. also applies to miscellaneous items such as PRODUCTION PLANS are manufacturers' lighting fixtures and appliances, and interior plansillustrating mechanical and electrical communication equipment, where such items equipment (exclusive of electronic equipment). are covered by construction plans listing the They consist of:(1) Class A and Class C various items by plan numbers. Master Plans (ship identification numbersare Standard or commonly used items covered not shown because there are no featuresex- by Bureau Standard or Type Plans, suchas clusively applicable to any particular ship), valves, pipe fittings, air ports, and lockers, and (2) Class B and Class D Other Plans (ship are not included in the SPI if they are listed identification numbers are shown becausesome by plan numbers on other construction plans part or feature is applicable only to a particu- covering the systems, spaces, or equipment lar ship).These are manufacturers' working concerned. plans. For ships having an overall length of 200 CONSTRUCTION PLANS are the contrac- feet or more, a separate Ship's Plan Index is tor's plans that are necessary for construction required for each ship.For ships having an of the ship or for illustration of the shipcon- overall length of less than 200 feet, a single structed. SPI covering all ships of the same design class WORKING PLANS are those Construction built by the same shipbuilder is required. and Manufacturers' Equipment Plans whichare The preparation of Ship's Indexes for naval necessary for the construction of the ship. They ships was initiated by instructions issued in are directly associated with the ship and sys- May 1944, and, therefore, these Ship's Plan tem arrangement, fabrication, and installation. Indexes are available only for ships recently They are developed from the specifications, constructed. Present instructions require that, Contract Plans, and Contract Guidance Plans. except for ships having an overall length of SELECTED RECORD PLANS are a desig- less than 210 feet, the individual Ship's Plan nated group of Construction Plans applicable Indexes be corrected by the overhaul yard to an individual ship and illustrate important accomplishing work on the ship concerned, to featuressystems, and arrangements.They record new plans, showing important altera- are maintained correctly throughout the life tions, and that revised sheets of the SPI be of the ship by the Government. Selected Rec- distributed to the ship concerned and other ord Plans include:(1) Booklet of General activities holding copies of the SPI. Plans, (2) Docking Plan, (3) Schedule of Water- For the larger and more important older tight Integrity Tests and Inspections, (4) Com- ships for which there are no individual Ship's partment of Tanks-Testing Requirements, and Plan Indexes, it was directed by NavShips (in (5) tank capacity curves andcurves of the April 1945) that a Modified Ship's Plan Index vertical center of gravity. be prepared.The preparation of the Modified ONBOARD PLANS are a designatedgroup Ship's Plan Index was to be initiated by the of Construction and Production plans illustrating overhaul yard at the time of accomplishment of
214 Chapter 11SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION important alterations on the ship concerned. commander, the construction or conversion of Because of the difficulties involved, the naval the sbtp is undertaken.The various stages of shipyards were not required to include a rec- the shipbuilding and the materials, procedures, ord of alterations accomplished prior to April and processes used by the building yard are 1945.The Modified Ship's Plan Index is re- under continuous surveillance of the inspection quired to list new plans covering alterations department of the SUPSHIP or the production actually accomplished together with existing department of the naval shipyard, including as- plans affected by such alterations.Copies of signed supervisory and inspection personnel, the Modified Ship's Plan Index are required to to ensure conformance with the approved plans be furnished by the overhaul yard to the ship and specifications. concerned, to all naval shipyards, and to Nav- After the working plans for the ship have Ships. been officially approved, they are considered In ships having an overall length of less fixed and any variations or changes to the plans than 210 feet, correction of existing Sliip's or to the ship covered by the plans must be Plan Indexes or the preparation of Modified approved by the SUPSHIP or the shipyard com- Ship's Plan Indexes is not required. mander. Changes and alterations within the At the time of completion of a ship, the scope of the basic plans and specifications are shipbuilderis generally required to furnish usually approved locally; those involving changes the ship with a set of blueprints of selected in the contract or contract guidance plans or in record plans plus any corrected plans (those the detail specifications are submitted to the plans which have been corrected to illustrate Naval Ship Systems Command for final ap- final ship and system arrangement, fabrication, proval.Requests for changes or alterations and installation) selected by either Nav Ships toships being constructed or converted in or the SUPSHIP.In addition, a set of blue- private shipyards are submitted to the SUP- prints of the production plans, applicable to the SHIP for his approval or to the Naval Ship ship and selected by NavShipa, is also fur- Systems Command, via the SUPSHIP, for final nished to the ship. As far as newly constructed approval. In naval shipyards, requests for submarines are concerned, onboard plans are changes or alterations are submitted to the now required to be furnished in the form of design division of the planning department. A reduced size booklets. change representfordeviation from the ap- The plans furnished to a ship at the time of proved plans and specifications is usually is- completion include only those plans considered sued in the form of a formal change froni by the Naval Ship Systems Command and the NavShips modifying, as necessary, the basic SUPSHIP as being necessary on board the ship. plans and specifications. Itisissued by The prospective engineer officer should not SUPSHIP as a change order to a shipbuilding use the SPI as a checkoff list for the purpose contract (private shipyard) and has the effect of obtaining a complete set of all the plans of legally modifying the basic contract and listed therein, because it would involve an un- necessitates adjudication to establish the in- necessary expenditure of manpower on the part crease or decrease in the contract price oc- of the ship's personnel as well as NavShip per- casioned by the change. If the military charac- sonnel in providing, indexing, and filing many teristics of the ship are affected by the change plans that would seldom, if ever, be required or alteration, the request must be forwarded on board ship. When experience indicates the to the Chief of Naval Operations for action. need for additional plans, they can be requested Recognition of essential changes and altera- from NavShips at the time the need becomes tions in the ship is one of the responsibilities apparent.For the selection of onboard plans of the nucleus crew.Certain such work items for his ship, the prospective engineer officer are minor and may be accomplished at little or should refer to the list of plans in chapter no additional cost hi labor, material, weight, 9001 (2) of the Naval Ships Technical Manual. and stability.The problem that often must be solved by the prospective engineer officer is Construction Stage to determine what changes are essential and what manner of effecting them is the most ex- When the working plans for the construction peditiousand least expensive. The prospective or conversion of the ship have been completed engineer officer can usually gain considerable and approved by the SUPSHIP or naval shipyard assistance in evaluating the necessity for the
215
/ ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
change or alteration by liaison with the nucleus Navy are discussed in detail in chapter 12 of crews of ships of the same class being con- this publication. structed or converted in other shipyards. Liai- son with sister ships in commission generally Completion and Commissioning proves even more helpful. The prospective engineer officer may also receive assistance The date of completion of a ship beingcon- by consulting inspection, production, and design structed or converted in a private shipyard is personnel of the SUPSHIP office a the naval the date when the construction or conversion is shipyard. completed and the stage of completion permits Because of the shipbuilding contract be- tween the Naval Ship Systems Command the ship's departure from the shipyard.This and stage includes satisfactory completion ofac- the private contractor,situations permitting ceptance trials and the mandatory work result- claims for additional cost, delay, or termina- ing therefrom designated for completion by the tion of the contract must be avoided by the contractor prior to delivery to the designated members of the nucleus crew. The prospective naval activity.At completion, the ship is de- engineer officer must treat all requestsfor livered and upon acceptance from the contractor changes and alterations in accordance withthe becomes the responsibility of the Navy.The provisions of the contract and requests must contractor, however,is not freed from his be handled entirely through establishedpro- contractual obligations until expiration of the cedures.All requests for changes or altera- guarantee period (approximately 6 months from tions, however minor, must be submittedto the the date of delivery as specified in the ship- SUPilIPvia the proper channels.The pro- building contract). As soon as possible after spective engineer officer should directhis delivery, the commandant of the naval district personnel to submit to him all potentialre- in which delivery is made (or his designated quests for modifications or improvements,as agent) places the ship in commissionas directed well as all unsatisfactory items detected.After by the Chief of Naval Operations. screening the items and requests, thepro- The status of nuclear and non-nuclearpow- spective engineer officer should submit those ered submarines is in accordance with OPNA V- requiringfurther action to the prospective INST 9080.2 (current edition).The status of commanding officer. nuclear powered surface ships is changed to As the ship nears completion,a series of "out of commission, special" vice "inserv- tests and trials (including those prescribedin ice" about two weeks)efore trials are started. test memoranda developed from theship's Ships,except Mclear powered and non- specifications) are conducted by thebuilding nuclear powered submarines, undergoingcon- yard to demonstrate that the ship isseaworthy struction, conversion or modernization at naval and that the machinery and equipmentare op- shipyards will be placed normally "incom- erational and ready for acceptance by INSURV. mission,special"priorto the conduct of These tests frequently represent the initial INSURV at sea trials. activation and operation of much of the ship's When a non-nuclear powered surface ship equipment and machinery, therefore,some dif- constructed, converted or. modernized at a pri- ficulties and problems willoccur.Although Correction of such deficiencies vate shipyard is delivered and custody isac- and inspection cepted by Naval Authorities, the statusauto- and acceptance are functions of thebuilder, matically becomes "out of commission,'special" members of the nucleus crewcan gain con- until commissioning, except in thosecases when siderable knowledge of the equipmentand ma- the Fitting Out Availability (FOA) is completed chinery by witnessing the tests and observing during the building period, then the ship is any corrective action taken. The nucleuscrew placed "in commission." must be aware of any malfunctions encountered Commissioning a ship depends upon the de- during the tests and trials in order to: (1)en- termination that the ship is ready inaccordance sure that any unsatisfactory conditionsare with Article 0788 of U.S. Navy Regulations 1948 corrected, (2) make use of such informationif and that commissioning has been directedby later casualties are experienced duringpost- the Chief of Naval Operations.As far as commissioning operations, and (3) evaluatethe practicable, the ship at this time will be in the effectiveness of correctivemeasures. AU ship following condition: trials necessary to acceptance ofa ship by the 1. In accordance with FOA instructions.
216 Chapter 11SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION
2. Habitable for berthing and messing. At a private shipyard, he transfers custody of 3. Necessary firefighting, damage control, the ship to the Supervising Authority for de- and navigational equipment onboard in operating livery to the private contractor in accordance condition. with the terms of the contract. ) 4. Control spaces and weapons batteries available to ship's company for drill and emer- Fitting Out gencies. 5. Storerooms, magazines, and magazine° The fitting out period is a period of time sprinkling systems, as required, ready for use. assigned by the Chief of Naval Operations to a 6.If the FOA is to follow the commissioning newly commissioned ship for the purpose of of a surface ship delivered at a naval shipyard, placing on board the material specified in the the status is changed from "out of commission, ship's allowance and load lists.For the ship special" to "in commission, special" at the (otherthan a nuclearship) constructed or time of commissioning.This status remains converted in a private shipyard, the fitting out unchanged until FOAis,completed. period immediately follows the end of construc- 7. The status of naval ships intended for tion and commissioning of the ship.Ships theactive fleet, regardless of the shipyard built or converted in naval shipyards and nu- where constructed, converted, or modernized, clear ships built in private shipyards are usu- is changed to "in commission" prior to the ally fitted out in the shipyard when construction ship's joining the active fleet. work has been completed and preliminary ac- 8. After a ship is commissioned, all changes ceptance trials have been successfully con- of status will be reflected in accordance with ducted. "Movement Report Instructions" (NWIP 10-1 The fitting out period is accomplished nor- current edition). mally at the designated fitting out activity dur- Upon arrival at a shipyard to commence ing the FOA except that items requiring instal- conversion or modernization, the commanding lationduring the shipyard work period and officer of a non-nuclear powered ship shall file items required for trials or to be on board at a change of status to "in commission, spe- the time of placing "in ccmmission" or "in cial."The status of nuclear powered ships commission, special" are placed on board when shall remain "in commission" throughout this needed.In the case of ships carrying or serv- shipyard period. ing aircraft, such aircraft and associated equip- When determined by the Chief of Naval Op- ment, including aviation stores and aviation erations that the status of a ship will become repair parts, may be placed on board during "out of commission, special" during the period the shakedown period at the designated aero- of conversion or modernization, the following nautical outfitting assembly point.It will also procedures apply: include industrial work which must be neces- 1. A period of 10 to 60 days between the sarily performed during the FOA. arrival time at the shipyard and the com- The fitting out activity is designated by the mencement of conversion or modernization is Chief of Naval Operations.The activity as- scheduled for the removal of all portable sembles and places the allowance list mate- equipment,repair parts, initial stock lists, rial on board (except items that were placed consumables, and other appropriate materials. on board at the building or conversion ship- 2. During the off-loading period, the crew yard or that have been specifically designated is phased down at a rate commensurate with the to be placed on board elsewhere).Usually a amount of preparation to be accomplishedby the naval shipyard or other naval activity (such as ship's force. a naval supply center) located within the same 3. Based upon the progress of preparations, naval district where the ship built or converted the appropriate district commandant recom- in a private shipyard is delivered is desig- mends to the Chief of Naval Operations a date nated as the fitting out activity for that ship. for decommissioning the ship. When delivery to the Navy is to be made at the 4. On the date approved for decommission- private shipyard and suitable facilities. are ing, the district commandant or his designated available, a ship may be authorized to be fitted representative places the ship "out of com- out at the private shipyard where it was built mission, special."(At a public shipyard, he or converted.When fitting out is authorized transfers custody to the shipyard commander. in the private shipyard, an officer of the
217 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
SUPSHIP office is designated to act in a liaison a commanding officer to prepare his command capacity in matters relating to the fitting out. for a shakedown period.This period should The P2Atmi Out Availability is the period of be dedicated for the specific purpose of en- time required to effect the fitting out of a ship. suring that tests, alignments, calibrations, and The length of this period will be specified by der similar shipevolutions are completed the Chief of Naval Operations.The following and that the ship is, in all respects, ready for is pertinent: sea. 1. This period normally is 10 to 60 calen- The following items are normally accom- dar days from the date of delivery when the plished by the ship's crew during the readiness FOA is, separate from the construction/con- for sea period: version/modernization activity. If special con- 1.Calibration of degaussing equipment and ditions render it impracticable to accomplish deperming of the ship, if practicable. fitting out during this period, the Chief of Naval 2. Compensation of all magnetic compasses. Operations will consider requests for extension. 3. Calibration of the radaeiange. 2.Fitting out normally is accomplished con- 4.Loading of ammunition and missiles, currently with the shipyard work period when fuel, and provisions. the fitting out activity is the same as the con- 5. Completion of prescribed structural test struction/conversion/modernization activity. firing of new armament, if practicable. 3. All shipyard work specified by the Board 6. Completion of machinery performance of Inspection and Survey for the end of fitting tests. out (single, starred work items) is completed except that which may be specifically waived Shakedown And Final Trials by the Chief of Naval Operations. 4. The installation of all machinery, equip- A shakedown period is primarily intended ment, and armament should be completed, tested, to allow the newly commissioned ship sufficient and in an operable condition capable of meeting time to complete tests, calibrations, and trials performance specifications. that could not be conducted or completed during 5. All systems performance checkouts com- the fitting out and readiness for sea periods. pleted. Tests and operations conducted at sea during 6. All operational and test equipment cali- shakedown frequently disclose unsatisfactory brated and compensated. items and deficiencies that could not otherwise 7. All directivity and radiation patterns be detected.Any maloperations, equipment determined. failures,or casualtiesoccurring(including 8. AU outfits substantially complete and on equipment deficiencies noted) during shakedown board, except the aviation outfit. should be promptly reported to the Naval Ship 9. All essential repair parts on board. Systems Command, via the type commander, 10. All instruction books required during with copies to the cognizant naval shipyard or shakedown period on board. SUPSHIP. Prior to the end of the guarantee 11. All essential instructions, data and test period for a ship built or converted in a private equipment required for training personnel in shipyard, the ship must furnish a list of all operation and maintenance of major equipment defects (including those previously reported) during shakedown period on board. to reach the SUPSHIP and NavShips not later 12. The shipis provisioned and fueled. than fifteen days prior to expiration of the 13. Sufficient personnel, trained to operate guarantee period. the ship safely and effectively for independent The shakedown period is assigned immedi- operations at sea, have reported on board. ately following the readiness for sea period, if practicable.The period is specified by the Readiness for Sea Period fleet and type commanders who prepare and issue the necessary operation orders. Following the fitting out availability (FOA), The final acceptance trials and a material readiness for sea (RFS) commences.This inspection are conducted by INSURV or the period, assigned by the Fleet Commander, cognizant type commander following the shake- varies from one to three weeks according to down period and (if necessary) a restricted the requirements of each type ship. The pur- availability to correct deficiencies and unsatis- pose of an RFS is to provide an opportunity for factory items.The final acceptance trial and
218 Chapter 11SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION material inspection are discussed in chapter AU ships assigned to the same regularly 12 of this publication. designated berthing area in a reserve fleet are Upon final acceptance by the Secretary of organized into a RESERVE FLEET GROUP the Navy, the ship is ready for unlimited op- undera RESERVE FLEET GROUP COM- eration as a unit of one of the active fleets. MANDER. The group is designated by the A shakedown period is assigned by the name of the berthing area. The group com- Fleet Commander for each type ship and usu- mander is responsible under the appropriate ally extends from RFS period to commence- reserve fleet commander for the custody, se- ment of Post Shakedown Availability. When a curity, maintenance, and readiness (including Missile Ship Qualification Trials (SQT)/Special activation and inactivation as directed) of the Test Period is assigned to a ship, the shake- ships assigned his group.The Commander down period commences immediately following Atlantic Reserve Fleet and the Commander this special period rather than after the RFS Pacific Reserve Fleet are directly under the period. It is intended to complete the following Chief of Naval Operations. as required: The process of placing a ship in an inac- 1. Trials and tests not previously conducted; tive status consists of two phases; phase Alfa for example, Tactical Trials, Standardization and phase Bravo.Normally, all ships being Trials, Structural Test Firing, and Final Con- inactivated receive a phase Bravo, however, tract Trials. due to the stringency of funds or for other 2. Calibration of equipments and alignment reasons, the Chief of Naval Operations may of weapon systems. not schedule a phase Alfa for every ship desig- 3. Degaussing ranging and deperming. nated for inactivation. 4. Organization of the ship and training of the crew to the maximum attainable level of combat readiness. PHASE ALFA 5. Loading of aviation units.
SHIP INACTIVATION Phase Alfa of the ship inactivation process consists of a material inspection, preinactiva- Ships that are to be retained in an inactive tion trials,and a preinactivation overhaul. status in the Navy reserve fleets are divided Preinactivation trials are discussed in chapter between the Atlantic Reserve Fleet and the 12 of this publication.The engineer officer Pacific Reserve Fleet.Ships assigned to the should start preparing for phase Alfa as soon Atlantic Reserve Fleet are berthed in desig- as possible after his ship has been designated nated areas on the Atlantic and Gulf coasts. for inactivation. He should pay particular at- Ships assigned to the Pacific Reserve Fleet tention to the following: are berthed in designated areas on the Pacific 1. Preparation of the ship's boilers for coast.The inactivated ships in the reserve inactivation. The type commander usually fleets form a reserve of sea power that is held schedules the operation of ships to be inacti- in readiness to augment the active fleets. The vated so as to permit cleaning, water washing, primary mission of the reserve fleets is the and thorough drying out of the firesides of all inactivation, security, maintenance, and acti- boilers, and to permit the boilers to be steamed vatiorkof the units assigned in accordance with a minimum of 100 hours underway prior to the directives of the Chief of Naval Operations. commencement of the inactivation period (phase The policy of the Chief of Naval Operations Bravo). is to maintain all ships of the reserve fleets 2. Reduction of fuel oil to required limits inthe highest practicable state of material as practicable prior to reporting for inactiva- readiness consistent with their probable mo- tion.Prior to inactivation, the fuel on board bilization employment.After the initial pres- must be reduced to a maximum of 20 percent ervation and maintenance measures have been of capacity with between 10 percent and 15 effected in a ship assigned to one of the re- percent being the optimum level. serve fleets, emphasis in all aspects of ma- 3. Accomplishment of bilge cleaning prior terial readiness of the ship is based on the to reporting for inactivation. order in which the ship will be required for 4. Accomplishment of ship's force work mobilization. items insofar as practicable.-
219
:243 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
5. Updating of material records toensure for immediate use at the time of activation. accuracy, currency, and completeness.De- In addition, repairs required to ensure water- termining and recording the true material tightness,weathertightness, and other work condition of the ship is a prerequisite topre- beyond the capacity of the ship's force that is paring realistic activation work specifications necessary to apply proper preservation and that provide the basis for activation andmo- dehumidification will be authorized font-com- bilization planning. pletion at this time. 6. Placing allowance records in the best The preinactivation overhaul is not to be possible condition, including validation of the used to accomplish repair work solely for the allowance lists in COSAL and inventories of following purposes: equipment and equipage. 1. Improving the appearance or habitability 7. Preparation and submission to thecom- of the ship. manding officer of a list of key engineering 2. Completing routine maintenance or ship's personnel (officer and enlisted)4 required to be force work items. retained until all preservation measures have 3. Calibrating or otherwise adjusting in- been accomplished, inventory has been taken, struments, gages, electronics equipments, and all engineering records have been completed, other equipments that will have to be recali- and the ship has been cleaned and put inproper brated or adjusted at the time of activation, condition for inactivation. except as required to permit testing of equip- During phase Alfa the ship remains incom- ments. mission (or in service) and under the military, Following the preinactivation overhaul, op- operational, and administrative command of erational tests are conducted as required to the active fleet organization. Immediately prior demonstrate the quality of the repair work and to the commencement of phase Alfa, theap- the ability of the overhauled equipment to per- propriate reserve fleet commander will desig- form adequately and reliably.Sea trials are nate a reserve fleet group commander to in- conducted following preinactivation overhaul spectrepairs,coordinate preparations for when repair work has been accomplished on inactivation, and observe trials. main propulsion equipment. The phase Alfa material inspection iscon- Docking the ship for undeiwater repairs and ducted by the cognizant type commanderas- preservationwill normally be accomplished sisted by representatives of the appropriate during phase Bravo, following the completion reserve fleet commander.The material in- of the preinactivation overhaul and any neces- spection may be waived U INSURV hascon- sary tests or sea trials. However, under cer- ducted a material inspection of the ship within tain conditions a limited docking may be nec- 6 months of the date the ship is scheduled to essary to perform repair work that will require report to the reserve fleet, the type commander sea trials to prove satisfactory accomplishment. recommends waiving further inspection in view of the INSURV material inspection, and there- serve fleet commander concurs with the type PHASE BRAVO commander's recommendation. Preinactivation trials *are conducted just Following completion of phase Alfa of the prior to the preinactivation overhaul to deter- ship inactivation process, the appropriate re- mine the extent of necessary repairs.The serve fleet commander will designate a berth- overhaul, U authorized, is accomplished bya ing area for inactivation of the ship and phase private or naval shipyard.Work to be ac- Bravo commences when the ship's commanding complished during the overhaul includes those officer reports with the ship to the reserve repairs that have been determined to be dif- fleet group commander at the inactivation site. ficult or uneconomical to accomplish following As of midnight of the day preceding com- inactivation and that must be completed before mencement of phase Bravo, the ship is plimed the ship can be properly activated and ready in an in commission in reserve (ICLR) status. for sea. This work includes repairs to boilers, The ship will remain in commission in reserve main propulsion machinery, propulsion shaft- until at or near the completion of phase Bravo ing, propellers, steering engines, large auxil- when the ship will be placed out of commission iaries, systems that require hydrostatic tests, in reserve (OCLR).The cognizant reserve galley equipment, and units that willbe required fleet commander will recommend a date to the
220
a.c/ Chapter 11SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION
Chief of Naval Operations for placing the ship 1. Dehumidification of the interior of the out of commission in reserve. ship, including the propulsion plant on steam driven ships. The ship's force is responsible for accom- 2. Cathodic protection for the underwater plishing the inactivation of the ship. The com- portion of steel hulled ships. manding officer will normally remain until the 3. Preservation of all exterior and certain ship is placed out of commission in reserve. interior corrodible surfaces by the use of paint The executive officer, engineer officer, and or solvent cutback preventive. other heads of departments will remain until 4. Preservation by special measures such such time as the commanding officer certifies as those required for sea chests, outboard shaft to the cognizant reserve fleet commander that bearings, and othersimilar equipment and their retention is no longer required.Other fittings. officers and enlisted personnel of the engi- 5. Closure of all hull openings below the neering department will be available for de- waterline by outboard blanking. tachment as necessary to stay within the in- 6. Installation of flooding alarm systems terim allowances specified in OpNav Instruction for main machinery spaces below the waterline 4770.5 (revised). of the ship. Except for docking of the ship and other In addition to the guidance provided by the preservation measures beyond the capacity of cognizant reserve fleet graft, the engineer theship's force,phase Bravo preservation officer of a ship being inactivated must be measures canbe accomplished by the ship's guided in the selection of proper preservation force in the reserve fleet berthing area.To measures to be applied to engineering equip- ensure the most efficient use of available man- ment, machinery, and systems (including hull power, facilities, and limited funds, the reserve fittings) by the methods prescribed in chapter fleet group commander carefully screens out 9030 (previously chapter 9) of the Naval Ships the ship's force work items from all requests Technical Manual and other current directives for industrial assistance prior to submission of the Naval Ship Systems Command. All ma- to the SUPSHIPS or naval shipyard concerned. chinery,boilers,piping, and electrical and ti The industrial work is scheduled so that the electronic equipments are kept completely as- period during which the ship is actually in the sembled in an operable condition insofar as shipyard is kept to a minimum. proper preservation measures permit. In lieu of the preinactivation overhaul, all All non-registered instruction books, manu- machinery, boilers, piping, electrical appara- facturer's technical manuals, records, oper- tus, and hull fittings must be placed in the ating logs, ship's orders, watch quarter and best material condition within the capacity of station bills, and all similar materials that the ship's force, assisted by such industrial may be of assistance during and after activation facilities as may be made available. The ac- are retained in the ship or other secure storage complishment of work beyond the capacity of under the cognizance of the reservefleet the ship's force is accomplished in accordance group. All of the operating and maintenance with the following priority within the funds records that are essential to proper activation available: of the ship must be brought up to date (includ- 1. Watertightness of the ship. ing entries of preservation measures applied) 2. Weathertightness of the ship. upon inactivation. 3. Work required to permit proper inacti- During phase Bravo, activation work item vation of the ship by the ship's force and per- lists must be prepared.The work lists must sonnel of the reserve fleet group. be complete including both industrial and ship's 4. Installation of dehumidification systems, force work required to repair and activate the cathodic protection,and other preservation ship.One copy of the work list is submitted systems. to the naval shipyard or SUPSHIPS assigned 5. Urgent repairs to main propulsion equip- mobilization responsibilities for providing acti- ment. vation assistance. 6. Other urgent repair items. During the inactivation process, all installed The following preservation measures are allowance list equipment must be inventoried, generally required to be accomplished prior to validated, and reported to the appropriate in- completion of the inactivation period: ventory control point. All noninstalled equipment
221 aas ENGINEERING ADMINLSTRATION and equipage (including repair parts) must be and an integrated priority list has been pre- inventoried, validated as necessary, and re- pared in collaboration with the type commander tained on board except as specifically directed and the naval shipyard or SUPSHIPS concerned. by the cognizant bureau and approved by the 4. Fitting out is complete within limits of Chief of Naval Operations. the materials made available to the reserve fleet group commander. 5. A substantially complete crew hasre- INACTIVATION INSPECTION ported and the ship has been commissioned. 6. Calibrations have been made that are Upon inactivation each ship is inspected by within the capacity of the facilities available an inspection board appointed by the cognizant during the process of activation. reserve fleet commander. To avoid duplica- 7. Recommissioning trials have beensuc- tion of effort and when practicable, thereserve cessfully conducted. fleet commander's inspection is coordinated The activation of ships of the reserve fleets with thematerial inspection conducted by under circumstances other than mobilization is INSURV on inactivation of the ship. accomplished in accordance with special in- The inspection board convened by there- structions issued by the Chief of Naval Opera- serve fleet commander submits a report of its tions at the time the ship activation is ordered. inspection to the Chief of Naval Operations via The general concepts of mobilization planning the reserve fleet chain of command. Copies and the instructions that apply to the activation of the inspection report are sent to the ship's of ships of the reserve fleets under mobilization type commander, to the bureaus materially conditions are explained in detail in the S1_21p concerned, to the naval shipyard commanderor Activation Manual, NavPers 10006 (revised SUPSHIPS concerned (for mobilization plan- Each reserve fleet group commander pro- ning), and to other activities as may be di- vides activation and instruction (A/I) teams to rected by the type commander and the bureaus facilitate the activation of ships of the group. concerned. The inspection report states: The A/I team is composed of trained personnel 1. That all actions incident to inactivation (officer and enlisted) capable of (1) commencing prescribed in General Instructions for the Re- activation of the ship in advance of the arrival serve Fleets, OpNav Instruction 4770.5 (re- of the ship's nucleus crew, (2) guiding the visec10lave Leen completed (orstates excep- ship's crew in the accomplishment of activation tions). work, and (3) serving as underway instructors 2. Thatrequired inventories have been until the reserve fleet commander determines completed. that the ship's force is competent to operate 3. That the ship will or will not require the ship underway. docking incident to activation and the reason(s) why. The organization of each A/I team con- forms to standard shipboard organizationso that the team's activities will efficiently coin- cide with the activities of the ship's crew. The SHIP ACTIVATION chief objective of the A/I team is to activate the ship on schedule.To accomplish this ob- The reserve fleet group commander isre-. jective a close coordination of effort between sponsible under the reserve fleet commander the ship's crew, the reserve fleetgroup, and for preparing ships of the group for return to the A/I team must be effected atan early active service.A ship that has been inacti- date and maintained throughout the entire ship vated will not normally be returned to the active activation process.The function of the officer fleet until: in charge of the A/I team is analogous to that 1. All preservation measures and materials of the ship superintendent in a naval shipyard have been removed from the ship. in that he must maintain the work schedule 2. All machinery, equipment, and systems and act as liaison between the reserve fleet are operable and appropriate operating tests commander and the commanding officer of the within the facilities available has been suc- ship. cessfully conducted. The activation work of the ship's nucleus 3. All work requests for necessaryre- crew is integrated with that 31 the A/I team. pairs and modernization have been prepared, As the balance of the ship's grew arrives, the
222 Chapter 11SHIPBUILDING, INACTIVATION, AND ACTIVATION
A/I team shifts emphasis from doing activation 1. Assignment of a post activation avail- work to instructing and furnishing technical ability, if required. assistance to the crew. As activation of the Final fitting out of the ship. ship progresses,the A/I team relinquishes 2. activation of the ship to the ship's crew. When 3: Completion of any remaining tests and a substantial number of the ship's crew is on calibration. board, the ship is placed in commission. 4. Shakedown and operational training. After a ship that has been activated joins an active fleet, the cognizant type commander is 5. Assignment of a post shakedown avail- responsible for the following: ability, if required.
tt CHAPTER 12
SHIP TRIALS
In ships of the U.S. Navy, ship trials are ate the trials. Other naval and civilian personnel conducted to determine such things as per- of the responsible SUPSHIP office and interested formance characteristics, readiness for serv- bureaus attend the trials as observers and in- ice, the extent of necessary repairs, the ade- spectors. Designated members of the nucleus quacy of completed repairs, and the most crew of the ship attend the trials as unofficial economical rate of performance under various observers and for training purposes. conditions of service. This chapter contains The acceptance of a test or trial as satis- information concerning the following ship trials: factory by SUPSHIP is indicated by the signature 1. Contract trials. of the SUPSHIP inspection officer on the com- 2. Special trials. pleted test or trial memorandum, to which is 3. Pre-inactivation or pre-overhaul trials. attached the data recorded by the builder during 4. Recommissioning trials. the test. The completed test memorandum with the recorded data is forwarded to the planning CONTRACT TRIALS department of SUPSHIP for review and final ap- proval before eventual inclusion in the Ship Contract trials are trials conducted on newly Information Book. constructed and converted ships prior to ac- Because the ship constructed or converted in ceptance of the ship by the Department of the a naval shipyard is usually commissioned sev- Navy, and consist of (1) builder's trials, (2) pre- eral months in advance of sea trials and com- liminary acceptance trials, and (3) final ac- pletion of the ship, the ship's force usually ceptance trials. On certain-ships designated by operates the ship for dock and sea trials. Cer- the President, Board of Inspection and Survey, tain naval and civilian representatives of the a combined acceptance trial may be conducted shipyard and interested bureaus observe the in lieu of separate preliminary and finalac- trials. The ship superintendent of the naval ceptance trials. Contract trials are intended to shipyard observes and evaluates the trials for demonstrate that the ship is seaworthy and satis- the shipyard commander. fies the operational and technical criteria estab- For nuclear ships, the contractor (either a lished by the Chief of Naval Operations, the private or naval shipyard) conducts dock trials technical bureaus, and the shipbuilding plans and up to the time the reactor is made critical and specifications. General procedures and instruc- the officer in charge conducts the remainder of tions for the trials are given in the shipbuilding the dock and sea trials under the supervision specifications, and in special instructions issued of the shipyard commander or SUPSHIP as ap- by the Chief of Naval Operations andby 1NSURV. propriate. Supervision, in this sense, means Conventional ships that are constructed or sequencing, scheduling, coordination, and over- converted by private shipyards are operated dur all direction. ing both the builder's trials and the preliminary acceptance trials by the contractor's personnel, BUILDER'S TRIALS subject to certain requirements contained in the specifications of the contract. The contractor, The builder, either a private shipyard or acting through the ship's master, directs the naval shipyard, of a ship (new construction and operations and is responsible for the ship. The major conversion) is required to conduct suffi- SUPSHIP inspection officers observe and evalu- cient trials moored and underway (dock and sea
224 Chapter 12SHIP TRIALS trials) to be reasonably sure that the ship will 10. Propulsion machinery is operated from satisfactorily meet the requirements of the slow to the maximum shaft, revolutions permis- contract just prior to the preliminary acceptance sible alongside the pier. The machinery is oper- trial. Builder's trials also afford the private ated sufficiently to permit detection and correc- shipyard an opportunity to train personnel for tion of installation defects and to allow wearing the preliminary acceptance trial. in of gears and bearings in preparation for the Builder's trials for a ship in a private ship- more severe operating conditions of the sea yard are conducted by the contractor and are trials. observed by representatives of SUPSHIP and the 11. Each unit of machinery is inspected prospective commanding officer,except for from the operator's normal position to deter- nuclear ships. For submarines, the builder's mine ease and smoothness of operation; align- trial requirements are included in the ship- ment; noise and vibration levels, heating of building specifications;for other ships, the bearings and other moving parts; adequacy and contractor determines the procedure for the cleanliness of the lubrication system: steam and trials. The severity and extent of the tests oil leaks; condition of packing; and visibility of conducted are usually less than the requirements gages, thermometers, and other recording and of the preliminary acceptance trial. indicating instruments. When the dock trials or sea trials are con- Dock Trials ducted by personnel other than the ship's force, the engineer officer should arrange to have his When the installation and unit testing of all operators observe the operations at the watch machinery in the engineering spaces are es- stations that they will be expected to man after sentially complete, the builder conducts dock the ship ;,13 commissioned. Dock and sea trials trials to demonstrate to SUPSHIP and the pro- afford an lxcellent opportunity for training oper- spective engineer officer, the readiness of the ators. When acting as observers, ship's force ship's engineering plant for sea trials. During personnel must not interfere with the operation the builder's dock trials the following conditions of the trial. must exist and the following operations must be perfprmed (these conditions and operations are Sea Trials applicable to ALL dock trials): The builder's sea trials, conducted as soon 1. The firefighting systems are completely after the builder's dock trials as practicable, installed, tested, and in operating condition be- are required to determine that the ship is sea- fore any fuel is placed on board. worthy and that all its machinery and equipment 2. All necessary alarm systems are opera- are ready for the preliminary acceptance trials. tive. Sea trials are necessary in order to demonstrate 3. The area of water in the vicinity of the the proper operation of electronics installations ship's propeller is clear and some freedom to (such as air search radar, fire control radar, surge is available ahead and astern of the ship. sonar, and similar equipments) that require a 4. All of the ship's mooring lines are tight land-free area and deep water in which to oper- and camels are secured to pier pilingsNOT ate. All tests that cannot be performed with the to the ship. ship moored are accomplished during the build- 5. Stern tube packing glands are slack and er's sea trials. cooling water is supplied to the glands in the During the builder's sea trials, the following proper amount. conditions must exist and the following oper- 6. All spring bearings are properly filled ations should be completed: with lubricant. 1. All temporary rigging used in the instal- 7. The ship's brow has been removed. lation of machinery is removed from engineer- 8. Gages and safety devices are checked ing spaces. and final adjustments are made. 2. The bilges are clean and the eductor or 9. The main engines are operated continu- bilge suction system has been satisfactorily ously at such speeds and for such periods as the tested. condations at the shipyard allow. Testing of the 3. Certificates of calibration for all pres- steering equipment is conducted at the same time sure gages,torsion meters, thermometers, that the propulsion machinery is operated. pyrometers, switchboard instruments, and other
225 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION essential power measuring and indicating equip- items are discussed in conference with SUP- ment, boiler safety valve settings, relief valve SHIP or the shipyard commander (as appro- settings, reducing valve settings speed limiting priate) and the following disposition is made: device and overspeed trip settings (as appli- cable) are furnished SUPSHIP by the contractor. 1. The items determined to be the builder's 4. Adjustments of the ship's magnetic com- responsibility within the terms of the plans and pass are made. Compass adjustments must be specifications are referred to the shipyard for for normal undegaussed deviations unless other- appropriate a ..tIon. If not completed prior to the wise specified. preliminary acceptance trial, the items are car 5. The ship's auxiliary equipment and units 1.101 as contractor responsible trialwork items. are tested and operated. Thorough operational 2. The items contrary to the provisions of tests of all electronics and weapons equipment the plans and specifications involving a change are conducted. in design, affecting the military characteristics 6. The ventilation and air conditioning sys- of the ship, involving significant weight and tems are operated and tested for satisfactory moment changes, or otherwise considered major operation, including tests for balance, capaci- changes, are referred back to the prospective ties, and compartment temperatures. commanding officer or commanding officer tobe Upon completion of the builder's sea trials, submitted officially to the Naval Ship Systems SUPSHIP or the shipyard commander (as appro- Command as alteration requests or to be cov- priate)immediately notifies INSURV of the ered in the trial report as alterations requested results of the trials and of any deficiencies or by the ship. discrepancies (including lack of operable equip- 3. The items within the so* and intent of ment) that cannot be corrected in time for the the plans and specifications but not detailed preliminary acceptance trials. therein, that are minor in nature and do not affect the military characteristics of the ship PRELIMINARY ACCEPTANCE TRIAL or involve significant weight, space, or moment changes, are referred to the shipyard for con- The preliminary acceptance trial is wit- sideration. If the shipyard is not prepared to nessed by INSURV or an INSURV Regional Board accomplish the items, the ship may submit the or Sub- Board.The trial is conducted to determine items to the INSURV Board as trial work items whether the ship is constructed or converted in or as alterations requested by the ship. accordance with the contract specifications. In Immediately prior to the preliminary ac- accordance with its findings the INSURV Board ceptance trial the responsible SUPSHIP office or authorizes preliminary acceptance of the ship the planning department of the naval shipyard for restricted service, or requires an additional compiles the list of trial items for submission trial at a later date when specific deficiencies to the INSURV Board. The items reported for have been corrected. The Board's authorization consideration by the Board include unsatisfac- to accept delivery may be conditional pending tory items observed (including the items sub- completion of certain work items prior to de- mitted by the ship) during construction or con- livery. When acceptanceis conditional, the version, testing, inspections, and earlier trials. INSURV Board generally delegates to SUPSHIP The preliminary acceptance trial includes or the shipyard commander (as appropriate) comprehensive operating tests witnessed by the the authority for determining that the work items INSURV Board, as well as a material inspection are completed and for notifying the accepting conducted by the Board, to determine con- authority of that fact whenever it is impracti- formance of the ship with the contract require- cable or unnecessary for the Board to makea ments. INSURV instructions 9080.2 (Revised) and return inspection. 9080.3 outline the tests and demonstrations re- Periodically, prior to the preliminary ac- quired for the preliminary acceptance trial, and ceptance trial, the prospective engineer officer the Board may prescribe other tests and demon- or engineer officer should submit to the pros- strations as the circumstances warrant. The pective commanding officer or commanding offi- trials and tests conducted may include: cer a list of work items of incomplete or un- 1.Full power trial. satisfactorily completed work, and a list of 2. Quick reversals and backing trial. alterations or improvements which he considers 3. Boiler overload test. essential to the mission of the ship. The work 4. Locked shaft test.
226
c:1 Chapter 12SHIP TRIALS
5. Steering ahead. of remedying defects and deficiencies that have .6. Steering astern. not been corrected by the contractor will be During or immediately following the trial deducted in the final settlement of the contract and material inspection, INSURV (in conference for ships built in private shipyards. with representatives of interested bureaus, the The final acceptance trial is conducted by the ship, and the contractor) passes on the trial ship's force under the supervision of the INSURV items submitted, officially classifies each item Board and in accordance with the requirements of in accordance with INSURV Instruction 4730.11, the contract. The trial will normally include a and adds any items resulting from the Board's full power trial. As mon as practicable follow- observations and inspections. ing the trial, a careful and thorough examina- Following completion of the preliminary ac- tion is made of such parts of machinery as ceptance trial, the senior member of the INSURV INSURV may designate. The examination maybe Board, on the basis of the results of the trial conducted by the engineer officer of the ship or (including the material inspection), the serious- by members of the Board. When the examination ness of the work recommended, and the advice of is made by the engineer officer, he reports the SUPSHIP or the shipyard commander concerning results of the examination to the commanding the time required to accomplish the work items officer, who forwards the report (with comments required by the end of construction or conver- and recommendations) to INSURV and to the sion, determines whether to authorize delivery Naval Ship Systems Command. The work neces- and preliminary acceptance of the ship as of the sary to correct defects or deficiencies must be scheduled end of the construction or conversion completed as soon as practicable after the trial. period or another date. When, in the opinion of If INSURV finds the ship is acceptable, the the Board, the extent of the deficiencies requires President, Board of Inspection and Survey rec- an additional trial following their correction, ommends to the Secretary of the Navy that the the senior member of the Board directs SUP- ship t.,43 finally accepted as of a certain date. SHIP or the shipyard commander to recommend For ships constructed or converted at a private a new date for the additional trial and a new shipyard, the date ssi final acceptance usually delivery and acceptance date. coincides with the date of the expiration of the When INSURV determines that the material guarantee period or any extension thereof. If deficiencies existing in the ship substantially there are defects affecting the ship's readiness reduce her fitness for naval service but are for unrestricted service, INSURV recommends not of such magnitude to warrant rejection of such corrective action as may be appropriate. the ship, INSURV may recommend conditional Upon final acceptance by the Secretary of the acceptance of the ship for restricted service. Navy, the ship is assigned operations with the The restricted service limitations may be re- fleet. moved when the material deficiencies have been In preparation for the final acceptance trial, corrected to the satisfaction of the cognizant the ship's force must prepare a work item list type commander and have been approved by the (for submission to INSURV) of work requiredby Chief of Naval Operations, or, under special the contract and specifications (including author- circumstances, when a waiver has been re- ized changes therein) that was unfinished at the quested by the cognizant type commander and preliminary acceptance trial, or subsequently approved by the Chief of Naval Operations. authorized, that is not yet satisfactorily com- pleted. FINAL ACCEPTANCE TRIAL The engineer officer must ensure that the following reports, test data, and publications The final acceptance trial of the ship (in- are available for inspection by the INSURV Board cluding a material inspection) is normally con- members immediately upon their arrival: ducted by INSURV six months after preliminary 1. Correspondence concerning waivers for or conditional acceptance of the ship and prior uncompleted work. to the end of the guarantee period. The object 2. Damage Control Book. of the trial is to determine if there is any mate- 3. Ship Information Book. rial weakness, defect, failure, breakdown, or 4. Repovatertight integrity tests con- deterioration (other than that resulting from ducted during building or conversion. normal wear and tear) through the fault of the 5. Naval Ships Technical Manual. contractor that has not been corrected. The cost 6. Test memoranda.
227 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
7. Test agenda. ship's speed, shaft rpm, shaft thrust, and shaft 8. Docking report (with a copy /or the horsepower characteristics. With the data ob- Board). tained from the runs, standardization curves for 9. Damage control diagrams. the displacement conditions of the trials are 10. Docking plan. prepared and issued to all ships of the same 11. Booklet of General Plans. class, and to interested fleet and shore activities. The trials consist of runs over a measured SPECIAL TRIALS course at sufficient speeds to yield rpm, shaft horsepower, and thrust versus ship's speed data The Naval Ship Systems Command requires that will ensure accurate standardization curves. that special trials be conducted on one ship from Combatant ships make runs in increments of 3 a class of new- construction or major-conversion knots, from 12 knots to full power; auxiliary ships to determine various characteristics of the ships in increments of 2 knots, from 8 knots to class. The results of the trials supply the data full power. Three consecutive runs, alternating for the development of operational information in direction at as nearly the same shaft rpm as furnished to all ships of the class. The trials possible, are made for each speed. Each series may also be of an experimental nature not re- of runs must be uninterrupted and performed in lated, to class performance, but conducted for the sequence. The rpm of the various shafts should purpose of obtaining specific data for design not vary more than two percent for any one purposes. Special trials may be conducted on speed. The average of any individual run of a ships not considered as new construction or speed group should not vary more than two per- major conversion to determine the effect of the cent from either of the other two runs of the installation of newly designed equipment, such same group. as a propeller or rudder. In addition to miscel- The ship's draft, trim, and displacement laneous experimental trials and tests, special must be determined before the start and at the trials include standardization trials, tactical completion of the trial runs. From these data trials, plant efficiency trials, vibration trials, the average draft, trim, and displacement is and noise trials. All of these trials require the computed to determine tha displacement condi- installation and operation of special instruments tions existing during the trial. Unless otherwise and are conducted by experienced technical per- directed in the trial agenda, the ship is loaded so sonnel. that the runs are conducted with the trim as The Naval Ship Systems Command selects close to zero as possible. the ship for special trials and submits a letter Standardization trials should not be con- to. the Chief of Naval Operations outlining the ducted when weather conditions require exces- scope and duration of the trial and requesting sive use of the rudder to maintain the ship on that the ship be made available for conducting courses or when the effect of the wind or sea is the trials. When the ship is made available, the sufficient to materially affect the results pf the cognizant type commander makes arrangements trial. Additional conditions for the.standardiza- with the Naval Ship Systems Command for con- tion trials are prescribed in the Naval SAE! ducting the trials. NavShips prepares and issues Technical Manual and in the trial agenda. The to all participating activities an agenda outlining ship's underwater log should be calibrated con- the procedure for the trials and assigning re- currently with standardization trials. sponsibility for preparing the ship, conducting the various trials, preparing trial reports, and TACTICAL TRIALS removing test equipment upon completion of the trials. Preferably, members of the engineering The tactical trials (unless otherwise speci- department of the ship act as engineering ob- fied in the trial agenda) consist of operational servers and record data during the trials. procedures to determine characteristic's of the ship relative to normal turning circles, ac- STANDARDIZATION TRIALS celeration and deceleration in a straight path and maneuvering, and special turns. Observa- For the standardization trials,the ship tions during the trials are made from stations selected for the trials is operated over a suit- aboard ship and ashore. Suitable locations for able measured trial course at both heavy and the observation stations ashore are prescribed light displicement in order to determine the in the trial agenda; the NaVal Ship Systems
228 Chapter 12SHIP TRIALS
Command will furnish personnel and instrumen- in the representative ship and will be prescribed tation for the trial. The Command will also in the trial agenda. analyze the data obtained and prepare them for In steam-driven ships, main turbine Water- distribution. The observations made will consist rate and/or heat balance trials may be sched- of simultaneous bearings taken at equal time in- uled in addition to fuel economy trials. Trial tervals, beginning at a prearranged signal from runs of a major combatant ship, with the engi- the ship. The Naval Ship Systems Command will neering plant cross-connected, are conducted at furnish personnel and instrumentation for these various speeds from approximately 10 knots to trials and will analyze and prepare the data ob- the speed corresponding to one-half the total tained for distribution. number of boilers installed operating at 20per- The normal turning circle trials consist of cent overload capacity (the other boilers se- complete circles in one direction at several cured). Next, with.the operation of the engineer- speeds up to full power, using a range of rudder ing plant split, the trial runs are made at various angle up to full rudder. Constant throttle set- speeds from about 20 knots to full power. For tings are maintained throughout each circle. For slower ships, the speeds of the trial runs are single shaft ships, the circles are repeated in correspondingly lower. Where various engine the opposite direction. Fo$ multi-shaft ships, combinations are possible in diesel-driven ships one check turn is made in the opposite direc- or ships with combined propulsion plants, fuel tion, at various speeds and using a specified economy trials will include trial runs to deter- rudder angle. If the results of the check turn mine the most efficient engine combination. indicate that turning characteristics for equal Fuel data obtained during the plant efficiency speeds and rudder angle do not vary appreciably, trials are plotted directly on the standardization no further turns in the opposite direction are trial curves. The data represent the performance required. characteristics of the ship under ideal conditions Acceleration characteristics of the ship are and should not be used for logistics purposes. determined from data obtained as follows: 1. Acceleration of the ship in a straight path NOISE TRIALS at the maximum rate practicable from "dead in the water" to a specified ahead speed, the The procedures for conducting noise trials maximum rate practicable being the rate at in the representative ship are prescribed in the which the throttles may be opened without drop- trial agenda for the ship. The trials conducted ping the main steam pressure (at the throttle) generally include one or more of the following below the established minimum operating pres- surveys or tests: sure. 1. Airborne Noise Surveysconducted in 2. Acceleration of the ship in a straight certain compartments to determine the charac- rate practicable from a specified fractional, ter of the noise and the remedial action required steady ahead speed to full power ahead. to reduce the noise to acceptable limits. The Deceleration characteristics of the ship are surveys of airborne noise may include tests to determined' from data obtained by successive determine:(1) the source and magnitude of decelerations from various ahead speeds under noise due to ventilation and air conditioning steady steaming conditions down to "dead inthe systems as well as its effects on operating water" with the engine throttles set at "back equipment and personnel in such vital spaces full" as in answer to the order "all engines back as the plotting centers; (2) the cause of main full." Results are expressed to show the instan- propulsion noise and its effect on operating taneous speed obtained at equal time intervals. personnel; and (3) the interference of airborne noise with announcing systems, telephones, PLANT EFFICIENCY TRIALS audible signal devices, and general conversa- tion. To determine the efficiency of the propulsion 2. Underway Radiated Noise Trialscon- plant of a representative ship, the Naval Ship ducted to determine the character and magnitude Systems Command may conduct certain plant ef- of the noise radiating underwater from the ship ficiency trials. Because there ax e a great num- under various operating conditions. ber of different types of propulsion plants in 3. Self Noise Trialsconducted to determine naval ships, the detailed Irial procedure will the interference of the ship's noise with its sonar depend on the type of propulsion plant installed equipment.
229 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
4. Overside Noise Testsconducted to de- The pre-inactivation or pre-overhaul trials termine the character of noise radiating under- are conducted by the commanding officer. The water from individualequipmentinstalled ship's engineer officer must ensure that a full throughout the ship. description of the condition of the machinery and 5. Structural Borne Noise Trialsconducted equipment, and the repairs or alterations found to determine the source and path of transmis- necessary as a result of the trials, is properly sion of machinery vibrations to the water. entered in the ship's maintenance records. Recommissioning trials are conducted on a VIBRATION TRIALS ship being returned to active status after having been inactivated. The trials are usually con- The procedures forconducting vibration ducted by the commanding officer after the com- trials in the representative ship are prescribed missioning of the ship. They include a dock trial in the trial agenda for the ship. The trialscon- and a sea trial, and are conducted for the follow- ducted may include one or more of the following ing reasons: 1 tests: 1. To evaluateinactivation maintenance measures. 1. Hull Vibration Testsconducted to deter- 2. To determine if the engineering plant can mine the character of vibrations in the hull adequately meet the full power requirements. structure resulting from propeller andwave 3.. To test the adequacy of the repairs and action. alterations accomplished during activation. 2. Propulsion System Vibration Testscon- 4. To evaluate standard methods of preser- ducted to determine longitudinal and torsional vation. vibration characteristics of the ship's propulsion 5. To familiarize the engineering crew witki elastic system (the combination of the main the procedures for operating the machinery un- engine,reduction gear, foundation, shafting, der full power. shaft bearings, and propeller). The dock trials for a ship being activated 3. Component, System, and Structure Vibra- are conducted in the same manner as that pre- tion Testsconducted to determine the charac- viously described for the builder's dock trials, ter and source of local vibrations in specific and the same conditions and operations apply. units, systems, and structures. Prior to and after the dock trial (and all other trials conducted by the commanding officer) the PRE-INACTIVATION TRIALS AND engineer officer is responsible for the inspec- RECOMMISSIONING TRIALS tion and testing of main engines, boilers, reac- tors, auxiliary machinery, piping systems, and all appliances necessary for the proper opera- Immediately prior to arrival in a shipyard tion of the engineering plant.. The inspections for inactivation or a regular overhaul where and tests must be made as prescribed in the extensive repairs are required or a major al- manufacturer's technical manuals, operating teration is to be accomplished, the ship should guides, and applicable chapters of the .Naval conduct a full power trial for at least one hour Ships Technical. Manual. or such other trials as maybe necessary for the When the ship is being activated in a naval purpose of determining the actual condition of shipyard, the shipyard commander, as soon as the ship, the operating conditionofthe engineer- practicable after the engineer officer of the ship ing plant, the exact character of certain defects, reports for duty, directs the ship superintendent and the full, extent of repairs or alterations to conduct the dock trials in conjunction with the necessary to improve efficiency or to restore ship's engineer officer and to submit the trial the ship for further service. When practicable, reports to the commander. Any defect, defi- the trials should be conducted during the pre- ciency, or maladjustment discovered during the arrival inspection to allow the ship superin- dock trial must be corrected, supplied, or tendent (naval shipyard) or ship surveyor (SUP- remedied by the shipyard upon receipt of the SHIP) and other interested shipyardor SUPSHIP trial report by the shipyard commander, and personnel to witness the trials so they can another trial must be made. secure the detailed information necessary to The commanding officer of a ship that has facilitate the preparation of job specifications been activated is required to conduct sea trials or job orders and cost estimates. as soonaspracticable after theship is 230 Chapter 12SHIP TRIALS commissioned. The commanding officer will not At the discretion of the type commander and conduct the sea trials, however, until the engi- when the ship is operating in the vicinity of a neer officer assures him that the engineering suitable, measured trial course, the command- crew has had sufficient experience to operate ing officer should conduct sufficient standardi- the engineering plant under full power. The pro- zation trials to maintain the ship's standardiza- cedure for conducting the full power phase of the tion data current and consistent with the condition recommissioning sea trials is the same as that of the ship's bottom and any other variables previously described for the full power trial in affecting the operating characteristics of the chapter 8 of this publication. ship. The following data should be recorded for As soon as possible after a ship is commis- the standardization runs: sioned, the commanding officer is required to obtain the ship's initial steaming characteristic data necessary for determining the most eco- 1. Displacement of the ship (tons). nomical speed of the ship and the fuel consump- 2. Drafts (forward and aft). tion for each engine mile steamedunder varying 3. Number of days out of dock. conditions of service. Having obtained these data 4. Ship's speed (knots). under .conditions of smooth water and a com- 5. Shaft rpm (each shaft). paratively clean ship's bottom, further trials 6. Shaft horsepower (indicated horsepower under different conditions of sea, bottom, and or kilowatts developed by plant, as appropriate). displacement may be made whenever practi- cable. Data thus obtained are recorded and reported on the standard engineering trial report A copy of the data obtained for the standardi- forms described in chapter 8 of this publication zation trials conducted by the ship's force should and available for issue as indicated in the Na be forwarded to the Nava? Ship Systems Com- Stock List of Forms and Publication'', Nav up mand for information. The report should contain 2002. Reports of the ship's steaming charac- a statement by the engixaer officer stating the teristic data are submitted to the Chief of Naval method used for determining rpm and shaft Operations. horsepower.
291 4
INDEX
Academic Training, 88 Contract Plans, 213 AC/DC Electrical Propulsion Operating Contract Trials, 224 Record, 103 Builder's Trials, 224 Administrative Department, 198 Dock Trials, 225 Administrative Services Superintendent, 200 Sea Trials, 225 AEL, 135 Definition of,224. Airborne Noise Surveys, 229 Final Acceptance Trial, 227 Air Compressor Operating Record, 108 Preliminary Acceptance Trial, 228 Allowance Division, 201 Controlled Equipage Procedures, 153-155 , Alteration, Definition of, 187 Equipage Stock Card & Custody Record, 153 Arrival Conference, 190 Inventory of, 154 Arrival Inspection, 54 Corrective Maintenance, 77 Assistant Contract Officer, 201 COSAL, 133 Assititant Material Officei, 201 Cycle Schedule, 79 Assistant Planning Officer, 200 Assistants to Engineer Officer, 7-10 Auxiliaries Division, 19 Availability, Definition of, 188 Daily Fuel and Lube Oil Account, 108 Daily Watch Account, 108 Damage Control, 31-52 Damage Control Assistant, 7, 35 Board of Inspection & Survey, 172-175 Damage Control Bills, 40 INSURV Material Inspections, 1'12-175 Damage Control Library, 39 INSURV Surveys, 175 Damage Control Book, 39 Boat Fueling Record, 110 Other Publications, 40 Boilermaker, 17 Damage Controlman, 18 Boilerman, 18 Damage Control Organization, 31-39 Boiler Room Operating Record, 101 Damage Control Assistant, 35 Boilers Division, 19 Prevention Phase Responsibilities, 35 Boiler Tube Casualty Report, 118 Repair or Recovery Phase Boiler Tube Renewal Sheets, 118 Responsibilities, 38 Boiler Water Treatment Logs, 118 Department Heads Responsibility, 31 Builder's Trials, 224 Repair Party, 37 Deferred Actions, 87 Degaussing Folder, 115 Departmental Budgets, 158 Civilian Personnel Offices, 198 Department Heads, Responsibility, 31 Classification of Ships, 148 Departure Report, 210 Command Duty Officer, 25 Detachment Duties, Engineer Officer, 11 Compartment Checkoff List, 33 Diesel Engine Operating Record, 101 Concurrent Availability, Definition of, 188 Directives, Definition of, 28 Construction Plans, 214 Distilling Plant Operating Records, 106 Contract Administration Division, 201 Division Officers, Duties, Responsibility & Contract Department, 201 Authority of, 13-15 Contract Guidance Plans, 213 Division Training Officer, 15, 58
232 .1r,.-.^4.,nr.t-rmdivm.or.-"gis:',avav ..*,:rrvel,e^nrvrn +:,;',"7".
INDEX
Dock Trial, 209 Enlisted Training, 74 Dock Trials, 225 Equipage Stock Card & Custody Record, 153 Expenditure of Material, 155-157 Surveys, 155 Educational Service Offices, 57 Report of, 157 EIC Manual, 85 Types of, 155-157 Electrical Division, 20 Transfer, 155 Electrical Log, 101 Electrical Officer, 8 Electrician's Mate, 18 Final Acceptance Trial, 227 Electronic Failure Report, 128 Financial Control of Ship's OPTAR, 157-159 Electronics Installation Record, 128 Fund Codes, 158 Emergency Ratings, 8 Departmental Budget, 158 Emergency Tender Availability, Financial Division, 201 Definition of, 188 Fire Marshal, 10 Engineering Administrative Assistant, 8 Firemen, 17 Engineering Casualty Control, 51 Fleet Training, 53-56 Manual, 51 Shakedown & Refresher Training, 54-56 Plot, 52 Arrival Inspection, 54 Engineering Casualty Control Manual, 51 Type Training Exercises, 53 Engineering Department, 12-30 Fleet Training Groups, 54 Engineering Department Duty Officer, 28 FTG Instruction, 55 Engineering Divisions, 19 Formal Survey, 155 Auxiliaries Division, 19 Format for Functional Guide, 8 Boilers, 19 Fuel & Water Accounts, 108-113 Electrical, 20 Boat Fueling Record, 110 Main Engines, 20 Daily Fuel & Lube Oil Account, 108 Repair, 20 Daily Water Account, 108 Engineering Log, 97-99 Fuel & Water Report, 108 Engineering Material, 131-159 Fueling Memorandum, 110 Engineering Officer Responsibilities, 31, 35 Liquid Load Plan, 110 Engineering Personnel, 13-28 Oil King's Memorandum, 113 Division Officers, 13-15 Fuel & Water Report, 108 Division Training Officer, 15 Fueling at Sea, 178-184 Engineering Divisions, 19 Delivering Fuel Oil, 180 Enlisted Personnel; 18-19 Emergency Breakaway, 181-184 Junior Division Officer, 15 Receiving Fuel Oil, 179 Technical & Material Assistant, 18 Transferring Gasoline and JP-5, 184 Engineering Practices, General Procedure, Fueling Memorandum, 110 160-163 Fueling Ship, 178-185 Engineering Practices, Good, 160-188 Fuel Oil Stowage, 177 Safety Precautions & Operating Functional Training, 74 Instructions, 183 Fund Codes, 158 Securing Schedules, 164 Warming Up Schedules, 184 Engineering Readiness Trials, 166 Gas Free Engineer, 9 Engineering Standards, 160-175 Gasoline Stowage, 176 Engineering Training Office, 9, 58, General Ratings, 18 Engineer Officer, 1-11 Gyrocompass Operating Record, 108 Engineer Officer's Night Order Book, 113 Engineer's Bell Book, 99 Engineman, 18 Bead Design Engineer, 200 Enlisted Personnel, 18-19 Bead of Engineering Department, 2 Firemen, 17 Assistants to, 7-10 Petty Officers, 17-19 General Duties, 4
233
3 7 ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Head of Engineering Departmentcontinued Shipboard Maintenance Actions, 88 Responsibilities, 31-35 Work Request, 88 Specific Duties, 4-7 Maintenance Requirement Cards, 182 Home & Planning Shipyards, 196 Manhour Accounting System, 94 Material Conditions of Readiness, 34 Material Department, 201 IC Room Operating Record, 106 Material Division, 201 Identification of Materials, 132-145 Material Officer, 201 Allowance Equipage List (AEL), 135 MDCS Documentation, 85-94 Cognizance Symbols, 132 Military Training, 61 COSAL, 133 Milstrip Requisitions, 150 Federal Stock Numbers, 132 Miscellaneous Records & Reports, 113-130 Identification Publications, 133 Monthly Summary, 113 Allowance Lists, 133 Material Control Code, 132 Nav Sup Publications, 143 Naval School Training Program, 73-75 Inactivation Inspection, 222 Enlisted Training, 74 Informal Survey, 156 Functional Training, 74 In-Port Watches, 25-28 NESEP, 74 Command Duty Officer, 25 Officer Training, 73 Engineering Department Duty Officer, 26 Naval Shipyards, 191-197 Engineering Watches, 27 Alteration Requests, 197 Inspection Division, 201 Home & Planning Shipyard, 196 Inspections & Tests, 41-46 Ship Superintendent, 195 Instructors, 59 Shops, 193 INSURV Surveys, 175 Task & Functions of, 191 Interior Communications Electrician, 18 Work Requests, 197 NavSup Publications, 143 Navy Enlisted Scientific Education Program, 74 Junior Division Officer, 15 NBC Defense Officer, 9 NESEP, 74 New Construction and Major Conversions, 211-219 Leadership Training, 85 Nucleus Crew, 212 Legal Records, 97-99 Shipbuilding Procedures, 213-219 Engineer's Bell Book, 99 Noise Trials, 229 Engineering Log, 97-99 Notices, Navy, 29 Liquid Load Plan, 110 NRT Ship Availability, Definition of, 186 Long-Range Training Schedule, 68 Nucleus Crew, 212
Machinery Repairman, 18 Officer Training, 73 Machinists Mate, 18 Oil King's Memorandum, 113 Main Engines Division, 20 Oil Pollution Acts, 184 Math Propulsion Assistant, 7 Onboard Plans, 214 Math Propulsion Turbine Condition Report, 130 Operating Records, 99-107 Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem, 85-94 AC/DC Electric Propulsion, 101 Equipment Identification Code (EIC) Air Compressor, 108 Manual, 85 Boiler Room, 101 MDCS Documentation 85-94 Diesel Engine, 101 MDCS Documentation, 85-94 Distilling Plant, 108 Deferred Actions, 87 Electrical Log, 101 Forms, OPNAV Series, Description of Gyrocompass, 106 Entries on, 93 IC Room, 106
234
23g INDEX
Operating Recordscontinued Readiness for Sea, 210 Propulsion Steam Turbine, 101 Readiness Inspections, 169-172 Refrigeration/Air Conditioning Administrative Inspection, 169 Equipment, 106 Material Inspection, 170 Operational Training, 64 Operational Readiness Inspection, 170-172 Order, Military, Definition of, 28 Recommissioning Trials, 230 Records & Reports, 96-130 Refrigeration/Air Conditioning Equipment 'Operating Record, 106 Parent Tender/Automatic Availability, Regular Overhaul, 203-210 Definition of, 186 Advance Planning, 204 Performance Standards, 166-172 Assist - Ship's - Force Funds, 205 Engineering Readiness Trials, 166 Departure Report, 210 Readiness Inspections, 169-172 Docking, 205-208 Petty Officers, 17 Inclining Experiments, 208 Phase Alfa, 219 Administrative Department, 209 Phase Bravo, 220 Planning Department, 209 Planned Maintenance Subsystem, 77-85 Production Department, 209 Corrective Maintenance, 77 Purpose of, 208 Maintenance Schedules, 79 Post Repair Trials, 209 PMS Manual, 77 Readiness for Sea, 210 Preventive Maintenance, 77 Regular Overhaul, Definition of, 186 Planning and Estimating Officer, 200 Regular Tender Availability, Definition of, 186 Planning and Process Control Division, 201 Repair Activities, 187-203 Planning Assistant, 200 Naval Shipyards, 191-197 Planning Department, 200 Repairs & Alterations, 187-189 Planning Officer 200 Repair Ships & Tenders, 189-197 Plant Efficiency Trials, 229 Ship's Force Maintenance & Repairs, 189 PMS Feedback Report, 84 Supervisor of Shipbuilding, 197-203 PMS Manual, 77 Repair, Definition of, 187 Policy Military, Definition of, 28 Repair Division, 20 Post Repair Trials, 209 Repair Party, 37-39 Practical Factors, Group Record, 62 Repair Parts Procedures/Procurement, Pre-Inactivation Trials, 230 146-153 Preliminary Acceptance Trial, 226 Classification of Ships, 146 Preventive Maintenance, 77 NIS /NC Transactions, 149 Procedure, Military, Definition of, 28 Repairs & Alterations, 187-189 Production Plans 214 Repair Ships & Tenders, 189-197 Professional Training, 61 Arrival Conference, 190 Proposal Evaluation Division, 201 Checking Progress of Tender Repair Propulsion Steam Turbine Operating Jobs, 190 Record, 101 Ship-to-Shop Jobs, 190 Prospective Engineer Officer, 10 Work Requests & Job Orders, 190 Restricted Availability, Definition of, 186
Quality Assurance Department, 200 Quality Assurance Officer, 200 Quarterly Schedule, 80 Sea Trials, 225 Quarterly Training Plan, 68 Selected Record Plans, 214 Self-Noise Trials, 229 Service Ratings, 16 Shakedown and Refresher Training, 54-56 Radiological Defense, 46 Ship Activation, 222 Emergency Phase, 46 Shipboard Administrative Organizgion, 3 Recovery Phase, 46 Shipboard Maintenance Actions, NV.. '10
ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION
Shipboard Training Program, 56-73 Submarine Project Offices, 200 Organization for Training, 56 Supply Availability, Definition of, 186 Division Training Officer, 58 Supply' Overhaul, 145 Educational Services Officer, 57 Support Availability, Definition of, 186 Engineering Training Officer, 58 SUPSHIP Procedures, 202 Instructors, 59 Surface Ship Coordination, 200 Planning Board for Training, 57 Training Records, 66, 73 Types of, 60-66 Shipbuilding, Inactivation & Activation, 211-223 Tactical Trials, 228 Shipbuilding Procedures, 213-219 Technical & Material Assistant, 16 Completion & Commissioning, 218 Technical Availability, Definition of, 186 Construction Stage, 215 Training, 53-74 Fitting Out, 217 Training Progiam, Naval School, 73 Readiness for Sea Period, 218 Training Records, 66-73 Shakedown & Final Trials, 218 Trials, 224-230 Ship Plans, 213-215 Trouble Call Record, 115 Shipbuilding Supervisor, 197-203 Type Plans, 214 Departments & Functions, 198 Types of Material, 131 Organization of Office, 198 Ship Characteristics Cards, 124 Shipfitter, 18 Underway Watches, 21-25 Ship !motivation, 219-222 Damage Control Watch, 24 Inspection, 222 Damage Control Watch Officer, 22 Phase Alfa, 219 Engineering Officer of the Watch, 24 Phase Bravo, 220 Engineering Watches, 25 Ship Maintenance, 76-95 Officer of the Deck, 22 Ship Plans, 213 Ship's Bills, 29 Administrative, 29 Emergency, 29 Vibration Trials, 230 Operational, 29 Ship Superintendent, 195 Ship Trials, 224-231 Situation Reports, 129 Watch Organization, 20-28 Special Trials, 228-230 Underway Watches, 21-25 Noise Trials, 229 Watertight Integrity, 41 Plant Efficiency Trials, 229 Weekly Schedule, 80 Standardization Trials, 228 Weekly Training Schedule, 70, 72-73 Tactical Trials, 228 Working Plans, 214 Vibration Trials, 230 Work Requests, 88 Standardization Trials, 228 Standard Plans, 214 Standard Ship Organization, 1 Steaming Orders, 115 Yeoman, 19
236
2 40